Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
~Master - January 27, 2026, Regular Meeting of the Ames City Council
1.Motion approving payment of claims 2.Motion approving Report of Change Orders for period of January 1-15, 2026 3.Motion approving Summary of Minutes of the Regular City Council Meeting on January 13, 2026, City Council Retreat on January 17, 2026, and Special City Council Meeting on January 20, 2026 4.Motion approving new Class C Retail Alcohol License - The Olive Garden Italian Restaurant, 1820 SE 16th Street, Pending Favorable Inspection 5.Motion approving new Class E Retail Alcohol License - Smoke Stop, 516 Lincoln Way, Ste 1 6.Motion approving Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Store #749, 3105 Grand Avenue 7.Motion approving Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Supercenter #4256, 534 South Duff Avenue 8.Motion approving the renewal of the following Alcohol Licenses: a. Blaze Pizza, 2320 Lincoln Way Ste 109, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review b. Clouds, 119 Stanton Avenue Ste 701, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License c. Dog-Eared Books, 203 Main Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License d. Dublin Bay, 320 S 16th Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Catering Privilege and Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review e. El Azteca, 2727 Stange Road, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service f. Fareway Stores, Inc. 093, 3619 Stange Road, Class E Retail Alcohol License g. Fareway Stores, Inc. 386, 619 Burnett Avenue, Class E Retail Alcohol License h. Ge'Angelo's, 823 Wheeler Street Ste 9, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Catering Privilege and Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review i. Outlaws, 2522 Chamberlain Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor AGENDA REGULAR MEETING OF THE AMES CITY COUNCIL COUNCIL CHAMBERS - CITY HALL JANUARY 27, 2026 NOTICE TO THE PUBLIC: The Mayor and City Council welcome comments from the public during discussion. The Standards of Decorum, posted at the door and available on the City website, define respectful conduct for public participation. If you wish to speak, please fill out the form on the tablet outside the door to the Council Chambers or scan the QR Code to the right to fill out the same form on a personal device. When your name is called, please step to the microphone, state your name for the record, and keep your comments brief so that others may have the opportunity to speak. REGULAR MEETING OF THE AMES CITY COUNCIL** ** Regular City Council Meeting will immediately follow the Ames Area Metropolitan Planning Organization Transportation Policy Committee CALL TO ORDER : 6:00 p.m. CONSENT AGENDA : All items listed under the Consent Agenda will be enacted by one motion. There will be no separate discussion of these items unless a request is made prior to the time the Council members vote on the motion. 1 Service, Pending Dramshop Review j. The Filling Station, 2400 University Boulevard, Class E Retail Alcohol License k. Cy's Roost, 121 Welch Avenue, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service 9.Motion accepting the Fitch Family Indoor Aquatic Center Monthly Report 10.Motion accepting Fiscal Year 2025/26 Second Quarter Financial Report 11.Resolution approving Quarterly Investment Report for period ending December 31, 2025 12.Resolution Appointing a City Representative to the Central Iowa Regional Housing Authority (CIRHA) Board of Commissioners 13.Resolution approving accession of sculpture for Neighborhood Sculpture Program 14.Resolution authorizing City staff to apply for and participate in 2026-27 Green Iowa AmeriCorps hosting 15.Resolution amending Supplemental Employment Policies for Certain Electric Distribution and Technical Services Employees 16.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the construction of the 2022/23 Bridge Rehabilitation Program (S. 4th Pedestrian Bridge over Ioway Creek), setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 17.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the 2023/24 Stormwater Erosion Control Program (Inis Grove) project, setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 18.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No.1 (Clark Ave), setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 19.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No. 2 (Sunset Dr), setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 20.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No. 3 (Campus Ave) setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 21.Resolution waiving the City's Purchasing Policy requirement for competitive bidding and awarding contract to Radian Research Inc., of Lafayette, IN, for the purchase of an automated test board for Electric Services in the amount of $57,977.65 (inclusive of applicable sales tax) 22.Resolution awarding contract to Insight Public Sector, of Dallas, TX, for Microsoft software licensing and support in the amount not to exceed $287,530.68 23.Resolution awarding contract to DGR Engineering, of Rock Rapids, IA, for Engineering Services for Ontario Road Substation and Mortensen Road Substation Improvements in the amount not-to-exceed $1,302,700 24.Resolution approving Change Order No. 2 in the amount of $64,755.60 with Gillig LLC, of Livermore, CA, for the purchase of five battery electric buses for a total contract amount of $5,854,235.60 25.2022/23 Concrete Pavement Improvements - (Brookridge Ave, Ridgewood Ave, Lee St, 9th St, Park Way, & Alley) Project a. Resolution approving Change Order No. 2, a deduction in the amount of $286,617.83 b. Resolution accepting the project as completed by Shekar Engineering, P.L.C., of Des Moines, IA, in the amount of $3,941,150.72 PUBLIC FORUM: This is a time set aside for comments from the public on topics of City 2 26.2026-2031 Capital Improvements Plan a. Receive public input 27.Staff Report on Ontario Workforce Housing Subdivision 28.Discussion on elements for Draft Municipal Code Chapter 14, Human Relations regarding civil rights protection for gender identity 29.Hearing on Rezoning of Property West of the Intersection of Harrison Road and Welbeck Drive with a Major Site Development Plan and Preliminary Plat a. First reading of ordinance rezoning the land from Residential Low Density (RL) to Suburban Residential Low Density (FS-RL) with a Planned Unit Development Overlay (PUD) b. Resolution approving Major Site Development Plan c. Resolution approving Preliminary Plat 30.Resolution approving preliminary plans and specifications for the Resource Recovery & Recycling Campus (R3C), setting March 3, 2026, as the bid due date and March 10, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 31.Modifications to Municipal Code Chapter 10, Garbage and Refuse a. First reading of ordinance 32.Rezoning of a part of property located within the Iowa State Research Park located along South 530th Avenue from Agricultural (A) to Research Park Innovation District (RI): a. Motion to Not Proceed with Third Reading and Hold a New Public Hearing on February 10th for a Revised Rezoning Boundary 33.Rezoning property at 200, 204, 210, 214, 220 Southeast 2nd Street and 210 Sumner Avenue from Highway-Oriented Commercial (HOC) to Neighborhood Commercial (NC) with Master Plan a. Resolution approving a Rezoning Agreement with a Master Plan at 204 SE 2nd Street with KHDB Enterprises LLC b. Third reading and adoption of ORDINANCE NO. 4583 from Highway-Oriented Commercial (HOC) to Neighborhood Commercial (NC) 34.Third reading and adoption of ORDINANCE NO. 4584 modifying Municipal Code Chapters 4 & 19 to address Personal Transportation Devices 35.Participation with agencies, boards and commissions: a. Discover Ames (ACVB) b. Ames Regional Economic Alliance (AREA) c. Story County Emergency Management Agency (SCEMA) d. Ames Transit Agency Board of Trustees business other than those listed on this agenda. Please understand that the Council will not take any action on your comments at this meeting due to requirements of the Open Meetings Law, but may do so at a future meeting. ADMINISTRATION: HEARINGS: PUBLIC WORKS: ORDINANCES: DISPOSITION OF COMMUNICATIONS TO COUNCIL : REPORT OF GOVERNING BODY: 3 36.Motion to hold Closed Session as provided by Section 21.5(1)(c), Code of Iowa , to discuss matters presently in litigation or where litigation is imminent a. Motion directing staff COUNCIL COMMENTS : CLOSED SESSION: ADJOURNMENT: Please note that this agenda may be changed up to 24 hours before the meeting time as provided by Section 21.4(2), Code of Iowa. 4 To:Mayor & City Council From:Renee Hall, City Clerk Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Report of Contract Change Orders Item No. 2 MEMO The Report of Change Orders for the period of January 1-15, 2026 , is attached for the City Council's review and consideration. ATTACHMENT(S): Change Order Report - January 1-15, 2026.docx Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 5 REPORT OF CONTRACT CHANGE ORDERS Department General Description of Contract Contract Change No. Original Contract Amount Contractor/ Vendor Total of Prior Change Orders Amount this Change Order Change Approved By Purchasing Contact (Buyer) Public Works 2021/22 Stormwater Detention/Retention Maintenance Program (Northridge Heights Pond) 7 $111,600.00 Tallgrass Land Stewardship Co. $37,258.50 $3,537.00 J. Clausen KS Public Works 2022/23 Bridge Rehab (S 4th Street at Ioway Creek) 1 $84,800.00 WHKS & Co., Inc $0.00 $10,200.00 D. Pregitzer KS Parks & Recreation Parks & Recreation Maintenance Building 5 $1,344,075.00 King Knutson Construction, Inc. $13,582.26 $4,040.60 J. Thompson KS $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Period: 1st – 15th 16th – End of Month Month & Year: January 2026 For City Council Date: January 27, 2026 6 To:Mayor & City Council From:City Clerk's Office Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Approval of Minutes Item No. 3 MEMO Attached are the minutes from the Regular City Council Meeting on January 13, 2026, City Council Retreat on January 17, 2026, and Special City Council Meeting on January 20, 2026, for the City Council's review. ATTACHMENT(S): C26-0113 Summary.pdf C26-0117 Retreat.pdf C26-0120 Summary.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 7 1 SUMMARY OF MINUTES OF THE REGULAR MEETING OF THE AMES CITY COUNCIL AMES, IOWA JANUARY 13, 2026 The Regular Meeting of the Ames City Council was called to order by Mayor John Haila at 6:09 p.m. on the 13th day of January, 2026, in the City Council Chambers in City Hall, 515 Clark Avenue, pursuant to law. Present were Council Members Bronwyn Beatty - Hansen, Gloria Betcher, Amber Corrieri, Tim Gartin, and Anita Rollins. Council Member Rachel Junck and ex officio Emily Boland joined the meeting electronically. CONSENT AGENDA: Moved by Betcher, seconded by Corrieri, to approve the consent agenda. 1. Motion approving payment of claims 2. Motion approving Report of Change Orders for period of December 1-15, 2025, and December 16-31, 2025 3. Motion approving Summary of Minutes of the Regular City Council Meeting on December 16, 2025, and Special City Council Meeting on December 23, 2025 4. Motion approving Civil Service Candidates 5. Motion approving new Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service and Catering Privilege - Stephens Auditorium at ISU, 1900 Center Drive, Pending Favorable Inspection 6. Motion approving new Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service - The Stan Tap, 216 Stanton Avenue 7. Motion approving the renewal of the following Alcohol Licenses: a. American Legion Post 37, 225 Main Street, Class F Retail Alcohol License, Pending Dramshop Review b. Blue Owl Bar, 223 Welch Avenue, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Catering Privilege and Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review c. Perkins #1025, 325 South Duff Avenue, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License d. Springhill Suites, 1810 SE 16th Street, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License e. Staybridge Suites Ames, 2111 Isaac Newton Drive, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License, Pending Dramshop Review 8. Motion authorizing staff to apply for and participate in the Bloomberg Philanthropies' Youth Climate Action Fund program for up to $100,000 9. Motion authorizing staff to apply for and participate in the Iowa Economic Development Authority's Community Energy Resilience Program for up to $37,500 10. RESOLUTION NO. 26-001 approving appointment of Council Member Anita Rollins to the Ames Regional Economic Alliance (AREA) 11. RESOLUTION NO. 26-002 approving appointment of Council Member Gloria Betcher to Discover Ames 12. Ames Main Street Requests for 2026 Special Events (tabled from December 16, 2025) 8 2 a. Requests from Ames Main Street for Art Walk on Thursday, June 11, 2026: i. Motion approving blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit and blanket Vending License in Central Business District ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-003 approving suspension of parking meter fees and enforcement for 23 metered parking spaces for vendors from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-004 approving waiver of parking meter fees and enforcement, usage and waiver of electrical fees, and waiver of fee for blanket Vending license for Ames Main Street from 3:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-005 approving closure of Kellogg Avenue and Douglas Avenue from Main Street to 5th Street from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. v. RESOLUTION NO. 26-006 approving usage of Tom Evans Plaza b. Requests from Ames Main Street for Summer Sidewalk Sales on July 9 - July 12, 2026: i. Motion approving Blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-007 approving suspension of parking regulations and enforcement for the Downtown from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday, July 11 iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-008 approving transfer of $1,370.25 from the Hotel/Motel Tax Fund to the Parking Fund c. Requests from Ames Main Street for Music Walk on Thursday, September 17, 2026: i. Motion approving blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit and blanket Vending License in Central Business District from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-009 approving suspension of parking meter fees and enforcement of 23 metered parking spaces for vendors from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-010 approving waiver of parking meter fees and enforcement and usage and waiver of electrical fees, and waiver of fee for blanket Vending License for Ames Main Street from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-011 approving closure of Kellogg Avenue and Douglas Avenue from 5th Street to Main Street d. Requests from Ames Main Street for Witches Walk on Thursday, October 8, 2026: i. Motion approving blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit and blanket Vending License in Central Business District from 5:30 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. and waiving fee for blanket Vending License ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-012 approving waiver of electrical fees on Ames Main Street from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-013 approving closure of Kellogg Avenue from Main Street to 5th Street from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-014 approving suspension of parking meter 9 3 fees and enforcement for 14 parking spaces in Downtown from 3:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. on October 8, 2026 e. Requests from Ames Main Street for Holiday Open House event from November 5 through November 8, 2026: i. Motion approving Blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit for Downtown ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-015 approving suspension of parking regulations and enforcement for Downtown 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday, November 7, 2026 iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-016 approving waiver of parking meter fees and enforcement iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-017 approving transfer of $1,370.25 from Hotel/Motel Tax Fund to the Parking Fund f. Requests from Ames Main Street for Small Business Saturday on November 28, 2026: i. Motion approving Blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit for Downtown and Campustown on November 28, December 5, December 12, D ecember 19, and December 26 ii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-018 approving suspension of parking regulations and enforcement for Downtown and Campustown from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on November 28, December 5, December 12, December 19, and December 26 iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-019 approving waiver of parking meter fees and enforcement iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-020 approving transfer of $12,341.25 from the Hotel/Motel Tax Fund to the Parking Fund g. Requests from Ames Main Street for Snow Magic on December 1 through December 31, 2026: i. Motion approving Blanket Temporary Obstruction Permit ii. Motion approving Blanket Vending License iii. RESOLUTION NO. 26-021 approving waiver of Vending License fee iv. RESOLUTION NO. 26-022 approving closure of four metered parking spaces on the east side of Douglas Avenue from 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. on December 3 v. RESOLUTION NO. 26-023 approving usage of electricity in Tom Evans Plaza and waiver of fees for electricity 13. RESOLUTION NO. 26-024 approving preliminary plans and specifications for the Sanitary Sewer Rehabilitation (E. Lincoln Way and Nikkol Trunk Line) project, setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 14. Sanitary Sewer and Manhole Rehabilitation (Basin 11) Project a. RESOLUTION NO. 26-025 approving preliminary plans and specifications and setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as date of Public Hearing b. RESOLUTION NO. 26-026 approving Cost Sharing Agreement with Manatt's Inc., of Ames, IA, in the amount of $91,440 10 4 15. RESOLUTION NO. 26-027 approving plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Collector Street Pavement Improvements (Bloomington Road), setting February 17, 2026, as the bid due date through the Iowa DOT and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing 16. RESOLUTION NO. 26-028 approving Professional Services Agreement with HDR Engineering, Inc. of Omaha, NE, for Storm Sewer System Analysis in the amount not to exceed $490,370 17. RESOLUTION NO. 26-029 approving Amendment No. 1 with Brown Reynolds Watford Architects, of College Station, TX, for Architectural and Engineering Services for the New Fire Station No. 2 Project in an amount not-to-exceed $806,300 18. RESOLUTION NO. 26-030 approving Change Order No. 2 with Petrotech Inc., of New Orleans, LA, for Combustion Turbine Controls Upgrade in an amount of $176,054.59 19. 2022/23 East 13th Street Sanitary Sewer Extension Project a. RESOLUTION NO. 26-031 approving Change Order No. 4 in the increased amount of $11,808 b. RESOLUTION NO. 26-032 accepting the project as completed by On Track Construction, LLC, of Nevada, IA, in the amount of $2,335,282.96 20. RESOLUTION NO. 26-033 accepting completion of the City Hall Interior Improvements Phase II by GTG Construction, of Des Moines, IA, in the amount of $361,194.76 Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motions/Resolutions declared carried/adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. PUBLIC FORUM: The Public Forum was opened by Mayor Haila. Julie Tigges, shared that her partner Todd Lauridsen, who was terminally ill, was requesting the release of his dog, Tyson, who was being held by Animal Control due to behavioral concerns. Michelle Griffith spoke about property taxes in Iowa and requested that the City Council consider a 2% property tax cap going forward. Caitlin Leon, representing the Ames Climate Action Team noted confusion in the community about the future of Resource Recovery with the end of the waste -to-energy system and voiced concerns about potential data center developments in Ames . Mayor Haila closed the Public Forum when no one else came forward to speak. AMENDMENT TO SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS, KINGSBURY FIFTH ADDITION: Planning and Housing Director Kelly Diekmann explained that this item involved an amendment to a development agreement for cost-sharing on the extension of SE 3rd Street. The Public Input was opened and closed by Mayor Haila when no one came forward to 11 5 speak. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Corrieri, to adopt RESOLUTION NO. 26-034 approving amendment to Second Supplemental Agreement for Public Improvements, Kingsbury Fifth Addition. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Resolution declared adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. REQUEST TO INITIATE A GREENBRIAR COMMERCIAL AREA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENT: Director Diekmann presented the request to initiate a comprehensive plan amendment process to relocate approximately eight acres of commercial area within the Greenbriar development. The proposal would move a planned commercial node from the center of the development to the northwest corner at the intersection of GW Carver Avenue and Cameron School Road. Mayor Haila opened the Public Input. Chuck Winkleblack, Hunziker Companies, stated that commercial development in the middle of the subdivision was not feasible but expressed confidence in the viability of a commercial location at the proposed intersection. The Public Input was closed by Mayor Haila when no one else came forward to speak. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to approve Alternative No. 1: Initiate a developer application for Comprehensive Plan Amendment to relocate the NC-MU area to the intersection of Cameron School Road and GW Carver Avenue as a Minor Amendment with a required neighborhood meeting. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. FITCH FAMILY INDOOR AQUATIC CENTER PROPOSED FEES AND FACILITY HOURS UPDATE: Recreation Superintendent Courtney Kort, alongside Director of Parks and Recreation Keith Abraham, provided an update on the operations of the Fitch Family Indoor Aquatic Center, including proposed hours of operation and fees. HEARING ON DIGITAL BILLBOARD LEASE AGREEMENT ON THE WESTERN THIRD OF 731 BILLY SUNDAY ROAD, LOT 3 WITH LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY (CONTINUED FROM OCTOBER 14, 2025): Director Diekmann presented the lease agreement with Lamar Advertising that would allow the use of part of the Billy Sunday property for a digital billboard. The City Council had previously created a zoning ordinance to allow for digital billboards, and this lease would enable Lamar Advertising to pursue a permit for construction of a billboard at this location. The Public Hearing was opened by Mayor Haila. Jeri Neal, 916 Ridgewood, asked if the light levels of the billboard would be decreased at night. 12 6 Director Diekmann confirmed that the established 160-nits standard applied during evening and nighttime hours. Mayor Haila closed the Public Hearing when no one else came forward to speak. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to adopt RESOLUTION NO. 26-036 approving the lease agreement with Lamar Advertising to place a digital billboard on City of Ames property known as Lot 3 of the Billy Sunday Subdivision generally addressed as 731 Billy Sunday Road. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Resolution declared adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. HEARING ON FY 2023/24 STORY COUNTY EDGE OF FIELD PROJECT: Mayor Haila opened and closed the Public Hearing when no one came forward to speak. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to accept the report of bids. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. Moved by Rollins, seconded by Gartin, to adopt RESOLUTION NO. 26-037 approving final plans and specifications and awarding a contract to Hands On Excavating, of Radcliffe, IA, in the amount of $292,849.82. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Resolution declared adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. HEARING ON EASEMENT AT 400 FREEL DRIVE FOR THE RESOURCE RECOVERY AND RECYCLING CAMPUS: The Public Hearing was opened and closed by Mayor Haila when no one came forward to speak. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to adopt RESOLUTION NO. 26-038 approving vacation of an existing public utility easement at 400 Freel Drive for the Resource Recovery and Recycling Campus. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Resolution declared adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. HEARING ON EASEMENTS AT 320 SE 2ND ST, 405 SE 3RD ST, AND 413 SE 3RD STREET: Director Diekmann advised that since ownership had not yet transferred on the properties as originally presumed, staff recommended holding the Public Hearing but taking no action on the vacation until the final plat was presented for approval. Mayor Haila opened and closed the Public Hearing when no one came forward to speak. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Betcher, to take no action and table the item to a future City Council Meeting after the final plat became available for review. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. SECOND READING OF ORDINANCE MODIFYING MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTERS 4 & 19 TO ADDRESS PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION DEVICES : Assistant City 13 7 Manager Pa Vang Goldbeck noted that staff had investigated drafting language for a first offense fix-it period for lighting violations in accordance with the City Council’s direction at its meeting on December 9, 2025. It was determined, however, that such language could be seen as a discouragement from enforcing the law. Therefore, no changes were included in the second reading of the ordinance. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to pass on second reading an ordinance modifying Municipal Code Chapters 4 & 19 to address personal transportation devices. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. SECOND READING OF ORDINANCE REZONING A PART OF PROPERTY LOCATED WITHIN THE IOWA STATE RESEARCH PARK LOCATED ALONG SOUTH 530th AVENUE FROM AGRICULTURAL (A) TO RESEARCH PARK INNOVATION DISTRICT (RI) WITH MASTER PLAN: Moved by Beatty-Hansen, seconded by Rollins, to pass on second reading an ordinance rezoning a part of property located within the Iowa State Research Park located along South 530th Avenue from Agricultural (A) to Research Park Innovation District (RI) with Master Plan. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. SECOND READING OF ORDINANCE REZONING PROPERTY AT 200, 204, 210, 214, 220 SOUTHEAST 2ND STREET AND 210 SUMNER AVENUE FROM HIGHWAY- ORIENTED COMMERCIAL (HOC) TO NEIGHBORHOOD COMMERCIAL (NC) WITH MASTER PLAN: Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to pass on second reading an ordinance rezoning property at 200, 204, 210, 214, 220 Southeast 2nd Street and 210 Sumner Avenue from Highway-Oriented Commercial (HOC) to Neighborhood Commercial (NC) with Master Plan. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. THIRD READING AND ADOPTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 4580 ON ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT FOR LANDSCAPING ROCK MULCH WITHIN REQUIRED LANDSCAPE AREAS: Moved by Rollins, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to pass on third reading and adopt ORDINANCE NO. 4580 on Zoning Text Amendment for Landscaping Rock Mulch within required Landscape Areas. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. REZONING WITH MASTER PLAN FOR 23959 580TH AVENUE: Moved by Betcher, seconded by Corrieri, to adopt RESOLUTION NO. 26-040 approving the Rezoning Agreement for 23959 580th Avenue. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Resolution declared adopted unanimously, signed by the Mayor, and hereby made a portion of these Minutes. Moved by Rollins, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to pass on third reading and adopt ORDINANCE NO. 4581 on rezoning (with Master Plan) for 23959 580th Avenue from Intensive Industrial to General Industrial. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. 14 8 THIRD READING AND ADOPTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 4582 MODIFICATIONS TO MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 19, PARKS AND RECREATION, TO CLARIFY EXPECTATIONS OF PARK USE: Moved by Gartin, seconded by Corrieri, to pass on third reading and adopt ORDINANCE NO. 4582 Modifications to Municipal Code Chapter 19, Parks and Recreation, to clarify expectations of park use. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. DISPOSITION OF COMMUNICATIONS TO COUNCIL: Mayor Haila noted that there were ten items for consideration. The first item was from Caleb Roelfs regarding a request for Welch Avenue Improvements. Moved by Beatty-Hansen, seconded by Rollins, to direct staff to respond to the requestor, thank them for the feedback, and notify them that the City Council will take this information into consideration as applicable moving forward. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. A request regarding garbage issues at apartments on Tripp Street from Erik Charter was the second item. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Corrieri, to refer to staff for a memo regarding No. 1 of the included suggestions, which related to a letter of compliance for rental properties. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. The third, fourth, fifth, and sixth items all related to traffic concerns and included a request from Bonnie Alley regarding Mortensen Road Corridor, two requests from Grant Olsen, one regarding the intersection of Lincoln Way and North Dakota Avenue and the other regarding Thackeray Trail Crossing, and a request from Ryan Park regarding the West Towne Apartments’ exit. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to refer the four traffic related items to staff for a memo. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. The seventh item was an Animal Control concern from Julie Tigges. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to direct staff to respond to the requestor and inform them that the request was outside the jurisdiction of the City Council. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. A memo from Director Diekmann in response to a property owner request for Zoning Text Amendment for Encroachment Setbacks was the eighth item. Moved by Betcher, seconded by Rollins, to approve Option 5: Take no action. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. The ninth item was a memo from Director Diekmann in response to a request for Plan 2040 Amendment to land use classification for property within Boone County. 15 9 Moved by Gartin, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to direct staff to obtain additional information from the applicant. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. A staff report from City Manager Steve Schainker on the Ontario Workforce Housing Subdivision was the final item. Moved by Beatty-Hansen, seconded by Betcher, to place the item on the agenda of the January 27, 2026, Regular Meeting of the Ames City Council. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. REPORT OF GOVERNING BODY: The Mayor and City Council Members provided highlights from their attendance at various board and commission meetings. COUNCIL COMMENTS: The Mayor and City Council Members reported on various events attended, upcoming meetings, community events, and items of interest. Council Member Rollins expressed interest in obtaining more information regarding Tax Increment Financing (TIF) regarding development projects. Moved by Rollins, seconded by Gartin, to request that staff develop a TIF guidebook and hold an informational workshop for the City Council Members. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. CLOSED SESSION: Mayor Haila asked City Attorney Mark Lambert if there was a legal reason to go into Closed Session. Attorney Lambert replied in the affirmative, citing Iowa Code Section 21.5(1)(c), to discuss matters presently in litigation or where litigation is imminent. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Rollins, to go into Closed Session at 7:21 p.m. Roll Call Vote: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. The City Council reconvened in Regular Session at 8:32 p.m. Moved by Beatty-Hansen, seconded by Rollins, to direct staff to proceed with action as discussed in Closed Session. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. ADJOURNMENT: Moved by Betcher, seconded by Corrieri, to adjourn the meeting at 8:33 p.m. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. ______________________________ ______________________________ Taylor Swanson, Deputy City Clerk John A. Haila, Mayor 16 10 ______________________________ Renee Hall, City Clerk 17 MINUTES OF THE CITY COUNCIL RETREAT AMES, IOWA JANUARY 17, 2026 The Ames City Council was called to order by Mayor John Haila at 8:34 a.m. on the 17th day of January, 2026 in the Water Treatment Plant Conference Room, 1800 East 13th Street. City Council Members present were Gloria Betcher, Amber Corrieri, Tim Gartin, Bronwyn Beatty-Hansen, Rachel Junck, and Anita Rollins. City Manager Steven Schainker, Assistant City Manager Brian Phillips, Assistant City Manager Pa Vang Goldbeck, and Facilitator Donna Gilligan were also present. COUNCIL GOAL UPDATE: Mayor Haila welcomed those present and encouraged the City Council Members to make productive use of the time. The City Council Members reaffirmed their commitment to the existing list of values. Ms. Gilligan asked the City Council Members to reflect upon what went well and what could have been improved upon in the past two years. The City Council Members reviewed the status of the outstanding goals and tasks with staff. The meeting recessed at 10:17 a.m. and reconvened at 10:23 a.m. The City Council Members discussed modifications to the goals and tasks. Assistant City Manager Goldbeck reviewed the City Council’s engagement and communication with each other and other stakeholders. The meeting recessed at 12:03 p.m. and reconvened at 12:16 p.m. Assistant City Manager Goldbeck provided data regarding the length of City Council meetings and the topics considered at those meetings. The City Council Members discussed the efforts that can be taken to make meetings more efficient. COUNCIL COMMENTS: None. ADJOURNMENT: Moved by Corrieri, seconded by Beatty-Hansen, to adjourn the meeting at 1:04 p.m. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. __________________________________ ____________________________________ Brian Phillps, Assistant City Manager John A. Haila, Mayor 18 1 SUMMARY OF MINUTES OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE AMES CITY COUNCIL AMES, IOWA JANUARY 20, 2026 The Special Meeting of the Ames City Council was called to order by Mayor John Haila at 5:15 p.m. on the 20th day of January, 2026, in the City Council Chambers in City Hall, 515 Clark Avenue, pursuant to law. Present were Council Members Bronwyn Beatty - Hansen, Gloria Betcher, Tim Gartin, Rachel Junck, and Anita Rollins. Ex officio Emily Boland was also present. Council Member Amber Corrieri joined the meeting electronically. WORKSHOP ON RECOMMENDED FIVE-YEAR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PLAN: City Manager Steve Schainker kicked off the staff presentation of the recommended five-year CIP, which was divided into five categories: 1) Utilities Program, 2) Transportation Program, 3) Culture and Recreation Programs, 4) Public Safety, and 5) Other. The Utilities Program projects were reviewed by Electric Services Director Donald Kom and Assistant Director Curtis Spence. These projects were categorized into the areas of administration, transmission, distribution, new thermal generation, and Power Plant activities. Assistant Director of Water and Pollution Control (W&PC) Parul Baranwal continued the Utilities Program alongside W&PC Director John Dunn with discussion of projects related to water production/treatment and water pollution control before Public Works Director Justin Clausen concluded the Utilities Program. Director Clausen highlighted an overview of projects in the areas of water distribution, sanitary sewer system, stormwater management, and resource recovery. Moved by Gartin, seconded by Betcher, to request staff to return to the City Council with options for improving the aesthetics of Welch Avenue, specifically the storm water detention trenches. Vote on Motion: 6-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. Transitioning to the Transportation Program, Director Clausen discussed street improvements, shared use paths, traffic improvements, and street rehabilitation. Director Clausen also showcased airport activities alongside Traffic Engineer Damion Pregitzer. Transit Director Barbara Neal followed with discussion of the Transit System, highlighting key projects designed to create efficient transportation that supported a more sustainable community. The meeting was recessed by Mayor Haila at 7:28 p.m. and reconvened at 7:35 p.m. During the recess, Council Member Betcher left the meeting. Director of Parks and Recreation Keith Abraham reviewed Culture and Recreation Programs. He showcased noteworthy park and facility improvements before reviewing one project scheduled for the Ames Municipal Cemetery. The Public Safety component 19 2 of the CIP was then addressed by Fire Chief Rich Higgins. He provided an overview of the four projects scheduled in the CIP, including the relocation of Fire Station No. 2. A review of program funding for the Downtown and Campustown Façade programs and Neighborhood Improvement Program (NIP) concluded the presentations. City Manager Schainker highlighted the focus of each program and discussed the intent of staff to reinvigorate the NIP. Finance Director Corey Goodenow rounded out discussions by reviewing the City’s debt limit, projection of debt capacity, and debt capacity comparison. The Mayor and members of the City Council engaged with City staff during each section of the presentation to gather clarifications on project specifics and inquire about status updates for current projects. DISPOSITION OF COMMUNICATIONS TO COUNCIL: None. COUNCIL COMMENTS: None. ADJOURNMENT: Moved by Rollins, seconded by Junck, to adjourn the meeting at 8:37 p.m. Vote on Motion: 5-0. Motion declared carried unanimously. _______________________________ _______________________________ Carly M. Watson, Deputy City Clerk John A. Haila, Mayor _______________________________ Renee Hall, City Clerk 20 To:Mayor & City Council From:Taylor Swanson, Deputy City Clerk Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:New Class C Retail Alcohol License -The Olive Garden Italian Restaurant, 1820 SE 16th Street, Pending Favorable Inspection Item No. 4 MEMO Please see attached documentation for a new Class C Retail Alcohol License - The Olive Garden Italian Restaurant, 1820 SE 16th Street, Pending Favorable Inspection. ATTACHMENT(S): The Olive Garden Application.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 21 CLASS "C" RETAIL ALCOHOL LICENSE APPLICATION Business Information Name of Legal Entity: OLIVE GARDEN HOLDINGS, LLC FEIN: XX-XXX1614 Business Type: Limited Liability Company This business is registered with the Secretary of State. Business Number of Secretary of State: 728281 Premises Information Premises DBA: THE OLIVE GARDEN ITALIAN RESTAURANT Premises Address: 1820 SE 16TH ST AMES IA 50010-8017 Premises Type: Restaurant Number of Floors: 1 Control of Premises: Lease Is your premises equipped with at least one adequate, conveniently located indoor or outdoor toilet facility for use by patrons? Yes Does your premises conform to all local and state health, fire and building laws and regulations? Yes Is your establishment equipped with tables and seats to accommodate a minimum of 25? Yes License Information Effective Date: 16-Mar-2026 Length of License Requested: 12MONTH 22 Ownership Information Endorsements Local Authority: City of Ames Dramshop Company: ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY Criminal History Details Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been charged or convicted of a felony offense in Iowa or any other state of the United States? No Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been convicted of any violation of any state, county, city, federal or foreign law? For traffic violations, only include those that are drug or alcohol related. No Criminal Violations Contact Information Contact Name: YVONNE ANTONELLI Phone Number: 4078194119 Email Address: YAntonelli@darden.com Address: 1000 DARDEN CENTER DR ORLANDO FL 32837-4032 Attestation Information Type Name ID Type ID DOB Phone Address Percentage Individual LYONS, COLLEEN SSN ***-**-2324 22-Jun-19 72 11762 AURELIO LANE ORLANDO FL 32827 0.00 Individual KOREN, LINDSAY SSN ***-**-9515 16-Jan-19 78 8803 ABBEY LEAF LANELAKE NONA REGION ORLANDO FL 32827 0.00 Company GMRI, INC.FEIN XX-XXX9168 1000 DARDEN CENTER DRIVE ORLANDO FL 32837 100.00 23 Attestation Name: COLLEEN LYONS Attestation Date: 10-Nov-2025 24 To:Mayor & City Council From:Taylor Swanson, Deputy City Clerk Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:New Class E Retail Alcohol License - Smoke Stop, 516 Lincoln Way Suite 1 Item No. 5 MEMO Please see attached documentation for a new Class E Retail Alcohol License - Smoke Stop, 516 Lincoln Way Suite 1. ATTACHMENT(S): Smoke Stop Application.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 25 CLASS "E" RETAIL ALCOHOL LICENSE APPLICATION Business Information Name of Legal Entity: SMOKE STOP LLC FEIN: XX-XXX0975 Business Type: Limited Liability Company This business is not registered with the Secretary of State. Premises Information Premises DBA: SMOKE STOP Premises Address: 516 LINCOLN WAY STE 1 AMES IA 50010-6972 Premises Type: Other Number of Floors: 1 Control of Premises: Lease The total square footage of the entire retail sales area plus any alcoholic beverage storage areas of the business. This includes areas of walk-in alcoholic beverage coolers that are accessible to the public. 1020 Does your premises conform to all local and state health, fire and building laws and regulations? Yes Does or will your licensed location wholesale alcoholic beverages to on-premises retail alcohol licensees? No License Information Effective Date: 11-Nov-2025 Length of License Requested: 12MONTH 26 Ownership Information Endorsements Local Authority: City of Ames Criminal History Details Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been charged or convicted of a felony offense in Iowa or any other state of the United States? No Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been convicted of any violation of any state, county, city, federal or foreign law? For traffic violations, only include those that are drug or alcohol related. No Criminal Violations Contact Information Contact Name: SHANE PAULSON Phone Number: (515) 290-1959 Email Address: therealsmokestop@gmail.com Address: 516 LINCOLN WAY STE 1 AMES IA 50010-6972 Bond Do you want to add a bond for this permit? Yes Bond Policy Number: 108381180 Issued Date: 10-Nov-2025 Type Name ID Type ID DOB Phone Address Percentage Individual RENWANZ, ROWDY SSN ***-**-9383 18-Dec-19 94 (515) 452-1956 1200 3RD AVE NW FORT DODGE IA 50501-2207 50.00 Individual STURGILL, CONNOR SSN ***-**-0427 17-Jan-19 97 (712) 260-0755 1919 HIGHWAY BLVD SPENCER IA 51301-2218 25.00 Individual PAULSON, SHANE SSN ***-**-0542 13-Feb-19 98 (515) 735-2921 516 LINCOLN WAY AMES IA 50010-6972 25.00 27 Expiration Date: 10-Nov-2026 Select the Bond Company you are using. If you do not see your company, check the 'The bond company I'm using is not listed' box and you will be prompted to enter the company information in the next step. TRAVELERSC Premises Hours Is the premises open 24/7? No Store Hours Description: 9am - 9pm Everyday Deliveries Hours Are deliveries able to be received 24/7? No Delivery Hours Description: 9am-9pm Attestation Information Attestation Name: CONNOR STURGILL Attestation Date: 11-Nov-2025 Automatic Renewal Enrollment Do you wish to enroll in the Automatic Renewal Program at this time? No 28 To:Mayor and City Council From:Taylor Swanson, Deputy City Clerk Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Store #749, 3105 Grand Avenue Item No. 6 MEMO Please see the attached documentation for a motion approving Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Store #749, 3105 Grand Avenue. ATTACHMENT(S): Ownership Amendment - Wal-Mart.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 29 Local Authority Review CITY OF AMES 1208370801 Business Information Customer Type BUS Business Sub-Type Corporation Business Designation Legal Business Name WALMART INC MCMILLION, CARL DOU702 S W 8TH ST BENTO 0.00 ALLEN, MATTHEW 3 S BEAU CHENE LN RO 0.00 LITTLE, SARAH 605 MAPLE DR SPRING 0.00 MCMILLON, DOUG 1701 NE TIGER BLVD. B 0.00 CIT Y OF AMES Owners Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Officer Owner Owner Owner Old Ownership Information Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage 30 ALLEN, MATTHEW 3 S BEAU CHENE LN RO 0.00 LITTLE, SARAH 605 MAPLE DR SPRING 0.00 MCMILLON, CARL DOU 1701 TIGER BLVD BENTO 0.00 City of Ames Class "E" Retail Alco LE0001441 3105 GRAND AVE AMES IA City of Ames Class "E" Retail Alco LE0001429 534 S DUFF AVE AMES IA Class "E" Retail Local Authority 14-Jan-2026 WAL-MART SUPERCE 534 S DUFF AVE AME Criminal Histor y Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been charged or convicted of a felony offense in Iowa or any other state of the United States? No Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been convicted of any violation of any state, county, city, federal or foreign law? For traffic violations, only include those that are drug or alcohol related. No Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Owner Owner Owner Jurisdiction Code Permit Type License Number Address Case Type Current Stage Case Received Location Name Location Address Updated Ownership Information Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Impacted Active Licenses Jurisdiction Code Permit Type License Number Address Impacted New License Application Case Type Current Stage Case Received Location Name Location Address 31 Your online session will timeout after 30 minutes of inactivity. All unsaved information will be lost. Resources Frequently Asked Questions Contact Us Subscribe to Updates Other Links State of Iowa Directory Website Policies Local Authority Information Local Authority Reviewing City of Ames *Approved/Denied Required *Local Authority Attestation Name Required Local Authority Signature Date *Local Authority Email Required *Local Authority Contact Phone Number Required Comments Cancel Save Draft Previous Next 32 To:Mayor and City Council From:Taylor Swanson, Deputy City Clerk Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Supercenter #4256, 534 South Duff Avenue Item No. 7 MEMO Please see the attached documentation for a motion approving Ownership Update for Class E Retail Alcohol License - Wal-Mart Supercenter #4256, 534 South Duff Avenue. ATTACHMENT(S): Ownership Amendment - Wal-Mart.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 33 Local Authority Review CITY OF AMES 1208370801 Business Information Customer Type BUS Business Sub-Type Corporation Business Designation Legal Business Name WALMART INC MCMILLION, CARL DOU702 S W 8TH ST BENTO 0.00 ALLEN, MATTHEW 3 S BEAU CHENE LN RO 0.00 LITTLE, SARAH 605 MAPLE DR SPRING 0.00 MCMILLON, DOUG 1701 NE TIGER BLVD. B 0.00 CIT Y OF AMES Owners Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Officer Owner Owner Owner Old Ownership Information Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage 34 ALLEN, MATTHEW 3 S BEAU CHENE LN RO 0.00 LITTLE, SARAH 605 MAPLE DR SPRING 0.00 MCMILLON, CARL DOU 1701 TIGER BLVD BENTO 0.00 City of Ames Class "E" Retail Alco LE0001441 3105 GRAND AVE AMES IA City of Ames Class "E" Retail Alco LE0001429 534 S DUFF AVE AMES IA Class "E" Retail Local Authority 14-Jan-2026 WAL-MART SUPERCE 534 S DUFF AVE AME Criminal Histor y Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been charged or convicted of a felony offense in Iowa or any other state of the United States? No Has anyone listed on the Ownership page been convicted of any violation of any state, county, city, federal or foreign law? For traffic violations, only include those that are drug or alcohol related. No Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Owner Owner Owner Jurisdiction Code Permit Type License Number Address Case Type Current Stage Case Received Location Name Location Address Updated Ownership Information Owner Type Owner Single Line Address Ownership Percentage Impacted Active Licenses Jurisdiction Code Permit Type License Number Address Impacted New License Application Case Type Current Stage Case Received Location Name Location Address 35 Your online session will timeout after 30 minutes of inactivity. All unsaved information will be lost. Resources Frequently Asked Questions Contact Us Subscribe to Updates Other Links State of Iowa Directory Website Policies Local Authority Information Local Authority Reviewing City of Ames *Approved/Denied Required *Local Authority Attestation Name Required Local Authority Signature Date *Local Authority Email Required *Local Authority Contact Phone Number Required Comments Cancel Save Draft Previous Next 36 To:Mayor John Haila and Ames City Council Members From:Major Jason Tuttle, Ames Police Department Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Alcohol License Renewals Item No. 8 MEMO The following licenses are eligible for renewal: a. Blaze Pizza, 2320 Lincoln Way Ste 109, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review b. Clouds, 119 Stanton Avenue Ste 701, Special Class C Retail Alcohol License c. Dog-Eared Books, 203 Main Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License d. Dublin Bay, 320 S 16th Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Catering Privilege and Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review e. El Azteca, 2727 Stange Road, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service f. Fareway Stores, Inc. 093, 3619 Stange Road, Class E Retail Alcohol License g. Fareway Stores, Inc. 386, 619 Burnett Avenue, Class E Retail Alcohol License h. Ge' Angelo's, 823 Wheeler Street Ste 9, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Catering Privilege and Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review i. Outlaws, 2522 Chamberlain Street, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service, Pending Dramshop Review j. The Filling Station, 2400 University Boulevard, Class E Retail Alcohol License k. Cy's Roost, 121 Welch Avenue, Class C Retail Alcohol License with Outdoor Service A review of police records for the past 12 months found no liquor law violations for Blaze Pizza, Clouds, Dog-Eared Books, Dublin Bay, El Azteca, Fareway Stores, Ge'Angelos, Outlaws, and The Filling Station. The Police Department recommends the license renewal for these businesses. A review of police records for Cy's Roost for the last 12 months found four citations for on premise underage. Of the four violations, two individuals admitted to sneaking in the bar and two had fake identification. Officers will continue to Police 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 37 monitor the location for liquor law violations and offer ID training for staff members. Records indicate 2 employees attended ID training in 2025. The Police Department recommends renewal of this license. Police 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 38 To:Mayor and City Council From:Keith Abraham, Parks and Recreation Director Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Fitch Family Indoor Aquatic Center Monthly Update Item No. 9 MEMO PROJECT UPDATE: In accordance with a previous directive, staff is required to keep the City Council informed of the construction status of the Fitch Family Indoor Aquatic Center (FFIAC) and will provide a written update at Council's second meeting of each month. Additionally, staff, along with representatives from Story Construction and RDG Planning and Design, will provide an in-person update once per quarter (January, April, July, & October). If anything occurs during the project that requires Council action, staff will present this in a timely manner. In accordance with this directive, the City's Construction Manager for the project, Story Construction, has provided a Project Status Report (Attachment A). Story Construction and RDG Planning and Design are 97% complete with reviewing shop drawings and submittals. This activity will continue until 100% complete. There are several items that City Council needs to be updated on regarding the project. Precast Concrete Panels Staff continues to work with Story and RDG on gathering information related to staining the precast concrete panels and is planning on providing an update to City Council in February. Polished Concrete Floors The concrete floors in the lobby and the hallway to the locker rooms were specified to be a polished Class B finish which is best described as a "salt & pepper" look. Staff is not happy with the inconsistencies, imperfections, and the overall appearance of these areas. Thus, staff has directed the contractor to go to a Class C finish which will look similar to a terrazzo floor. A Construction Parks and Recreation 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 39 Change Directive (CCD) has been issued to keep moving forward with the project. The polishing work will begin on February 9 as that is the first opening the subcontractor had available. The initial cost estimate to do this work is $34,210. Staff is in discussion with Story and the contractor regarding who is to pay for this change. Additionally, there is an colored accent band in the lobby that was rejected. The contractor has removed the accent band and replaced it with integral colored concrete. This has been done at the contractor's expense. Substantial Completion Dates The revised substantial completion dates are as follows: February 20 - Non-natatorium spaces February 27 - Natatorium spaces Please note that the glazing for the southeast portion of the natatorium has a 10- week lead time and will need to be installed in late March or early April. Staff is working with Story on ways to expedite the procurement of the glazing and/or temporary fixes. State Inspection This is scheduled for March 3 and will encompass all components related to the operation of the aquatic areas. In preparation for this, Story, RDG, and staff are reviewing the inspection checklist to ensure the facility is ready to go. Soil and Ground Water Contamination It should be noted there have been no contaminated soils or groundwater found to date. CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY: There were zero change orders since the last report, and the changes thus far on the project are shown on the change order log (Attachment B). To date, construction change orders for the project total $396,167, or 18.87% of the contingency budget. The contingency for this project is $2.1 million with a current balance of $1,703,833. There is also $1 million set aside for mitigation of contamination issues, which has not been used at this time. ATTACHMENT(S): Attachment A - 2026-01 Council Update.pdf Attachment B - Change Order Log - 1-27-26.pdf Parks and Recreation 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 40 Page 1 of 3 Fitch Family Indoor Aquatic Center Monthly Project Status Report January 2026 *Natatorium: Wellness, Recreation and Lap Pools *Non-Natatorium: All supporting rooms outside of the Natatorium including Mechanical, Loading, Locker Rooms, Offices, Main Lobby & Check-In, and the Alternate Walk Path PROGRESS THIS PAST MONTH: 1. All pool and pool deck concrete pours were completed. 2. Wellness and Lap Pool painting was completed. 3. Rec Pool tile was started. 4. The water slide was installed. 5. Natatorium painting and lighting has started. 6. Lockers, doors and toilet partitions and accessories were installed. 7. Resilient athletic flooring was installed at the Walk Path and Multi-Purpose Rooms. 8. Casework was installed, minus the Lobby Check-In desk. 9. Interior storefront framing and glazing continued. 10. Acoustical ceiling tile was installed. 11. Overhead coiling door was installed at Maintenance. 12. Low voltage wiring for fire alarm, cameras and audio/visual started. 13. HVAC Controls wiring started. 14. Exterior curtain wall framing and glazing was installed at Natatorium southeast. 15. Exterior architectural metal panels were installed. 16. Rooftop mechanical louver screens were installed. 17. Parking lot lighting was installed. 18. Mechanical, electrical and plumbing installations continued in the Aquatic and Electrical Mechanical Rooms. 19. Coordination meetings continued for mechanical equipment startup with the affected Bid Package Contractors. Various mechanical equipment was started up. 20. Building Envelope Consult inspections were completed for vapor barrier and pool water stop, while inspections continued for curtain wall glazing and precast penetrations. 21. Special inspections and testing of concrete was completed. 22. Design team site visits and field observations continued. 23. Requests for Information continued to be processed between the Bid Package Contractors, Story Construction, and RDG Planning & Design. 41 Page 2 of 3 WORK PLANNED FOR NEXT MONTH: 1. Rec Pool tile and painting will be completed. 2. Pool accessories install will begin. 3. Casework installation will be completed. 4. Lighting fixtures, Data Devices, Cameras and Audio/Visual equipment installations will continue. 5. Interior storefront doors, glazing and caulking will be completed. 6. Exterior curtain wall framing will be completed at Natatorium southwest. Final Natatorium glazing will be installed in March. 7. Exterior roof edge metals will be completed. 8. Final cleaning will be completed. 9. Story Construction office and scheduling trailers will be removed from the site. 10. Final Plumbing and Electrical will continue in the Aquatic and Electrical Mechanical Rooms. 11. Coordination meetings will continue for mechanical equipment startup with the affected Bid Package Contractors and remaining mechanical equipment will be started up. 12. MEP Commissioning will begin. 13. Owner Operations Introductory meetings will continue. 14. Building Envelope Consult inspections will continue for curtain wall glazing and sealing exterior wall penetrations. SCHEDULE SUMMARY: Construction Substantial Completion Date: Non-Natatorium: February 20, 2026 Natatorium: February 27, 2026 PROJECT PHOTOS: [Next page] 42 Page 3 of 3 43 Contractor Change Order #Description Amount Balance Beginning Contingency Balance $ 2,100,000 All Star Concrete 1 Precast Enbeds Install Change Contracts $ 10,010 $ 2,089,990 All Star Concrete 2 Increase Concrete Thickness in Maintenance Area $ 7,029 $ 2,082,961 Core Construction 1 IDPH Permit Review, Precast Panel Joint Mods, Mechanical Louver Mods, Steel Lintel, Precast Enbeds Install Change Contracts $ 22,065 $ 2,060,896 Core Construction 2 Misc. Structural Revisions & South Elevation Glazing Revised $ 3,979 $ 2,056,917 Core Construction 3 Geared Trolley and Hoist $ (2,952) $ 2,059,869 Core Construction 4 Sink Countertop Brackets $ (1,203) $ 2,061,072 Core Construction 5 Channel Support $ 3,739 $ 2,057,333 Core Construction 6 Hoist Beam End Stop $ 1,356 $ 2,055,977 Forrest & Associates 1 Channel Support $ 1,163 $ 2,054,814 Lansink Construction 1 Wet Room Door Change, Multipurpose Room Cubbies $ 42,129 $ 2,012,685 Lansink Construction 2 Door 115A Change to FRP $ 2,858 $ 2,009,827 Lansink Construction 3 Interior Finishes $ 3,021 $ 2,006,806 Lansink Construction 4 Check-In Standing Desk $ 3,995 $ 2,002,811 Lansink Construction 5 Sink Countertop Brackets $ 1,639 $ 2,001,172 Lansink Construction 6 Wood Blocking $ 752 $ 2,000,420 Lansink Construction 7 Waterproof Exterior - Aquatic Mechanical $ 1,167 $ 1,999,253 Lansink Construction 8 Converting Room 108 Shower to a Roll In Shower $ 2,653 $ 1,996,600 Lansink Construction 9 Donor Wall $ 33,224 $ 1,963,376 Lansink Construction 10 Additional Changing Room Tile $ 2,597 $ 1,960,779 Central States Roofing 1 IDPH Permit Review, Mechanical Louver Mods $ 1,647 $ 1,959,132 Central States Roofing 2 Roofing Over Hollow Core $ 5,116 $ 1,954,016 Orning Glass Company 1 Wet Room Door Changes $ (3,823) $ 1,957,839 Orning Glass Company 2 Window Frit Revisions $ 1,743 $ 1,956,096 Orning Glass Company 3 Auto Door Operators $ 9,757 $ 1,946,339 Orning Glass Company 4 Entry Way Column Metal Wrap $ 438 $ 1,945,901 Hilsabek Schacht 1 Wet Room Door Change $ - $ 1,945,901 Hilsabek Schacht 2 Door 115A Change to FRP $ - $ 1,945,901 Hilsabek Schacht 3 Donor Wall Drywall $ 3,557 $ 1,942,344 Hilsabek Schacht 4 Site Signage $ (350) $ 1,942,694 Hilsabek Schacht 5 Precast Pocket Covers $ 2,598 $ 1,940,096 Hilsabek Schacht 6 Omit Painting - Mechanical Rooms $ (3,280) $ 1,943,376 Hilsabek Schacht 7 Close Off Top Of South Wellness Precast $ 3,808 $ 1,939,568 Hilsabek Schacht 8 Wellness Precast Vertical Joints & Frame Top of Masonry $ 3,656 $ 1,935,912 Hilsabek Schacht 9 Curtain Wall 12 & Metal Panels $ 599 $ 1,935,313 Sande Construction 1 IDPH Permit Review Updates $ 1,370 $ 1,933,943 Sande Construction 2 CO2 Tank Distribution Piping $ 2,692 $ 1,931,251 Sande Construction 3 Sump Pump Rail System and Backwash Pit Grate $ 4,744 $ 1,926,507 Midwest Fire Sprinkler 1 Omit Sprinkler Heads at Main Entry Exterior $ (700) $ 1,927,207 Brockway Mechanical 1 Hydronic Pumps Flow Update $ (2,320) $ 1,929,527 Brockway Mechanical 2 IDPH Permit Review Updates, 6" Storm Drain Relocation, Mechanical Louver Mods, Glycol Feed Dual Pump $ 38,702 $ 1,890,825 Brockway Mechanical 3 State Requirements $ 12,033 $ 1,878,792 Brockway Mechanical 4 Pool Trench Drain Float Alarm $ 2,318 $ 1,876,474 Brockway Mechanical 5 Converting Room 108 Shower to a Roll In Shower $ 7,180 $ 1,869,294 Van Maanen Electric 1 IDPH Permit Review Updates $ 21,953 $ 1,847,341 Van Maanen Electric 2 Transformer Relocate $ 14,237 $ 1,833,104 Van Maanen Electric 3 Light Fixture SWA Dimming $ 4,679 $ 1,828,425 Van Maanen Electric 4 Exterior Signage Lighting Controls $ 1,007 $ 1,827,418 Van Maanen Electric 5 Pool Trench Drain Float Alarm $ 1,356 $ 1,826,062 Van Maanen Electric 6 Wiring Auto Door Operators in Corridor 108 $ 959 $ 1,825,103 Van Maanen Electric 7 ICN Connection $ 9,040 $ 1,816,063 Van Maanen Electric 8 New Light Fixture for Vestibule & Exterior $ 2,411 $ 1,813,652 Van Maanen Electric 9 Change TV Mounting Heights $ 1,049 $ 1,812,603 Con-Struct 1 Water Service Disconnect $ 7,747 $ 1,804,856 Con-Struct 2 Building Rubble Removal $ 45,419 $ 1,759,437 Con-Struct 3 Planting Revisions $ (737) $ 1,760,174 Con-Struct 4 Curb Strip Restoration $ 9,702 $ 1,750,472 Con-Struct 5 Southeast Planting Revisions & Dormant Seed Matting $ 2,575 $ 1,747,897 Iowa Pipe & Grading 1 Storm & Existing Water Utility Conflict & Sanitary Tie in at N. 2nd Ave $ 14,518 $ 1,733,379 Lakeside 1 Site Signage $ 2,120 $ 1,731,259 Lakeside 2 CyRide Concrete Pad $ 296 $ 1,730,963 Lakeside 3 Replace Curb & Gutter on Oak Avenue $ 27,130 $ 1,703,833 Totals / Current Balance $ 396,167 $ 1,703,833 FITCH FAMILY INDOOR AQUATIC CENTER CHANGE ORDER LOG (As of 1/27/26) Highlighted Rows Indicate New Change Orders Since the Last Update 44 ITEM #:10 DEPT:FINANCE January 27, 2026 Staff Report FISCAL YEAR 2025/26 SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL REPORT BACKGROUND: Governmental accounting best practices emphasize the importance of timely and periodic financial reviews throughout the fiscal year. The Government Finance Officers Association (GFOA) specifically recommends that governments conduct interim reviews to ensure data accuracy, identify variances as they occur, and give decision-makers the information they need to respond promptly to emerging trends. Established quarterly reporting aligns the City's financial practices with GFOA guidance, strengthening transparency, and enhancing oversight of the City’s finances. Quarterly reporting also supports more effective budget monitoring by enabling the City to evaluate revenues and expenditures as they occur rather than waiting until year-end. This proactive approach ensures that unexpected changes can be addressed in time to protect service delivery. It also provides comparative and trend data, which are essential for evaluating financial performance, understanding the causes of variances, and supporting informed decision-making by elected officials. Regular reporting not only improves financial management, but also promotes accountability and transparency. In keeping with these best practices, the Finance Department has prepared the City’s FY 2025/26 Quarter 2 financial report as of December 31, 2025, which is attached for the City Council's review. The report provides fund balances, revenues, and expenditures for FY 2025/26 through the end of the second quarter, along with comparative information from the prior fiscal year. The quarterly report will serve two purposes: it will offer the City Council a clear picture of the City’s financial position during the year, and it will function as an internal monitoring tool for the Finance Department to identify inaccuracies, anomalies, and unanticipated changes in financial activity. OPTIONS: Should the City Council desire additional or more detailed information, staff should be directed to include that information in a future report. STAFF COMMENTS: The Finance Department has made quarterly reporting a standard practice. Reports will be provided after each quarter of the fiscal year, with accompanying analysis to highlight major findings and explain significant variances. This practice demonstrates the City's commitment to sound financial management, transparency, and adherence to GFOA’s recognized best practices in governmental finance. 45 ATTACHMENT(S): 2025-26 Quarter 2 Financial Report.pdf 46 City of Ames, Iowa Fiscal Year 2025/26 Quarter 2 Financial Report 47 FY 2025/26 Quarterly Financial Summary Period Ending December 31, 2025 Introduction The following reports summarize the City’s fund balances, revenues, and expenditures for the second quarter of FY 2025/26. Fund Balances The “Fund Balance at 6/30/25” amounts for each fund (the first column in the fund balance report) have been updated from the first quarter report as the audit is now nearly complete. If the balances change due to audit adjustments, the balances will be updated again in the third quarter report. Other explanations for the “Fund Balance at 6/30/25” column: - Many of the funds with negative balances at the beginning of the year are construction or grant funds with expenditures in FY 2024/25 for which reimbursement wasn’t received by the end of the fiscal year. These funds include Public Safety Donations and Grants, the CDBG Program, Parks and Recreation Grants, Street Construction, Sewer Improvements, and Stormwater Improvements. It’s common for expenditures and reimbursements in these types of funds to cross fiscal years and the reimbursements will be received in FY 2025/26. - The Special Assessments fund traditionally has a negative beginning balance. When assessments are created to cover the cost of debt issuance, the principal and interest payments for the debt begin immediately. The assessment revenue received to cover the cost of the debt, however, is collected over time. The fund’s negative balance will be resolved over time as the assessments are collected. Explanations and comments for the “Quarter 2 Ending Balance” column: - Many of the funds with negative or very small balances (CDBG Program, HOME Program, Parks and Recreation Grants, Street Construction, Airport Improvements, Water Construction, Sewer Improvements, and Stormwater Improvements) are funds where the revenue is received on a reimbursement basis after the expenditures have been incurred. The negative balances are normal and will be resolved when the reimbursements are received. - The Special Assessments fund will continue to be negative until the assessments have been collected through property taxes. - The New Animal Shelter Donations fund has a balance of $2,423,445 at the end of the second quarter as donations have been received, but construction of the new shelter hasn’t started. The adopted balance of zero was assuming that all donations received would be expended by the end of FY 2025/26. - Many funds have higher balances at the end of the second quarter compared to their projected balances at the end of the fiscal year (Local Option Sales, Tax, Road Use Tax, Council Priorities Capital Fund, and G.O. Bonds, for example). These funds all contain funding for capital improvement projects, and the timing of the expenditures is dependent on the project schedules. 48 - Sinking funds (Water, Sewer, and Electric) have higher balances at the end of the second quarter compared to their projected ending balances because principal payments in these funds aren’t scheduled until June 1. - The Parking Operations fund is being monitored as its revenues have not been covering its expenditures for several years. At the end of the second quarter, revenues are at 46.5% and expenditures are at 43.8% of their projected amounts. Revenues exceeded expenditures at the end of the second quarter, and the fund balance is at 94.8% of the projected balance for the end of the year. This fund will continue to be monitored to make sure that this positive trend continues for the remainder of the fiscal year. - The Transit Operations fund balance is lower than the fund’s projected balance because much of its operational funding is from federal and state grants which are received on a reimbursement basis. Revenues The adjusted budget for revenues is unchanged from the adopted budget. The first FY 2025/26 budget amendment approved by City Council in September was for expenditures only. Overall revenues on 12/31/25 were at 45.4% of the adopted amount for FY 2025/26. While it might seem that revenues should be at 50% at the end of the second quarter, it should be noted that many revenues are received at the end of periods, such as utility billings, Local Option Sales Tax, and Road Use Tax. Other items to note in the revenues: - There is revenue in grant and donation funds that wasn’t included in the adopted budget or was included at a lower amount. These revenue budgets will be revised in the FY 2025/26 adjusted budget and include Police Forfeiture, Public Safety Donations and Grants, Animal Shelter Donations, New Animal Shelter Donations, and Parks and Recreation Donations. - Many funds with revenues that are primarily grants (CDBG, HOME, Street Construction, Airport Improvements, Transit Operations, and Transit Capital Reserve) have received a low percentage of their revenue. This is normal since the revenue is received on a reimbursement basis and is received when the reimbursement requests are submitted as expenses are incurred. - The Water Utility Fund’s revenue is currently at 56.5% of the fund’s projected total for the year and is significantly higher than the revenue at 12/31/24. The higher revenue amount is due to $2,269,643 received in October, November, and December as part of the PFAS settlement. - The Sewer Utility Fund’s revenue is currently at 64.5% of the fund’s projected total for the year and is significantly higher than the revenue at 12/31/24. This is largely due to a billing to NADC for $2,126,036 for their prepayment of their contribution to the improvements at the WPC facility. - The Resource Recovery Improvements fund shows negative revenue of $227 because expenses for the land purchase for the new Resource Recovery and Recycling Campus were made in the fund. The bonds to cover the expenses, however, have not yet been issued. Because the fund is currently in a negative balance, the fund is being charged interest in the pooled cash and investment system. - Some Internal Service funds (Information Technology, Technology Replacement Reserve, and Risk Management) have significantly higher revenues at 12/31/25 than at 12/31/24. This is because the journal entries to charge those services to City departments was done on an 49 annual basis in FY 2024/25. The entries are now being made quarterly so the revenues can be reflected in the quarterly reports. - The Shared Communications fund, which accounts for the revenues and expenses of the MAPSG system funded through the City, ISU, Story County, and the E911 system shows negative revenue of $85,497 at the end of the first quarter. The expenses in this fund are reimbursed by the participating entities at the end of the calendar year, but an accrual is made at the end of the fiscal year as a portion of the revenue is for January through June of the prior year. The accrual was then reversed in FY 2025/26 so the revenue would not be overstated in the current year when the invoices are processed. The negative revenue will be cleared in the third quarter revenue report. Expenditures The FY 2025/26 Adjusted budget for expenditures reflects the amounts adopted in the FY 2025/26 budget and the amounts included in the first amendment to the FY 2025/26 budget approved by City Council in September. A significant portion of the amounts included in the first amendment are carryover amounts for capital projects that were incomplete at the end of FY 2024/25. Actual expenditures at 12/31/25 are at 31.7% of adjusted budgeted expenditures. None of the expenditures seem out-of-line with what would be expected at this point in the fiscal year. An explanation of some expenditures: - Funds that are primarily used to fund capital improvement projects have a lower percentage of their budgets spent due to the timing of the projects. These funds include Local Option Sales Tax, Road Use Tax, New Animal Shelter Donations, Street Construction, General Obligation Bonds, Airport Improvements, and Transit Capital Reserve. - Hotel/Motel expenditures are at 60.8% because Hotel/Motel Tax revenues have been higher than budgeted so far this fiscal year. Since a large percentage of the receipts are a pass- through to the Ames Regional Economic Alliance, the expenditures show as a larger percentage as well. - Police Forfeiture expenditures are at 219% due to several refunds of funding received as evidence. The expenditure amount will be updated in the FY 2025/26 adjusted budget. - The Fleet Services Reserve expenditures are at 100% because only two items were budgeted in this fund. Both were transfers to the Fleet Replacement Reserve Fund and both transfers have already been made. - Shared Communications expenditures are at 78.9% percent because one of their largest expenditures (a software support contract) has been made for the fiscal year. - Risk Management expenditures are at 70.8% because a large portion of the fund’s expenditures are one-time payments for insurance coverage made at the beginning of the fiscal year. 50 Fund Balance Summary Fund FY 2025/26 FY 2025/26 Quarter 2 Adopted Balance Year-to-Date Year-to-Date Ending Ending 06/30/25 Revenues Expenditures Balance Balance General Fund $ 14,437,445 $ 21,640,621 $ 22,734,211 $ 13,343,855 $ 10,904,767 Special Revenue Funds: Local Option Tax $ 9,830,025 $ 5,212,287 $ 5,093,482 $ 9,948,830 $ 5,414,183 Hotel Motel Tax 1,845,983 1,471,842 1,615,539 1,702,286 2,163,490 Road Use Tax 9,912,770 4,103,649 5,052,269 8,964,150 2,353,883 Bike Licenses - - - - - Police Forfeiture 167,301 22,898 26,277 163,922 154,657 Public Safety Donations and Grants (6,681) 66,049 32,211 27,157 7,494 Animal Shelter Donations 161,950 44,758 - 206,708 151,015 New Animal Shelter Donations 462,350 2,028,348 67,253 2,423,445 - City-Wide Housing 383,349 - 17,674 365,675 359,653 CDBG Program (12,030) 153,364 611,285 (469,951) - HOME Program - - 12,279 (12,279) - Fire/Police Retirement - - - - - Parks/Recreation Grants (193,869) 8,083 4,584 (190,370) - Parks/Recreation Donations 213,148 103,661 104,300 212,509 13,824 Parks/Recreation Scholarships 505,117 28,645 - 533,762 508,059 American Rescue Plan 3,361,482 - 263,225 3,098,257 2,748,750 Library Donations and Grants 487,049 164,333 123,077 528,305 533,100 Utility Assistance 22,932 14,414 1,995 35,351 18,010 Public Art Donations 32 3,920 - 3,952 32 Developer Projects Fund 248,981 1,003 - 249,984 249,758 Economic Development 547,166 28,031 28,031 547,166 547,166 Tax Increment Financing 1,257,007 272,618 249,522 1,280,103 940,359 Total Special Revenue Funds $ 29,194,062 $ 13,727,903 $ 13,303,003 $ 29,618,962 $ 16,163,433 Capital Project Funds: Special Assessments $ (582,647) $ 187,686 $ - $ (394,961) $ (499,926) Street Construction (1,405,430) 169,755 1,901,276 (3,136,951) 294,325 Park Development 583,894 10,064 54,190 539,768 836,469 Winakor Donation 2,039,725 37,492 - 2,077,217 1,902,299 Indoor Aquatic Center Donations 583,189 267,887 477,571 373,505 54,813 Council Priorities Capital Fund 8,325,982 150,074 215,030 8,261,026 5,075,399 General Obligation Bonds 23,398,234 14,239,721 8,526,063 29,111,892 3,237,234 Total Capital Project Funds $ 32,942,947 $ 15,062,679 $ 11,174,130 $ 36,831,496 $ 10,900,613 Permanent Funds: Cemetery Perpetual Care $ 1,132,565 $ 12,080 $ - $ 1,144,645 $ 1,161,080 Furman Aquatic Center Trust 1,165,905 21,290 9,160 1,178,035 1,169,931 Total Permanent Funds $ 2,298,470 $ 33,370 $ 9,160 $ 2,322,680 $ 2,331,011 51 Fund Balance Summary, continued Fund FY 2025/26 FY 2025/26 Quarter 2 Adopted Balance Year-to-Date Year-to-Date Ending Ending 06/30/25 Revenues Expenditures Balance Balance Enterprise Funds: Airport Operations $ 81,968 $ 64,881 $ 73,727 $ 73,122 $ 81,967 Airport Improvements 628,633 277,771 891,970 14,434 324,940 Airport Sigler Reserve 2,931,422 52,288 - 2,983,710 2,869,123 Water Utility 21,768,679 9,709,414 6,020,575 25,457,518 17,169,444 Water Construction 187,703 - 2,324,965 (2,137,262) 185,533 Water Sinking 265,970 1,160,375 480,750 945,595 188,957 Sewer Utility 26,119,251 8,742,189 3,572,030 31,289,410 25,960,686 Sewer Improvements (7,784,045) 9,255,644 11,253,193 (9,781,594) - Sewer Sinking 114,181 357,146 425,401 45,926 12,632 Electric Utility 58,022,424 36,221,655 37,494,567 56,749,512 38,470,744 Electric Sinking 80,518 241,519 25,538 296,499 80,685 SunSmart Community Solar 1,004,830 87,237 81,315 1,010,752 959,532 Electric Sustainability Reserve 2,555,160 46,085 - 2,601,245 2,570,107 Parking Operations 106,490 479,667 463,659 122,498 129,178 Parking Capital Reserve 1,290,554 23,208 - 1,313,762 1,282,578 Transit Operations 8,707,243 3,478,624 7,651,594 4,534,273 6,671,523 Transit Student Government Trust 1,529,822 28,173 - 1,557,995 1,508,475 Transit Capital Reserve 15,283,975 1,271,183 1,916,324 14,638,834 10,399,542 Stormwater Utility 8,753,028 1,027,769 1,475,542 8,305,255 1,692,367 Stormwater Improvements (40,000) 345,271 795,315 (490,044) - Ames/ISU Ice Arena 359,045 343,801 349,137 353,709 459,193 Ice Arena Capital Reserve 71,283 428 7,266 64,445 135,317 Homewood Golf Course 964,414 268,279 187,892 1,044,801 985,053 Resource Recovery 1,825,496 1,982,399 2,106,556 1,701,339 1,075,710 Resource Recovery Improvements (65,587) (227) 511,597 (577,411) - Total Enterprise Funds $144,762,457 $ 75,464,779 $ 78,108,913 $142,118,323 $113,213,286 Debt Service $ 3,834,328 $ 6,890,598 $ 1,444,517 $ 9,280,409 $ 3,915,144 Internal Service Funds: Fleet Services $ 100,378 $ 984,211 $ 1,273,307 $ (188,718) $ 183,511 Fleet Replacement Reserve 13,350,453 1,283,294 874,520 13,759,227 12,443,989 Fleet Services Reserve 1,761,752 270,899 160,000 1,872,651 1,639,703 Information Technology 120,002 1,015,462 1,103,246 32,218 120,000 Technology Replacement Reserve 2,364,596 144,784 173,331 2,336,049 2,325,007 Shared Communications (2) (85,497) 315,738 (401,237) - Information Technology Reserve 1,919,103 64,701 93,017 1,890,787 1,452,069 Risk Management 4,093,500 1,853,663 2,585,182 3,361,981 4,142,680 Health Insurance 7,919,257 7,319,634 7,138,623 8,100,268 7,850,700 Total Internal Service Funds $ 31,629,039 $ 12,851,151 $ 13,716,964 $ 30,763,226 $ 30,157,659 Totals $259,098,748 $145,671,101 $ 140,490,898 $264,278,951 $187,585,913 Fund Balance: The net assets of a fund calculated on a budgetary basis and used as a measure of financial resources available in the fund. 52 Revenue Summary by Fund FY 2024/25 FY 2025/26 % of Actual Actual at Adopted Adjusted Actual at Actual to (full year) 12/31/25 Budget Budget 12/31/25 Adjusted General Fund $ 46,425,916 $ 20,861,592 $ 47,465,237 $ 47,465,237 $ 21,640,621 45.6% Special Revenue Funds: Local Option Tax $ 12,011,678 $ 4,971,447 $ 12,558,616 $ 12,558,616 $ 5,212,287 41.5% Hotel Motel Tax 3,027,969 1,512,873 2,773,000 2,773,000 1,471,842 53.1% Road Use Tax 9,407,604 4,055,004 9,504,055 9,504,055 4,103,649 43.2% Bike Licenses - - - - - Police Forfeiture 25,915 23,738 10,000 10,000 22,898 229.0% Public Safety Donations and Grants 42,239 7,193 48,000 48,000 66,049 137.6% Animal Shelter Donations 139,894 45,245 79,000 79,000 44,758 56.7% New Animal Shelter Donations 462,350 - 1,500,000 1,500,000 2,028,348 135.2% City-Wide Housing - - 500 500 - 0.0% CDBG Program 590,163 46,986 684,122 684,122 153,364 22.4% HOME Program 1,948,389 - 256,483 256,483 - 0.0% IEDA/COVID-19 - - - - - HOME/American Rescue Plan - - 630,983 630,983 - 0.0% Fire/Police Retirement 173 173 - - - Parks/Recreation Grants 48,804 17,479 567,900 567,900 8,083 1.4% Parks/Recreation Donations 210,140 84,761 93,912 93,912 103,661 110.4% Parks/Recreation Scholarships 224,058 8,895 11,000 11,000 28,645 260.4% American Rescue Plan - - - - - Library Donations and Grants 338,838 188,389 485,131 485,131 164,333 33.9% Utility Assistance 24,198 12,655 15,500 15,500 14,414 93.0% Public Art Donations - - - - 3,920 Developer Projects 2,723 895 1,500 1,500 1,003 66.9% Economic Development 28,031 28,031 28,032 28,032 28,031 100.0% Tax Increment Financing 420,049 198,075 595,000 595,000 272,618 45.8% Total Special Revenue Funds $ 28,953,215 $ 11,201,839 $ 29,842,734 $ 29,842,734 $ 13,727,903 46.0% Capital Project Funds: Special Assessments $ 303,875 $ 222,500 $ 209,414 $ 209,414 $ 187,686 89.6% Street Construction 4,098,209 976,720 3,786,000 3,786,000 169,755 4.5% Park Development 126,400 8,291 115,000 115,000 10,064 8.8% Winakor Donation 91,060 25,019 45,000 45,000 37,492 83.3% Indoor Aquatic Center Donations 3,980,338 1,588,778 800,000 800,000 267,887 33.5% Council Priorities Capital Fund 4,722,105 84,051 60,000 60,000 150,074 250.1% General Obligation Bonds 20,127,571 19,275,089 15,270,000 15,270,000 14,239,721 93.3% Total Capital Project Funds $ 33,449,558 $ 22,180,448 $ 20,285,414 $ 20,285,414 $ 15,062,679 74.3% Permanent Funds: Cemetery Perpetual Care $ 23,305 $ 8,640 $ 26,250 $ 26,250 $ 12,080 46.0% Furman Aquatic Center Trust 58,670 19,369 35,000 35,000 21,290 60.8% Total Permanent Funds $ 81,975 $ 28,009 $ 61,250 $ 61,250 $ 33,370 54.5% 53 Revenue Summary by Fund, continued FY 2024/25 FY 2025/26 % of Actual Actual at Adopted Adjusted Actual at Actual to (full year) 12/31/24 Budget Budget 12/31/25 Adjusted Enterprise Funds: Airport Operations $ 337,952 $ 60,946 $ 326,467 $ 326,467 $ 64,881 19.9% Airport Improvements 2,454,278 (522,862) 10,770,941 10,770,941 277,771 2.6% Airport Sigler Reserve 144,355 47,720 75,000 75,000 52,288 69.7% Water Utility 15,976,866 7,628,472 17,181,604 17,181,604 9,709,414 56.5% Water Construction 812,292 200,566 - - - Water Sinking 4,512,258 2,256,129 4,640,852 4,640,852 1,160,375 25.0% Sewer Utility 13,621,578 6,137,656 13,553,800 13,553,800 8,742,189 64.5% Sewer Improvements 15,990,677 2,071,122 26,240,000 26,240,000 9,255,644 35.3% Sewer Sinking 1,576,522 715,761 1,428,532 1,428,532 357,146 25.0% Electric Utility 71,873,621 34,277,371 77,098,000 77,098,000 36,221,655 47.0% Electric Sinking 966,213 483,106 966,253 966,253 241,519 25.0% SunSmart Community Solar 193,747 102,550 178,000 178,000 87,237 49.0% Electric Sustainability Reserve 125,053 41,089 70,000 70,000 46,085 65.8% Parking Operations 861,112 434,724 1,030,800 1,030,800 479,667 46.5% Parking Capital Reserve 62,975 20,692 30,000 30,000 23,208 77.4% Transit Operations 16,024,937 4,909,514 15,686,069 15,686,069 3,478,624 22.2% Transit Student Government Trust 499,492 17,783 19,000 19,000 28,173 148.3% Transit Capital Reserve 2,840,336 213,038 5,409,056 5,409,056 1,271,183 23.5% Stormwater Utility 2,520,474 1,022,798 2,218,500 2,218,500 1,027,769 46.3% Stormwater Improvements - - 400,000 400,000 345,271 86.3% Ames/ISU Ice Arena 678,162 285,140 694,595 694,595 343,801 49.5% Ice Arena Capital Reserve 84,804 1,792 83,000 83,000 428 0.5% Homewood Golf Course 614,954 268,388 578,956 578,956 268,279 46.3% Resource Recovery 5,308,335 2,115,211 5,517,828 5,517,828 1,982,399 35.9% Res Recovery Improvements - - - - (227) Total Enterprise Funds $158,080,993 $ 62,788,706 $184,197,253 $184,197,253 $ 75,464,779 41.0% Debt Service $ 13,385,488 $ 6,600,689 $ 13,479,696 $ 13,479,696 $ 6,890,598 51.1% Internal Service Funds: Fleet Services $ 2,637,295 $ 880,180 $ 2,880,656 $ 2,880,656 $ 984,211 34.2% Fleet Replacement Reserve 2,643,704 850,031 2,458,721 2,458,721 1,283,294 52.2% Fleet Services Reserve 730,389 237,125 400,000 400,000 270,899 67.7% Information Technology 2,314,038 19,439 1,979,252 1,979,252 1,015,462 51.3% Technology Replacement Reserve 334,913 - 326,676 326,676 144,784 44.3% Shared Communications 367,399 (51,987) 400,000 400,000 (85,497) -21.4% Information Technology Reserve 629,876 47,392 70,000 70,000 64,701 92.4% Risk Management 3,490,502 597,793 3,745,829 3,745,829 1,853,663 49.5% Health Insurance 13,764,065 6,705,903 13,154,161 13,154,161 7,319,634 55.6% Total Internal Service Funds $ 26,912,181 $ 9,285,876 $ 25,415,295 $ 25,415,295 $ 12,851,151 50.6% Totals $307,289,326 $132,947,159 $320,746,879 $320,746,879 $145,671,101 45.4% 54 Expenditure Summary by Fund FY 2024/25 FY 2025/26 % of Actual Actual at Adopted Adjusted Actual at Actual to (full year) 12/31/24 Budget Budget 12/31/25 Adjusted General Fund $ 48,925,753 $ 20,425,997 $ 47,465,237 $ 49,926,492 $ 22,734,211 45.5% Special Revenue Funds: Local Option Tax $ 12,874,887 $ 5,063,017 $ 12,514,377 $ 17,028,876 $ 5,093,482 29.9% Hotel Motel Tax 3,114,588 1,748,669 2,580,261 2,658,212 1,615,539 60.8% Road Use Tax 8,911,230 4,352,510 11,225,779 16,633,080 5,052,269 30.4% Bike Licenses 10,026 - - - - Police Forfeiture 31,272 3,244 12,000 12,000 26,277 219.0% Public Safety Donations and Grants 54,590 17,353 48,000 48,000 32,211 67.1% Animal Shelter Donations 120,957 33,797 80,500 80,500 - 0.0% New Animal Shelter Donations - - 1,500,000 4,500,000 67,253 1.5% City-Wide Housing 33,519 10,876 29,410 29,410 17,674 60.1% CDBG Program 667,670 76,743 684,122 684,122 611,285 89.4% HOME Program 1,948,389 1,901,630 256,483 256,483 12,279 4.8% HOME/American Rescue Plan - - 630,983 630,983 - 0.0% Fire/Police Retirement 16,067 - - - - Parks/Recreation Grants 48,904 13,701 567,900 567,900 4,584 0.8% Parks/Recreation Donations 139,084 17,390 87,000 283,466 104,300 36.8% Parks/Recreation Scholarships - - - - - American Rescue Plan 2,789,825 (126,355) - 612,732 263,225 43.0% Library Donations and Grants 362,644 147,558 471,831 471,831 123,077 26.1% Utility Assistance 19,275 4,218 15,500 15,500 1,995 12.9% Public Art Donations 3,950 3,950 - - - Developer Projects Fund - - - - - Economic Development 28,032 28,031 28,032 28,032 28,031 100.0% Tax Increment Financing 680,000 173,975 882,550 882,550 249,522 0 Total Special Revenue Funds $ 31,854,909 $ 13,470,307 $ 31,614,728 $ 45,423,677 $ 13,303,003 29.3% Capital Project Funds: Special Assessments $ 44,928 $ - $ 49,400 $ 49,400 $ - 0.0% Street Construction 3,738,095 1,607,953 3,786,000 11,357,443 1,901,276 16.7% Park Development 93,884 85,006 - 130,330 54,190 41.6% Winakor Donation - 23,988 139,366 139,366 - 0.0% Indoor Aquatic Center Donations 3,413,086 1,573,576 800,000 800,000 477,571 59.7% Council Priorities Capital Fund 1,121,803 - 1,750,000 3,065,278 215,030 7.0% General Obligation Bonds 18,660,849 8,275,577 18,240,213 33,075,940 8,526,063 25.8% Total Capital Project Funds $ 27,072,645 $ 11,566,100 $ 24,764,979 $ 48,617,757 $ 11,174,130 23.0% Permanent Funds: Cemetery Perpetual Care $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Furman Aquatic Center Trust 16,696 - - - 9,160 Total Permanent Funds $ 16,696 $ - $ - $ - $ 9,160 55 Expenditure Summary by Fund, continued FY 2024/25 FY 2025/26 % of Actual Actual at Adopted Adjusted Actual at Actual to (full year) 12/31/24 Budget Budget 12/31/25 Adjusted Enterprise Funds: Airport Operations $ 321,546 $ 58,164 $ 326,467 $ 326,467 $ 73,727 22.6% Airport Improvements 2,619,376 707,644 10,784,250 12,879,179 891,970 6.9% Airport Sigler Reserve 65,956 - 67,945 67,945 - 0.0% Water Utility 14,647,028 6,391,642 19,971,633 25,618,815 6,020,575 23.5% Water Construction 1,099,010 273,581 - 4,457,757 2,324,965 52.2% Water Sinking 4,421,563 506,334 4,641,500 4,641,500 480,750 10.4% Sewer Utility 10,437,871 4,765,649 10,672,882 13,144,554 3,572,030 27.2% Sewer Improvements 18,632,233 3,498,085 26,240,000 43,736,485 11,253,193 25.7% Sewer Sinking 1,474,202 193,318 1,428,582 1,428,582 425,401 29.8% Electric Utility 70,608,757 30,626,790 80,411,931 98,240,328 37,494,567 38.2% Electric Sinking 966,213 35,606 966,075 966,075 25,538 2.6% SunSmart Community Solar 189,638 85,104 185,602 185,602 81,315 43.8% Electric Sustainability Reserve - - - - - Parking Operations 882,345 394,168 1,031,607 1,059,107 463,659 43.8% Parking Capital Reserve - - - - - Transit Operations 17,175,531 6,972,267 16,492,130 16,492,130 7,651,594 46.4% Transit Student Government Trust - - - - - Transit Capital Reserve 992,814 421,401 6,510,563 17,817,882 1,916,324 10.8% Stormwater Utility 1,691,520 701,145 3,137,255 8,619,453 1,475,542 17.1% Stormwater Improvements 40,000 - 400,000 1,660,000 795,315 47.9% Ames/ISU Ice Arena 602,501 266,308 595,249 595,249 349,137 58.7% Ice Arena Capital Reserve 137,607 10,816 - 16,268 7,266 44.7% Homewood Golf Course 361,003 152,317 406,229 481,229 187,892 39.0% Resource Recovery 4,931,963 2,280,739 5,577,633 5,933,796 2,106,556 35.5% Res Recovery Improvements 65,587 - - 880,000 511,597 58.1% Total Enterprise Funds $152,364,264 $ 58,341,078 $189,847,533 $259,248,403 $ 78,108,913 30.1% Debt Service $ 13,421,870 $ 1,276,366 $ 14,092,994 $ 14,092,994 $ 1,444,517 10.2% Internal Service Funds: Fleet Services $ 2,650,183 $ 1,106,838 $ 2,840,656 $ 2,840,656 $ 1,273,307 44.8% Fleet Replacement Reserve 2,645,205 1,246,705 2,835,300 3,992,000 874,520 21.9% Fleet Services Reserve 128,339 28,339 100,000 160,000 160,000 100.0% Information Technology 2,314,038 1,047,074 1,979,252 1,979,252 1,103,246 55.7% Technology Replacement Reserve 262,814 135,890 250,800 363,150 173,331 47.7% Shared Communications 367,401 267,866 400,000 400,000 315,738 78.9% Information Technology Reserve 169,518 18,203 130,000 168,035 93,017 55.4% Risk Management 3,352,993 2,464,962 3,650,429 3,650,429 2,585,182 70.8% Health Insurance 13,916,864 5,804,683 12,548,612 12,548,612 7,138,623 56.9% Total Internal Service Funds $ 25,807,355 $ 12,120,560 $ 24,735,049 $ 26,102,134 $ 13,716,964 52.6% Totals $299,463,492 $117,200,408 $332,520,520 $443,411,457 $140,490,898 31.7% 56 To:Mayor and City Council From:City Clerk's Office Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Investment Report for Quarter Ending December 31, 2025 Item No. 11 MEMO Attached is a memo and report provided by the City Treasurer for the City Council's review and approval. ATTACHMENT(S): Quarterly Investment Report December 2025.pdf Finance 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 57 Caring People Quality Programs Exceptional Service 515.239.5119 main 515.239-5320 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org City Treasurer MEMO To: Mayor and City Council From: Roger Wisecup, CPA City Treasurer Date: January 9, 2025 Subject: Investment Report for Quarter Ending December 30, 2025 Introduction The purpose of this memorandum is to present a report summarizing the performance of the City of Ames investment portfolio for the quarter ending December 30, 2025. Discussion This report covers the period ending December 30, 2025, and presents a summary of the investments on hand at the end of December 2025. The investments are valued at amortized cost; this reflects the same basis that the assets are carried on the financial records of the City. All investments are in compliance with the current Investment Policy. Comments The Federal Reserve lowered the federal fund rate from 4.25-4.00 percent to 3.75-3.50 percent in the last quarter. The yield curve is currently inverted, making shorter maturities pay higher interest rates than longer maturities. Future investments will be made at current interest rates and future interest income will decrease. We will continue to evaluate our current investment strategy, remaining flexible to future investments while the Federal Reserve evaluates the target rate. 58 BOOK MARKET UN-REALIZED DESCRIPTION VALUE VALUE GAIN/(LOSS) CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT 0 FEDERAL AGENCY DISCOUNTS 5,481,113 5,490,904 9,792 FEDERAL AGENCY SECURITIES 99,728,482 99,891,076 162,594 INVESTMENT POOLS 0 COMMERCIAL PAPER 9,392,257 9,392,528 271 MISC COUPON SECURITIES 0 PASS THRU SECURITIES PAC/CMO 3,412,459 3,622,562 210,103 MONEY FUND SAVINGS ACCOUNTS 314,038 314,038 0 CORPORATE BONDS 0 US TREASURY DISCOUNTS 0 US TREASURY SECURITIES 114,812,963 115,102,690 289,727 INVESTMENTS 233,141,311 233,813,797 672,486 CASH ACCOUNTS 31,028,350 31,028,350 TOTAL FUNDS AVAILABLE 264,169,661 264,842,147 672,486 ACCRUAL BASIS INVESTMENT EARNINGS YR-TO-DATE GROSS EARNINGS ON INVESTMENTS:4,536,574 INTEREST EARNED ON CASH:659,793 TOTAL INTEREST EARNED:5,196,367 AND THE ACCUMULATED YEAR-TO-DATE CITY OF AMES, IOWA CASH AND INVESTMENTS SUMMARY AND SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT EARNINGS FOR THE QUARTER ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2025 59 A CITY OF City ol Ameslnvestments FY 2025 -2O2C Portfolio Management Portfolio Summary December 31, 2025 lnvsstmonts Ma*Et Vrluo Book Dayr to lraurrity YTi' 360 Equlv. YTII 366 Equiv.Monrt ilqrtot CommcrEi€ Pepor Dba +no.li:ing F6d6ral Agcnc, Coupon Socurlth8 F6dlral Ag$cy Oiac. -Amortizim Taestuay Cru9on SccufiUa6 Pasr lhroueh S6curili!5 /PACr'CMO 314,037.53 9,500,000_00 100.814.000.00 5.500,000.00 I r 6.000.000.00 3,60't ,860.08 314.037.53 0.392,527.50 99,891,075.79 5,490,904.20 1't5,102.590.09 3,622.561_96 3t4.037.53 9,3S2,256.E0 99,728,442.13 5.461.112.50 114,812.963.15 3,412,459.09 0.296 3.913 3.U7 3.964 3.6t 1 5.290 0.300 3.967 3.900 4.019 3.661 5.3A3 0.13 4.03 42.74 2.35 49.25 1.46 1 186 881 179 s31 1.743 1 107 475 32 495 't.031 235,729,897.61 233,8,t3,797.07 233,111,311.20 t00.00%872 467 3.752 3.804lnvsstments Total Eamlngs Oecombor 3l Month End tng Fiscal Yoar To D.te Cunent Year Average Dally Balrnco Efirctlw Rato ot Retum 7ffi.279.12 23a,971 ,202.91 4.7 4,536,573.60 that lhese are in @nformance t{jth the lowa Public lnvestment Act. bq ^2o26[, city Roportlng poriod 12/0112025.12131 12025 Ruo Dat6: 01/142026 . 11 :n6 Portfolio 2026 AC R MCS" 60 YTM 365 Page 1 Par Value Book Value Maturity Date Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Investments Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date Money Market 0.300First Interstate Bank4531558874 314,037.53 314,037.53 0.300314,037.53 0.296SYS4531558874B 1 314,037.53 0.296314,037.53314,037.53313,975.18Subtotal and Average 0.300 1 Commercial Paper Disc. -Amortizing 3.837Angelsea1321-25 1,500,000.00 1,489,531.25 03/09/20263.75012/12/2025 1,489,261.50 3.7840347M3C93 67 3.983Credit Agricole1295-25 1,000,000.00 984,377.78 05/29/20263.80009/19/2025 984,479.00 3.92922533UEV1 148 3.957Credit Agricole1304-25 3,000,000.00 2,976,320.00 03/16/20263.84010/15/2025 2,976,249.00 3.90322533UCG6 74 3.934Jackson National Life1312-25 2,000,000.00 1,956,249.99 07/30/20263.75011/10/2025 1,956,260.00 3.88046850CGW1 210 4.104MountCliff Funding1313-25 2,000,000.00 1,985,777.78 03/06/20264.00011/19/2025 1,986,278.00 4.04862455GC69 64 9,392,256.80 3.9139,392,527.509,500,000.009,043,440.31Subtotal and Average 3.967 107 Federal Agency Coupon Securities 4.701Farmer Mac1160-24A 1,500,000.00 1,497,670.69 01/15/20260.48002/20/2024 1,498,136.70 4.63631422B6K1 14 4.701Farmer Mac1160-24B 1,000,000.00 998,447.12 01/15/20260.48002/20/2024 998,757.80 4.63631422B6K1 14 4.070Farmer Mac1253-25A 1,500,000.00 1,477,045.81 04/12/20283.35003/05/2025 1,487,035.95 4.01431422XXC1 832 4.070Farmer Mac1253-25B 1,000,000.00 984,697.21 04/12/20283.35003/05/2025 991,357.30 4.01431422XXC1 832 3.749Farmer Mac1287-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,104.96 08/13/20273.74008/15/2025 1,500,838.46 3.69731424WP63 589 3.749Farmer Mac1287-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,069.98 08/13/20273.74008/15/2025 1,000,558.98 3.69731424WP63 589 4.710Federal Farm Credit1069-22 2,500,000.00 2,462,645.63 05/27/20260.66010/14/2022 2,467,682.00 4.6463133EMHH8 146 4.675Federal Farm Credit1179-24 1,000,000.00 892,949.00 06/01/20291.12505/31/2024 913,128.30 4.6113133EMHZ8 1,247 4.540Federal Farm Credit1184-24A 1,500,000.00 1,465,608.31 03/15/20272.50007/10/2024 1,481,580.00 4.4783133ENRK8 438 4.540Federal Farm Credit1184-24B 1,000,000.00 977,072.21 03/15/20272.50007/10/2024 987,720.00 4.4783133ENRK8 438 3.606Federal Farm Credit1199-24A 1,500,000.00 1,511,622.90 07/30/20265.00009/20/2024 1,510,391.10 3.5563133EPZY4 210 3.606Federal Farm Credit1199-24B 1,000,000.00 1,007,748.60 07/30/20265.00009/20/2024 1,006,927.40 3.5563133EPZY4 210 3.431Federal Farm Credit1212-24 1,000,000.00 1,000,872.44 04/13/20263.75009/30/2024 999,639.40 3.3843133EPFT7 102 4.130Federal Farm Credit1224-24 1,000,000.00 998,276.20 01/28/20261.75010/28/2024 998,464.20 4.0733133ELKA1 27 4.130Federal Farm Credit1230-24 1,000,000.00 1,002,171.60 08/14/20264.50012/03/2024 1,004,414.10 4.0733133EPSW6 225 3.766Federal Farm Credit1268-25 4,000,000.00 4,009,787.10 05/30/20283.87505/09/2025 4,020,250.00 3.7143133EPLD5 880 4.025Federal Farm Credit1276-25 1,500,000.00 1,496,511.38 08/27/20273.87506/09/2025 1,505,252.25 3.9703133ETJT5 603 4.138Federal Farm Credit1285-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,110.08 07/14/20274.12007/17/2025 1,503,164.45 4.0823133ETPU5 559 4.138Federal Farm Credit1285-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,073.39 07/14/20274.12007/17/2025 1,002,109.63 4.0823133ETPU5 559 3.600Federal Farm Credit1290-25 1,500,000.00 1,510,857.77 11/29/20274.00009/03/2025 1,509,823.80 3.5513133EN3H1 697 3.483Federal Farm Credit1291-25A 1,500,000.00 1,516,411.85 10/14/20274.12509/10/2025 1,512,224.55 3.4353133ENS50 651 3.483Federal Farm Credit1291-25B 1,000,000.00 1,010,941.23 10/14/20274.12509/10/2025 1,008,149.70 3.4353133ENS50 651 3.521Federal Farm Credit1292-25 1,000,000.00 1,008,422.02 06/15/20274.12509/11/2025 1,006,477.90 3.4723133EPMV4 530 3.500Federal Farm Credit1293-25 1,000,000.00 1,008,330.79 09/29/20274.00009/11/2025 1,005,841.00 3.4523133ENQ29 636 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 Report Ver. 7.3.11 61 YTM 365 Page 2 Par Value Book Value Maturity Date Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Investments Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date Federal Agency Coupon Securities 3.975Federal Farm Credit1308-25 1,500,000.00 1,500,097.47 01/14/20283.97010/15/2025 1,499,845.02 3.9203133ETE86 743 3.538Federal Farm Credit1314-25A 1,000,000.00 999,205.42 10/27/20273.37511/19/2025 998,710.30 3.4893133ETM95 664 3.538Federal Farm Credit1314-25B 1,000,000.00 999,205.42 10/27/20273.37511/19/2025 998,710.30 3.4893133ETM95 664 3.550Federal Farm Credit1320-25 2,000,000.00 1,895,945.10 06/29/20281.35012/08/2025 1,886,424.00 3.5013133EMN73 910 0.581Federal Home Loan Bank0975-21 1,000,000.00 999,910.31 02/17/20260.65002/22/2021 995,939.00 0.5733130AL4V3 47 0.841Federal Home Loan Bank0978-21 1,000,000.00 999,716.87 02/11/20260.58003/15/2021 996,380.60 0.8293130AKXB7 41 1.116Federal Home Loan Bank0980-21 2,650,000.00 2,649,833.20 04/14/20261.50004/14/2021 2,632,665.03 1.1013130ALVT8 103 2.496Federal Home Loan Bank1178-24 600,000.00 592,898.64 05/26/20262.00004/19/2024 595,410.36 2.4613130AMFN7 145 4.750Federal Home Loan Bank1181-24 1,500,000.00 1,467,812.88 08/13/20261.05006/21/2024 1,475,684.70 4.6853130ANGM6 224 4.741Federal Home Loan Bank1182-24 1,000,000.00 994,148.97 03/30/20262.25007/10/2024 996,207.40 4.6763130ARCU3 88 4.550Federal Home Loan Bank1183-24A 1,500,000.00 1,442,744.48 02/26/20271.00007/10/2024 1,455,703.50 4.4883130ALDA9 421 4.550Federal Home Loan Bank1183-24B 1,000,000.00 961,829.65 02/26/20271.00007/10/2024 970,469.00 4.4883130ALDA9 421 4.510Federal Home Loan Bank1185-24A 1,410,000.00 1,352,505.09 03/30/20271.00007/10/2024 1,365,388.87 4.4493130ANZB9 453 4.510Federal Home Loan Bank1185-24B 1,000,000.00 959,223.47 03/30/20271.00007/10/2024 968,360.90 4.4493130ANZB9 453 4.560Federal Home Loan Bank1186-24A 1,500,000.00 1,491,818.42 02/24/20260.68007/31/2024 1,493,032.50 4.4983130ALCB8 54 4.560Federal Home Loan Bank1186-24B 1,000,000.00 994,545.61 02/24/20260.68007/31/2024 995,355.00 4.4983130ALCB8 54 3.670Federal Home Loan Bank1190-24A 1,500,000.00 1,472,140.24 10/28/20261.31009/13/2024 1,469,578.80 3.6203130APL29 300 3.670Federal Home Loan Bank1190-24B 1,000,000.00 981,426.82 10/28/20261.31009/13/2024 979,719.20 3.6203130APL29 300 3.690Federal Home Loan Bank1191-24 500,000.00 490,556.68 11/27/20261.50009/13/2024 490,436.90 3.6393130APXV2 330 3.530Federal Home Loan Bank1195-24 1,335,000.00 1,310,065.06 01/27/20271.70009/17/2024 1,308,043.28 3.4823130AQM26 391 3.530Federal Home Loan Bank1196-24 1,250,000.00 1,229,093.71 02/25/20272.00009/17/2024 1,227,074.13 3.4823130AQRQ8 420 3.820Federal Home Loan Bank1214-24 1,500,000.00 1,465,784.16 12/28/20261.40010/07/2024 1,467,599.40 3.7683130AQEV1 361 4.340Federal Home Loan Bank1229-24A 1,500,000.00 1,476,530.77 06/30/20261.05011/25/2024 1,480,203.90 4.2813130AN2H2 180 4.340Federal Home Loan Bank1229-24B 1,000,000.00 984,353.84 06/30/20261.05011/25/2024 986,802.60 4.2813130AN2H2 180 4.120Federal Home Loan Bank1235-24A 1,500,000.00 1,449,873.64 01/29/20270.85012/12/2024 1,456,379.55 4.0643130AKRE8 393 4.120Federal Home Loan Bank1235-24B 1,000,000.00 966,582.42 01/29/20270.85012/12/2024 970,919.70 4.0643130AKRE8 393 3.764Federal Home Loan Bank1255-25 500,000.00 499,013.96 03/13/20262.75003/14/2025 498,994.90 3.7123130AAUF3 71 4.064Federal Home Loan Bank1256-25 1,200,000.00 1,201,015.38 03/13/20264.50003/14/2025 1,201,652.52 4.0083130AV6J6 71 4.020Federal Home Loan Bank1257-25 1,000,000.00 1,000,930.34 03/13/20264.50003/17/2025 1,001,377.10 3.9653130AV6J6 71 4.250Federal Home Loan Bank1260-25 1,500,000.00 1,500,000.00 03/28/20304.25003/28/2025 1,513,353.45 4.1923130B5Q50 1,547 3.874Federal Home Loan Bank1274-25 1,000,000.00 1,002,483.59 01/15/20274.12506/09/2025 1,005,767.70 3.8213130AYPN0 379 4.163Federal Home Loan Bank1275-25 1,500,000.00 1,499,731.84 05/28/20274.15006/09/2025 1,501,077.90 4.1063130B6LC8 512 4.081Federal Home Loan Bank1277-25 500,000.00 471,706.00 10/29/20270.80006/09/2025 475,329.60 4.0253130AKML7 666 4.146Federal Home Loan Bank1284-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,057.50 06/30/20274.15007/17/2025 1,502,271.15 4.0903130B6SZ0 545 4.146Federal Home Loan Bank1284-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,038.34 06/30/20274.15007/17/2025 1,001,514.10 4.0903130B6SZ0 545 3.500Federal Home Loan Bank1300-25 1,500,000.00 1,458,631.14 04/28/20282.25010/06/2025 1,453,596.75 3.4523130AM4Q2 848 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 62 YTM 365 Page 3 Par Value Book Value Maturity Date Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Investments Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date Federal Agency Coupon Securities 4.180Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1225-24 1,500,000.00 1,472,335.92 07/15/20260.60011/05/2024 1,474,643.85 4.1233134GXKD5 195 4.130Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1234-24 1,000,000.00 967,996.46 12/30/20260.75012/12/2024 971,721.90 4.0743134GW6P6 363 4.108Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1264-25 2,000,000.00 1,999,806.82 04/14/20274.10004/15/2025 2,001,429.00 4.0523134HBJN2 468 4.222Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1273-25 1,595,000.00 1,572,429.01 05/27/20260.62506/09/2025 1,575,484.86 4.1653134GXCD4 146 3.450Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1294-25 1,375,000.00 1,281,608.70 01/12/20291.00009/12/2025 1,272,496.32 3.4033134GXKE3 1,107 3.871Federal Home Loan Mortgage Co.1309-25 5,000,000.00 5,000,000.00 06/01/20283.87010/15/2025 5,000,398.50 3.8183134HBY70 882 4.938Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1174-24 3,850,000.00 3,787,463.64 05/28/20260.70004/15/2024 3,802,008.98 4.8713135GA4Q1 147 3.820Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1213-24A 1,500,000.00 1,495,234.96 09/30/20263.37510/07/2024 1,496,077.80 3.7683135GAVJ7 272 3.820Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1213-24B 1,000,000.00 996,823.31 09/30/20263.37510/07/2024 997,385.20 3.7683135GAVJ7 272 3.750Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1316-25 1,150,000.00 1,153,593.75 10/21/20303.75011/24/2025 1,138,804.75 3.6983136GAYY9 1,754 4.003Tennessee Valley Authority1272-25 1,399,000.00 1,395,251.58 03/15/20283.87505/23/2025 1,407,846.30 3.948880591EZ1 804 3.899U.S. Treasury1282-25A 1,500,000.00 1,503,619.97 02/15/20274.12507/11/2025 1,510,124.55 3.84591282CKA8 410 3.899U.S. Treasury1282-25B 1,000,000.00 1,002,413.31 02/15/20274.12507/11/2025 1,006,749.70 3.84591282CKA8 410 99,728,482.13 3.84799,891,075.79100,814,000.00102,759,487.52Subtotal and Average 3.900 475 Federal Agency Disc. -Amortizing 4.261Federal Home Discoun t Note1247-25 1,500,000.00 1,492,797.50 02/13/20264.02002/18/2025 1,493,111.90 4.203313385TA4 43 3.949Federal Home Discoun t Note1301-25 2,000,000.00 1,998,731.67 01/07/20263.80510/10/2025 1,998,960.00 3.894313385RM0 6 3.909Federal Home Discoun t Note1302-25 2,000,000.00 1,989,583.33 02/20/20263.75010/10/2025 1,998,832.30 3.855313385TH9 50 5,481,112.50 3.9645,490,904.205,500,000.005,472,304.17Subtotal and Average 4.019 32 Treasury Coupon Securities 4.021Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1310-25 8,000,000.00 8,000,000.00 06/01/20294.02010/15/2025 8,002,280.00 3.9663136GAXW4 1,247 1.005U.S. Treasury1012-21 3,500,000.00 3,496,430.26 05/31/20260.75010/15/2021 3,459,885.80 0.99191282CCF6 150 2.641U.S. Treasury1032-22 9,000,000.00 8,934,186.94 05/31/20260.75004/14/2022 8,896,849.20 2.60591282CCF6 150 2.756U.S. Treasury1037-22 4,500,000.00 4,367,284.69 05/31/20270.50004/18/2022 4,316,382.90 2.719912828ZS2 515 4.320U.S. Treasury1070-22 5,000,000.00 4,880,531.75 05/15/20272.37510/14/2022 4,925,109.00 4.260912828X88 499 4.301U.S. Treasury1071-22 1,000,000.00 951,852.07 05/31/20270.50010/14/2022 959,196.20 4.242912828ZS2 515 4.609U.S. Treasury1177-24 4,000,000.00 3,707,880.10 05/31/20281.25004/15/2024 3,792,831.20 4.54691282CCE9 881 3.686U.S. Treasury1192-24A 1,500,000.00 1,505,592.28 04/30/20264.87509/16/2024 1,506,264.45 3.63691282CKK6 119 3.686U.S. Treasury1192-24B 1,000,000.00 1,003,728.19 04/30/20264.87509/16/2024 1,004,176.30 3.63691282CKK6 119 3.779U.S. Treasury1193-24 1,000,000.00 997,303.75 01/31/20260.37509/16/2024 997,213.00 3.72891282CBH3 30 3.708U.S. Treasury1194-24 1,500,000.00 1,502,788.69 03/31/20264.50009/16/2024 1,503,107.70 3.65791282CKH3 89 4.000U.S. Treasury1215-24A 1,500,000.00 1,500,795.06 06/15/20264.12510/15/2024 1,504,186.50 3.94591282CHH7 165 4.000U.S. Treasury1215-24B 1,000,000.00 1,000,530.04 06/15/20264.12510/15/2024 1,002,791.00 3.94591282CHH7 165 4.009U.S. Treasury1216-24A 1,500,000.00 1,497,958.87 05/15/20263.62510/15/2024 1,500,396.75 3.95491282CHB0 134 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 63 YTM 365 Page 4 Par Value Book Value Maturity Date Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Investments Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date Treasury Coupon Securities 4.009U.S. Treasury1216-24B 1,000,000.00 998,639.24 05/15/20263.62510/15/2024 1,000,264.50 3.95491282CHB0 134 4.120U.S. Treasury1223-24 500,000.00 500,049.57 01/31/20264.25010/28/2024 500,091.30 4.06491282CJV4 30 4.230U.S. Treasury1244-25A 1,500,000.00 1,504,874.34 11/15/20264.62502/13/2025 1,513,395.60 4.17291282CJK8 318 4.230U.S. Treasury1244-25B 1,000,000.00 1,003,249.56 11/15/20264.62502/13/2025 1,008,930.40 4.17291282CJK8 318 4.240U.S. Treasury1245-25 2,000,000.00 1,956,956.32 05/31/20272.62502/12/2025 1,976,310.20 4.18291282CET4 515 4.280U.S. Treasury1246-25 2,000,000.00 1,970,745.53 05/31/20283.62502/12/2025 2,005,423.40 4.22191282CHE4 881 4.061U.S. Treasury1251-25A 1,500,000.00 1,503,373.66 07/15/20264.50002/28/2025 1,507,733.85 4.00591282CHM6 195 4.061U.S. Treasury1251-25B 1,000,000.00 1,002,249.10 07/15/20264.50002/28/2025 1,005,155.90 4.00591282CHM6 195 3.978U.S. Treasury1254-25 3,000,000.00 2,976,153.25 05/31/20283.62503/13/2025 3,008,135.10 3.92391282CHE4 881 3.966U.S. Treasury1261-25A 1,500,000.00 1,497,907.16 08/31/20263.75004/15/2025 1,501,604.70 3.91291282CLH2 242 3.966U.S. Treasury1261-25B 1,000,000.00 998,604.77 08/31/20263.75004/15/2025 1,001,069.80 3.91291282CLH2 242 3.961U.S. Treasury1262-25A 1,500,000.00 1,506,715.32 09/15/20264.62504/15/2025 1,510,980.75 3.90791282CHY0 257 3.961U.S. Treasury1262-25B 1,000,000.00 1,004,476.88 09/15/20264.62504/15/2025 1,007,320.50 3.90791282CHY0 257 3.967U.S. Treasury1263-25 1,500,000.00 1,507,456.91 10/15/20264.62504/15/2025 1,511,837.25 3.91391282CJC6 287 3.932U.S. Treasury1265-25 8,000,000.00 7,517,359.35 05/31/20281.25004/15/2025 7,585,662.40 3.87991282CCE9 881 4.040U.S. Treasury1269-25 2,000,000.00 2,008,812.59 10/15/20264.62505/23/2025 2,015,783.00 3.98491282CJC6 287 3.997U.S. Treasury1270-25 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 01/15/20274.00005/23/2025 2,009,641.00 3.94391282CJT9 379 3.921U.S. Treasury1278-25 1,500,000.00 1,469,777.92 11/30/20261.62506/13/2025 1,474,185.15 3.867912828YU8 333 3.830U.S. Treasury1279-25 2,000,000.00 2,022,010.93 06/15/20274.62506/13/2025 2,032,046.40 3.77891282CKV2 530 3.891U.S. Treasury1280-25 1,000,000.00 1,003,139.82 11/30/20264.25006/26/2025 1,006,062.80 3.83791282CLY5 333 3.910U.S. Treasury1281-25 1,000,000.00 1,005,393.50 10/15/20264.62506/26/2025 1,007,891.50 3.85791282CJC6 287 3.960U.S. Treasury1283-25A 1,500,000.00 1,509,906.75 04/15/20274.50007/16/2025 1,518,596.70 3.90691282CKJ9 469 3.960U.S. Treasury1283-25B 1,000,000.00 1,006,604.51 04/15/20274.50007/16/2025 1,012,397.80 3.90691282CKJ9 469 3.720U.S. Treasury1286-25 1,000,000.00 1,010,204.38 05/15/20274.50008/15/2025 1,013,257.30 3.66991282CKR1 499 3.600U.S. Treasury1288-25 1,500,000.00 1,494,498.82 09/15/20273.37509/03/2025 1,497,445.65 3.55091282CLL3 622 3.621U.S. Treasury1289-25 1,500,000.00 1,512,572.89 09/30/20274.12509/03/2025 1,515,983.85 3.57191282CFM8 637 3.600U.S. Treasury1296-25A 1,500,000.00 1,509,345.00 12/31/20264.25009/19/2025 1,510,251.30 3.55191282CME8 364 3.600U.S. Treasury1296-25B 1,000,000.00 1,006,230.00 12/31/20264.25009/19/2025 1,006,834.20 3.55191282CME8 364 3.550U.S. Treasury1297-25 1,000,000.00 1,004,381.96 05/31/20273.87510/02/2025 1,005,138.60 3.50291282CNE7 515 3.510U.S. Treasury1298-25 1,500,000.00 1,516,442.13 11/15/20274.12510/02/2025 1,517,075.55 3.46291282CLX7 683 3.510U.S. Treasury1299-25 1,500,000.00 1,516,445.22 11/15/20274.12510/06/2025 1,517,075.55 3.46291282CLX7 683 3.683U.S. Treasury1305-25 3,000,000.00 3,013,571.95 06/30/20264.62510/15/2025 3,015,473.70 3.63291282CKY6 180 3.524U.S. Treasury1306-25 1,500,000.00 1,471,671.23 09/30/20260.87510/15/2025 1,470,856.92 3.47691282CCZ2 272 3.570U.S. Treasury1307-25 3,000,000.00 3,019,590.99 12/31/20264.25010/15/2025 3,020,502.60 3.52191282CME8 364 3.600U.S. Treasury1311-25 1,500,000.00 1,503,813.01 04/30/20273.75011/06/2025 1,505,666.32 3.55191282CMY4 484 3.539U.S. Treasury1315-25A 1,500,000.00 1,416,617.53 12/31/20270.62511/19/2025 1,417,944.00 3.49191282CBB6 729 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 64 YTM 365 Page 5 Par Value Book Value Maturity Date Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Investments Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date Treasury Coupon Securities 3.539U.S. Treasury1315-25B 1,000,000.00 944,411.68 12/31/20270.62511/19/2025 945,296.00 3.49191282CBB6 729 3.500U.S. Treasury1317-25 5,000,000.00 5,025,563.41 05/31/20273.87511/25/2025 5,025,693.00 3.45291282CNE7 515 3.511U.S. Treasury1318-25 4,000,000.00 4,019,861.62 05/31/20273.87511/26/2025 4,020,554.40 3.46391282CNE7 515 3.482U.S. Treasury1319-25 1,000,000.00 1,006,421.66 09/30/20273.50012/03/2025 1,006,451.15 3.43491282CPB1 637 114,812,963.15 3.611115,102,690.09116,000,000.00117,919,813.18Subtotal and Average 3.661 495 Pass Through Securities /PAC/CMO 6.003Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1137-23A 1,320,111.37 1,268,627.03 07/25/20284.50010/31/2023 1,332,947.87 5.9203136BQCS6 936 6.003Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1137-23B 880,074.28 845,751.38 07/25/20284.50010/31/2023 888,631.95 5.9203136BQCS6 936 4.323Federal Nat'l Mtg. Assoc.1180-24 1,401,674.43 1,298,080.68 04/01/20293.00005/31/2024 1,400,982.14 4.2633140XP6F1 1,186 3,412,459.09 5.2903,622,561.963,601,860.083,462,182.57Subtotal and Average 5.363 1,031 3.752238,971,202.91 235,729,897.61 3.804 467233,813,797.07 233,141,311.20Total and Average Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 65 YTM 365 Page 6 Par Value Book Value Stated RateMarket Value December 31, 2025 Portfolio Details - Cash Average BalanceIssuer Portfolio Management Investments FY 2025-2026 Days to Maturity YTM 360CUSIPInvestment # Purchase Date 0.00 3.752238,971,202.91 235,729,897.61 3.804 467 0Average Balance 233,813,797.07 233,141,311.20Total Cash and Investments Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PM2) 7.3.12 66 Page 1 Par Value Stated Rate December 31, 2025 Investment Status Report - Investments Portfolio Management Book Value Maturity Date Current Principal Investments FY 2025-2026 YTM 365 YTM 360 Payment DatesCUSIPInvestment #Issuer Purchase Date Accrued Interest At Purchase Money Market FIB4531558874 314,037.53 314,037.530.300SYS4531558874B 03/01 - Monthly 314,037.530.3000.296 314,037.53Money Market Totals 314,037.530.000.296314,037.53 0.300 Commercial Paper Disc. -Amortizing ANGLES1321-25 1,500,000.00 1,489,531.253.750 03/09/20260347M3C93 03/09 - At Maturity12/12/2025 1,486,406.253.8373.784 CACPNY1295-25 1,000,000.00 984,377.783.800 05/29/202622533UEV1 05/29 - At Maturity09/19/2025 973,400.003.9833.929 CACPNY1304-25 3,000,000.00 2,976,320.003.840 03/16/202622533UCG6 03/16 - At Maturity10/15/2025 2,951,360.003.9573.903 JNLSTF1312-25 2,000,000.00 1,956,249.993.750 07/30/202646850CGW1 07/30 - At Maturity11/10/2025 1,945,416.663.9343.880 MCFUND1313-25 2,000,000.00 1,985,777.784.000 03/06/202662455GC69 03/06 - At Maturity11/19/2025 1,976,222.224.1044.048 9,392,256.80Commercial Paper Disc. -Amortizing Totals 9,332,805.130.003.9139,500,000.00 3.967 Federal Agency Coupon Securities FAMCA1160-24A 1,500,000.00 1,497,670.690.480 01/15/202631422B6K1 07/15 - 01/15 Received02/20/2024 1,386,030.004.7014.636 FAMCA1160-24B 1,000,000.00 998,447.120.480 01/15/202631422B6K1 07/15 - 01/15 Received02/20/2024 924,020.004.7014.636 FAMCA1253-25A 1,500,000.00 1,477,045.813.350 04/12/202831422XXC1 04/12 - 10/12 Received03/05/2025 1,468,770.004.0704.014 FAMCA1253-25B 1,000,000.00 984,697.213.350 04/12/202831422XXC1 04/12 - 10/12 Received03/05/2025 979,180.004.0704.014 FAMCA1287-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,104.963.740 08/13/202731424WP63 02/13 - 08/13 311.6608/15/2025 1,499,745.003.7493.697 FAMCA1287-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,069.983.740 08/13/202731424WP63 02/13 - 08/13 207.7808/15/2025 999,830.003.7493.697 FFCB1069-22 2,500,000.00 2,462,645.630.660 05/27/20263133EMHH8 11/27 - 05/27 Received10/14/2022 2,166,625.004.7104.646 FFCB1179-24 1,000,000.00 892,949.001.125 06/01/20293133EMHZ8 06/01 - 12/01 Received05/31/2024 843,340.004.6754.611 FFCB1184-24A 1,500,000.00 1,465,608.312.500 03/15/20273133ENRK8 09/15 - 03/15 Received07/10/2024 1,423,530.004.5404.478 FFCB1184-24B 1,000,000.00 977,072.212.500 03/15/20273133ENRK8 09/15 - 03/15 Received07/10/2024 949,020.004.5404.478 FFCB1199-24A 1,500,000.00 1,511,622.905.000 07/30/20263133EPZY4 01/30 - 07/30 Received09/20/2024 1,537,260.003.6063.556 FFCB1199-24B 1,000,000.00 1,007,748.605.000 07/30/20263133EPZY4 01/30 - 07/30 Received09/20/2024 1,024,840.003.6063.556 FFCB1212-24 1,000,000.00 1,000,872.443.750 04/13/20263133EPFT7 10/13 - 04/13 Received09/30/2024 1,004,730.003.4313.384 FFCB1224-24 1,000,000.00 998,276.201.750 01/28/20263133ELKA1 01/28 - 07/28 Received10/28/2024 971,270.004.1304.073 FFCB1230-24 1,000,000.00 1,002,171.604.500 08/14/20263133EPSW6 02/14 - 08/14 Received12/03/2024 1,005,950.004.1304.073 FFCB1268-25 4,000,000.00 4,009,787.103.875 05/30/20283133EPLD5 05/30 - 11/30 Received05/09/2025 4,012,400.003.7663.714 FFCB1276-25 1,500,000.00 1,496,511.383.875 08/27/20273133ETJT5 08/27 - 02/27 Received06/09/2025 1,495,329.004.0253.970 FFCB1285-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,110.084.120 07/14/20273133ETPU5 01/14 - 07/14 515.0007/17/2025 1,499,475.004.1384.082 FFCB1285-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,073.394.120 07/14/20273133ETPU5 01/14 - 07/14 343.3307/17/2025 999,650.004.1384.082 FFCB1290-25 1,500,000.00 1,510,857.774.000 11/29/20273133EN3H1 11/29 - 05/29 Received09/03/2025 1,512,720.003.6003.551 FFCB1291-25A 1,500,000.00 1,516,411.854.125 10/14/20273133ENS50 10/14 - 04/14 Received09/10/2025 1,519,245.003.4833.435 FFCB1291-25B 1,000,000.00 1,010,941.234.125 10/14/20273133ENS50 10/14 - 04/14 Received09/10/2025 1,012,830.003.4833.435 FFCB1292-25 1,000,000.00 1,008,422.024.125 06/15/20273133EPMV4 12/15 - 06/15 Received09/11/2025 1,010,190.003.5213.472 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PMS) 7.3.12 Report Ver. 7.3.11 67 Page 2 Par Value Stated Rate December 31, 2025 Investment Status Report - Investments Portfolio Management Book Value Maturity Date Current Principal Investments FY 2025-2026 YTM 365 YTM 360 Payment DatesCUSIPInvestment #Issuer Purchase Date Accrued Interest At Purchase Federal Agency Coupon Securities FFCB1293-25 1,000,000.00 1,008,330.794.000 09/29/20273133ENQ29 09/29 - 03/29 Received09/11/2025 1,009,790.003.5003.452 FFCB1308-25 1,500,000.00 1,500,097.473.970 01/14/20283133ETE86 01/14 - Final Pmt.165.4210/15/2025 1,499,925.003.9753.920 FFCB1314-25A 1,000,000.00 999,205.423.375 10/27/20273133ETM95 04/27 - 10/27 2,062.5011/19/2025 996,960.003.5383.489 FFCB1314-25B 1,000,000.00 999,205.423.375 10/27/20273133ETM95 04/27 - 10/27 2,062.5011/19/2025 996,960.003.5383.489 FFCB1320-25 2,000,000.00 1,895,945.101.350 06/29/20283133EMN73 12/29 - 06/29 Received12/08/2025 1,893,280.003.5503.501 FHLB0975-21 1,000,000.00 999,910.310.650 02/17/20263130AL4V3 08/17 - 02/17 Received02/22/2021 996,500.000.5810.573 FHLB0978-21 1,000,000.00 999,716.870.580 02/11/20263130AKXB7 08/11 - 02/11 Received03/15/2021 987,500.000.8410.829 FHLB0980-21 2,650,000.00 2,649,833.201.500 04/14/20263130ALVT8 10/14 - 04/1404/14/2021 2,647,085.001.1161.101 FHLB1178-24 600,000.00 592,898.642.000 05/26/20263130AMFN7 05/26 - 11/26 Received04/19/2024 562,926.002.4962.461 FHLB1181-24 1,500,000.00 1,467,812.881.050 08/13/20263130ANGM6 08/13 - 02/13 Received06/21/2024 1,388,070.004.7504.685 FHLB1182-24 1,000,000.00 994,148.972.250 03/30/20263130ARCU3 09/30 - 03/30 Received07/10/2024 959,240.004.7414.676 FHLB1183-24A 1,500,000.00 1,442,744.481.000 02/26/20273130ALDA9 08/26 - 02/26 Received07/10/2024 1,369,485.004.5504.488 FHLB1183-24B 1,000,000.00 961,829.651.000 02/26/20273130ALDA9 08/26 - 02/26 Received07/10/2024 912,990.004.5504.488 FHLB1185-24A 1,410,000.00 1,352,505.091.000 03/30/20273130ANZB9 09/30 - 03/30 Received07/10/2024 1,284,510.004.5104.449 FHLB1185-24B 1,000,000.00 959,223.471.000 03/30/20273130ANZB9 09/30 - 03/30 Received07/10/2024 911,000.004.5104.449 FHLB1186-24A 1,500,000.00 1,491,818.420.680 02/24/20263130ALCB8 08/24 - 02/24 Received07/31/2024 1,413,090.004.5604.498 FHLB1186-24B 1,000,000.00 994,545.610.680 02/24/20263130ALCB8 08/24 - 02/24 Received07/31/2024 942,060.004.5604.498 FHLB1190-24A 1,500,000.00 1,472,140.241.310 10/28/20263130APL29 10/28 - 04/28 Received09/13/2024 1,428,240.003.6703.620 FHLB1190-24B 1,000,000.00 981,426.821.310 10/28/20263130APL29 10/28 - 04/28 Received09/13/2024 952,160.003.6703.620 FHLB1191-24 500,000.00 490,556.681.500 11/27/20263130APXV2 11/27 - 05/27 Received09/13/2024 477,000.003.6903.639 FHLB1195-24 1,335,000.00 1,310,065.061.700 01/27/20273130AQM26 01/27 - 07/27 Received09/17/2024 1,280,091.453.5303.482 FHLB1196-24 1,250,000.00 1,229,093.712.000 02/25/20273130AQRQ8 02/25 - 08/25 Received09/17/2024 1,205,662.503.5303.482 FHLB1214-24 1,500,000.00 1,465,784.161.400 12/28/20263130AQEV1 12/28 - 06/28 Received10/07/2024 1,423,230.003.8203.768 FHLB1229-24A 1,500,000.00 1,476,530.771.050 06/30/20263130AN2H2 12/30 - 06/30 Received11/25/2024 1,424,610.004.3404.281 FHLB1229-24B 1,000,000.00 984,353.841.050 06/30/20263130AN2H2 12/30 - 06/30 Received11/25/2024 949,740.004.3404.281 FHLB1235-24A 1,500,000.00 1,449,873.640.850 01/29/20273130AKRE8 01/29 - 07/29 Received12/12/2024 1,400,910.004.1204.064 FHLB1235-24B 1,000,000.00 966,582.420.850 01/29/20273130AKRE8 01/29 - 07/29 Received12/12/2024 933,939.994.1204.064 FHLB1255-25 500,000.00 499,013.962.750 03/13/20263130AAUF3 09/13 - 03/13 Received03/14/2025 495,083.503.7643.712 FHLB1256-25 1,200,000.00 1,201,015.384.500 03/13/20263130AV6J6 09/13 - 03/13 Received03/14/2025 1,205,062.804.0644.008 FHLB1257-25 1,000,000.00 1,000,930.344.500 03/13/20263130AV6J6 09/13 - 03/13 Received03/17/2025 1,004,600.004.0203.965 FHLB1260-25 1,500,000.00 1,500,000.004.250 03/28/20303130B5Q50 09/28 - 03/2803/28/2025 1,500,000.004.2504.192 FHLB1274-25 1,000,000.00 1,002,483.594.125 01/15/20273130AYPN0 07/15 - 01/15 Received06/09/2025 1,003,825.003.8743.821 FHLB1275-25 1,500,000.00 1,499,731.844.150 05/28/20273130B6LC8 11/28 - 05/28 Received06/09/2025 1,499,625.004.1634.106 FHLB1277-25 500,000.00 471,706.000.800 10/29/20273130AKML7 07/29 - 01/29 Received06/09/2025 463,020.004.0814.025 FHLB1284-25A 1,500,000.00 1,500,057.504.150 06/30/20273130B6SZ0 12/30 - 06/30 Received07/17/2025 1,500,075.004.1464.090 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PMS) 7.3.12 68 Page 3 Par Value Stated Rate December 31, 2025 Investment Status Report - Investments Portfolio Management Book Value Maturity Date Current Principal Investments FY 2025-2026 YTM 365 YTM 360 Payment DatesCUSIPInvestment #Issuer Purchase Date Accrued Interest At Purchase Federal Agency Coupon Securities FHLB1284-25B 1,000,000.00 1,000,038.344.150 06/30/20273130B6SZ0 12/30 - 06/30 Received07/17/2025 1,000,050.004.1464.090 FHLB1300-25 1,500,000.00 1,458,631.142.250 04/28/20283130AM4Q2 10/28 - 04/28 Received10/06/2025 1,454,430.003.5003.452 FHLMC1225-24 1,500,000.00 1,472,335.920.600 07/15/20263134GXKD5 01/15 - 07/15 Received11/05/2024 1,413,015.004.1804.123 FHLMC1234-24 1,000,000.00 967,996.460.750 12/30/20263134GW6P6 04/30 - 10/30 Received12/12/2024 934,210.004.1304.074 FHLMC1264-25 2,000,000.00 1,999,806.824.100 04/14/20273134HBJN2 10/14 - 04/14 Received04/15/2025 1,999,700.004.1084.052 FHLMC1273-25 1,595,000.00 1,572,429.010.625 05/27/20263134GXCD4 11/27 - 05/27 Received06/09/2025 1,541,200.654.2224.165 FHLMC1294-25 1,375,000.00 1,281,608.701.000 01/12/20293134GXKE3 01/12 - 07/12 2,291.6709/12/2025 1,269,757.503.4503.403 FHLMC1309-25 5,000,000.00 5,000,000.003.870 06/01/20283134HBY70 04/15 - 10/1510/15/2025 5,000,000.003.8713.818 FNMA1174-24 3,850,000.00 3,787,463.640.700 05/28/20263135GA4Q1 05/28 - 11/28 Received04/15/2024 3,525,406.504.9384.871 FNMA1213-24A 1,500,000.00 1,495,234.963.375 09/30/20263135GAVJ7 03/30 - 09/30 Received10/07/2024 1,487,370.003.8203.768 FNMA1213-24B 1,000,000.00 996,823.313.375 09/30/20263135GAVJ7 03/30 - 09/30 Received10/07/2024 991,580.003.8203.768 FNMA1316-25 1,150,000.00 1,153,593.753.750 10/21/20303136GAYY9 04/21 - 10/21 3,593.7511/24/2025 1,150,000.003.7503.698 TVA1272-25 1,399,000.00 1,395,251.583.875 03/15/2028880591EZ1 09/15 - 03/15 Received05/23/2025 1,394,222.424.0033.948 US TRE1282-25A 1,500,000.00 1,503,619.974.125 02/15/202791282CKA8 08/15 - 02/15 Received07/11/2025 1,505,156.253.8993.845 US TRE1282-25B 1,000,000.00 1,002,413.314.125 02/15/202791282CKA8 08/15 - 02/15 Received07/11/2025 1,003,437.503.8993.845 99,728,482.13Federal Agency Coupon Securities Totals 97,833,761.0611,553.613.847100,814,000.00 3.900 Federal Agency Disc. -Amortizing FHDN1247-25 1,500,000.00 1,492,797.504.020 02/13/2026313385TA4 02/13 - At Maturity02/18/2025 1,439,700.004.2614.203 FHDN1301-25 2,000,000.00 1,998,731.673.805 01/07/2026313385RM0 01/07 - At Maturity10/10/2025 1,981,186.393.9493.894 FHDN1302-25 2,000,000.00 1,989,583.333.750 02/20/2026313385TH9 02/20 - At Maturity10/10/2025 1,972,291.673.9093.855 5,481,112.50Federal Agency Disc. -Amortizing Totals 5,393,178.060.003.9645,500,000.00 4.019 Treasury Coupon Securities FNMA1310-25 8,000,000.00 8,000,000.004.020 06/01/20293136GAXW4 04/15 - 10/1510/15/2025 8,000,000.004.0213.966 US TRE1012-21 3,500,000.00 3,496,430.260.750 05/31/202691282CCF6 11/30 - 05/31 Received10/15/2021 3,459,804.691.0050.991 US TRE1032-22 9,000,000.00 8,934,186.940.750 05/31/202691282CCF6 05/31 - 11/30 Received04/14/2022 8,338,359.382.6412.605 US TRE1037-22 4,500,000.00 4,367,284.690.500 05/31/2027912828ZS2 05/31 - 11/30 Received04/18/2022 4,018,359.382.7562.719 US TRE1070-22 5,000,000.00 4,880,531.752.375 05/15/2027912828X88 11/15 - 05/15 Received10/14/2022 4,599,218.754.3204.260 US TRE1071-22 1,000,000.00 951,852.070.500 05/31/2027912828ZS2 11/30 - 05/31 Received10/14/2022 842,000.004.3014.242 US TRE1177-24 4,000,000.00 3,707,880.101.250 05/31/202891282CCE9 05/31 - 11/30 Received04/15/2024 3,500,312.504.6094.546 US TRE1192-24A 1,500,000.00 1,505,592.284.875 04/30/202691282CKK6 10/31 - 04/30 Received09/16/2024 1,527,773.443.6863.636 US TRE1192-24B 1,000,000.00 1,003,728.194.875 04/30/202691282CKK6 10/31 - 04/30 Received09/16/2024 1,018,515.633.6863.636 US TRE1193-24 1,000,000.00 997,303.750.375 01/31/202691282CBH3 01/31 - 07/31 Received09/16/2024 954,882.813.7793.728 US TRE1194-24 1,500,000.00 1,502,788.694.500 03/31/202691282CKH3 09/30 - 03/31 Received09/16/2024 1,517,578.133.7083.657 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PMS) 7.3.12 69 Page 4 Par Value Stated Rate December 31, 2025 Investment Status Report - Investments Portfolio Management Book Value Maturity Date Current Principal Investments FY 2025-2026 YTM 365 YTM 360 Payment DatesCUSIPInvestment #Issuer Purchase Date Accrued Interest At Purchase Treasury Coupon Securities US TRE1215-24A 1,500,000.00 1,500,795.064.125 06/15/202691282CHH7 12/15 - 06/15 Received10/15/2024 1,502,929.694.0003.945 US TRE1215-24B 1,000,000.00 1,000,530.044.125 06/15/202691282CHH7 12/15 - 06/15 Received10/15/2024 1,001,953.124.0003.945 US TRE1216-24A 1,500,000.00 1,497,958.873.625 05/15/202691282CHB0 11/15 - 05/15 Received10/15/2024 1,491,210.944.0093.954 US TRE1216-24B 1,000,000.00 998,639.243.625 05/15/202691282CHB0 11/15 - 05/15 Received10/15/2024 994,140.624.0093.954 US TRE1223-24 500,000.00 500,049.574.250 01/31/202691282CJV4 01/31 - 07/31 Received10/28/2024 500,760.004.1204.064 US TRE1244-25A 1,500,000.00 1,504,874.344.625 11/15/202691282CJK8 05/15 - 11/15 Received02/13/2025 1,509,810.004.2304.172 US TRE1244-25B 1,000,000.00 1,003,249.564.625 11/15/202691282CJK8 05/15 - 11/15 Received02/13/2025 1,006,540.004.2304.172 US TRE1245-25 2,000,000.00 1,956,956.322.625 05/31/202791282CET4 05/31 - 11/30 Received02/12/2025 1,929,960.004.2404.182 US TRE1246-25 2,000,000.00 1,970,745.533.625 05/31/202891282CHE4 05/31 - 11/30 Received02/12/2025 1,960,020.004.2804.221 US TRE1251-25A 1,500,000.00 1,503,373.664.500 07/15/202691282CHM6 07/15 - 01/15 Received02/28/2025 1,508,685.004.0614.005 US TRE1251-25B 1,000,000.00 1,002,249.104.500 07/15/202691282CHM6 07/15 - 01/15 Received02/28/2025 1,005,790.004.0614.005 US TRE1254-25 3,000,000.00 2,976,153.253.625 05/31/202891282CHE4 05/31 - 11/30 Received03/13/2025 2,968,195.313.9783.923 US TRE1261-25A 1,500,000.00 1,497,907.163.750 08/31/202691282CLH2 08/31 - 02/28 Received04/15/2025 1,495,650.003.9663.912 US TRE1261-25B 1,000,000.00 998,604.773.750 08/31/202691282CLH2 08/31 - 02/28 Received04/15/2025 997,100.003.9663.912 US TRE1262-25A 1,500,000.00 1,506,715.324.625 09/15/202691282CHY0 09/15 - 03/15 Received04/15/2025 1,513,535.153.9613.907 US TRE1262-25B 1,000,000.00 1,004,476.884.625 09/15/202691282CHY0 09/15 - 03/15 Received04/15/2025 1,009,023.443.9613.907 US TRE1263-25 1,500,000.00 1,507,456.914.625 10/15/202691282CJC6 10/15 - 04/1504/15/2025 1,514,238.283.9673.913 US TRE1265-25 8,000,000.00 7,517,359.351.250 05/31/202891282CCE9 05/31 - 11/30 Received04/15/2025 7,374,375.003.9323.879 US TRE1269-25 2,000,000.00 2,008,812.594.625 10/15/202691282CJC6 10/15 - 04/15 Received05/23/2025 2,015,660.004.0403.984 US TRE1270-25 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.004.000 01/15/202791282CJT9 07/15 - 01/15 Received05/23/2025 2,000,000.003.9973.943 US TRE1278-25 1,500,000.00 1,469,777.921.625 11/30/2026912828YU8 11/30 - 05/31 Received06/13/2025 1,451,445.003.9213.867 US TRE1279-25 2,000,000.00 2,022,010.934.625 06/15/202791282CKV2 06/15 - 12/15 Received06/13/2025 2,030,400.003.8303.778 US TRE1280-25 1,000,000.00 1,003,139.824.250 11/30/202691282CLY5 11/30 - 05/31 Received06/26/2025 1,004,921.883.8913.837 US TRE1281-25 1,000,000.00 1,005,393.504.625 10/15/202691282CJC6 10/15 - 04/15 Received06/26/2025 1,008,945.313.9103.857 US TRE1283-25A 1,500,000.00 1,509,906.754.500 04/15/202791282CKJ9 10/15 - 04/15 Received07/16/2025 1,513,476.563.9603.906 US TRE1283-25B 1,000,000.00 1,006,604.514.500 04/15/202791282CKJ9 10/15 - 04/15 Received07/16/2025 1,008,984.383.9603.906 US TRE1286-25 1,000,000.00 1,010,204.384.500 05/15/202791282CKR1 11/15 - 05/15 Received08/15/2025 1,013,046.883.7203.669 US TRE1288-25 1,500,000.00 1,494,498.823.375 09/15/202791282CLL3 09/15 - 03/15 Received09/03/2025 1,493,437.503.6003.550 US TRE1289-25 1,500,000.00 1,512,572.894.125 09/30/202791282CFM8 09/30 - 03/31 Received09/03/2025 1,514,941.413.6213.571 US TRE1296-25A 1,500,000.00 1,509,345.004.250 12/31/202691282CME8 12/31 - 06/30 Received09/19/2025 1,512,015.003.6003.551 US TRE1296-25B 1,000,000.00 1,006,230.004.250 12/31/202691282CME8 12/31 - 06/30 Received09/19/2025 1,008,010.003.6003.551 US TRE1297-25 1,000,000.00 1,004,381.963.875 05/31/202791282CNE7 11/30 - 05/31 Received10/02/2025 1,005,156.253.5503.502 US TRE1298-25 1,500,000.00 1,516,442.134.125 11/15/202791282CLX7 11/15 - 05/15 Received10/02/2025 1,518,632.813.5103.462 US TRE1299-25 1,500,000.00 1,516,445.224.125 11/15/202791282CLX7 11/15 - 05/15 Received10/06/2025 1,518,540.003.5103.462 US TRE1305-25 3,000,000.00 3,013,571.954.625 06/30/202691282CKY6 12/31 - 06/30 Received10/15/2025 3,019,453.133.6833.632 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PMS) 7.3.12 70 Page 5 Par Value Stated Rate December 31, 2025 Investment Status Report - Investments Portfolio Management Book Value Maturity Date Current Principal Investments FY 2025-2026 YTM 365 YTM 360 Payment DatesCUSIPInvestment #Issuer Purchase Date Accrued Interest At Purchase Treasury Coupon Securities US TRE1306-25 1,500,000.00 1,471,671.230.875 09/30/202691282CCZ2 03/31 - 09/30 540.8710/15/2025 1,462,851.563.5243.476 US TRE1307-25 3,000,000.00 3,019,590.994.250 12/31/202691282CME8 12/31 - 06/30 Received10/15/2025 3,023,789.063.5703.521 US TRE1311-25 1,500,000.00 1,503,813.013.750 04/30/202791282CMY4 04/30 - 10/31 932.3211/06/2025 1,503,213.993.6003.551 US TRE1315-25A 1,500,000.00 1,416,617.530.625 12/31/202791282CBB6 12/31 - 06/30 Received11/19/2025 1,411,699.223.5393.491 US TRE1315-25B 1,000,000.00 944,411.680.625 12/31/202791282CBB6 12/31 - 06/30 Received11/19/2025 941,132.813.5393.491 US TRE1317-25 5,000,000.00 5,025,563.413.875 05/31/202791282CNE7 11/30 - 05/31 Received11/25/2025 5,027,400.003.5003.452 US TRE1318-25 4,000,000.00 4,019,861.623.875 05/31/202791282CNE7 11/30 - 05/31 Received11/26/2025 4,021,250.003.5113.463 US TRE1319-25 1,000,000.00 1,006,421.663.500 09/30/202791282CPB1 03/31 - 09/30 6,153.8512/03/2025 1,000,280.003.4823.434 114,812,963.15Treasury Coupon Securities Totals 113,089,404.017,627.043.611116,000,000.00 3.661 Pass Through Securities /PAC/CMO FNMA1137-23A 1,320,111.37 1,268,627.034.500 07/25/20283136BQCS6 11/25 - Monthly Received10/31/2023 1,268,627.036.0035.920 FNMA1137-23B 880,074.28 845,751.384.500 07/25/20283136BQCS6 11/25 - Monthly Received10/31/2023 845,751.386.0035.920 FNMA1180-24 1,401,674.43 1,298,080.683.000 04/01/20293140XP6F1 06/25 - Monthly Received05/31/2024 1,353,272.864.3234.263 3,412,459.09Pass Through Securities /PAC/CMO Totals 3,467,651.270.005.2903,601,860.08 5.363 233,141,311.20Investment Totals 229,430,837.0619,180.65235,729,897.61 3.752 3.804 Portfolio 2026 AC Run Date: 01/14/2026 - 11:46 PM (PRF_PMS) 7.3.12 71 For Quarter Ending December 31, 2025 0.13% 54.38% 45.49% Portfolio by Asset Class Cash and Equivalents Long Term Short Term 72 For Quarter Ending December 31, 2025 3.26%13.46% 2.39% 16.70% 5.42% 0.14%8.30% 0.87%0.87% 0.61% 48.00% Par Value by Issuer Graph FAMCA FFCB FHDN FHLB FHLMC FIB FNMA JNLSTF MCFUND TVA UST 73 For Quarter Ending December 31, 2025 0.13% 4.03% 42.78% 2.35% 49.25% 1.46% Book Value By Investment Type Money Market Commercial Paper Federal Agency Coupon Securities Federal Agency Discounts Treasury Coupon Securities Pass through Securities 74 For Quarter Ending December 31, 2025 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 Investment Yield by Type 75 ITEM #:12 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:P&H SUBJECT:RESOLUTION APPOINTING A CITY REPRESENTATIVE TO THE CENTRAL IOWA REGIONAL HOUSING AUTHORITY (CIRHA) BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS. COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: In March 2011, the City Council approved a 28E intergovernmental agreement with Central Iowa Regional Housing Authority (CIRHA) to operate and administer the City’s Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program within the Ames jurisdiction. As part of the 28E agreement, the City Council authorized the Mayor to appoint a member and an alternate to represent the City on CIRHA’s Board of Commissioners. At the February 14, 2023, City Council meeting, Housing Coordinator Vanessa Baker-Latimer was appointed as the primary representative for Ames on CIRHA’s Executive Board of Commissioners. Her current term will expire on February 14, 2026 (see attached letter). Therefore, she will need to be reappointed for another three-year term. Staff is currently working to identify an alternate. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Re-appoint Housing Coordinator Vanessa Baker-Latimer as the primary Board Member Representative to the CIRHA Executive Board of Commissioners for the City of Ames. 2. Identify another person as the primary Board Member Representative to the CIRHA Executive Board of Commissioners for the City of Ames. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: As part of the City Council’s affordable housing goals, it is important that a representative be reappointed to serve on this board to represent low-income households in Ames who need this vital form of housing assistance. It is therefore the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative #1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): CIRHA Agmt.pdf 76 77 78 79 80 ITEM #:13 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:ADMIN SUBJECT:2026 NEIGHBORHOOD SCULPTURE PROGRAM ACCESSION COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: One of the signature programs hosted by the Public Art Commission (PAC) is the Ames Annual Outdoor Sculpture Exhibition (AAOSE). Each year, sculptures exhibited through AAOSE are available for purchase by private individuals. Additionally, PAC typically acquires several sculptures each year into the City’s permanent art collection through the Neighborhood Sculpture Program. The Neighborhood Sculpture Program involves accepting applications from residents to have an AAOSE sculpture placed on City property for residents to enjoy. On January 6, 2026, PAC approved a recommendation that the City Council pursue accession of one sculpture for the Neighborhood Sculpture Program. The work "TipSee," is by the artist Craig Snyder. The acquisition cost of the piece is $8,000. The FY 2025/26 Adjusted Budget for the PAC Neighborhood Sculpture Program contains a balance of $42,197. It is proposed that "TipSee" be placed on a Public Art Easement at Ames Community Preschool Center, 920 Carroll Avenue, near the Free Little Library that sits on the property. An application for the Public Art Easement has been submitted to the Planning and Housing Department and is anticipated to be presented for consideration at a City Council meeting in February. Further information regarding the sculpture is detailed in the attached report from PAC. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve the accession of "TipSee" by Craig Snyder for the Neighborhood Sculpture Program as recommended by PAC. 2. Do not approve the accession of Neighborhood Sculpture Program artwork. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: This annual program allows for works of art to be purchased for display in neighborhoods throughout the City. This aligns with the City Council’s value of a fun, vibrant community that attracts and retains people. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1 as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): 2026 Neighborhood Art Acquisition.pdf Contract for TipSee (Signed).pdf 81 APPROVED for accession January 6, 2026, by the Ames Public Art Commission Public Art Commission (PAC) Request for Accession Neighborhood Sculpture Program Item Identification Numbers: [completed by city staff] Name: TipSee Artist: Craig Snyder AAOSE Exhibit Year: 2025-26 Material: Steel Acquisition Cost: $8,000 Recommendation: The Ames Public Art Commission recommends the acquisition of “TipSee” for the City of Ames permanent art collection, to be placed on a Public Art Easement at the Ames Community Preschool Center, 920 Carroll Avenue . 82 83 84 85 86 87 ITEM #:14 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:ADMIN SUBJECT:GREEN IOWA AMERICORPS HOSTING COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: I n January 2025, City Council authorized staff to apply to become a Green Iowa AmeriCorps (GIA) host site. This application was successful, and the City has hosted two GIA positions since October 2025. Staff is seeking authorization to participate in the next program year, including two positions from October 2026 to August 2027, and a summer position from June to August 2026. Green Iowa AmeriCorps is a state-wide community service program founded in 2009. The program partners with over 20 city and county governments, school districts, non-profits, and conservation organizations in Iowa to support community-specific environmental sustainability efforts. Program partners that choose to participate are known as host sites. The members commit to serving in a three-quarter time position, roughly 26-28 hours per week, for a set 11- month term from October to the following August. Host sites may also receive one or more three-month summer positions at no additional cost. Services host sites may receive through the program can include, but are not limited to: Energy efficiency audits and weatherization for homes and businesses. Conservation work, including tree planting, prairie maintenance, water quality monitoring, and prescribed burns. Reduction in waste through waste auditing. Promotion of recycling and composting within the community. Greenhouse gas inventorying for climate action planning, and more. The two members serving with the City are mainly focused on energy services and environmental education. Energy services involve conducting energy audits and directly installing energy-efficient measures such as weather stripping, caulking, pipe insulation, LED lights, and low-flow sink aerators. Energy services are offered at no cost to Ames residents. Examples of completed environmental education activities include elementary school science nights, tabling at community events, and a pollinator-themed story time at the Ames Public Library. The GIA program sets performance goals for each host site, including the number of energy audits and educational programs completed. Detailed metrics for the City of Ames are attached, and the members are on track to meet or exceed each metric. The host site fee for the 2026-27 program year is $12,000. Funds are budgeted for this program by the Electric Department Demand Side Management Program, as energy audits and weatherization activities benefit the electric utility through energy efficiency and demand reductions. GIA members work closely with the Electric and Water and Pollution Control Departments to procure weatherization supplies and coordinate educational programs focused on the utility. 88 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Authorize staff to apply for and participate in 2026-27 Green Iowa AmeriCorps hosting for two positions. 2. Do not authorize the City of Ames applying as a host site at this time. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: The Green Iowa AmeriCorps program aligns with the City's sustainability goals, and the current positions are a key part of the City's boots on the ground implementation of the Climate Action Plan. The program fee is a cost-effective investment for the City of Ames in peak demand electric and water use reductions and community engagement. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as noted above. ATTACHMENT(S): Ames 25-26 GIA Metrics.pdf 89 25-26 GIA Metrics for City of Ames Sustainability This document provides a breakdown of GIA Metrics to be completed by Green Iowa AmeriCorps members serving at the above host site. Please review the Reporting 101 Slides for more detailed information about these metrics. Required GIA Metrics for this site Metric Minimum # to Complete Educational Programs 15 Educational Participants 250 Outreach Events 20 Volunteers 120 Volunteer Service Hours 220 Trees Planted 25 Tree Survey/Mapping Projects - Water Quality Events 2 Waste Reduction or Removal Projects 2 School, Community, or Backyard Gardens installed or maintained - Energy Audits 50 Weatherizations/Retrofits/Energy Saver Kits (ESKs) 50 Households Indicating a Reduction in Energy Use or Cost 15 Energy Efficiency Projects 1 Carbon Management Projects 1 GIA Program Metric Totals 90 All sites play a role in contributing to our programs total performance metric goals, each site is unique in what they bring to the table and contribute each term. Here’s the minimum numbers of what we, as a program, are planning to complete this term! Program Totals (Minimums) Metric 500 Educational Programs 7,500 Educational Participants 420 Outreach Events 2,400 Volunteers 4,800 Volunteer Service Hours 1,500 Trees Planted 10 Tree Survey/Mapping Projects 50 Water Quality Events 25 Waste Reduction or Removal Projects 25 School, Community, or Backyard Gardens installed or maintained 240 Energy Audits 240 Weatherizations/Retrofits/Energy Saver Kits (ESKs) 85 Households Indicating a Reduction in Energy Use or Cost 6 Energy Efficiency Projects 6 Carbon Management Projects 91 ITEM #:15 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:HR SUBJECT:AMENDMENT TO SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYMENT POLICIES FOR CERTAIN ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION AND TECHNICAL SERVICES EMPLOYEES COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: In June, 2023, City Council approved a set of policies (attached) for employees of the Electric Distribution and Technical Services divisions formerly covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (IBEW). The employees had previously voted to decertify membership with the union, and the City recognized that several provisions in the contract were not addressed elsewhere in City policy. Therefore, the supplemental policies were created to help manage circumstances specific to this group of employees. City staff has determined there is a need for clarification when determining pay for apprenticeship programs within the Electric Distribution and Technical Services division. This is particularly important when employees promote from other positions within the division to an apprenticeship position. The apprenticeship positions are the only positions in this group that contain wage steps, which are based on the number of related hours of experience. The challenge with the policies as written is that an employee may promote into an apprenticeship position and receive a substantial pay decrease, then wait several years until achieving enough experience to match their previous pay. This results in a disincentive for internal candidates to consider apprenticeships for critical and hard-to-fill positions, such as lineworker and substation electrician. In order to remedy this issue and provide fair and consistent application of policy, staff is recommending the addition of the following language to "Supplemental Employment Policies for Certain City of Ames Electric Distribution and Technical Services Division Employees." 2.4 Establishing Pay for Apprentice Programs. If an internal candidate promotes to an apprentice program, the employee shall be entitled to Step A of the apprentice position unless they have prior qualified experience that would entitle them to a higher step (as determined by the Apprentice Evaluation Committee). However, if the internal candidate is currently earning more than the appropriate step for their experience, the City Manager may authorize a rate of pay in a step that exceeds the employee's prior qualifying experience. In such an instance, the employee's pay will remain at the higher step, adjusted annually with Pay Plan adjustments, until their actual experience reaches the next appropriate step. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve the amendment to the Supplemental Employment Policies for Certain City of Ames Electric Distribution and Technical Services Division Employees. 2. Do not approve the amendment. 92 3. Refer this item back to staff for further information. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: After working with the Supplemental Employment Policies for Certain City of Ames Electric Distribution and Technical Services Division Employees for over two years, it has become apparent that not all circumstances are covered in the current policy. No applicable City policy appropriately provides pay guidance for internal promotion within the Electric Distribution and Technical Services division. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1 as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): Electric Distribution Supp. Policies.pdf 93 Supplemental Employment Policies for Certain Electric Distribution and Technical Services Employee ZDV DGRSWHG E\ WKH$PHV&LW\ &RXQFLO Resolution No. 23-320 RQ -XQH133 94 95 1 SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYMENT POLICIES FOR CERTAIN CITY OF AMES ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION AND TECHNICAL SERVICES DIVISION EMPLOYEES ARTICLE I APPLICABILITY 1.1 Policy Statement. The policies outlined below, where in conflict with the City’s Employee Handbook and related policies, will supersede such policies. 1.2 Positions Subject to These Policies. All employees of the Electrical Distribution Division of the Electric Services Department of the City of Ames in the following positions: Records and Materials Specialist, Electric Service Worker, Apprentice Electric Lineworker, Electric Lineworker, Electric Line Crew Leader, Substation Crew Leader, Substation Electrician, Apprentice Substation Electrician, Electric Meter & Relay Technician, Apprentice Electric Meter & Relay Technician, and Storekeeper. 1.3 Positions Excluded From These Policies. All other City employees. ARTICLE II WORK ASSIGNMENTS 2.1 Work Assignments. Each employee is assigned an established job classification. Although an employee will normally perform work associated with the classification, employees will be expected to perform any work they are qualified to do connected with the operation of the City, no matter what the work classification may be. No employee will suffer a reduction in pay for doing work of a lower paid classification on temporary assignment. 2.2 Temporary Assignments. A crew is defined as at least three (3) employees assigned to work on a single work project or task. When a crew is sent to work without a Crew Leader present, the most senior journey-level employee willing to take on the responsibility shall be designated as temporarily in charge and shall receive the Crew Leader's rate of pay when doing such work for three (3) hours or more of the workday, after-hours trouble call-ins, weekends, or holidays. If no one is willing to accept the responsibility, management may assign that duty. When a Crew Leader is not present and when two employees are assigned to a single work project or task, the employee with the most seniority in the classification of the work being performed willing to take on the responsibility shall be designated as the lead and shall receive a 3% differential rate of pay when doing such work for three (3) hours or more of the work day, after-hours trouble call-ins, weekends, or holidays. If no one is willing to accept the responsibility, management may assign that duty. 2.3 Seniority for Temporary Assignments. “Seniority” shall mean length of continuous service in a classification in the service of the City. Seniority shall be lost in the following circumstances: (a)When an employee resigns or is discharged. (b)Leave of absence (other than military leave or compensable injury absence) for morethan one (1) year. (c)Failure to report for work upon expiration of leave. 96 2 (d) Engaging in other employment or business while on leave, other than vacation or military leave. ARTICLE III HOURS – OVERTIME – HOLIDAY PAY – PERSONAL DAY 3.1 Work Week. The normal work week is Monday through Friday, and the normal hours of work are 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. with a 20-minute paid lunch break between the hours of 11 a.m. and 1 p.m. at the job site. The 15-minute morning and afternoon work breaks will be taken on the job site. All daily overtime premium provisions for a shift will apply at the end of such shift. Any change in the normal work week shall be made only after two (2) weeks advance notice in writing. 3.2 Standby. When it is necessary for an employee to standby, it shall be for a week and the employee shall be paid two and one half (2.5) hours pay per day at the normal rate of pay. One employee shall use a City furnished pickup during standby duty. 3.3 Call-in. A minimum of two (2) hours pay at regular overtime rates shall be allowed to all employees who are called back to work after having been released from the regular day's work, or if called in for unscheduled work before their regular starting time of any day. Standby pay may be converted to compensatory time on an hour-for-hour basis in accordance with the Compensatory Time provisions of the Employee Handbook. Management shall set and post the policy by which the standby duty lineworker can call in additional personnel. The policy shall include the number of employees the duty lineworker discretionally can call in without approval by management and the chain of command to be contacted if the duty lineworker wants more personnel than the duty lineworker is authorized to call without approval. 3.4 Overtime Distribution. Scheduled overtime opportunities shall be distributed as equitably as practicable among the employees within the classification who regularly perform the class of work being done. An employee who is called to work overtime and turns down the call will be charged, for overtime distribution purposes, with the same number of equivalent hours which the employee who accepts the call is charged. The City will post a monthly overtime report listing the amount of scheduled overtime worked by or charged to each employee during the previous month’s pay periods, and for the year to date. 3.5 Work Over Sixteen (16) Hours. An employee who has worked sixteen (16) hours or more in any twenty-four (24) hour period shall be paid at double the straight time rate for all hours worked in excess of sixteen (16) hours, and upon release, shall receive eight (8) consecutive hours of rest including travel time, before returning to work. If this rest period extends into the regular scheduled working hours, the employee shall be excused from that portion of the regular hours and lose no pay for such excused time. After receiving such rest period, the employee shall not thereafter become subject to the provisions of this section until the employee again works sixteen (16) hours in a subsequent twenty-four (24) hour period. Such subsequent twenty-four (24) hour period shall not commence earlier than the employee's reporting to work following the rest period. Should the situation develop during a regular workday, the twenty-four (24) hour period shall commence at the start of the regular workday. 3.6 When an employee has worked sixteen (16) hours in any twenty-four (24) hour period and has not been released for a full eight (8) consecutive hour rest period, the employee shall be paid double time thereafter for all hours worked until the employee is released for eight (8) consecutive 97 3 hours. All employees will take an eight (8) consecutive hour rest period after working sixteen (16) hours in any twenty-four-hour period unless instructed otherwise by management. 3.7 Weekend Work. Work commencing after the end of the last scheduled workday of a calendar week and/or before the beginning of the first scheduled workday of the next calendar week is deemed as "weekend work". Employees performing weekend work will be paid at the rate of time and one-half for the first eight (8) hours and thereafter at the rate of double time. Except for the time spent while traveling to attend education, training, or development programs, which shall be paid at straight time, hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at the rate of two (2) times the regular hourly rate. 3.8 Authorization for Overtime and Travel. All overtime work and travel arrangements for work outside the normal utility area shall be authorized in advance by a supervisor. 3.9 There shall be no pyramiding of overtime pay for the same hours worked. 3.10 Rest Time. An employee who is called on to perform unscheduled work between the hours of eleven p.m. and six a.m. shall receive equal time off for all hours worked between 11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., and it shall be the responsibility of the employee to notify the supervisor whether they choose to take these hours at the beginning of the workday or at the end of the workday. The employee shall be paid the normal hourly rate for any scheduled hours missed. The provisions of Section 3.10 will not apply when the conditions of Section 3.5 are met. 3.11 Holiday Pay. An employee required to work on a designated City holiday will receive the allowed holiday straight time plus double time for all hours worked during the holiday. In the event a holiday falls within an employee’s vacation period, the employee is not required to use vacation to receive pay for that holiday. In the event a holiday falls within an employee’s stand-by duty week, the employee is entitled to a choice of eight (8) hours straight time pay or eight (8) hours of compensatory time for the holiday. 3.12 Work Outside Normal Utility Area. When it is necessary for an employee to work away from the normal area of the Utility in the service of the City, including for training or educational seminars, etc., the City will pay for the time actually spent in travel at the appropriate regular or overtime hourly rate. 3.13 Personal Day. Each employee shall be granted one (1) eight (8) hour paid personal day per fiscal year. Personal days may not be accrued from one (1) year to the next. A personal day shall be taken as a full eight (8) hour day off; partial days are not permitted. Personal days shall be scheduled in the same manner as vacation. ARTICLE IV MEALS 4.1 Employees will be paid for each meal at the rate of 1/3 of the Federal Per Diem Rate for meals published annually by the IRS. Employees are required to turn in a meal reimbursement form for each meal by the end of the next scheduled work day. 4.2 Meal allowance will be granted under the following conditions: (a) An employee starts work on a normal workday prior to the normal starting time and work continues until one hour or less of their normal start time. In this situation an 98 4 employee shall be reimbursed for a breakfast and lunch meal. No lunch meal will be provided if the employee is on rest time any time between the hours of 11:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. No lunch meal will be provided for scheduled work starting prior to the normal starting time. (b) An employee works on a normal workday after normal quitting time and before 7:30 p.m. and works for two (2) hours or more. (c) An employee is called to work after 7:30 p.m. and works for six (6) consecutive hours. (d) An employee is directed to work straight through the hours of 11:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. and due to an extraordinary circumstance (e.g., work load, emergency response, etc.) is not able to take a lunch break outside of those hours. (e) An employee is called in to work on weekends or holidays between the hours of 6:30-8:30 a.m., 11:30 a.m.-1:30 p.m. or 5:30-7:30 p.m. If the work is pre-arranged then the conditions of 4.2(a), 4.2(b), 4.2(c) and 4.2(d) will apply. Example: If an employee is called in on a weekend or holiday at 5:30 p.m. and works until 7:00 p.m., then a meal is allowed. ARTICLE V RESIDENCE AREA 5.1 Residence. Employees in classifications that are routinely subject to standby and call-in, as designated by the department head, are required to reside in the area bordered by the Boone and Story County lines on the north and south, State Highway 65 on the east; and on the west, County Road R27 north of Boone, and the Des Moines River south of Highway 30 to the Boone County line. Communities intersected by the borderlines, and Zearing, shall be considered within the area. The permitted residency area is that area inside the borderlines. The area adjacent to but outside the borderlines is not included. After completing their probationary period, a new employee shall, within six (6) months, reside within the residency area. The department head may allow an employee up to an additional six (6) months if the employee provides documentation of financial commitment to move within the residence area. ARTICLE VI SAFETY 6.1 The most current edition of the "Safety Manual for an Electric Utility" of the American Public Power Association is made a part of this policy by reference. However, whenever the safety manual requires questions on safety to be referred to the crew leader, such questions also shall be brought to the attention of management for appropriate action. 6.2 Inclement Weather. The City will endeavor to plan outdoor construction work for periods when the outdoor temperature is above zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit. Employees may be required to work in inclement weather conditions if such work is: 1) necessary to protect life or property, 2) necessary to maintain service to the public, 3) scheduled work, 4) switching, 5), retrieval of equipment and/or materials for repairs, overhaul and/or assembly indoors, or 5) other emergency work. The manager shall take the scope of work into consideration with the weather when determining whether and how outdoor work will occur. 99 5 6.3 Clothing, Glasses, Tools, Equipment. (a) The City intends to purchase goods and services of high quality consistent with the expected use at the most reasonable cost from qualified, responsible, and responsive vendors. The purchase of any or all prescription safety glasses, shoes, equipment, or clothing may require approval of a manager prior to placing an order. (b) The City shall furnish, and employees shall wear, protective clothing, including boots/footwear, and prescription safety glasses. All clothing furnished by the City is to be worn only when “on duty” or when traveling to or from work. Employees who are in transit to or from work may make ordinary stops in places such as grocery stores, etc., which do not reflect poorly on the image of the City. Employees shall not indulge in the use of alcoholic beverages while in City clothing or uniforms. (c) The City shall furnish newly hired employees with a full set of clothing appropriate for the work and the season in which the employee starts work (e.g., lighter weight clothing if the employee starts in the summer months and heavier weight clothing if the employee starts in the winter months). The City shall provide additional weather-appropriate clothing in advance of the season changing, such that after one full year of employment, each employee will be fully outfitted with the clothing necessary to perform their job duties in a range of weather conditions. (d) The appropriate manager shall determine the clothing to furnish each employee upon hire and at the time the employee is fully outfitted for work in all seasons. The clothing furnished may include (selected from the list below as appropriate): 1) Fire-retardant shirts 2) Fire-retardant pants 3) Insulated boots (ASTM F2413-05 (M I/75/C/75) EH rated) 4) Non-insulated boots (ASTM F2413-05 (M I/75/C/75) EH rated) 5) Safety footwear 6) Jacket with liner 7) Insulated coverall and hood 8) Hard hat liner 9) Rubber glove liners 10) Rain jacket and hood 11) Rain pants 12) Leather gloves 13) Prescription safety glasses (e) Maintenance of fire-retardant clothing shall be the City’s responsibility. (f) If cleaning is unable to remove a stain or it affects the integrity of contaminated clothing, or if evidence of need is otherwise demonstrated, replacement clothing shall be provided by the City at City expense, except as follows: 1) The City shall only replace prescription safety glasses that have been broken while in the service of the City three (3) times in any two (2) year period. 2) The City shall pay for replacement boots/footwear not more than once per year unless the boots/footwear have been contaminated by PCB spills. 3) The City shall replace clothing or boots/footwear of equal value contaminated by 100 6 PCB spills (contaminated or non-contaminated transformer oil) due to a work-related cause, hydraulic oil, battery acid, or any hazardous materials, provided that the employee was practicing the safety rules of the City. In order for an employee to request reimbursement, they must complete an incident report and report it by the start of the next workday. The damaged item must be surrendered. (g) The City will furnish all equipment and tools in fixed locations. The City will furnish all necessary safety equipment for the protection of the employees working on energized or deenergized lines and/or equipment, including approved hot line tools, and all safety equipment must be used. Equipment and tools are not to be removed from the premises without the approval of management. 6.4 Safety Rules. When work is being done, the Safety Rule Book will be used as a guideline. Whenever City rules and policy state otherwise, City rules and policies will take precedence and be followed. Safety rules and policies will not cover all situations, and therefore it is the responsibility of every employee to assess the dangers and use appropriate measures to ensure the safety of all employees and the public. If an employee is called upon to perform work which the employee considers hazardous and not properly protected, the employee shall bring the matter to the attention of the crew leader or person in charge before starting the work. If questions arise, final interpretation rests with the supervisor. 6.5 Failed Equipment. Any equipment that fails a visual or mechanical test shall be deemed unsafe and shall be red-tagged and reported to the supervisor. 6.6 Primary Areas (more than 600 volts) will only be worked in by a journey-level Lineworker or Substation Electrician, or an appropriate step apprentice supervised by a journey-level Lineworker or Substation Electrician. Dead front transformers or equipment with an effective shield between the work area and the primary area are not considered a primary area. The primary area includes reaching or falling distance plus two feet of a primary conductor. 6.7 The Reaching or Falling Distance is the maximum distance from an energized conductor that a person can be and still make contact with that conductor with any extremity of the body, clothing, or hardware being held. Any individual working within this area will be considered the same as the conductor. 6.8 Two-Person Rule: When energized conductors of more than 600 volts are being handled, the two-person rule will apply. Work of this nature will be done with a journey-level Lineworker who is assisted by another journey-level Lineworker or by an apprentice on the appropriate step. When both employees are in Reaching or Falling Distance of a Primary Area, a third employee will be present on the ground or in the immediate area to give assistance in case of an emergency. The Two-Person Rule will not apply when hotsticks are being used, when the voltage being worked is 600 volts or less, or when work is being done on dead front transformers or on equipment with an effective shield between the work area and the primary area. 6.9 Primary Conductor: A Primary Conductor will be wires, bushings, and equipment of a voltage of 600 volts or higher that are bare or are not effectively grounded or insulated for the voltage they are transmitting. Wires and equipment with effective insulation or that are grounded or shielded with an effective ground will not be considered primary conductors for the purpose of work being done in the vicinity by employees or designated personnel. Wires, bushings, and equipment that constitute a hazard to the employee or designated personnel will be covered with the appropriate cover up so as not to constitute a hazard. 101 7 6.10 Network: Vaults and utility holes are considered effectively insulated or grounded and will not be considered a primary area unless insulation or grounding is removed from a primary conductor. The secondary conductor of the network will not be considered a primary area, but when work is being done on bare secondary conductors, high voltage rubber gloves will be worn, and only personnel in an appropriate classification will handle the energized secondary conductors. There will be a minimum of three people present when working on the network. Before entering any vault or utility hole, atmospheric testing shall be done and appropriate ventilation shall be used. 6.11 High Voltage Rubber Gloves and Sleeves: High voltage rubber gloves and sleeves shall be worn whenever working within a primary area. Rubber-gloving primary conductors of over 5KV (phase to ground) from a pole or structure shall not be permitted. Rubber-gloving primary conductors of over 10KV (phase to ground) from an approved aerial device shall not be permitted. No primary conductors shall be handled without using approved hotsticks while the worker is on the ground. High voltage rubber gloves shall be worn when operating switch handles of mechanically operated high voltage switches. High voltage rubber gloves and their protectors shall be in good condition with a test date not to exceed 60 days. Those gloves found not to be in acceptable condition shall be tested and approved before being used again. High voltage rubber sleeves shall be in good condition with a test date not to exceed 100 days. Those sleeves found not to be in acceptable condition shall be tested and approved before being used again. 6.12 Secondary Voltages (600 volts or less) may be worked on by employees under the supervision of a: 1) journey-level Lineworker or Substation Electrician, 2) Electric Service Worker, 3) apprentice Lineworker or Substation Electrician in appropriate step, or 4) Electric Meter & Relay Technician. 6.13 Secondary Rubber Gloves: Secondary rubber gloves shall be worn when making contact with bare energized conductors of 600 volts or less while working at ground level. Otherwise, appropriate work gloves shall be worn while handling energized secondary conductors. Secondary rubber gloves and their protectors shall be in good condition, with a test date not to exceed 100 days. Those gloves found not to be in acceptable condition shall be tested and approved before being used again. Any time an employee deems it to be necessary, that employee may use high voltage rubber gloves, as long as that employee does not violate the minimum rubber-gloving requirements. 6.14 Hot Sticks will have a current test date not to exceed one year. Primary voltages may be worked with hotsticks by designated personnel. Examples: Installing and removing hot line clamps. Installing and removing high voltage dead front connectors. Opening and closing high voltage cut-out doors. 102 ITEM #:16 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2022/23 BRIDGE REHABILITATION PROGRAM (S. 4TH PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE OVER IOWAY CREEK) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: This project includes constructing a prefabricated pedestrian bridge over Ioway Creek along the southeast side of the existing bridge on S. 4th Street, and constructing a shared use path from the north side of the pedestrian bridge to the intersection of S. 4th Street & University Blvd, as shown in the attached map. This shared use path will provide connectivity from University Blvd across Ioway Creek along the south side of S. 4th Street. Staff has been working with WHKS & Co. of Ames, Iowa to develop plans and specifications for construction of the project with a total estimated construction cost of $1,603,006.40. The table below shows estimated expenses and revenues for this project: Expenses Amount Revenues Amount Design $ 95,000.00 Construction (current estimate)$ 1,603,006.40 Contract Administration $ 50,000.00 FY 22/23 Bridge Rehab G.O. Bonds $700,000 Iowa State University Funding (estimated)$80,200 Skunk River Trail Redirected Local Option Funding $800,000 FY 23/24 Bridge Rehab Road Use Tax $300,000 Totals $ 1,748,006.40 $1,880,200 The prefabricated steel bridge market has seen significant cost increases since this project was programmed, including significant volatilities in the Ipe (or Brazilian walnut) wood market, which is used for the bridge deck. At its July 22, 2025 meeting, the City Council directed staff to utilize a portion of the Skunk River Trail (E. Lincoln Way to SE 16th Street) funding to facilitate the completion of this project, while pursuing other alternatives for the Skunk River Trail crossing of Ioway Creek. The table above shows $800,000 in Skunk River Trail Local Option funds for this project. The table also shows $300,000 in Road Use Tax funds from the FY 23/24 Bridge Rehab (E. 13th Street Skunk River Bridge) project that staff recommends reprogramming to this project. The E. 13th Street Skunk River Bridge project will be added back at a later time in a future CIP. 103 The existing S. 4th Street roadway bridge over Ioway Creek is expected to have approximately 25-30 years of remaining service life before replacement is needed. The proposed prefabricated pedestrian bridge is anticipated to last well beyond that timeframe. Should the future roadway bridge replacement be constructed with an integral shared-use path, the prefabricated pedestrian bridge has included several design elements that make relocated of the pedestrian bridge possible. These include an ipe wood deck in lieu of concrete and a painted finish to protect steel members from salt spray from the adjacent roadway. Although these decisions increase the initial construction cost, they improve durability and flexibility, resulting in a stronger long-term investment in the City’s bridge infrastructure. Shared use-path construction is anticipated for the summer of 2026. Due to significant lead times for the pedestrian bridge, it is estimated the bridge, and path connections to the bridge, are installed in spring 2027. Staff has coordinated extensively with the Iowa State University and adjacent properties regarding the construction activities for this project, and will provide additional coordination as construction progresses. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve preliminary plans and specifications for the construction of the 2022/23 Bridge Rehabilitation Program (S. 4th Pedestrian Bridge over Ioway Creek), setting February 18, 2026, as the bid due date and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing for report of bids. 2. Do not move forward with this project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: This project will complete a significant bicycle and pedestrian connection for all users of the area, including large special events. Approval of the plans and specifications will continue to keep this project on pace for 2026-2027 construction. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): Map.pdf Final Plans.pdf Final Spec Book.pdf 104 105 ncollins12:22:42 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_A_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. NORTHWESTERN DR SQUAW CREEKDR STONE- HAVEN DR MAIN GABLE LN GRAY AVE GRAY AVE LYNN AVE AVE ASH BAKER ST DONALD ST STORM ST ST 16TH ST S K E L L O G G S 16TH ST CHESTNUT ST BU C K E Y E A V E SUNSET E GREELY 4TH ST LINCOLN WAY DR LEE FRILEY RD BE A C H ST HUGHES AGG GA S K I L L D R GREENBRIAR CIR AV E CIR CT ASH AV E SMORTENEN WPKY S D U F F S 5TH ST SE 5TH ST S W ALNUT AVE WA S H I N G T O N AVE 3RD ST ST4TH ST2NDS AV E SE2NDST 3RD STS R I V E R S I D E D R S MAPLE AVE S 4TH ST RU S S E L L N AV E 4TH ST N STN AV E HA Z E L N AV E 2ND ST N OAK AVE ELM LEEST 6TH ST ST7TH ST HO DGE GILCHRIST ST PEARLE ALLAN DR 2 4 10 11 CO M M E R C E S T ST CLUB CONEFLOWER ASHMORE CT SH E R M A N A V E APPLE PL S K E L L O G G A V E S S H E R M A N A V E N M A P L E N RIVERSIDE DR ST E DR 6TH ST MARKET ST EM CT CT ASHMORE BE A C H S 4TH ST BLVD KID AVE AVE DES MOINES AVE ST5TH S S SE S S S AV E MC CARTHY RD ST ST N AVE S HAZEL S RUSSELL S M A P L E S OAK AVE AVE AVE UNIVERSITY BLVD UNIVERSITY BLVD E 7TH ST E 6TH ST E 5TH ST 3RD ASPEN RIDGE RD E MAIN ST GRAEBER PEARSON AVE LITTLETEM BLUES BIG BLUE ASHMORE GRASSAN CTINDI RIDGEWOOD AVE CESSNA STCOUNTRY AVE AS P E N DR LD E N W orrell Creek UNIVERSITY BLVD W orrell Creek S. GRAND AVE. LE T T I N G D A T E Date Approved CI T Y O F A M E S LOCATION MAP 0 1000 2000 2027 DateSignature Printed or Typed Name Pages or sheets covered by this seal: LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IOWA by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared of the State of Iowa. am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws My license renewal date is December 31, P28589 COLLINS NOAH D. Noah D. Collins CITY OF AMES SPECIFICATIONS. THE BRIDGE PORTION OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE THE IOWA DOT STANDARD APPLY TO CONSTRUCTION WORK ON THIS PROJECT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS, AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT SPECIFICATIONS SHALL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS, CITY OF AMES THE IOWA STATEWIDE URBAN DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS (SUDAS) PROGRAM URBAN City of Ames, IA Civil Engineer II Mark Gansen, PE S.4TH STREET PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 2022/23 BRIDGE REHABILITATION PROGRAM (S . 4 T H P E D . B R I D G E ) 3 8 3 - 7 7 5 8 - 4 3 9 , 3 2 0 - 7 7 5 8 - 4 3 9 20 2 2 / 2 3 B R I D G E R E H A B . P R O G R A M PROJECT NO. 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 BRIDGE AND PCC SHARED USE PATH H.1-H.2, J.1-J.5, S.1, T.1, U.1-U.2, W.1-W.9 A.1, B.1-B.3, C.1-C.5, D.1-D.4, G.1-G.2, OVER IOWAY CREEK 2- 1 8 - 2 0 2 6 TOTALTOTAL 47 Email: segragis@segrafiber.com Phone: 8164900894 Design contact: MICHAEL STEINKAMP Company name : UNITE PRIVATE NETWORKS, LLC ( UPN ) UNITE PRIVATE NETWORKS, LLC Email: mlawler@mediacomcc.com Phone: 5155712183 Design contact: Mike Lawler Company name : MEDIACOM ( T11 ) MEDIACOM Email: WSPENCER@MEDIACOMCC.COM Phone: 8455872497 Design contact: WOLFGANG SPENCER Company name : MEDIACOM ( STORIA1 ) MEDIACOM Email: Ebrown2@iastate.edu Phone: 5152984245 Design Contact: Eric Brown ( ISU ) IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY ITS Email: mjolson@iastate.edu Phone: 5152946312 Design contact: MIKE OLSON Company name : IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY ( ISU ) IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY Email: locates@ics-llc.net Phone: 5152684045 Design contact: Adam Woodard Company name : INTERNET CONSULTING SERVICES ( ICS ) INTERNET CONSULTING SERVICES, Email: icnoutsideplantiowaonecall@iowa.gov Phone: 5157254604 Design contact: DAVE AUGSPURGER Company name : IOWA DOT TOB FIBER ( ICNDOT ) IOWA DOT TOB FIBER Email: icnoutsideplantiowaonecall@iowa.gov Phone: 5157254604 Design contact: DAVE AUGSPURGER Company name : IOWA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK ( ICN ) IOWA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK Email: sadie.hull@lumen.com Phone: 9185470147 Design contact: SADIE HULL Company name : CENTURYLINK ( CTLIA01 ) CENTURYLINK Email: bbecker@cityofames.org Phone: 5152313042 Design contact: Brad Becker Company name : AMES TRAFFIC ( AY3 ) AMES TRAFFIC Email: mark.imoff@cityofames.org Phone: 5152395175 Design contact: MARK IMHOFF Company name : AMES ELECTRIC SERVICES ( AY2 ) AMES ELECTRIC SERVICES Email:dale.weber@cityofames.org Phone: 5152395551 Design contact: DALE WEBER Company name : CITY OF AMES UTILITY MAINTENANCE ( AY1 ) CITY OF AMES UTILITY MAINTENAN Email: locate_IPL@alliantenergy.com Phone: 8002554268 Design contact: Alliant Energy Field Engineer Company name : ALLIANT ENERGY ( ANW ) ALLIANT ENERGY Utility Contacts A.1383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS Begin Project Sta. 89+05.57 End Project Sta. 102+45.00 BRIDGE STA. 100+00.00 1/14/2026 106 2A. CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE 1.5% TARGET, 2% MAXIMUM. LIMITS. AND PROFILE IS FOLLOW THE TOP OF THE BACK OF CURB. REFER TO STATION A BEST FIT AT THE BACK OF THE CURB TOP. THE INTENT OF THE ALIGNMENT 1A. THE ALIGNMENT / STATIONING FOR "SUP AT BACK OF CURB" IS BASED UPON TYPICAL SECTION NOTES: 2B. SPECIAL PAVING AREA TO BE TEXTURED WITH TRANSVERSE TINING. 1B. CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE 1.5% TARGET, 2% MAXIMUM. TYPICAL SECTION NOTES: ncollins12:15:25 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_B_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. TYP 1.5% → 10' 11' 6" PCC SHARED USE PATH 6" SPECIAL BACKFILL SUP AT BACK OF CURB SEE TABLE→ 2%→ 5' TYP 1.5% → 10' 6" SPECIAL BACKFILL SEE TABLE→ 2%→ 5' WHKS-1 SEE DETAIL 2' SUP AWAY FROM CURB 1 ←VARIES GUTTER EXISTING CURB & GUTTER EXISTING CURB & 2.5:1102+45.00102+20.00 3:198+00.0089+30.00 SLOPESTATION ENDSTATION START 2.5:1102+20.00101+46.50 3:198+53.5098+00.00 SLOPESTATION ENDSTATION START EARTH SHOULDER EARTH SHOULDER 6" SPECIAL PAVING 1.5% → 1' 1' PROFILE GRADE PROFILE GRADE 6" PCC SHARED USE PATH WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 B.1 107 ncollins12:15:25 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_B_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. PAVEMENT EXISTING USE PATH PCC SHARED PROPOSED T WHKS-1 'C ' JO I N T 'C ' JO I N T 8'8'8' 10 ' O R 1 2 ' WHKS-2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING PAVEMENT TYPICAL JOINTING DETAIL JOINT SEALED 'E' 12" WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 B.2 T+1" 108 6" min. 6" min. 2" to 4" 2" to 6" (4'-0" min. anchor spacing) Edge Lap Anchor Trench End Lap 1 Edge Lap Install staples at 1 foot on center. 1.3 anchors per square yard). pattern and anchor density (minimum manufacturer's recommended anchoring Secure blanket to ground according to 2 1 UPSLOPE AND TERMINAL END ANCHOR TRENCH EDGE LAP END LAP FI G U R E 9 0 4 0 . 1 0 3 SH E E T 1 O F 1 REVISION SHEET 1 of 1 9040.103 2025 Edition 3 INSTALLATION ON SLOPES PRODUCT (RECP) ROLLED EROSION CONTROL 6" min. 6" min. or Staple Check Anchor Trench STAPLE CHECK center and staggered 4" apart) (Two rows of staples at 4" on 2 2 2 2 2 Backfill Compacted Soil ncollins12:15:26 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_B_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.B.3383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 109 ncollins12:15:34 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_C_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.C.1383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 110 ncollins12:15:35 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_C_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 C.2 111 ncollins12:15:37 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_C_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.C.3383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 112 ncollins12:15:38 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_C_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.C.4383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 113 ncollins12:15:39 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_C_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. Apron8924030.22 Type 228.6796+77.662 892.0892.3343018211892.3898.2SW-501096+55.541 NotesFlow Line Outlet Elev.Flow line Inlet Elev.Bid Length (ft)Design Length (ft)Pipe Size (in)ToFromLine NumberNotesBottom Well Elev.Form Grade Elev.TypeOffsetLocation StationNo. WHKS-4020-AStorm Sewer 563.3569.6102+45.101+30. NotesSaw Cut (ft)Area (sq yd)Area (sq ft)FromTo WHKS-7030-A-1Removal of Sidewalk 24.422095+14.94+96. NotesSaw CutArea (sq yd)Area (sq ft)FromTo WHKS-7030-A-2Removal of Shared Use Path 801117.8Total 105.2946.6106PCC102+45.101+46.5 40326.92941.7106PCC98+53.595+53. 40685.76171106PCC95+13.89+06. NotesDetectable Warning (sq ft)Area (sq yd)Area (sq ft)WidthThickness (in)TypeToFrom WHKS-7030-CShared Use Path 67133.4Total 1.5 inch Dropped67133.412016PCCA95+33. NotesCurb TypeCurb Length (ft)Area (sq yd)Area (sq ft)Thickness (in)Surface Type Access TypeSideStation WHKS-7030-HDriveway 108.7Total 64.5580.96PCC102+25.101+26.5 44.23986PCC98+73.598+00. NotesArea (sq yd)Area (sq ft)Thickness (in)Surface TypeToFrom WHKS-7030-999Special Paving 551459102+45.101+30. NotesSaw Cut (ft)Area (sq yd)Area (sq ft)FromTo WHKS-7030-A-3Removal of Driveway 19.2172.5811.51596+66. Area (sq yd)Area (sq ft)Patch Thickness (in)Width (ft)Length (ft)Station WHKS-7040-AFull Depth Patches 2.0067.00Driveway Drop95+67.95+00. NotesWidth (ft)Length (ft)TypeFromTo WHKS-7092-BRemove and Replace Curb & Gutter 12301230Total 22022020012102+45.100+93. 4404404001299+14.95+46. 570570515.001295+05.89+90. NotesRemove (ft)Bid Length (ft)Length (ft)Size (in)FromTo WHKS-9040-FWattles 5.798+19. 9.597+02. 9.895+81. 994+59. 9.193+37. 7.392+10. 9.590+78. 1089+50. NotesOFF.STA. WHKS-0000-999-ARemove Light Pole Foundation 1590Total: 152.81375110.5Special102+45.101+20. 98882120.5Special102+20.101+46.5 64.65810.5Special12+20.101+46.5 44.23980.5Special98+53.598+00. 71.3642120.5Special98+53.598+00. 284.82563110.5Special98+00.95+67. Driveway148.313350.5Special95+67.95+00. 7266534110.5Special95+00.89+06. RemarksArea (sq yd)Area (sq ft)Width (ft)Thickness (ft)TypeToFrom WHKS-2010-JSubbase 1.36Total 0.2812307103+75.100+50. 1.084703199+85.95+50. AcresSq ftToFrom 2010-B WHKS-Clearing and Grubbing Rip Rap for Pipe Outlet onto Flat Ground9040.11 Rolled Erosion Control Product (RECP) Installation on Slopes9040.103 Wattle9040.105 Sidewalk Detour8030.117 Lane Closure on the Far Side of an Intersection8030.112 Lane Closure on Multi-lane Street8030.11 Full Depth PCC Patches Less Than or Equal to 15′ Long7040.101 Detectable Warning Placement7030.21 General Sidewalk and Curb Ramp Details7030.205 General Features of an Accessible Sidewalk7030.204 Classes of Sidewalk7030.201 Driveway Grading7030.103 Concrete Driveway, Type A7030.101 PCC Curb Details7010.102 (PV-102) Joints7010.101 (PV-101) Single Grate Intake6010.501 (SW-501) Circular Concrete Aprons4030.222 Rigid Gravity Pipe Trench Bedding3010.102 (SW-102) Trench Bedding and Backfill Zones3010.101 (SW-101) Designation of Roadway Earthwork Items2010.102 Details of Embankments and Rebuilding Embankments2010.101 DESCRIPTIONSTANDARD FIGURES STANDARDS C.5383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 114 ncollins12:15:49 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_D_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. SURVEY SYMBOLSSURVEY SYMBOLS Swamp Evergreen Tree Timber Cemetery Board Fence Fruit Tree Grave Interstate Highway Symbol U.S. Highway Symbol Iowa Highway Symbol County Road Highway Symbol Rock Outcrop Stump Hedge Shrub (Bushes) Broken Concrete Cave Earth Dam or Dike (Existing) Earth Dam or Dike (Proposed) Terrace Sink Hole Tile Outlet Deciduous Tree Revetment (Rip Rap) SB CV SH G F Chain Link or Security Fence Wire Fence Telephone Pole Telephone Pedestal Telephone Riser Pole Power Riser Pole Electrical Highline Tower (Metal or Concrete) Luminaire Cistern Television Pedestal Satellite TV Dish Traffic Signal with Luminaire Traffic Signal L.P. Gas Tank (No Footing) Underground Storage Tank Power Pole (Third Company) Latrine Telegraph Pole C LP UST Power Pole Telephone Pole (Second Company) Telephone Pole (Third Company) Power Pole (Second Company) Telephone Pole (Fourth Company) Telephone Pole (Fifth Company) Power Pole (Fourth Company) Power Pole (Fifth Company) Gas Valve Water Valve Speed Limit Sign Mile Marker Post SL MM SIGN Sign Filler Pipe Radio Tower Tower Anchor Electric Box Traffic Signal Control Box Rail Road Signal Control Box Telephone Switch Box Water Hook Up Guardrail (Beam or Cable) GP Guard Post (one or two) Guard Post (over two) RT TA TCB RRB Existing Sanitary Sewer Line Existing Storm Sewer Line WINDSTREAM Existing Telephone Line (Second Company) Existing Water Line (Second Company) Existing Power Line Existing Power Line (Second Company) Cable Television Line Existing Gas Line (Second Company) Existing High Pressure Gas Line Existing High Pressure Gas Line (Second Company) TP TVP GV WV FP EB TSB WHU Well Beehive Intake Windmill Proposed Intake Fire Hydrant Water Hydrant (Rural) Existing Intake Right of Way Rail or Lot Corner Edge of Water Concrete Monument Existing Utility Access (Manhole) Proposed Utility Access (Manhole) Existing Drainage Proposed Drainage WH Existing Water Line San. T T2 St. S. G W2 E E2 TV G2 G-HP G2-HP FO W SURVEY SYMBOLS INFORMATION SHEET LEGEND AND SYMBOL UTILITY LEGENDUTILITY LEGEND PLAN AND PROFILE Existing Utilities Proposed Granular Shading Existing Ground Line Profile Existing Utilities Highlight for Critical Notes or Features Blue, Light Proposed Ditch Grades, Left Proposed Ditch Grades, Median Proposed Ditch Grades, Right (230) (0) Black Grading Shading Green (2) Existing Topographic Features and Labels Proposed Alignment, Stationing, Tic Marks, and Alignment Annotation Proposed Pavement Shading Proposed Profile and Annotation (5) Magenta (1) (14) Rust Blue (5) (4) Yellow (1) Blue (236) (2) Green Gray, Light (3) Red (80) Gray, Med (48) PLAN VIEW COLOR LEGEND OF PLAN AND PROFILE SHEETS PROFILE VIEW COLOR LEGEND OF PLAN AND PROFILE SHEETS Delineates Restricted Areas (9) Lavender (112) Gray, Dark Temporary Pavement Shading C/A Station Easement Easement (Temporary) Access Control Proposed Right-of-Way Existing and Proposed Right-of-Way Easement and Existing Right-of-Way Section Corner Reference Point Survey Line RIGHT-OF-WAY LEGEND Ground Line Intercept Saw Cut Magenta Guardrail Brown, Light Proposed Sidewalk Shading LINEWORK Design Color No. SHADING Design Color No. LINEWORK Design Color No. (8) Tan Pink Proposed Sidewalk Landing Shading Proposed Sidewalk Ramp Shading (230) (11) Blue, Light Trench Drain Guardrail HighTension Cable Grubbing Area Clearing & Removal Pavement Sheet Pile Proposed Grade and Pave Shading "In conjunction with a paving project" Property Line Existing Right of Way METRONET Alliant Energy Gas Line WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 D.1 115 ncollins12:15:50 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_D_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. EB TA S. 4TH ST. UNIVERISTY BLVD. 89+05.57STA: START PROJECT APPROX. ROW POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT 89 6 . 5 1 89 6 . 3 1 89 6 . 0 3 89 5 . 7 6 89 5 . 4 7 89 5 . 1 7 89 4 . 8 7 89 4 . 5 7 89 4 . 2 7 89 3 . 9 7 89 3 . 6 9 89 3 . 6 6 89 3 . 9 4 89 4 . 3 0 89 4 . 6 6 89 5 . 0 2 89 5 . 3 8 89 5 . 7 4 89 6 . 1 0 89 6 . 4 6 89 6 . 8 2 89 7 . 1 6 REFER TO NOTE 1A ON SHEET B.1 WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 D.2 O FEET 2O MATCHLINE 94+50.00 93+00 90+00 89+00 90+00 91+ 00 92+ 00 94+00 PC 90+17.14 PCC 91+ 43.39 PCC 92+99.67 PI 90+80.45 Δ = 10°46'31.15" (LT) T = 63.31' L = 126.25' R = 671.33' E = 2.98' Δ = 12°25'16.87" (LT) T = 78.45' L = 156.28' R = 720.88' E = 4.26' POB 88+75.55 89+00 90+00 91+00 92+00 93+00 94+00 885 885 890 890 895 895 900 900 VPI = +36.34 EL = 896.99 L = 50.00' K = 337 +1.29% VPI = +92.14 EL = 893.46 L = 50.00' K = 19 VPI = +16.33 EL = 895.58 L = 50.00' K = 470 -1.10% +1.44% -1.20% -1.20%+1.44% VP C = 89 + 9 1 . 3 3 EL = 89 5 . 8 5 VP T = 90 + 4 1 . 3 3 EL = 89 5 . 2 8 VP C = 94 + 1 1 . 3 4 EL = 89 6 . 6 3 VP C = 91 + 6 7 . 1 4 EL = 89 3 . 7 6 VP T = 92 + 1 7 . 1 4 EL = 89 3 . 8 2 VL P = 91 + 8 9 . 8 7 EL = 89 3 . 6 3 116 TSB WV TA TA SIGN EB EB APPROX. ROW TRANSITION FROM THE NEW PAVING TO GRANULAR SURFACING. UTILIZE EXISTING GRANULAR MATERIAL TO BLEND THE 7" DRIVEWAY INSTALL 224 SY OF 53.11' RTOFF: 95+22.76STA: PAVEMENT DRIVEWAY WITH CURB INTEGRAL POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT AND GUTTER UAC CURB S. 4TH ST. S RIVERSIDE DR PAVING 44.2 SY OF SPECIAL AND BOC PAVE AREA BETWEEN SUP 18" FL S: 892.30' RIM: 898.20' INSTALL SW 501 REMOVE INTAKE 96+66.54STA: OF RCP INSTALL 30 LF OF 18" INVERT: 892.00' 28.67' RTOFF: 96+77.66STA: REMOVE RCP APRON REMOVE 30' OF STORM SEWER IOWAY CREEK → 5'X5'X2' PLACE EROSION STONE REVETMENT POLE FOUNDATION REMOVE LIGHT CURB AND GUTTER REMOVE AND REPLACE FILL-SLOPE INTERSECT CUT-SLOPE INTERSECT FLOW BOUNDARY EFFECTIVE FLOODWAY BY OTHERS BE RELOCATED METER TO 34'-0"59.20' RTOFF: 95+37.55STA: 47.39' RTOFF: 95+07.72STA: 45'-0" "16913'-3 2'-0" 89 7 . 4 9 89 7 . 8 0 89 8 . 0 8 89 8 . 3 5 89 8 . 5 1 89 8 . 6 2 89 8 . 7 2 89 8 . 8 1 89 8 . 8 9 89 8 . 9 7 89 9 . 0 5 89 9 . 1 3 89 9 . 2 1 89 9 . 4 0 89 9 . 8 0 90 0 . 3 0 90 0 . 8 0 90 1 . 2 5 90 1 . 6 0 90 1 . 8 5 90 2 . 0 0 90 2 . 0 5 90 2 . 0 0 REFER TO NOTE A1 ON SHEET B.1 WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 D.3 ncollins12:15:51 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_D_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. NOTE: FILL IS PROHIBITED WITHIN THE EFFECTIVE FLOW AREA. UPON COMPLETION OF THE GRADING OR FINAL GRADING, RESTORE GROUND TO ORGINAL OR PRECONSTRUCTION CONTROURS. O FEET 2O MATCHLINE 94+50.00 M ATCHLINE 100+ 50.00 15'-0" R 15'-0" R Δ = 19°24'16.74" (LT) T = 10.26' L = 20.32' R = 60.00' E = 0.87' Δ = 19°28'07.79" (RT) T = 10.29' L = 20.39' R = 60.00' E = 0.88' 95+00 100+ 00 95+00 96+ 00 97+ 00 98+ 00 99+ 00 100+ 00 PT 96+28.76 PC 98+33.18 PT 98+ 53.50 PC 97+ 98.50 PT 98+18.89 PI 98+08.79 PI 94+67.67 PI 98+43.44 Δ = 28°24'41.78" (LT) T = 168.00' L = 329.09' R = 663.66' E = 20.93' 95+00 96+00 97+00 98+00 99+00 100+00 890 890 895 895 900 900 905 905 VPI = +00.00 EL = 903.30 L = 250.00' K = 63 VPI = +28.76 EL = 898.74 L = 50.00' K = 451 +0.43% +2.00% +0.32% -2.00% VPI = +99.34 EL = 899.29 L = 50.00' K = 30 +0.32%+2.00% VP T = 94 + 6 1 . 3 4 EL = 89 7 . 3 1 VP C = 96 + 0 3 . 7 6 EL = 89 8 . 6 4 VP T = 96 + 5 3 . 7 6 EL = 89 8 . 8 2 VP C = 98 + 7 5 . 0 0 EL = 90 0 . 8 0 VP C = 97 + 7 4 . 3 4 EL = 89 9 . 2 1 VP T = 98 + 2 4 . 3 4 EL = 89 9 . 7 9 117 TSB SIGN UB TSB APPROX. ROW S. 4TH ST. PAVING 64.5 SY OF SPECIAL AND BOC PAVE AREA BETWEEN SUP IO W A Y C R E E K → END PROJECT 102+45.00STA: EMBEDED 2' & NOT PROTRUDING FROM STREAM BANK PLACE 44 TONS CLASS 'E' REVETMENT REGRADE AREA AROUND OUTLET FLOW BOUNDARY EFFECTIVE FLOODWAY VP C = 10 1 + 4 9 . 1 4 EL = 90 0 . 3 2 EO P +4 5 90 1 . 8 5 90 1 . 6 0 90 1 . 2 5 90 0 . 8 0 90 0 . 3 0 89 9 . 8 3 89 9 . 4 2 89 9 . 0 6 89 8 . 7 5 89 8 . 4 7 89 8 . 1 7 89 7 . 8 6 89 7 . 5 4 89 7 . 2 1 89 6 . 8 9 89 6 . 7 4 VP T = 10 1 + 2 5 . 0 0 EL = 90 0 . 8 0 WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 D.4 ncollins12:15:51 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_D_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. CONTROURS. RESTORE GROUND TO ORGINAL OR PRECONSTRUCTION UPON COMPLETION OF THE GRADING OR FINAL GRADING, FILL IS PROHIBITED WITHIN THE EFFECTIVE FLOW AREA. NOTE: INTERSECT CUT-SLOPE FILL-SLOPE INTERSECT O FEET 2O MATCHLINE 100+50.00 PT 101+74.73 PI 103+ 21.00 Δ = 14°30'11.46" (LT) T = 7.63' L = 15.19' R = 60.00' E = 0.48' Δ = 14°32'30.51" (RT) T = 17.22' L = 34.26' R = 135.00' E = 1.09' PC 101+59.54 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 PC 101+94.50 102+28.77 PCC PCC 102+28.77 104+11.82 PT PI 102+11.73 PI 101+67.18 x = ___L = ___e = ___ 7.02'E = 602.43'R = 183.05'L = 92.24'T = (RT)17°24'35.62"Δ = 0.00sf= LC0.00sf= ST 0.00sf= LT0.00sf= Yc0.00sf= Xc0.00= K0.00sf= P21.47sf= Es79.11sf= Ts0.00sf= Ls0.0000°= Θ (LT)31.9517°= Δ102+73.62SCS PI STA SPIRAL DATA 101+00 102+00 103+00 104+00 105+00 106+00 885 885 890 890 895 895 900 900 VPI = +99.14 EL = 899.32 L = 100.00' K = 114 -2.00%-1.12% 118 ncollins12:16:03 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_G_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. 18524135.697644546.125104+86.022 SUP_S4th_V216 18524077.987644499.493104+11.820 18524006.237644441.527103+21.004 18523955.117644364.749102+28.767 SUP_S4th_V215 18523955.117644364.749102+28.767 18523945.577644350.412102+11.728 18523939.937644334.137101+94.504 SUP_S4th_V214 18523933.457644315.454101+74.731 18523930.957644308.24101+67.178 18523926.737644301.883101+59.543 SUP_S4th_V212 18523907.67644273.116101+25.000 SUP_S4th_V211 18523769.27644064.92698+75.002 SUP_S4th_V210 18523757.297644047.01998+53.500 18523751.627644038.47698+43.438 18523743.427644032.30698+33.179 SUP_S4th_V28 185237327644023.70898+18.886 18523723.787644017.51698+08.791 18523718.097644008.93897+98.498 SUP_S4th_V26 18523624.287643867.48496+28.764 18523531.337643727.53694+67.674 18523382.997643648.6792+99.670 SUP_S4th_V24 18523382.997643648.6792+99.670 18523314.977643609.58992+21.837 18523240.137643586.05391+43.389 SUP_S4th_V23 18523240.137643586.05391+43.389 18523178.827643570.25190+80.449 18523115.647643566.18990+17.136 SUP_S4th_V22 18522974.17643562.59188+75.547 SUP_S4th_V21 X (Easting) (Northing) Y StationX (Easting)Y (Northing)StationX (Easting)Y (Northing)StationX (Easting)Y (Northing)Station (Easting) X (Northing) Y StationX (Easting)Y (Northing)StationNumber End SpiralEnd CurveSimple Curve PI or Master PI of SCSBegin CurveBegin SpiralPoint on TangentLocationElement 4/19/2011 101-16Alignment Coordinates 899.79818523755.27644059.68-8.78898+62.865 Cut X11855 890.23718523893.97644071.82100.05799+49.796 5/8in Rebar Resect11590 899.74918523905.17644284.92-8.636101+33.434 Cut X11300 899.89318523857.67644312.34-63.346101+29.985 Cut X11250 898.27218524025.27644523.7-52.536103+87.908 Mag Nail1015 895.86818523026.87643631.74-67.78289+30.527 Mag Nail111 899.86618523703.67644085.94-66.28898+56.170 Mag Nail110 892.4318523583.17643705.5672.3794+85.985 Mag Nail107 891.47818523612.97643341.17381.10993+37.469 Cut X104 889.42918523550.87643539.97180.34293+76.698 RPC Control103 896.00418523001.17643526.3736.89289+02.128 Cut X101 887.8618523705.37642985.37736.58492+74.942 FD Rebar100 ElevationEastingNorthingOffsetStationDescriptionPoint CONTROL POINTS SURVEY INFORMATION Measurement units for this project are in US survey feet Project Datum: NAD83 (Conus) Vertical Datum: NAVD 88 Coordinate System: Iowa Regional Coordinate System Zone 8 (Ames-Des Moines) Geoid Model: 18 (Conus) Verify survey control point positions and elevations with benchmarks and other control points prior performing construction survey. G.1383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 119 ncollins12:16:03 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_G_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. TSB WV TATA SIGN EBEB EB TA TSB SIGN UB TSB CP 101 CP 111 CP 107 CP 103 CP 104 CP 110 CP 11855 CP 11300 CP 11250 CP 1015 S. 4TH ST. S. RIVERSIDE DR. UNIVERSITY BLVD. IOWAY CREEK→ CP 11590 APPROX. ROW APPROX. ROW APPROX. ROW APPROX. ROW SECTION 10 T:83N R:24W 46.00' RTOFF: 96+13.96STA: LOT CORNER 44.13' RTOFF: 98+19.75STA: LOT CORNER 73.41' RTOFF: 98+86.46STA: LOT CORNER 72.78' RTOFF: 101+11.40STA: LOT CORNER WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 G.2 O FEET 5O 2.98'E = 671.33'R = 126.25'L = 63.31'T = (LT)10°46'31.15"Δ = 4.26'E = 720.88'R = 156.28'L = 78.45'T = (LT)12°25'16.87"Δ = 20.93'E = 663.66'R = 329.09'L = 168.00'T = (LT)28°24'41.78"Δ = 0.87'E = 60.00'R = 20.32'L = 10.26'T = (LT)19°24'16.74"Δ = 0.48'E = 60.00'R = 15.19'L = 7.63'T = (LT)14°30'11.46"Δ = 0.88'E = 60.00'R = 20.39'L = 10.29'T = (RT)19°28'07.79"Δ = 1.09'E = 135.00'R = 34.26'L = 17.22'T = (RT)14°32'30.51"Δ = 7.02'E = 602.43'R = 183.05'L = 92.24'T = (RT)17°24'35.62"Δ = 90+00 95+ 00 100+0089+00 90+00 91+00 92+00 94+ 00 95+ 00 96+00 97+00 98+00 99+00 100+00 101+00 102+00 103+00 10 4 + 0 0 88+75.55 POB 120 ncollins12:16:19 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_H_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. BALLARD PROPERTIES LLC 1400 S 4TH ST STATE OF IOWA 1500 S 4TH ST TSB WV TA TA SIGN EB EB EB TA S 4TH ST UN I V E R S I T Y B L V D S R I V E R S I D E D R 20'-0" R.O.E. AGREEMENT The Right of Entry Agreement (R.O.E.) with Iowa State University (ISU) is for the hatched area shown. This Agreement will allow the contractor to use the designated area for construction-related staging and activities. Use of this area is subject to a 24-hour notice from ISU to vacate the premises if required for University needs. The currently known dates when the area must be vacated are as follows: •April 10-11, 2026 •May 21–23, 2026 •June 2–3, 2026 •July 11–13, 2026 •July 16–19, 2026 •No use of the area will be permitted after August 24, 2026. Restoration Requirements: •Any disturbance to the gravel-surfaced parking lot must be restored to its pre-project condition. •It will be the contractor's reponsibility to remove and reinstall any post and cable fencing disturbed by construction. o A preconstruction meeting with ISU Athletics staff to determine how much of the fencing will be affected. •Any disturbance to grass areas must be fully restored in accordance with the following ISU requirements: o After topsoil placement, a grading walkthrough with ISU and City of Ames staff is required before seeding. A 48-hour notice must be provided to the City of Ames, which will coordinate with ISU for the walkthrough. o The Regular Campus Seed Mix shall be used with the following specifications: �50% Turf-Type Tall Fine-Leaf Fescue �50% Perennial Ryegrass �Seeding Rate: 8 lbs per 1,000 square feet, covered with hydromulch. •All restoration associated with the Right of Entry area will be the contractor’s responsibility. •No separate measurement or payment will be made for restoration of this area. EXISTING ROW EXISTING RO W EXISTING ROW TEMPORARY R.O.E. AGREEMAN H.1383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS O FEET 5O 121 ncollins12:16:26 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_H_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. BALLARD PROPERTIES LLC 1400 S 4TH ST STATE OF IOWA 1500 S 4TH ST TSB WV TA TA SIGN EB EB EB S 4TH ST S RIVERSIDE DR 40'-0" CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AREA 80'-0" H.2383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS A Temporary Construction Easement with the property owner is agreed upon for the area shown. This Agreement will allow the contractor to use the designated area for construction-related staging and activities with stipulations listed below. Use of this area cannot impact parking operations or property use related to special events (football games, concerts, Ames Renaissance Faire, etc.). The bridge installation plan and schedule will be shared with property owner following pre-installation meeting. Property Owner feedback will be considered for Engineer’s approval of the plan and schedule. It is preferred that use of the area for bridge installation occurs during the winter. ∙Tree Removal shall be completed by March 31, 2026. Tree removal activities shall not disturb pre-existing open parking locations on property. ∙Restoration of area shall have 70% vegetation growth by August 1, 2026. ∙No use of the property will be permitted on April 11-12, 2026 and early April 2027. Other special event dates will be provided to the contractor as they become available. Restoration Requirements: ∙Any disturbance to the gravel-surfaced portions of the property must be restored to its pre-project condition. ∙Any disturbance to grass areas must be fully restored in accordance with the contract documents for seeding, fertilizing, and mulching. ∙All restoration outside the Temporary Construction Easement area will be the contractor’s responsibility. No separate measurement or payment will be made for restoration of this area. O FEET 5O 122 ncollins12:16:41 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_J_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. INFORMATION SHEET LEGEND AND SYMBOL Tubular Marker Channelizer Marker Concrete Barrier Marker Flagger Traffic Signal Delineator NOTE: Device spacing according to Standard Road Plans unless specifically dimensioned. Safety Closure Temporary Lane Separator (80) Gray, Med Proposed Granular Surface Shading Temporary Barrier Rail Permanent Barrier Rail Channelizing Device Sand Barrel Layout Crash Cushion (Temp or Perm) (15) (228) Temporary barrier rail, Pinned Temporary barrier rail, UnpinnedViolet Flush Orange Lane Identification Off White (80) Gray, Light (1) (48) Gray, Med Existing Topographic Features and Labels Proposed Alignment, Stationing, Tic Marks, and Alignment Annotation Pavement Markings, White Brown, Med (9) Blue, Light (230) Lavender (237) Green, Light (225) (80) Gray, Light (48) Gray, Med OF TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STAGING SHEETS CROSS SECTION VIEW COLOR LEGEND OF TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STAGING SHEETS CROSS SECTION VIEW PATTERN AND SYMBOL LEGEND Previously Constructed Pavement Shading Temporary Pavement Shading Proposed Pavement Shading Previously Constructed Granular Surface Shading Proposed Grading Limits ShadingProposed Granular Subbase Proposed Special Backfill Existing Shoulder Strengthening Temporary Shoulder Proposed Granular ShoulderPavement Removal STAGING AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Pavement Marking Call Outs Pavement Markings, Yellow Existing Pavement Shading Brown, Light (236) (9) Blue, Light (230) Lavender (13) Pink, Dark Red (3) (254) Magenta (5) Blue (2) Green Green, Light (225) Yellow (4) Proposed Bridge Shading and Sign Trusses Previously Constructed Structure LINEWORK Design Color No. SHADING Design Color No. Light Fill Black w/Gray,(0,48) SHADING Design Color No. Existing Pavement Shading Previously Constructed Pavement Shading Previously Constructed Granular Surface Shading Proposed Pavement Shading Temporary Pavement Shading Future Proposed Pavement Shading Proposed MSE or CIP Wall Shading OF TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STAGING SHEETS PLAN VIEW PATTERN AND SYMBOL LEGEND Type A Warning Light Traffic Sign Temporary Floodlighting DrumX Temporary Barrier Rail Pavement Removal Channelizing Device Type III Barricade Direction of Traffic PLAN VIEW COLOR LEGEND OF TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STAGING SHEETS WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 J.1 123 10. USE RESTRICTED WIDTH SIGNAGE G20-55A BEFORE LANES WITH LESS THAN 11'-0" WIDTH 9. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT AN ALTERNATE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FOR THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. 8. TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CLOSURE OF PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF MUTCD, CHAPTER 6D AND ALL APPLICABLE CITY OF AMES REQUIREMENTS OR STANDARDS. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SEPARATION BARRIER BETWEEN CONTRUCTION OPERATIONS/TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES LEFT OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER PROJECTS THAT MAY BE SCHEDULED FOR THE SURROUNDING AREA. 5. ALL SIGN WORDING SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE CURRENT EDITION OF MUTCD. 4. ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) FOR STREETS AND HIGHWAYS AS ADOPTED BY THE IDOT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NOTICE TO THE CITY 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURES AND CHANGE IN PROJECT PHASE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONTACT PERSON AVAILABLE 24 HOURS, 7 DAYS A WEEK TO MAINTAIN PROPER TRAFFIC CONTROL. 1. THE CONSTRUCTION ZONE SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE RIGHT-OF-WAY AND ROE AGREEMENT NO EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, OR PERSONNEL WILL BE ALLOWED OUTSIDE PROJECT LIMITS AS SHOWN IN PLANS. WHKS-8030-A-1TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SEE STAGING PLAN ON SHEET J.5 WHKS-8030-A-2STAGING PLANS ncollins12:16:42 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_J_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO.WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 J.2 124 ncollins12:16:43 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_J_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. 48" x 48" W20-5 RIGHT LANE CLOSED AHEAD TSB WV TA TA SIGN EB EBEB TA TSB TSB UNIVERSITY AVE. JACK TRICE WAY S. 4TH AVE. NOTES: 1. FOLLOW THE ADVANCED SIGNAGE FOR SUDAS STANDARD 8030.110. 2. SEE SUDAS STANDARD 8030.101 FOR TAPER LENGTHS, DEVICE SPACING. 3. DRIVEWAY TO S RIVERSIDE DR. MAY ONLY BE CLOSED ONE HALF AT A TIME. 70' SPACING AROUND RADIUS 9 DEVICES 5 DEVICES S RIVERSIDE DR R3-5R WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 J.3 O FEET 5O 125 ncollins12:16:49 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_J_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. SIGN LEGEND DETOUR24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18" M5-1L 24" x 18" DETOUR24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18" M6-1L DETOUR24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18" M5-1R DETOUR24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18" M6-1R DETOUR24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18" M6-3 24" x 12" M4-8 24" x 18"24" x 18" 24" x 18"24" x 18" 24" x 18" 48" x 48" W20-2 DETOUR AHEAD 60" x 30" R11-4 THRU TRAFFIC ROAD CLOSED TO SIGN TRAFFIC BARRICADE TYPE III CLOSURE SAFETY 48" x 48" W20-3 AHEAD CLOSED ROAD PEDESTRIAN DETOUR 30" x 24" M4-9R 24" x 12" R9-9 30" x 24" M4-9L LINCOLN WAY GRAND AVE. UNIVERSITY BLVD. S 4TH ST STAGE 2 DETOUR CLOSURE AREA RIGHT TURN LANE CLOSE NORTHBOUND LEFT TURN LANE CLOSE SOUTHBOUND J.4383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS A B D C E F DETOUR END ST. S. 4TH N O X ST. S. 4TH ST. S. 4TH ST. S. 4TH ST. S. 4TH ST. S. 4TH A B F F E C D AB C D A B E C D O O M M M M M N N NGH I O I H HG G 126 ncollins12:17:09 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_J_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. S 4TH ST. UNIVERSITY BLVD. STAGE 1 STAGE 2 WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 J.5 O FEET 5O 127 ncollins12:17:31 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_L_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. SIGN EB EB S. 4th St. S. Riverside Dr. C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C 14.3' 14.3' 14.3' 14.7' 14.2' 13.6' 8.7' 7.7' 7.7' 9.1' 8.8' 7.7' 7.7' 8.8' 14.3' 8.4' 8.1' 7.7' 8.4' 9.1' 10.6' 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' 8.0' 8.0' 8.0' 8.0' 8.0' 2' HT HT HT HT 9.5' 7.7' 7.7' 9.5' RD RD RD RD RD RD 19.2' 8.0' 8.0' 8.0' 8.0' 15.8' WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 L.1 O FEET 5 128 ncollins12:17:31 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_L_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. SIGN EB EB 895.42' 894.20' 894.13' 895.28' 896.51' 896.56' 896.55' 897.70' 897.89' 897.38' 898.05' 894.27'895.54' 896.82' M ATCH EXISTING 897.65' 897.74' 897.85' 897.48' 0.4%→ 0.4%→ 897.59' 895.47' 895.35' 897.14' 897.12' 896.59' 897.50' 1.0%→ 0.9%→ ←0.5% ←1.5% ←2.0% 6.4%→ 6.9%→ 7.5%→ 8.1%→ 8.2%→ 8.1%→8.5%→ 8.2%→ 8.6%→ 7.1%→ 6.9%→ 894.23' 894.17' 0.4%→ 0.4%→ WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 L.2 O FEET 5 129 ncollins12:17:43 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_S_10288.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. W100 W101 W103 W102 W104 W105 W106 W107 W200 W202 W201 W203 W204 S. 4TH ST. S. RIVERSIDE DR. WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 S.1 O FEET 5 95+ 00 95+ 00 96+ 00 130 bbarker5:58:04 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/12/2026 ENGLISH RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 SPS.1 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 1of SPS.1 Design Sheet No. Soil Profile Sheet 2027 DateSignature Printed or Typed Name Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Geotechnical Design LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IOWA My license renewal date is December 31, Stacy G. Brocka 14203 Brocka Stacy G.of the State of Iowa. am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared Sheet SPS.1 131 ncollins12:17:55 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_T_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY REVISED 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. 1199.03266.0 shrinkage With 35% 0.000.00888.00478.00888.002419.001307.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.000.0012.00339.00 0023.54023.5461.00400000000000007.577.570102+50.000 0051.68725.42351.687202.43865.8840000000000007.7597.7598.176102+00.000 0028.14730.39928.147141.544152.7490000000000007.3337.3330.205101+50.000 0000000.119000000000000007.715101+00.000 0000000000000000000000100+50.000 0000000000000000000000100+00.000 000000000000000000000099+50.000 0030.82030.82133.801000000000000015.28415.28416.08199+00.000 0057.37333.28657.373173.098144.505000000000000.7099.70210.4110.42598+50.000 0054.25328.67754.25394.36342.441000000000001.38217.15818.5410.81898+00.000 0059.28829.91759.288134.97359.471000000000001.30414.9516.2549.20697+50.000 0058.70234.11458.702153.47886.3000000000000.86614.1415.0068.34897+00.000 0051.55229.28351.552139.70779.457000000000000.40115.23715.6387.85796+50.000 0024.43726.39324.43766.13971.427000000000000.16626.21926.3859.03296+00.000 000000.0030.00400000000000025.73725.73719.46595+50.000 0025.731025.73178.797000000000000014.5414.548.33195+00.000 0048.98527.7948.985143.18185.101000000000000.05913.69713.7567.37294+50.000 0043.3525.11443.35116.78269.534000000000000.08114.38114.4627.48594+00.000 0038.48621.70538.48695.84256.591000000000000.19215.4115.6028.13593+50.000 0035.33619.86135.33682.24946.918000000000000.52516.82117.3468.71593+00.000 0031.20418.30231.20460.64141.911000000000001.26319.42720.6910.01892+50.000 0031.5615.39931.5659.17323.581000000000001.36818.30419.67212.32792+00.000 0037.03418.68737.03482.91740.326000000000000.78414.79915.5838.91991+50.000 0041.31321.3141.313104.47849.224000000000000.54713.76214.3097.9191+00.000 0045.06323.30845.063118.27263.611000000000000.55913.441147.54490+50.000 0047.09725.36147.097118.40664.122000000000001.08315.31116.3947.57790+00.000 0023.61525.50423.61559.03463.756000000000000.7478.6329.37910.1389+50.000 00000000000000000000089+00.000 00000000000000000000088+90.000 Column 2Column 1Column 2 1 Column Column 18Column 17Column 16 15 Column 14 Column 13 Column 12 Column 11 Column 10 Column Column 9Column 8Column 7Column 6Column 5Column 4Column 3Column 2 1 Column Column 0 (CY)(SF)(CY)(SF)(CY)(CY)(SF)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(CY)(SF)(STA) Volume (RR)End Area CutCut (RR) Volume End AreaVolumeVolumeVolumeVolumeVolume (R) Volume VolumeVolumeVolume PavementPavementUndercutUndercutVolumeEnd AreaUndercutVolumeVolumeRockVolumeSandLoamRemovalType CType BType AVolumeVolume ExistingExistingStrippingStrippingReplacementUnadjustedFillRockShaleWasteB & WRockSelectSelectPavementUnsuitableUnsuitableUnsuitable (R) Topsoil Cut Class 10VolumeEnd Area TotalTotalTopsoilTopsoilTopsoilTotal FillTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplateTemplate Cut Template Total CutStation EXISTING PAVEMENT CUTTOPSOIL STRIPPINGCUT AND FILL T.1383-7758-439, 320-7758-439CITY OF AMESWHKS 132 ncollins12:18:03 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_U_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. TSB WV TA TA SIGN EB EB APPROX. ROW CLEAR AND GRUB REMOVE PAVEMENT PROTECT POWER POLE S 4TH ST. S RIVERSIDE DR. 73.14' RTOFF: 99+85.06STA: OFF: 7.00' LT 99+85.00STA: 35.00' RTOFF: 95+50.00STA: 67.33' RTOFF: 95+87.50STA: 12.00' LTOFF: 96+59.01STA: 12.00' LTOFF: 96+73.83STA: REMOVE FULL PANEL 85.36' RTOFF: 96+97.17STA: 204.93' RTOFF: 95+52.66STA: 145.79' RTOFF: 95+10.01STA: WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 U.1 O FEET 2O 95+00 100+ 00 95+00 96 + 0 0 97+ 00 98+ 00 99+ 00 100+ 00 133 ncollins12:18:04 PM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Design\SHT_U_10288 DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COUNTY 1/14/2026 ENGLISHFILE NO. TSB SIGN UB TSB APPROX. ROW REMOVE SIDEWALK CLEAR AND GRUB S 4TH ST. 5.02' RTOFF: 103+75.27STA: 40.00' RTOFF: 102+30.00STA: 45.00' RTOFF: 101+50.00STA: 35.00' RTOFF: STA: 100+83.00 OFF: 7.00' LT 100+69.62STA: 65.00' RTOFF: 100+83.00STA: 65.00' RTOFF: 101+05.00STA: WHKS CITY OF AMES 383-7758-439, 320-7758-439 U.2 O FEET 2O 101+00 102+00 103+ 00 104+ 00 POE 104+86.02 134 bbarker10:27:12 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.1 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.1 Design Sheet No. General Notes 363229252219161310Bar Designation 11109876543English Size General Notes: bar diameter in millimeters. "bar designation" is the stamped impression on the reinforcing bars, and may display the following diameter). English reinforcing steel referencing in the field is equivalent to the bar designation. The inch bar 85 These bridge plans shall be all reinforcement size with English notation (5a1 is reinforcing unless otherwise noted or shown. All reinforcing bars and bars noted as dowels supplied for these structures shall be deformed grading, as approved by the Engineer. to these sites. Suitable excess material may also be used for embankment in-place and fill for trail outside the floodplain and City ROW. No payment for these sites will be allowed or material hauled It shall be the bridge contractor's responsibility to provide sites for excess excavated material prior to construction of abutment footings. Class 20 excavation quantity is based on the assumption that rough berm grading is completed Certified plant inspection is required for all structural concrete. construction limits shall be notified by the bridge contractor of the construction starting date. The city and utility companies whose facilities are shown on the plans or known to be within area or an H-10 vehicular load. This bridge is designed for a pedestrian live load of 90 lbs. per sq. ft. applicable to the full deck engineering in the State of Iowa. calculations shall be certified by a professional engineer currently licensed to practice during the proposed use of the equipment or stockpiled material on the bridge. The The necessary calculations to verify that no component of the bridge will be overstressed 2. operations, during all critical phases of the lifting operations. The load to all wheels/axles/outriggers/crawlers resulting from the proposed lifting d. The weight of all proposed lifts to be made by the equipment.c. operations. The proposed location(s) of the equipment or material on the bridge during all lifting b. bridge. The configuration and weight of the equipment or material proposed to be placed on the a. plan shall contain, as a minimum, the following information. A detailed plan adequately describing the equipment and how it is proposed to be used. This 1. following: shall be obtained by submitting a written request to the engineer. This request shall include the bridge during construction unless prior written approval of the engineer is obtained. Approval Heavy construction equipment or stockpiled material will not be allowed on the South 4th Street price bid for "Class 20 Excavation". the engineer. All costs for retaining the earth and/or granular material shall be included in the Street bridge abutments during construction of the pedestrian bridge by methods approved by The bridge contractor is to retain earth and/or granular material behind the existing South 4th degrees from vertical. otherwise. In addition, the bevel used on the keyway shall be limited to a maximum of 10 Keyway dimensions shown on the plans are based on nominal dimensions unless stated Concrete sealer is to be applied to the exposed bridge seat and wash surfaces at the abutments. 2026 DateSignature Printed or Typed Name Pages or sheets covered by this seal: Structural Design LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IOWA My license renewal date is December 31, Joshua J. Opheim20567 Opheim Joshua J. of the State of Iowa. am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared Sheets V.1 - V.9 open to traffic until after completion of construction. Note: This is a new structure and the trail will not be Traffic Control Plan Note: Quantities shown on sheet C.4. Design Stresses: (structural tubing) and ASTM A588 (plates and shapes). Structural steel shall conform to LRFD AASHTO Section 6, ASTM A847 Concrete shall conform to LRFD AASHTO Section 5, f'c = 4.0 ksi. Reinforcing steel shall conform to LRFD AASHTO Section 5, Grade 60. LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 10th Edition, series of 2024. Design stresses for the following materials are in accordance with the AASHTO Pre-Engineered Steel Truss Notes: contraction. fixed and the other shall allow movement under thermal expansion and continuity of the superstructure with the substructure. One bridge end shall be resist the vertical and horizontal loading specified, and to provide structural Bearing systems and anchor bolts shall be designed by the manufacturer to • vehicles to determine the plate thickness. bridge weight bearing on the backwall. Consider joint size and weight of abutments cover plates shall fit tightly to the top of backwall without any Provide cover plates to cover expansion gaps at the bridge ends. At • shall be untreated. be made with a continuous steel angle member above the planks. Material does not exceed actual plank thickness multiplied by 50. Edge tie-downs shall plank ends and intermediate points as required such that tie-down spacing location, assuming wet service conditions. Deck tie-downs shall be provided at shall be designed to resist an uplift force of 500 lbs per plank per tie-down tight together with no gaps. To resist warping forces, deck tie-down systems no more than 20% moisture content prior to installation. Planks shall be placed no worm holes, surfaced four sides and eased four edges, and be air dried to 2" (min.), all heartwood (no sapwood), clear (no knots), straight grained, with Decking shall consist of naturally durable Ipe wood. Ipe wood shall be nominal • Federal Color Standard Number 20045 (SAE AMS-STD-595). waterborne acrylic paint system shall be used. Use a topcoat color matching 2408.02, Q, of the Standard Specifications. A two-coat zinc silicate and Painting requirements for this structure shall be in accordance with Article • load deflection and match profile grade shown in drawings. Bridge shall be a modified bowstring truss. Camber bridge to offset full dead • except as amended by the following: bridge shall conform to Section 2429 of the Iowa DOT Standard Specifications, The design and construction of the pre-engineered steel truss recreational trail anchor bolt locations. abutments to ensure coordination of bridge seat and backwall dimensions and Specifications. Approved shop drawings shall be received prior to construction of review and approval in accordance with Article 1105.03 of the Iowa DOT Standard drawings signed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the state of Iowa for Contractor shall submit pre-engineered steel truss pedestrian bridge shop Bridge Specifications: supplemental specifications, and special provisions. applicable general supplemental specifications, developmental specifications, Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction, Series 2023, along with Construction shall conform to Iowa Department of Transportation Standard December 2009. AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications for the Design of Pedestrian Bridges, Design shall conform to the AASHTO LRFD 10th Edition, series of 2024, and the 1-13-2026 135 bbarker10:27:19 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn1/13/2026 F.F. Backwall W. Abut. Sta. 98+74.75 F.F. Backwall E. Abut. Sta. 101+25.25 99 + 0 0 10 0 + 0 0 10 1 + 0 0 Io w a y C r e e k 250'-6" Face to Face of Abut. Backwalls Cl e a r 12 ' - 0 " Proposed Trail Cl . 5' - 0 " ± Bridge (FHWA #000166) Existing 226'-4" x 51'-0" PPCB Telephone Existing Fiber Existing Gas Existing (Typ.) Approach 20' Bridge thick embedded (Typ.) Class 'E' Revetment - 2'-0" (Typ.) Wing Armoring Erosion Stone S. 4th St. Bridge 875 87 5 88 0 880 88 5 885 890 89 0 900 90 0 89 5 895 890 87 5 875 880 880 885 885 89 0 890 895 900 895 890 895 10'-0"10'-0" 40 ' - 0 " 40 ' - 0 " subdrain (Typ.) 4" Perforated Contours (Typ.) Existing 5' - 0 " Existing ROW Existing ROW W. Face Abut. Backwall El. 900.80 E. Face Abut. Backwall El. 900.80 El. 895.80 Bridge Seat El. 895.80 Bridge Seat El. 891.55 Bott. Ftg. El. 893.55 Top of Berm El. 893.55 Top of Berm El. 891.55 Bott. Ftg. Streambed El. 874.25 =893.550 Q Existing Ground Grade Proposed 80' HP 12x53 Piles 80' HP 12x53 Piles (See Hydraulic Data) Bridge Low Steel El. thick embedded (Typ.) Class 'E' Revetment - 2'-0" Proposed Berm Proposed Berm Ty p . A p p r o a c h S e c t i o n Tr a i l 10 ' - 0 " Sh l d . 5' - 0 " Sh l d . 2' - 0 " 1. 5 % 1.5% 2% T r a i l 12'-0" Clear 6'-0"6'-0" Ra i l H t . 4' - 6 " M i n . 3' - 6 " Va r i e s Ma x . 4' - 4 " Bridge Typical Section 5'-0"1'-0" Top Chord Diagonal Vertical Bottom Chord Rub Rail Safety Rail Horizontal Deck 2" Wood Brace Diagonal Floor Beam Stringer Trail Bridge Longitudinal Section Along Trail Situation Plan N=7644071.82, E=18523893.93, El.=890.24 " Rebar, Sta. 99+49.796, 100.057' Rt., 85 CP #11590: Set N=7644284.92, E=18523905.08, El.=899.75 CP #11300: Cut X, Sta. 101+33.434, 8.64' Lt., Bench Marks: Longitude -93.629258° Latitude 42.017697° City of Ames Story County Washington Township Section 10 T-83N R-24W Bridge over Ioway Creek S. 4th St. Pedestrian Location Utilities Note: See Road Design sheets for utility information. Utilities shown on this sheet are for information only. General Utility Symbols: - Power PolesW - Water Line TV - TVT - Telephone Line ST S - Storm SewerSAN. - Sanitary Sewer GHP - Gas High PressureG - Gas Line FO - Fiber Optic LineE - Electric Line Notes: grading surface. Revetment and erosion stone is to be embedded below the Faint lines represent existing ground/structures. All units are in feet unless otherwise noted. Pedestrian Bridge Backwater = 0.00 ft Stage = 896.6 = 26,300 cfs500 Q Avg. Bridge Velocity = 7.0 ft/s Pedestrian Bridge Backwater = 0.00 ft Floodway Stage = 896.1 Stage = 895.3 = 17,000 cfs100 Q Avg. Bridge Velocity = 6.7 ft/s Pedestrian Bridge Backwater = 0.00 ft Stage = 893.5 = 13,700 cfs50 Q Avg. Bridge Velocity = 4.9 Ft/s Pedestrian Bridge Backwater = 0.00 ft Downstream Stage = 891.0 = 7,570 cfs10 Q Refer to FIS Flood Profiles for S. 4th St. Backwater (< 1 ft.) Avg. 50% Duration Stage (66 cfs) = 878.4 Bridge Low Steel = 896.17 (At abutments) Extreme Highwater Stage/Date = Unknown Roadway Overtopping Sta. = 91+75 (~700 Ft. West of Bridge) Roadway Overtopping El.= 893.75 (South Curb of S. 4th St.) Bridge Open Area to Low Steel El. = 2580 Sq. Ft. Site Stream (Manning) Slope = 0.06% (3.2 Ft/Mi.) (D.A.) Main Channel Slope = 5.8 Ft/Mi (0.11%) Drainage Area (D.A.) = 211 Sq. Mi. 100-yr no-rise condition. proposed project does not encroach on the 100-yr floodway, meeting a flow expansion downstream of the S. 4th St. bridge. By geometry, the The intent of the hydraulic design is to span the floodway opening and Flows Calculated from USACE Bulletin 17B Gage Analysis. Report 19169CV001C (&002C) Dated January 15, 2021. Discharges from FEMA Flood Insurance Study (FIS) Hydraulic Data 895 890 885 880 875 870 865 860 895 890 885 880 875 870 865 860 900900 905905 910910 915915 Subdrain Notes: engineer. The uphill end of the perforated subdrain shall be capped as approved by the to field adjustments of the grading layout. Required lengths and general locations of subdrains are subject to change due grading layout of bridge berms. The dimensions shown are for estimating only. The dimensions shown for the proposed subdrains are based on the proposed "Structural Concrete (bridge)." No extra payment will be made. backfill, porous backfill, and subdrain outlet is to be included in the price bid for The cost of furnishing and placing subdrain (including excavation), granular Sheet V.8). The subdrain outlet shall consist of pipe with a removable rodent guard (see 4143.01, B, of the Standard Specifications. The subdrains shall be 4-inch diameter and shall be in accordance with Article VC = 250' VPI Elev. = 903.30 V.P.I. Sta. = 100+00.00 Grade Trail Proposed Profile 2.00 %2.00 % bbarker10:27:19 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.2 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.2 Design Sheet No. Situation Plan 136 bbarker10:27:20 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH 250'-6" Face to Face of Abutment Backwalls 9"9" 14 ' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 3' - 0 " 11 ' - 0 " 6'-0" 11'-6" 2'-9"2'-9"2'-9"2'-9" 14 ' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 3' - 0 " 11 ' - 0 " 6'-0" 11'-6" 99 + 0 0 10 0 + 0 0 10 1 + 0 0 Substructure Layout F.F. Abutment Backwall F.F. Abutment Backwall Trail W. Abut. Ftg. E. Abut. Ftg.18 ' - 0 " 18 ' - 0 " Bridge Sta. 98+74.75 Sta. 98+75.50 Sta. 101+24.50 Sta. 101+25.25 5' - 0 " Δ RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.3 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.3 Design Sheet No. Substructure Layout at Sta. 100+00. adjacent berm grading by equal distance while holding the center of bridge are required, adjust the stationing of the abutment centerline and the of abutment backwalls from approved bridge shop drawings. If adjustments Δ Before abutment construction, verify the distance between the front face 137 bbarker10:27:20 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH Rear Elevation 1'-4" 7'-7"9'-0" 1" W a s h El. 891.55 Bott. Ftg. El. 895.38 Bott. Backwall at = 900.80 Top of Backwall El. No m . 2" El. 895.80 (Typ.) Top of Bearing Seat Joint Construction 4s3 * * *** 5- 5 h 2 E a . F a c e 4 E q . S p a . 3" (West Abut. shown, East Similar) * 3'-0"16'-7" No m . 2" ** 2'-5" 3" Bridge Joint Filler 1" Resilient B B ±41 1' - 0 10 " 10 " 10 " 2' - 1 1 " 5' - 5 " 3' - 1 0 " Abutment Plan 8" "219 2' - 6 " "21 4' - 1 1 9' - 0 " 3' - 0 " 1" 3" 3" 3 E q . S p a . 3' - 0 " 1' - 4 " 1' - 7 " 1" 10"1'-3"2'-6"1'-0" 1'-0"2'-6"1'-3"10" 4e1 4f1 3'-6"2'-1" 1" 2" 34 - 5 d 1 , 1 7 - 4 d 2 , 4 d 3 , 5 d 4 16 S p a . @ 1 ' - 0 " = 1 6 ' - 0 " AA 5h4 5h3 4s1 4s2 1" Wash 1" Wash Abut. Ftg. F.F. Abut. Backwall (with keyway) Construction Joint Bridge 4g1 4d2 4d3 5m1 Δ 5n1 Δ 8" 7" Construction Joint Permissible keyway 2x4 beveled (West Abut. shown, East similar) 5d1 (Typ.) 5d1 3" 6" 6" 2 E q . S p a . 4d34d2 (Typ.) 4s3 5d1 4g2 ** * * * 3'-4" 6- 4 s 3 3- 4 d 2 , 4 d 3 , 10" Section A-A 5' - 5 " 3' - 1 0 " of P i l e s 2' - 0 " T o p 8a 1 4 E q . S p a . 4' - 0 " 10"1'-3"2'-6"1'-0" 9" 10" Em b e d . 1' - 1 0 " M i n . 3 E q . S p a . Sp a . 2 E q . 10 " 3" 5'-6" 1'-6"2'-6"1'-6" 2" Cl. 3" C l . 5d1 Backwall F.F. Abut. 4d2 5d4 5m1 Δ 5n1 Δ 5b1 8a1 Δ 1 4 HP12x53 2" Cl. 10 " 10 " 10 " 1" W a s h 4g1 (Typ.) 4g2 4' - 1 " * Abutment Footing Plan 5'-6" 1'-6"2'-6"1'-6" 3" Typ. 9' - 0 " 9' - 0 " 18 ' - 0 " 6'-0" 1'-6" 3' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 2'-9"8'-9" 1'-6"1'-6"1'-0"1'-0"6" 1' - 0 " 9" 9" 8a3 5b2 8a4 8a1 Piles Bridge Ty p . 5 b 1 s p a c i n g ar o u n d p i l e s Ty p . 5 b 1 s p a c i n g be t w e e n p i l e s 5b1 8a2 ** 1' - 6 " 6 P i l e S p a c e s @ 2 ' - 6 " = 1 5 ' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 8a2 ** (West Abut. shown, East similar) 8 - HP 12x53 Steel Bearing Piles Required Ftg. Abut. Extension Pile 40' Wing 3' - 0 " ** * 1'-3"3" 6" 8"1'-3"6 - 4 s 3 2 E q . S p a . 5h2 1'-3"1'-3" (with keyway) Construction Joint RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.4 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.4 Design Sheet No. Abutment Details Abutment Pile Notes: control requires a modified Iowa DOT ENR formula. reach refusal. In no case shall a pile be embedded less than 35 feet. Construction end of drive or retap. The pile contract length shall be driven as per plan unless piles The required nominal axial bearing resistance for both abutment piles is 115 tons at are assumed to be driven from a start elevation at the bottom of the footing. non-cohesive soil classification and a geotechnical resistance factor (Phi) of 0.5. Piles The nominal axial bearing resistance for construction control was determined from a kips. resistance factor (Phi) of 0.5. Piles were also designed for a factored tension force of 21 classification, a total factored axial load per pile (Pu) of 115 kips, and a geotechnical The contract length of 80 feet for both abutment piles is based on a non-cohesive soil longitudinal bars. Lap 8a2 bars with 8a1 & 8a4 ** anchor bolts. avoid conflict with bearing plate Shift 8a1, 5m1, and 5n1 bars to Δ " Rebar, Sta. 99+49.796, 100.057' Rt., N=7644071.82, E=18523893.93, El.=890.2485 CP #11590: Set CP #11300: Cut X, Sta. 101+33.434, 8.64' Lt., N=7644284.92, E=18523905.08, El.=899.75 Bench Marks: dimension prior to construction. separating the two structures. Field verify 1" resilient joint filler 4th St. bridge with constructed adjacent to the existing South The backwall extension is intended to be *** Abutment Notes: and beveled strip, unless noted otherwise. All exposed corners that are 90 degrees or sharper shall be filleted with a ¾" dressed footing. Batter piles shall be placed in the direction shown. Pile dimensions shown in the footing pile layout are measured at the bottom of the 250'-0" x 12'-0". cost of anchor bolts is included in the bid item "Pre-Engineered Steel Truss Trail Bridge, inches or as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the engineer. The bolt grade, size, and placement locations. The minimum embedment length shall be 12 Standard Specifications. Refer to the bridge manufacturer's shop drawings for anchor Anchor bolts shall be set in abutments in accordance with Article 2405.03, B, 2 of the noted otherwise. Construction joint keyways shall be formed with beveled 2"x6" lumber, except where shall be 2 inches, unless otherwise noted or shown. The minimum clear distance from the face of concrete to the nearest reinforcing bar larger bridge seat is required. height is shown. The contractor shall contact the engineer if a higher backwall or a ensure coordination with approved bridge shop drawings. The maximum backwall Before beginning abutment construction, verify major dimensions and elevations to * See sheet V.5 for Section B-B. Note: 138 bbarker10:27:21 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH Abutment South Wing Detail (West Abut. shown, East similar) 6'-9"6'-0" 12 - 4s1 5 Spa. @ 1'-1" = 5'-5"3" 4"3" 3" 14 - 4s2 " = 6'-3"2 16 Spa. @ 1'-0 8' - 0 " "± 41 1' - 0 5 S p a . @ 1 1 " = 4 ' - 7 " 11 " = 2 ' - 0 " 2 @ 1 ' - 0 " 6'-0"6'-0" 1'-6"1'-6"2'-0"6"6" 5 - 8 a 3 & 5 - 8 a 4 3" 3" El. = 900.39 El. = 900.57 El. = 900.77 5d1 keyways) (with 2x4 beveled Construction Joint 8a4 8a3 or profile grade parallel to the This surface is 4s1 5h4 5h5 5b2 5h34s2 Em b e d 1' - 1 0 " Embed 2'-5" Min. Lap 3'-4" (with keyway) Construction Joint Maskwall Detail (Applicable to both abutments, north and south sides. Wing Extension not shown south side.) 2'-6" 1'-0"; 6-4e1 2 Spa. @3"3" 5 E q . S p a . , 1 2 - 4 f 1 Em b e d 1' - 6 " 4e1 4f1 keyway 2x8 beveled 5' - 2 " 1' - 6 " 4'-0" to 4'-10" Varies 8a2 D=6 4d2 1'-9" 7"D=2 5b1 D=21 2 3' - 5 " "2 14'-3 "4 15'-1 "41 3'-6 "4 110 6" 6" 4d3 " 16 79 7" "2 111"16 79 "16 5 1'-1 D=2 5m1 2'-0" 1' - 0 " D=21 2 6" 6" D=21 2 3' - 5 " 2'-8" 5b2 2'-6" 8' - 6 " 10 ' - 4 " D=6 8a 4 8a 3 8a3 & 8a4 3'-4" 8"D=2 4f1 * 1'-3"10" 10" 10 " Sp a . 2 E q . 3 E q . S p a . 3" 3" 3" 5 - 5 h 2 E a . F a c e 4 E q . S p a . Section B-B 4s3 (Typ.) 4g1 4g2 (Typ.) 5h2 El. 895.38 Backwall Bottom of Note: See sheet V.4 for location of Section B-B. 9' - 3 " 10 " 10 " 10 " 3' - 1 0 " 2' - 1 1 " D=21 2 6" 1' - 6 " 5d4 RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.5 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.5 Design Sheet No. Abutment Details 2,947Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel – Total Weight (lbs.) 358'-10"6North Wing, Vertical4s3 667'-1"14South Wing, Vertical4s2 607'-6"12South Wing, Vertical4s1 142'-2"6Beam Step, Longitudinal5n1 334'-0"8Beam Step, Transverse5m1 375'-11"6South Wing to Footing, Horizontal5h5 1065'-8"18South Wing, Horizontal5h4 14211'-4"12South Wing Ext., Horizontal5h3 555'-3"10North Wing to Footing, Horizontal5h2 2619'-3"2Paving Notch, Horizontal4g2 19320'-8"14Backwall, Horizontal4g1 644'-0"24Maskwall, Horizontal4f1 526'-6"12Maskwall, Vertical4e1 352'-0"17Paving Notch to Approach, Vertical5d4 362'-8"20Paving Notch4d3 392'-11"20Paving Notch4d2 2817'-1"38Backwall, Vertical5d1 5513'-2"4Footing, Wing Ext., Hoops5b2 25317'-4"14Footing, Hoops5b1 17112'-10"5Footing, Wing Ext., Longit., Outside Face8a4 14711'-0"5Footing, Wing Ext., Longit., Inside Face8a3 198Varies10Footing, Ends8a2 84917'-8"18Footing, Longitudinal8a1 WeightLengthNo.ShapeLocationBar Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel – One Abut. 27.1Total (cu. yds.) 0.6Maskwalls (2 @ 0.30 CY) 4.2South Wing 1.4North Wing 5.2Backwall & Paving Notch 15.7Abutment Footing (includes bearing pedestals) QuantityLocation Concrete Placement Quantites - One Abut. Note: All dimensions are out to out. D = Pin Diameter Bent Bar Details" Rebar, Sta. 99+49.796, 100.057' Rt., N=7644071.82, E=18523893.93, El.=890.2485 CP #11590: Set CP #11300: Cut X, Sta. 101+33.434, 8.64' Lt., N=7644284.92, E=18523905.08, El.=899.75 Bench Marks: 139 bbarker10:27:21 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH 20'-0" 13'-0"7'-0" 16 ' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 10 ' - 0 " 4' - 0 " Bridge Approach Slab Plan AA 5f1 5f3 5g1 5f2 5g2 15 E q u a l S p a c e s = 1 5 ' - 7 " - 5 f B a r s 6" 6" 3"3"19 Spa. @ 1'-0" = 19'-0" - 5g Bars West Approach Shown, East Approach Similar See Sheets V.7-V.8 for additional subdrain details 6" (19'-1") (16'-3") (13'-5") (13'-2") (15'-0") (16'-10") (18'-7") (1 0 ' - 2 " ) (1 1 ' - 1 " ) (1 2 ' - 0 " ) (1 2 ' - 1 1 " ) (1 3 ' - 1 0 " ) (1 4 ' - 1 0 " ) (1 5 ' - 9 " ) south wing and approach slab " sealed joint between2 1 Place abutment subdrain connected to bridge 4" PVC standpipe Cap high end (2% min. slope from high end) approach pavement subbase embedded in bridge 4"∅ Perforated Subdrain 20'-0" 13'-0"7'-0" 5f bars 5g bars (Typ.) Section A-A 6" 1' - 0 " 1'-0" 10 " 1 1 Use Path 6" PCC Shared Road Plan PV-101) Iowa DOT Standard 1" "E" Joint (See abutment details) abutment dowel (see Approach slab to RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.6 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.6 Design Sheet No. Bridge Approach Details 610Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel – Total Weight (lbs.) 95Varies7Approach, Transverse5g2 21816'-1"13Approach, Transverse5g1 51Varies3Approach, Longitudinal5f3 66Varies4Approach, Longitudinal5f2 18019'-2"9Approach, Longitudinal5f1 WeightLengthNo.ShapeLocationBar One Approach Slab Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel – 19.8Total (cu. yds.) 9.9East Approach 9.9West Approach QuantityLocation Concrete Placement Quantites the 20' approach slab. slope) to flat slope on bridge shall occur over Slope transition from trail typical section (1.5% Note: 140 bbarker10:27:22 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH Li m i t s o f B o t t o m o f T r e n c h A l o n g A b u t m e n t Li m i t s o f T o p S l o p e o f G e o t e x t i l e F a b r i c A l o n g A b u t m e n t of Geotextile Fabric. Shaded Area Shows Limits Note: Abut. Ftg. Excavation of Trench for Limit of Bottom Toe of Slope & of Abutment Back Face Subdrain 4"ⵁ Perforated A A (Typ.) 2'-2" 2'-2" TrailBridge Abutment Plan Bridge Abutment Wing Geotextile Fabric Top Slope of (East abutment shown, West similar) perforated subdrain High end of 4" Fabric Geotextile Top Slope of(T y p . ) 2' - 2 " Wing Extension Footing Backfill Details Section A-A to Face of Abutment Footing and Wings. Geotextile Fabric will be AttachedNote: Footing Abutment2'-2"3'-0" 3'-0" Berm Elev. Subgrade Footing Abutment Front Face ✱1"± Min. 2 1 Backfill Porous Between Wings Floodable Backfill Fabric Limits Geotextile Excavation for Class 20 Pay Limits 1 1 Construction. Starting Abutment this Line Before to be Completed to (Grading Surfaces) are Approach Fills, 4% Slope 4"ⵁ Subdrain 2' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 1' - 0 " Ge o t e x t i l e Fa b r i c L i m i t s Abutment Backfill Process:Note: contract unit price bid for "Structural Concrete". and geotextile fabric furnished at the bridge abutments shall be included in the The cost of water required for flooding, subdrains, porous backfill, floodable backfill, payment. geotextile fabric furnished at the bridge abutments will not be measured separately for Water required for flooding, subdrains, porous backfill, floodable backfill, and required full thickness of the abutment backfill has been completed. Floodable backfill lift placement, flooding, and compaction shall progress until the to 8 ft increments for 5 minutes within each increment. surface flooding, water running full in a 2"ⵁ hose should be sprayed in successive 6 ft and progress to the low point where the subdrain exits the fabric. To ensure uniform Start surface flooding for each floodable backfill lift at the high point of the subdrain Limit the loose lifts to no more than 2 ft of thickness. surface flooded, and compacted with vibratory compaction to ensure full consolidation. Standard Specifications. The floodable backfill shall be placed in individual lifts, vibratory compaction. The floodable backfill material shall be in accordance with the The remaining work involves backfilling with floodable backfill, surface flooding, and Porous backfill is then placed and leveled, no compaction is required. where the subdrain exits the fabric near the end of the abutment wing wall. the toe of the rear excavation slope. A slot will need to be cut in the fabric at the point When the fabric is in place, the subdrain shall be installed directly on the fabric at against the excavation face shall be pinned. the fabric and secured to the concrete with shallow concrete nails. The fabric placed pinned in place. The fabric shall be attached to the abutment by using lath folded in sheet. The strips of the fabric placed shall overlap approximately 1 ft and shall be the height of the porous backfill placement as shown in the "Backfill Details" on this walls, and excavation face to a height that will be approximately 1 to 2 ft higher than the excavation and extended vertically up the abutment backwall, abutment wing accordance with the details shown. The fabric is intended to be installed in the base of After the subgrade has been shaped, the geotextile fabric shall be installed in of the geotextile and backfill material. subdrain outlet. This excavation shaping is to be done prior to beginning installation 4% slope away from the abutment footing and a 2% cross slope in the direction of the The base of the excavation subgrade behind the abutment is to be graded with a with up slope lap piece on top and stapled for continuity. lapped the laps shall be a minimum of 1 ft in length, shingle fashion B, 6 of the Standard Specifications. If the engineering fabric is The geotextile fabric shall be in accordance with Article 4196.01, Subdrain shall slope downward 2% from high end. RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.7 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.7 Design Sheet No. Abutment Backfill Details 141 bbarker10:27:23 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH Wingwall 3'-0" Section A-A (9" Thickness) Erosion Stone Fabric Engineering 4% Slope 6" Prevent Undermining are to be Buried 6" to Engineering Fabric Ends Top View of Wing Armoring with Wing Extension Profile View of Wing Armoring with Wing Extension (9" Thickness) Erosion Stone Outlet Subdrain Wingwall Extension Surface Grading Wingwall Subdrain Abutment (9" Thickness) Erosion Stone Fabric Engineering Typ. Berm 3'-0" 3' - 0 " Subdrain Abutment Abutment Footing V.2) Section on Sheet (See Longitudinal Slope Protection A A Fo r S u b d r a i n L e n g t h R e f e r t o S i t u a t i o n P l a n o n S h e e t V . 2 standpipe 4"∅ PVC on Sheet V.6. from high end). See details subbase (2% min. slope approach pavement embedded in bridge 4"∅ Perforated Subdrain standpipe 4"∅ PVC pavement subbase to bridge approach 4"∅ perforated subdrain 7'-0" 1' - 5 " B B Specifications 2402.03, H. Iowa DOT Standard compacted according to (cohesive soil) placed and Select treatment material Fabric Engineering Section B-B (9" Thickness) Erosion Stone Fabric Engineering 4% Slope 6" Prevent Undermining are to be Buried 6" to Engineering Fabric Ends 3'-0"1'-5" Specifications 2402.03, H. Iowa DOT Standard compacted according to (cohesive soil) placed and Select treatment material 1' - 6 " Pavement Approach Bridge Stone". these plans. Bid item shall be "Bridge Wing Armoring - Erosion excavation, shaping, and compaction to dimensions shown in yard. Cost will include engineering fabric, erosion stone, Payment for the bridge wing armoring will be bid per square appearance. uniform 9 inch depth and density and provide uniform surface and shaped by mechanical or hand methods that will provide The erosion stone shall be deposited, spread, consolidated choke stone. screen but 100% retained on a 1 inch screen may be used as of the Standard Specifications. Material passing the 3 inch The erosion stone shall be in accordance with Section 4130, 4196.01, B, 3, of the Standard Specifications. underlayed with engineering fabric in accordance with Article plans. The erosion stone at these locations shall be at each corner of the bridge unless otherwise noted in the and abutment footing as shown in Section A-A. This is typical Erosion stone shall be placed along the sides of the wings General Notes: the Backfill Flooding Process. to Insure that it is Draining Properly During A Check Shall be Made at the Subdrain Outlet Subdrain Outlet Details Typical Section of Subdrain Outlet 3'-0" Outlet Pipe Length Varies I.M. 443.01 See Materials Rodent Guard. Removable Corrugated Tubing) Subdrain (Polyethylene 4"ⵁ Perforated (Berm Slope) Grading Surface Fabric Engineering Wing (Berm Slope) Grading Surface Wing Armoring Erosion Stone Min. 2" Top View Front View Removable Rodent Guard Details Pin for Attachment Drilled Holes RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.8 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.8 Design Sheet No. Bridge Wing Armoring 142 Elevation of Fence Along South Wing (West Abutment Shown, East Abutment Similar) bbarker10:27:24 AM pw:\\whks-pw.bentley.com:whks-pw-01\Documents\Projects\IA\10288\41 CAD\Bridge\BRG_10288_Ames - S. 4th St. Ped Bridge_ORD23_Final.dgn DESIGN TEAM PROJECT NUMBER SHEET NUMBER 1/13/2026 ENGLISH "411 "411 "432"432 8" and Washers Steel Nuts Galvanized )"8 5" x 8" x 2 1( 8 Plate Galvanized Steel Drain Hole " Diameter21 6""411"411 "218 "85 "433 "411'-0 Sh i m "21 "215 Steel Shim Galvanized "214" Posts Posts and End Face of Line (Typ.) "21 "85 3" x 6""411"411"411 "431 "218 3" "1613 "1613"85 Post and base plates shall be galvanized, after fabrication, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A123. Base Plate Details for End Posts and Line Posts 14" Stud Anchors Diameter x 6" Concrete"85 " Diameter Holes for 1615 14" 14" Note: Provide 2-116" galvanized steel shims for each fence post, to be used as required. Top of wing End Post Band Tension Bar Tension Rails and Braces. Centers Top and Bottom Wire Ties or Clips at 24" Required on Each Line Post. Centers (Maximum) Wire Ties or Clips at 12" Fence Detail View Gutter Line Shim Where Required. All Post Shall be Set Vertical. Extra Strong Steel Pipe (Typ.) (2.875" O.D. 2.323" I.D.) " Diameter21End Post, 2 Extra Strong Steel Pipe (2.875" O.D. 2.323" I.D.) " Diameter21 2Line Post, Standard Steel Pipe (1.660" O.D. 1.38" I.D.) " Diameter 41 1Top Rail, Standard Steel Pipe (2.375" O.D. 2.067" I.D.) 2" Diameter Bottom Rail, F.F. Backwall Top of Wing (1" Min., 2" Max.) Crown Top of Conc. Top of Grade at 2 Posts Ea. Abutment) Encasement (Required 1'-0"∅ x 3'-9" Concrete Standard Steel Pipe (2.375" O.D. 2.067" I.D.) 2" DiameterBrace Rail, Buckle Tension Rod with Turn " Diameter Diagonal 81 Along Backwall Turn Fence 90° 6'-6"6'-6"6'-6"6'-6" 1' - 1 0 " Plan View West Abutment (East Abutment Similar) 6'-0"8'-0" Chain Link Fence with inside face of truss end post bridge is installed to be flush Adjust final post placement after Chain Link Fence 5' - 0 " 8" (see fence elevation view) Posts embedded in concrete Cl r . "43 Anchors Stud Concrete 6" Long Steel " Diameter 85 Wing Wall Top of of Wing Wall Trail Side Face Typical Section (Wing shown, ground mounted similar) RGV\JJO\WDB City of Ames 383-7758-439 V.9 ( Trail)100+00.00STA. Pedestrian Bridge 250'-0" x 12'-0" Steel Truss A 0° SkewDesign For City of Ames December, 2025Turn-in Date: 9of V.9 Design Sheet No. Chain Link Fence Details Chain Link Fence Notes: from the sidewalk side of the fence. construction of this type. All ends of wires shall be turned so that they extend away The fence shall be true to line, taut, and comply with the best practice for fence noted. be in accordance with Article 4154.11, of the Standard Specifications, unless otherwise fabrication, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A123. Special fittings shall requirements of ASTM A36. Posts and base plates shall be galvanized, after material may be substituted for the posts. Base plates and shims shall meet the 4154.10, A, of the Standards Specifications. As an alternate, ASTM A500 Grade B pipe The material for posts, braces and rails shall be steel pipe in accordance with Article 8000 pounds based on 4000 psi concrete. The stud concrete anchors shall be galvanized and have a minimum pullout strength of wires, 60" height with knuckled selvages top and bottom. The chain link fence shall be either zinc or aluminum coated fabric, 2" mesh, no. 9 and Specifications. of the equipment and labor required to erect the fence in accordance with these Plans compensation for furnishing all material, including concrete anchors and shims, and all centerline of end posts. The price bid for "Fence, Chain Link, 60 in. Height" shall be full The chain link fence is to be bid on a linear foot basis measured from centerline to 5" An c h o r "431 Pr o j e c t i o n 2" C l . 3' - 0 " " C l e a r 43 6" Level 1'-0" 5' - 0 " C h a i n L i n k F e n c e 66L.F.Fence, Chain Link, 60 in. Height TotalUnitItem Fence Placement Quantity 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program (S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge) Project No. 383-7758-439 320-7758-439 Public Works Department Traffic Division 515 Clark Avenue City of Ames, Iowa 153 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 2 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Contract Documents for the Construction of 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program TABLE OF CONTENTS Category I - Bidding Information and Contract Forms Notice To Bidders Instructions to Bidders Proposal Form Estimate Reference Information Form of Contract Form of Performance and Payment Bond Form of Bid Bond Bidder Status Form Special Conditions - Affirmative Action Compliance Appendix A – Standard Title VI Assurances Category II - General Requirements General Notes for Construction Special Provisions Category III - Detailed Specifications Traffic Control City of Ames Supplemental Specifications to the Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS) All work and materials on this project shall conform to the Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS), current edition, and the City of Ames Supplemental Specifications to SUDAS, current edition, or National Society of Professional Engineers Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, unless otherwise noted on the plans or in the contract documents. 1/14/2026 154 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 3 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 This Page Intentionally Left Blank 155 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 4 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 NOTICE TO BIDDERS City of Ames, Iowa Public Improvement Project for the Public Works Department Notice is hereby given that sealed bids for the 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program, shall be filed in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Ames, Iowa, prior to 2:00 PM local time on Wednesday, February 18, 2026 for work in accordance with the plans and specifications now on file in the office of the City Clerk. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at the above time in Room 235, City Hall, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, Iowa. The city manager shall announce the results of the bidding, together with recommendations thereon, to the City Council at its meeting to be held at 6:00 PM local time on Tuesday, February 24, 2026 in the Council Chambers in City Hall, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, Iowa, at which time and place the City Council will hear objections to the proposed plans, specifications, and form of contract for said 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program. The plans and specifications are now on file in the office of the City Clerk. Copies thereof may be obtained at the office of the Public Works Department. One set of bidding documents for the above project is available without charge to prospective bidders, i.e. qualified general contractors. A $20.00 fee will apply to additional sets and to bidding documents requested by other than prospective bidders as defined herein. The City of Ames Public Works Department is the only authorized source of bidding documents and proposal forms. Bidding documents and proposal forms obtained from any other source may have an incomplete set of documents. Bidders using bidding documents and/or proposal forms not obtained from the City of Ames Public Works Department are advised to contact the City of Ames Public Works Department to provide a contact name, mailing address, and phone number to enable receipt of necessary addenda. Reproduction of these documents without the express permission of the City of Ames is prohibited. The general nature of the work on which bids are requested is: Furnishing, placing, and installing a pedestrian bridge, constructing a shared-use path, driveway and miscellaneous related work and appurtenances in accordance with the contract documents. All bids shall be submitted to said City Clerk on or before the time set herein for the bid opening. Bids shall be made on the Proposal Form furnished by the City of Ames, in a sealed and plainly marked envelope indicating it is a bid in response to this notice. Each bidder shall accompany its bid with bid security as defined in Code of Iowa Section 26.8 and as specified in the Instructions to Bidders. The City of Ames reserves the right to defer acceptance of any bid for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after receipt of bids, and no bid may be withdrawn during this period. Each successful bidder shall be required to furnish a corporate surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of its contract price. Said bond is to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council, shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained, shall guarantee the prompt payment of all material and labor, protect and save harmless the City from claims and damages of any kind caused by the operations of the contract, and shall guarantee the maintenance of the improvement in good repair for a period of two (2) years from and after completion and acceptance by the City. The guaranteed maintenance period shall be four (4) years for new paving. Work shall commence as soon as possible after award and approval of the contract and performance bond. Work is expected to be staged See Sheet J.5 for more information. • Clearing and Grubbing work must be completed by March 31st, 2026 • Shared-Use Path from University to the bridge and associated work, including 70% vegetation growth must be completed by August 1st, 2026 156 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 5 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 • Shared-Use Path from North/East abutment to North/Eastern end of the project and associated work, including 70% vegetation growth must be completed by June 1st, 2027. • Bridge Installation, associated work, and all other work must be completed by June 1st, 2027. Should the contractor fail to complete the work described by these dates, liquidated damages of $1,000 per calendar day will be assessed. The contractor shall not include sales or use taxes in the bid. Pursuant to the Iowa Code and Iowa Administrative Code, the contractor will be authorized to purchase building materials that will be incorporated into real property on this project tax-free. Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates will be issued by the City, which will authorize suppliers of building materials to sell materials exempt from Iowa sales tax and any applicable local option sales tax and school infrastructure local option sales tax to the entity listed on the certificate. Upon award of the contract, the successful contractor will be required to provide their project information, and information for each subcontractor and supplier requiring exemption certificates. The City does hereby reserve the right to reject any or all bids, to waive informalities, and to enter into such contract, or contracts, as it shall deem to be in the best interest of the City. By virtue of statutory authority, preference will be given to products and provisions grown, and coal produced, within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa statutes. The City of Ames, Iowa, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d 4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability in consideration for an award. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Ames, Iowa. John Haila, Mayor Renee Hall, City Clerk 157 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 6 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 The Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS), current edition, shall be modified by the any current supplemental specifications applicable in the City of Ames. 2. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Complete sets of bidding documents may be obtained from the issuing office(s) as stated in the Notice of Public Hearing and to Bidders. Bidding documents obtained from any other source may be incomplete. 2.2 Complete sets of bidding documents shall be used in preparing bids. Prospective bidders assume full responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. Neither the City of Ames, nor any other authorized issuer of bidding documents, shall be responsible for errors, omissions, or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. 3. BIDDERS KNOWLEDGE 3.1 Examination of Bidding Documents: It is the responsibility of each bidder, before submitting a bid, to examine the complete bidding documents, other related data identified in the bidding documents, and any addenda, and to make sure that the requirements are fully understood. 3.2 Examination of Site: It is the responsibility of each bidder, before submitting a bid, to visit the site and satisfy himself by actual examination of the site as to the general, local, and other site conditions that may affect the cost, progress, performance, and all other conditions that may affect the performance of the contract. Bidders shall document site visits with the engineer or owner’s representative if called for in the bidding documents. 3.3 Each bidder shall carefully examine all reports, drawings, tests, and other data of conditions at or contiguous to the site, of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site, and environmental conditions at or contiguous to the site. 3.4 It is the responsibility of each bidder to obtain and carefully examine all additional or supplementary reports, drawings, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and other data concerning conditions at or contiguous to the site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by the bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the bidding documents and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. 3.5. By submitting a bid, each bidder agrees that at the time of submitting his bid, no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of their bid for performance of the work at the bid prices and within the times and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the bidding documents. 3.6 It is the responsibility of each bidder to correlate the information known to the bidder and information and observations obtained from site visits, reports, drawings, 158 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 7 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and other data concerning conditions at or contiguous to the site. 3.7 Laws and Regulations: It is the responsibility of each bidder, before submitting a bid, to become familiar and to satisfy himself as to all federal, state, and local laws and regulations that may affect the cost, progress, performance, and all other conditions that may affect the performance of the contract. 4. PRE-BID MEETING 4.1 The time, date, and location of scheduled pre-bid meetings will be stated in the Notice of Public Hearing and to Bidders. Representatives of the owner and engineer will be present at pre-bid meetings to discuss the project. The pre-bid meeting will include site inspection if so stated in the Notice. 4.2 No written report of the pre-bid meeting is provided. It is the responsibility of prospective bidders to obtain the information from the pre-bid meeting and site inspection. 4.3 Oral statements may not be relied upon and shall not be binding or legally effective. The owner will transmit to all prospective bidders of record any addenda the engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the pre-bid meeting. 5. EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5.1 It is the responsibility of each bidder to give the engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies the bidder discovers in the bidding documents, to confirm that the written resolution thereof is acceptable to the bidder, and to determine that the bidding documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms, conditions, and other requirements for performance of the work. 6. INTERPRETATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND ADDENDA 6.1 If any bidder is in doubt as to the intent or meaning of any part of the bidding documents or the performance of work, it is their responsibility to contact the engineer, owner’s representative, or purchasing agent in time to receive a written reply before submitting their bid. 6.2 If considered necessary by the engineer, responses to questions about the meaning or intent of the bidding documents will be issued by addenda. Addenda will be distributed to all parties recorded by the City as having received the bidding documents. 6.3 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, and/or change the bidding documents, and/or to approve material substitutions, as deemed advisable by the engineer or owner’s representative. 7. BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS. 7.1 Competency of Bidder. Bidders must be capable of performing the work bid upon. They may be required to supply a detailed statement covering experience on similar work, a list of machinery, plant, and other equipment that will be used on the proposed work, and statements of their financial resources or other data as may be deemed necessary. Such information will be provided by the bidder within five business days of the owner’s request for evidence of qualifications. 8. TAXES 159 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 8 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 8.1 The contractor shall not include sales or use taxes in the bid. Pursuant to the Iowa Code and Iowa Administrative Code, the contractor will be authorized to purchase building materials that will be incorporated into real property on this project tax-free. Iowa Construction Sales Tax Exemption Certificates will be issued by the City which will authorize suppliers of building materials to sell materials exempt from Iowa sales tax and any applicable local option sales tax and school infrastructure local option sales tax to the entity listed on the certificate. Upon award of the contract, the successful contractor will be required to provide their project information, and information for each subcontractor and supplier requiring exemption certificates. 9. METHOD OF BIDDING. 9.1 The Proposal Form is included with the bidding documents. Additional copies may be obtained by contacting the authorized source(s) of proposal forms as stated in the Notice. 9.2 Preparation of Proposal. Bids shall be submitted on a unit price or lump sum basis as stated on the Proposal Form. In preparing a proposal, the bidder shall specify the price, written legibly in ink or with a typewriter, at which they propose to do each item of work. A response shall be stated with respect to each and every alternate item, whether an add-alternate or a deduct-alternate. Failure to state a response for any alternate bid item shall constitute a non-responsive proposal that will not be considered. The prices shall be stated in figures. In items where unit price is required, the total amount for each item shall be computed at the unit prices bid for the quantities given in the estimate. In the event of discrepancies in the unit price extensions listed in the bidder’s proposal, unit prices shall govern. 9.3 For all work let on a unit price basis, the engineer’s estimate of quantities shown on the Proposal Form is understood to be approximate only, and will be used only for the purpose of comparing bids. For work let on a lump sum basis, any estimate of quantities provided is furnished for the convenience of bidders and is not guaranteed. 9.4 Where the Proposal Form has more than one item, the bidder may attach a substitute proposal form printed by computer in lieu of completing the printed bid form. The substitute bid form shall be the same size, color, and paper type as the printed Proposal Form. The font and size of printed characters shall be approximately the same as the printed Proposal Form. Bid items shall be separated by grid lines, vertical and horizontal, approximately the same as the printed Proposal Form. Item numbers and order must be the same as the item numbers and order on the printed bid. 9.4.1 If a substitute proposal form is used, it shall show column headings, bid items, descriptions, quantities, and unit prices exactly as shown on the Proposal Form. The total bid amount shall be shown on the substitute proposal form and shall also be written in the space provided in the printed Proposal Form. 9.4.2 Substitute bid forms shall include, at the top of each page, the bidder’s company name, project title, bid number when applicable, and bid letting date. 9.4.3 The substitute proposal form shall be signed the same as the printed Proposal Form. 9.4.4 The substitute proposal form shall be attached to the printed Proposal Form. 9.4.5 In case of a discrepancy between item number, description, or quantity shown in the official Proposal Form and the substitute proposal form, the item 160 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 9 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 number, description, and quantity of the official Proposal Form shall govern. The unit price shown on the substitute proposal form shall govern. 9.4.6 Abnormalities in substitute proposal forms may result in rejection of the bid. 10. SUBSTITUTE AND “ACCEPTABLE EQUIVALENT” ITEMS 10.1 Requests for approval of “or-equal” materials and equipment shall be submitted to the engineer in writing at least fifteen days prior to the receipt of bids. Each request shall conform to the terms and conditions of the bidding documents and to the type, function, and quality standards of approved materials and equipment. The burden of proof of the merit of proposed “or-equal” materials and equipment is upon the bidder. The engineer’s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed “or-equal” item will be final. No substitution shall be approved except by a written addendum issued to all prospective bidders. 11. SUBCONTRACTORS 11.1 If requested on the Proposal Form or in the bidding documents, bidders shall include with the Proposal Form a list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers. 11.2 The contractor shall not award work valued at more than thirty percent (30%) of the total contract price to subcontractors without prior written approval of the City. 12. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 12.1 Use of Proposal Form. Bidders will be furnished with the Proposal Form giving the estimate of quantities needed to complete the work and the amount of bid security the bidder is submitting with a bid, all of which must be in accordance with the official publications relating to the proposed improvement. To ensure against accidental errors, the bidder should read carefully the official publications before preparing a proposal. If any addenda included revised bid forms, bidders shall submit the proposal on the last revision of the official Proposal Form unless otherwise directed by addendum. 12.2 Signatures on Proposals. If the proposal is made by an individual, their name and post office address must be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the firm or partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the proposal must name the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, and the name, title, and business address of the executive head of the corporation. Anyone signing a proposal as an agent may be required to submit satisfactory evidence of their authority to do so. 12.3 Irregular Proposal Prohibited. Any changes or alterations made in the official Proposal Form, or any additions thereto, may cause rejection of the bid. No bid will be considered which contains a clause in which the bidder reserves the right to accept or reject a contract awarded by the Council. Proposals in which the unit prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. 12.4 Delivery of Proposal. Proposals shall be placed in an envelope and the envelope sealed and marked to indicate its contents. The bid shall be accompanied by bid security as required in the Notice. If forwarded by mail, the envelope shall be mailed to the City Clerk. All proposals shall be filed with the City Clerk before the time specified for closing bids. Specifications need not be included in the envelope with the Proposal Form. The bid shall include acknowledgement of receipt of all addenda. Addenda numbers shall be filled in on the Proposal Form. 161 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 10 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 12.5 Each bidder shall determine the best method of delivery of the proposal. The bidder is totally responsible for the mail or other delivery system to deliver the bid to the correct location, and prior to the time indicated in the Notice. 12.6 The submission of a bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by the bidder that they have complied with every requirement of the bidding documents, that without exception the bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the work required by the bidding documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the bidding documents, that the bidder has given the engineer/owner’s representative written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that the bidder has discovered in the bidding documents, the written resolutions thereof by the engineer/owner’s representative are acceptable to the bidder, and that the bidding documents are sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the work. 12.7 The release of information by the City to the public is subject to Iowa Code Chapter 22 and other applicable provisions of the law relating to the release of records in possession of the City. Bidders are encouraged to familiarize themselves with these provisions prior to submitting a bid proposal. All information submitted by a vendor may be treated as public information by the City unless the bidder properly requests that information be treated as confidential and cites the applicable open records exception, in which case the City will notify the bidder of any pending public records requests to allow the bidder to seek court protection. In the event the bidder marks each page of the proposal as proprietary or confidential without adhering to the requirements of the Section, the City may reject the proposal as noncompliant. 13. REPRODUCTION OF SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS 13.1 By submitting a bid proposal, the bidder agrees that the City may copy the bid proposal for the purposes of facilitating the evaluation or to respond to requests for public records. The bidder consents to such copying by submitting a proposal and warrants that such copying will not violate the rights of any third parties. The City will have the right to use ideas or adaptations of ideas which are presented in the proposals. In the event the vendor copyrights its proposal, the City may reject the proposal as noncompliant. 14. BID SECURITY. 14.1 Proposal Guaranty. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of a bid bond, money order, or cashier's or certified check drawn on a bank in Iowa or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, in an amount equal to at least 5% of the amount of the total bid as security that the bidder, if their bid is accepted, will enter into a contract in accordance therewith. 14.2 Said bid bond, money order, or cashier’s or certified check may be cashed by the City as liquidated damages in the event the bidder fails, or refuses, to enter into a contract within thirty (30) days and post a performance bond satisfactory to the City insuring the faithful fulfillment of the contract and maintenance of said improvement as required by law and the specifications. 14.3 Should the bidder receiving the award fail to execute a satisfactory contract and file an acceptable contract bond within thirty (30) days after acceptance of the proposal, the certified check may be cashed and the full amount retained by the City as fixed and liquidated damages. 162 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 11 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 14.4 To be acceptable, the certified check shall bear on its face the endorsement of a solvent bank as to the amount certified. The check shall be endorsed by an official authorized to bind the bank by his or her acts. 14.5 Return of Proposal Guaranty. The proposal guaranty of unsuccessful bidders will be returned promptly after award has been made. In no case will the proposal guaranty be held longer than thirty (30) days without written permission of the bidder, except that the proposal guaranty of the bidder to whom the contract is awarded will be retained until they have entered into a contract and filed an acceptable bond. 15. VENDOR FORMS, TERMS, AND CONDITIONS 15.1 If a bidder intends to request that the City of Ames complete any vendor application form, or any vendor agreement form, or agree to any vendor terms or conditions in connection with the proposed contract, the proposed forms and/or terms or conditions must be submitted with the bid/proposal for review by the City’s legal counsel during the evaluation of bids/proposals. This includes, but is not limited to, vendor credit application and customer agreement forms, vendor lease forms, vendor terms/conditions of sale, vendor shipping or delivery terms, and vendor billing/payment terms. 15.2 Bidders are advised that in the event any such forms or terms contradict City of Ames specifications or other contract requirements, the bid/proposal may be rejected due to the contradiction unless the bidder has indicated deletion of such clauses prior to submission to the City. If such forms/terms indicate a firm other than the bidder is in any way a party to the proposed contract, the proposed party must also indicate concurrence with deletion of such clauses. 15.3 If such forms or terms or conditions require that payments be remitted to other than the bidder, the bidder shall indicate the name and address of the firm to whom the bidder would request payments to be made, and the firm’s relationship to the bidder. 15.4 If no vendor forms or terms or conditions are included with the bid/proposal, no such forms or terms or conditions will be approved by the City during the evaluation or award processes or following award of the contract. If the bid/proposal does not indicate the proposed contractor, vendor, or payee to be a person or company other than the bidder 1) only the bidder will be considered as contractor/vendor, and 2) payments will be made only to the bidder to whom the contract is awarded. If the bid/proposal does not clearly indicate that a person or company other than, or in addition to, the bidder would in any way be a party to the proposed contract, only the bidder would be considered the contractor/vendor. 15.5 The City of Ames will in no case agree to contract terms or conditions not in compliance with City of Ames specifications and/or not submitted for review with the bids. 16. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 16.1 Bidders will be permitted to withdraw their proposals after they have been filed with the City Clerk if a request is made in writing to the City Clerk before the time specified for closing of bids. No proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after the scheduled closing time for the receipt of bids. 16.2 A bid may be modified by withdrawing it in accordance with 15.1, and then resubmitting the bid in accordance with the bidding documents. 163 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 12 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 17. OPENING OF BIDS 17.1 Bids will be publicly opened and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud at the time and place indicated in the Notice. 17.2 A preliminary summary of base bid amounts and major alternatives, if any, will be available to the bidders after the opening of bids. 18. EVALUATION OF BIDS. 18.1 The City will be permitted to consider various bid prices and other factors, to the extent permitted by law, in determining the bid that is in the best interests of the City. 18.2 Rejection of Bids. The City hereby reserves the right to reject any and all bids, unresponsive bids, to waive informalities, and to enter into such contract or contracts as it shall deem to be in the best interest of the City of Ames. 18.3 Disqualification of Bidder. No bidder shall submit more than one proposal under the same or different names. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for the work may cause the rejection of all proposals in which such bidder is interested or may cause the disapproval of any contract awarded to such bidder. The attention of bidders is directed to Chapter 553.23, Code of Iowa, regarding unlawful combinations in making public contracts. 18.4 Basis of Bid: For bid items described as unit price on the Proposal Form, the bid evaluation total of all prices will be determined as a sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price bid for the item, and lump sum items, if any, on the Proposal Form. In cases of discrepancies between the multiplication of quantities or units of work and unit prices bid, unit price shall prevail. 18.5 Discrepancies between the sum shown on the Proposal Form and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Correct sums will be calculated as stated above (by multiplying the quantity of each item as shown on the Proposal Form and the unit price bid). 18.6 If requested by the City during the evaluation process, the bidder shall submit a preliminary schedule of values. This shall include quantities and prices of items included in the work which, when added together, equal the contract price. If requested by the owner, the bidder shall divide the schedule into component parts. Requested schedules shall be submitted within two (2) business days following the request. 18.7 Communication During Evaluation: In order to ensure the proper and fair evaluation of bids, unsolicited communication by the bidder with City officials or staff evaluating the bids is prohibited prior to the time a bid decision or recommendation for award has been made. Communication between the bidder and the City will be initiated by the appropriate City official or employee in order to obtain information or clarification needed to develop a proper and accurate evaluation of the bid. 19. CONTRACT AWARD 19.1 The City of Ames reserves the right to reject any or all bids, including without limitation, non-conforming, non-responsive, unbalanced, and/or conditional bids. 19.2 The City reserves the right to reject the bid of any bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. 164 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 13 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 19.3 To the extent allowed by law, the City of Ames reserves the right to reject any bid of any bidder who has previously failed to perform adequately after having once been awarded a prior contract for work similar in nature to that in this bid. 19.4 Bids will be reported to the City Council of the City of Ames, Iowa, in accordance with the Notice of Public Hearing and to Bidders for action thereon. 20. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 20.1 The City will notify the successful bidder. The notification of award will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the contract. Within fifteen (15) days after notification of award, the successful bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the contract together with the required corporate surety bonds as called for in the Notice and evidence of insurance coverage as called for in the bidding documents. 20.2 No proposal shall be considered binding upon the City until the contract is properly executed by both parties and the contract bond filed with the City Clerk and approved by the City Council. 20.3 The contract and bond will be presented to the City Council for approval in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and City policies. 20.4 If the contract and bond are approved by the City Council, the City shall deliver one fully signed copy of the contract to the successful bidder. 20.5 The contract, when executed, shall be deemed to include the entire agreement between parties. The contractor shall not claim any modification resulting from representation or promise made by representatives of the owner or other persons. End of Section Rev. 11/13/06 Rev. 6/27/08 (sales tax) Rev. 9/29/08 (Legal #1930-0001) 165 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 14 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 PROPOSAL FORM For the Construction of 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program (S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge) To provide all labor, equipment, materials, transportation, and other components as specified herein to the City of Ames, Iowa. Name of Bidder _____________________________________________________ Address of Bidder _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ To the City of Ames, Iowa: The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of 5% of the bid in accordance with the terms set forth in the “Instructions to Bidders”. The undersigned as bidder, having examined and determined the scope of the contract documents, hereby proposes to provide the required labor, services, materials, and equipment, and to perform the work as described in the contract documents, F.O.B. Ames, Iowa, including addenda _________, ________, and __________ as follows. Complete entries for ALL bid items on the Proposal Form. Failure to complete all items may deem the Bid as non-responsive. SOUTH 4TH PED BRIDGE BASE BID SHARED USE PATH TRAIL ITEMS Item No. Item Code Item Unit Quantity Unit Price Total Division 2 Earthwork 2.01 2010-B Clearing and Grubbing AC 1.4 2.02 2010-D- 1 Topsoil On-site CY 1199 2.03 2010-E Excavation, Class 10, Contractor Furnished CY 2127 2.04 2010-J Subbase, Special Backfill, 6" SY 1590 Division 4 Sewers & Drains 4.01 4020-A- 1 Storm Sewer, Trenched, RCP Class III, 18" LF 34 4.02 4020-D Removal of Storm Sewer, RCP, 15" LF 30 4.03 4030-B Pipe Apron, RCP, 18" EA 1 166 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 15 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 4.04 4030-D- 1 Pipe Apron Guard, 18" EA 1 Division 6 Structures for Sanitary and Storm Sewers 6.01 6010-B Intake, SW-501 EA 1 6.02 6010-H- 2 Remove Intake EA 1 Division 7 Streets and Related Works 7.01 7030-A- 1 Removal of Sidewalk SY 63.3 7.02 7030-A- 2 Removal of Shared Use Path SY 24.4 7.03 7030-A- 3 Removal of Driveway SY 51 7.04 7030-C- 1 Shared Use Path, PCC , 6" SY 1117.8 7.05 7030-G- 1 Detectable Warning SF 80 7.06 7030-H- 1 Driveway, Paved, PCC, 7" SY 133.4 7.07 7030- 999-A Special Paving, PCC, 6" SY 108.7 7.08 7040-A Full Depth Patches, PCC, 8" SY 19.2 7.09 7092-B Remove and Replace Curb and Gutter, Driveway Drop, 2 ft LF 67.0 Division 8 Traffic Control 8.01 8030-A- 1 Temporary Traffic Control LS 1.0 Division 9 Site Work and Landscaping 9.01 9010-A- 1 Conventional Seeding, Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching, Tall Fescue AC 1.7 9.02 9010-D Watering MGAL 33.0 9.03 9040-A- 1 SWPPP Preparation LS 1.0 9.04 9040-A- 2 SWPPP Management LS 1.0 9.05 9040-F- 1 Wattle, Straw, 12" LF 1230.0 9.06 9040-F- 2 Wattle, Removal LF 1230.0 9.07 9040-J Rip-Rap, Erosion Stone Revetment TON 3.0 167 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 16 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 9.08 9040-J Rip Rap, Class E TON 44.0 9.09 9040-R Turf Reinforcement Mats, 5.B SQ 275.0 Division 11 Miscellaneous 11.01 11,010- A Construction Survey LS 1.0 11.02 11,020- A Mobilization LS 1.0 11.03 11,050- A Concrete Washout LS 1.0 Division 00 Supplemental Bid Items 0.01 0000- 999-A Remove Light Pole Foundation EA 8.0 SHARED USE ITEMS SUBTOTAL BRIDGE ITEMS 1 2104- 2710020 Excavation, Class 10, Channel CY 38 2 2402- 2720000 Excavation, Class 20 CY 88.5 3 2403- 0100010 Structural Concrete (Bridge) CY 74.0 4 2404- 7775005 Reinforcing Steel, Epoxy Coated LB 7114 5 2429- 0000100 Pre-Engineered Steel Truss Trail Bridge, 250'-0 x 12'-0" Each 1 6 2501- 0201253 Piles, Steel, HP 12x53 LF 1200 7 2507- 2638650 Bridge Wing Armoring, Erosion Stone SY 21 8 2507- 3250005 Engineering Fabric SY 93 9 2507- 6800061 Revetment, Class E Ton 57 10 2519- 1002060 Fence, Chain Link, 60 in. Height LF 66 BRIDGE ITEMS SUBTOTAL 168 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 17 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 BASE BID (SHARED USE PATH + BRIDGE) TOTAL The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the contract documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the contract documents prepared by the City of Ames, Iowa, the provisions of the latter shall prevail. The contractor shall not include sales or use taxes in the bid. Pursuant to Iowa Code and Iowa Administrative Code, the contractor will be authorized to purchase building materials that will be incorporated into real property on this project tax-free. Submitted this __________ day of ______________________, ___________. Company Name of Bidder _______________________________________________ Address of Bidder _______________________________________________ _______________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Agent _______________________________________________ Printed Name and Title _______________________________________________ Telephone Number _______________________________________________ Fax Number _______________________________________________ E-mail _______________________________________________ Check appropriate box: Individual/Sole Proprietor Corporation Partnership Other Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): Please provide TIN Employer identification number _____________ - ________________________ 169 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 18 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 ESTIMATE REFERENCE See C sheets for Estimate Reference information NOTE: All bid items shall include all labor, material, and equipment necessary to complete the operation in accordance with the Plans, Contract Documents, Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS), and the City of Ames Supplemental Specifications to SUDAS unless otherwise noted. End of Section 170 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 19 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 This Page Intentionally Left Blank 171 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 20 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this _____ day of _____________, _____, by and between the City of Ames, Iowa, party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as the “City’ and ____________________________, party of the second part, hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”. WITNESSETH: THAT, WHEREAS, the City has heretofore caused to be prepared certain plans, specifications, and proposal blanks, dated the _____ day of _____________, _____, for the _________________ Department, __________________ under the terms and conditions therein fully stated and set forth, and WHEREAS, said plans, specifications and proposal accurately and fully describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor is willing to perform the work specified. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. That the City hereby accepts the proposal of the Contractor for the work and for the sums listed below: 2. That this Contract consists of the following component parts which are made a part of this agreement and Contract as fully and absolutely as if they were set out in this Contract. a. Addenda Numbers ______________________________________________________________. b. Detailed Specification Requirements for the 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program. c. Plans. d. Notice To Bidders. e. Instructions to Bidders. f. Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS) with current updates and applicable City of Ames Supplemental Specifications. g. Contractor’s Offer. h. This instrument. i. Appendix A and all other documents contained in the specifications book. Above components are complementary and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by all. 3. That payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions embodied in the documents made a part of this Contract. 4. That this Contract is executed in three copies. IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the date first written above. CITY OF AMES, IOWA CONTRACTOR By:_______________________________________ By: ___________________________________________ John Haila, Mayor Attest:_____________________________________ Attest: ___________________________________________ Renee Hall, City Clerk 172 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 21 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 This Page Intentionally Left Blank 173 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 22 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT_____________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ (Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) a Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor, and _______________________________________________ (Here insert the legal title of Surety) as surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto ______________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ (Here insert the name and address or legal title of the Owner) as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of ________________________________________ DOLLARS ($ ) for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Contractor has by written agreement dated _________________, ________, entered into a Contract with the Owner for_______________________________________________________________ In accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by ______________________________________ which Contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. I. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. II. Whenever the Contractor shall be, and is declared by the Owner to be, in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: A. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or, B. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Owner for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and upon determination by the Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the Owner, and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price", as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by the Owner to the Contractor. III. The Contractor and their Surety shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Iowa, be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of years from the date of acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. IV. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. V. No right of action shall accrue to or form the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. 174 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 23 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the principal and surety shall, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the principal or with subcontractors all just claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Contract on account of which this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if they were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS ______ DAY OF _____________,AD _________. IN THE PRESENCE OF: ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Witness Principal ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Witness Title ________________________________________ Surety ________________________________________ Title Rev 1-1-07 175 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 24 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 FORM OF BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that we ___________________________________________, as Principal, and ___________________________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the ____________ of ____________, Iowa, hereinafter called “Municipality” in the penal sum of $_______________ lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated _______________, __________, for the ________________________________________________________________________________ Project. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within the period specified therein after the opening of the same, or, if no period specified, within thirty (30) days after said opening, and shall within the period specified therefore, or, if no period be specified, within seven (7) days after the prescribed forms are presented to him for signature, enter into a written contract with the Municipality, in accordance with the bid as accepted, and give bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, as may be required, for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and virtue. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Municipality in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the aforedescribed bidder, Principal, fails to execute the contract and provide the bond as provided in the specifications or by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bounden parties have executed this instrument under their seals this _________ day of ________________, _____, the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of its governing body. Date ________________________________ _____________________________________ Principal Date ________________________________ _____________________________________ Surety Rev 1-1-07 176 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 25 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 This Page Intentionally Left Blank 177 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 26 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 All bidders must submit the following completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THIS FORM WITH THE BID MAY DEEM THE BID UNRESPONSIVE. Bidder Status Form To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer “Yes” or “No” for each of the following: ☐ Yes ☐ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ☐ Yes ☐ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. ☐ Yes ☐ No My company’s office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. ☐ Yes ☐ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ☐ Yes ☐ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered “Yes” to each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered “No” to one or more questions above, your company is a non-resident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: _____________ to _____________ Address: ____________________________________ (mm/dd/yyy) City, State, Zip: _______________________________ Dates: _____________ to _____________ Address: ____________________________________ (mm/dd/yyy) City, State, Zip: _______________________________ 178 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 27 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Dates: _____________ to _____________ Address: ____________________________________ (mm/dd/yyy) City, State, Zip: _______________________________ You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 2. Does your company’s home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residents? ☐ Yes ☐ No 3. If you answered “Yes” to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company’s home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________ You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ Signature: ____________________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________ 179 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 28 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report with the Secretary of State, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the Secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa Secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ☐ Yes ☐ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. End of Section 180 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 29 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 This Page Intentionally Left Blank 181 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 30 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Special Conditions Affirmative Action Compliance The City of Ames Affirmative Action Program states that, “all contractors, subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers doing business on a non-emergency basis with the City or any agency of the City, under which the contract value of said business between the City and Contractor equals or exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00), shall place on file with the City a statement of Nondiscrimination Policy which is satisfactory to the Affirmative Action Officer of the City”. In order to comply with the aforementioned, the enclosed statement, “Assurance of Compliance with the City of Ames, Iowa, Affirmative Action Program”, must be completed, signed by an official who is authorized and empowered to sign for and enter into binding agreements on behalf of the company. The statement must be returned to Casandra Eames, Engagement Coordinator, City of Ames, Iowa, identifying the Invitation to Bid to which it pertains. The forms need not be returned with the bid but must be approved prior to execution of the successful bidder’s contract. An approved Affirmative Action Compliance form is valid for all City of Ames projects bid by that firm for a period of one year from the date of approval. Questions on this requirement should be addressed to Casandra Eames, Engagement Coordinator, City of Ames, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, Iowa 50010. E-mail: Casandra.eames@cityofames.org or phone (515) 239-5219. Name of Firm: ________________________________________________ Street Address: ________________________________________________ City, State, & Zip: ________________________________________________ Authorized Official: ________________________________________________ Date: ________________________________________________ Approved by: ___________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________ For City of Ames Use Only 182 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 31 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 PART I. ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM Please supply the name of submitting firm in the blank space below: ____________________________________________________ HEREBY AGREES THAT it will comply with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to the regulations of the City of Ames Affirmative Action Program, to the end that, in accordance with Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and other applicable State and Federal laws, orders, and regulations, no person shall, on the grounds of race, sex, color, creed, national origin, ancestry, religion, age, or disability, be subjected to discrimination in relation to any contract or activity for which _____________________________________________________ receives City funds and Hereby gives assurance that it will immediately take any measures necessary to effectuate this agreement. _____________________________________________________ recognizes and agrees that such City funds will be granted in reliance with the agreements made in this assurance, and that the City shall have the right to seek judicial enforcement of this assurance and/or place its own sanctions when necessary. This assurance is binding on ____________________________, its’ successors, transferees, and assignees, and the person or persons whose signature appears below are authorized to sign this assurance on behalf of ________________________. Part II. A. Type of Business: B. Equal Employment Opportunity Officer: (leave blank if none is employed by the firm) C. Do you have an adopted Equal Employment Opportunity Statement/ Affirmative Action Plan? _____ Yes _____ No D. If yes, how is this disseminated to employees? Handbook Training Sessions Orientation Other (specify) E. Do you actively recruit? Physically/mentally handicapped Yes No Veterans Yes No F. List any recruitment sources used to reach protected groups. G. Do you have a current Federal EEO-1 Report on file? _____ Yes _____ No 183 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 32 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 184 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 33 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Instructions for Filling out employment utilization report chart Firms are to complete columns 1 through 8 and the information in the upper left and right hand corners. Column 1 Enter the Title and/or Job Classification of employees (one line per title and/or classification. Firms may use broad categories such as “Administrative”, “Professional”, “Technical”, “Clerical”, and “Laborer”. Column 2 Enter the total number of males, females, and total males plus females in the job title and/or classification. Column 3 Enter the total number of male and total number of female employees in the job title and/or classification who are White (but not of Hispanic origin). Column 4 Enter the total number of male and total number of female employees in the job title and/or classification who are Black (but not of Hispanic origin). Column 5 Enter the total number of male and total number of female employees in the job title and/or classification who are Hispanic. Column 6 Enter the total number of male and total number of female employees in the job title and/or classification who are Asian or Pacific Islanders. Column 7 Enter the total number of male and total number of female employees in the job title and/or classification who are American Indian or Alaskan Native. Column 8 Add columns 4 –7 to determine the total number of male and total number of female ethnic minorities. Use separate totals for males and females. Column 9 & 10 Will be completed by the City of Ames. 185 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 34 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows: 1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non- discrimination in Federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT') Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2) Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to non-discrimination on the grounds of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability. 4) Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant there to, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the City of Ames, Iowa, the Iowa Department of Transportation or Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City of Ames, Iowa, the Iowa Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5) Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the City of Ames, Iowa shall impose such contract sanctions as it, the Iowa Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or b) Cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. 6) Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the City of Ames, Iowa, the Iowa Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the City of Ames, Iowa or the Iowa Department of Transportation to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the City of Ames, Iowa or the Iowa Department of Transportation; and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States 186 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 35 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 GENERAL NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. NOTICE TO PROCEED 1.1. The contractor shall not proceed with the work until receiving a notice to proceed from the owner’s representative according to the conditions as given in the Notice To Bidders or prior to the pre- construction meeting. 2. SCHEDULE 2.1. The contractor shall submit to the engineer a schedule for the performance of the work items. This schedule shall be provided by the contractor at the project preconstruction conference. No work shall begin until a schedule has been submitted and accepted. The contractor shall then perform the work according to the accepted schedule. 2.2. The contractor shall contact the owner’s representative 48 hours prior to the start of construction unless otherwise directed by the engineer. 2.3. The general contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of work between all equipment suppliers, crafts, subcontractors, and utility companies involved in the project, including staging of construction and construction details. 2.4. The contractor will be required to have a representative at the final inspection and will be responsible to open all manholes and intakes and make all areas of work open and accessible for inspection by City personnel. 3. PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AND SUBMITTALS 3.1. A pre-construction meeting will be scheduled as directed by the owner. 3.2. If requested by the owner, the contractor shall submit the following documents at, or prior to, the pre- construction meeting: 3.2.1. A complete list of all employees that will be working within any City facility or on City property. 3.2.2. Shop drawings showing details of construction and identification of materials as requested by the owner. 3.2.3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for applicable materials. 3.2.4. Project schedule showing beginning and completion dates for various portions of the work with the value of each portion. 3.2.5. A listing of the subcontractors assigned to each portion of the work not completed by the prime contractor, along with the bid items each subcontractor will be responsible for. 3.2.6. Names and 24-hour contact information for the contractor and subcontractors. 3.2.7. Contract price breakdown of lump sum bid(s) as requested by the owner. 3.2.8. Schedule of values for all of the work which shall include quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the contract price. If requested by the owner, the schedule shall divide the work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the work. 4. GENERAL CONDUCT OF PROJECT 4.1. The contractor shall take all possible steps to avoid inconvenience to property owners and the general public during the construction of the project. Such measures shall include dust control and 187 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 36 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 efforts to minimize noise and inconvenience to pedestrians and vehicular traffic. The project area shall be kept orderly at all times. All work, employees, equipment, and material shall be limited to the right-of-way and easements. Care will be taken to ensure maximum cooperation with the City and property owners concerning the scheduling of work. 4.2. The contractor shall appoint a superintendent, or their duly authorized representative, to be present and on-site at all times during construction. 5. CODES AND STANDARDS 5.1. The contractor shall conform to the safety requirements of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and all current amendments. 5.2. The contractor shall also comply with all applicable laws, building and construction codes, and other requirements of the City of Ames. 5.3. The contractor shall procure all necessary permits for the construction of the work. The costs for all required jurisdictional permits and licenses will not be waived by the jurisdiction. The contractor’s costs for permits, related inspections, and licenses shall be included in the prices bid on the proposal and shall not be considered as an extra. 5.4. In the case of a conflict between various codes, requirements of the more stringent code shall apply. 6. COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION 6.1. The contractor’s workdays shall be limited to Monday through Friday. Objectionable levels of noise shall not take place between 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The number of hours the contractor works on the above days will not be limited. If, for a valid reason, the contractor desires to work on Saturday or a City holiday and they have the approval of the engineer, the contractor shall reimburse the City of Ames for any extra engineering costs necessitated by the extra work. This extra engineering cost will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, inspectors’ and surveyors’ wages plus overtime and equipment used. The contractor may require the City to submit vouchers or payrolls in support of claims for such extra compensation. 6.2. Except for such work as may be required to properly maintain or protect completed or partially completed construction, or to maintain lights and barricades, no work will be permitted on Sundays or legal holidays. 6.3. Before starting to dig, the contractor shall call Iowa One-Call: 1-800-292-8989. 6.4. The contractor shall be required to give notice to the City of Ames construction supervisor of any street, lane, or drive closure at least 48 hours in advance. The contractor’s superintendent and project inspector shall jointly deliver notification of driveway closures to the property owners at least 24 hours in advance. The contractor shall also notify CyRide, Ames Police Department dispatch, and the US Post Office in the event of a full street closure. 7. STATIONING 7.1. All stationing is based upon baseline measurements. 8. PROTECTION OF TREES 8.1. The contractor will take necessary precautions to protect trees that overhang the work area. All trees shall be tunneled in accordance with the City of Ames “Policy for Protection of Public Right of Way Trees” and the plans, unless otherwise noted. Where trees are present in areas of open cut construction, excavation shall be done by methods which take extra care not to damage roots 2” in diameter and larger. Any trees damaged by the contractor during construction shall be trimmed or 188 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 37 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 replaced, at the direction of the engineer, and at the contractor’s expense. The contractor will be subject to a $500 fine for each tree that is damaged. 8.2. The contractor shall protect all trees from damage during construction in accordance with city standards. No open excavation is allowed within a tree dripline. The minimum distance of tunneling from any side of a tree shall be as follows: 8.2.1. 5 ft. for a 2 – 9 inch tree diameter. 8.2.2. 10 ft. for a 10 – 14 inch tree diameter. 8.2.3. 12 ft. for a 15 – 19 inch tree diameter. 8.2.4. 15 ft. for a tree diameter over 19 inches. 9. UTILITIES 9.1. The contractor shall exercise all due caution when working in the vicinity of pipelines carrying combustible or toxic materials which are present on this project. Pipeline locations shown on the plans represent the best information available at the time of plan preparation. Before performing earthwork, tiling, or excavation within 300 feet of an existing pipeline, the contractor shall notify the pipeline company and the pipeline company shall mark the location of the pipeline as required by section 479.47 of the Code of Iowa. 9.2. The location and elevations of utilities indicated on the plans are taken from existing public records. The exact location and elevation of all utilities must be determined by the contractor. It shall be the duty of the contractor to ascertain whether any additional facilities other than those shown on the plans may be present. Utilities damaged or broken by contractor’s operations shall be repaired at no additional cost to the owner. 9.3. Prior to construction, the contractor shall uncover all utilities to verify their location and elevation and to identify potential conflicts. The contractor shall immediately notify the engineer of any potential conflicts. 9.4. Existing utility facilities such as utility poles, underground conduit, guy wires, underground carrier pipe, and service lines shall be relocated, removed, or adjusted by the respective utility companies. All utility work does not appear on the plans. Coordination with utilities companies for the location and access for relocation of their lines shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 9.5. The contractor shall be responsible for such utilities as water appurtenances, storm and sanitary sewer manholes, and intakes that are to be constructed or adjusted. 9.6. If the contractor damages a water service line, a licensed plumber must be retained to complete repairs to said service. In addition, the services of a licensed plumber will also be required for curb stop adjustments. 9.7. All service connections to mains and sewers (water, sanitary, and sump) must be made by a licensed plumber. 9.8. Coordination with others (utility companies and other contractors) for relocation or installation of utilities or items not in this contract shall be the responsibility of the contractor and the cost shall be considered incidental to this project. 189 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 38 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Utility Contacts: Iowa One Call 1-800-292-8989 Water & Sanitary Sewer City of Ames: Dale Weber (515) 239-5551 Streets/Storm Sewer/Drain Tile City of Ames: Matt Elbert (515) 239-5548 Ames Electric Mark Imhoff (515) 239-5175 Traffic Brad Becker (515) 231-3042 Gas Alliant Energy: Curt Bolton 515-268-3485 Telephone/Internet Century Link: Johnny Kang 515-336-6384 Telephone/Internet Mediacom: Dan Zimmer 845-587-2495 Telephone/Internet Aureon: Matthew Weiser (515) 830-0497 Telephone/Internet Iowa State University ITS: Eric Brown 515-298-4245 9.9. The City of Ames’ underground facilities do not include service lines and laterals providing service to private properties. All City of Ames service locates are completed as a courtesy for the contractor. No guaranty of accuracy is offered, nor shall any be implied. It shall be up to the excavator to verify exact locations and ascertain the presence of any unmarked lines. 10. CERTIFICATIONS AND TESTS 10.1. Material Samples: Before a contract is awarded, the bidder may be required to furnish a statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials proposed for use in the performance of the contract, together with samples of the material. These samples will be considered as representative and typical of the material to be obtained from any particular source. 10.2. Material Tests: At any time during the course of the contract, the engineer may require that tests be conducted on any or all materials used in the performance of the contract. 10.3. Supplier Certification: Prior to the use of a product in the performance of the contract, the supplier of said product shall submit to the engineer a certificate informing the engineer that the supplier has examined the specifications contained herewith, and that their product satisfies the standards required of that type of product. 11. RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENT 11.1. The contractor shall confine their activities to City of Ames right-of-way or easements obtained by the City of Ames. 11.2. Copies of easements are available at the engineer’s office. No activities or vehicles will be permitted outside of this working encroachment except upon established roadways or as designated by the engineer. 12. WASTE MATERIALS 12.1. All waste materials shall be disposed of at an approved landfill site or other waste disposal site. Disposal of waste materials shall be in accordance with all applicable Federal, State of Iowa, and local requirements. Applicable dumping fees will be the responsibility of the contractor. 13. SURVEYS AND STAKING 13.1. The contractor shall perform such surveying and staking as will be necessary for the construction to comply with the plans and specifications. Construction Survey and Staking shall be in accordance with IDOT Standard Specification Section 2526. Pedestrian Facility Construction Survey and Staking shall be in accordance with the City of Ames plans and specifications. 190 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 39 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 14. EXCAVATION SAFETY/COMPETENT PERSON 14.1. The contractor shall employ and have on site a “competent person” for all projects involving excavation of earth. A “competent person”, as defined by the U. S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), is “one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them”. The contractor shall identify to the engineer in writing, the name and credentials of the “competent person” prior to the start of any work involving excavation of earth. 15. WATER SOURCE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15.1. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to supply the water needed for their construction operations using a tank wagon or other similar type machinery. Water is available 24/7 at the bulk water station located at 710 East 13th Street. The bulk water station is coin or bill operated with no change made. 15.2. Water shall not be drawn from fire hydrants without the use of a hydrant meter. Application for the use of a hydrant meter is made by contacting the Water Meter Division of the City of Ames (515-239- 5151). All procedures outlined by the Water Meter Division shall be followed. 15.3. The contractor should take note of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, which states that no person except an authorized employee of the City is allowed to open or close any hydrant connected to the City water supply. Any person violating these provisions is guilty of a misdemeanor and subject to a fine in a sum not exceeding $100.00 or imprisonment not to exceed thirty (30) days. 16. REMOVALS 16.1. Removal of existing features shall be considered incidental to other items of work on the project if not outlined specifically as a bid item. Contractor shall legally and properly dispose of all materials removed as part of this project. 16.2. The contractor shall coordinate removal and relocation of all permanent traffic signs with the engineer. The contractor shall notify the engineer 48 hours in advance of any need for removal of signs. All signs removed shall be delivered to the engineer. Payment shall be considered incidental to the contract. 16.3. The cost incurred where a section of removal is skipped or where paving is done in sections in order to maintain access to adjacent properties shall be incidental to the project. Contractor shall maintain access to residences at all times, unless otherwise noted on the plans. 16.4. Existing storm sewer that is designated to be removed shall be removed only when the construction has progressed to that location. Drainage shall be maintained at all times. 16.5. All fire hydrants, intake castings, and manhole castings removed as part of the project shall remain the property of the City of Ames. Contact the Public Works Operations Division (515-239-5550) once removed. 16.6. The contractor shall be responsible for replacement or re-establishment of survey monuments (property pins and section corners), which are removed or damaged during construction. Monuments shall be restored by a licensed land surveyor. The contractor shall notify the engineer at least two days in advance of any need to relocate and preserve monuments due to the proposed improvements. 16.7. The contractor shall notify the engineer or owner if rock is encountered during excavation. No separate payment for rock excavation will be made unless removal requires rock excavating 191 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 40 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 equipment and prior written authorization by the engineer or owner is provided. 16.8. Pavement joint sawing shall be done using a wet saw method to prevent dust, or by early cut method when allowed. All pavement saw cuts are incidental to removal and replacement of pavement and driveways as applicable. 16.9. For city street crossings where permanent pavement will not be installed within one week from the time the trench is backfilled, the contractor is to place a temporary patch consisting of one-inch (1”) thick cold patch asphalt or hot mix asphalt over the street backfill to the level of the existing street surface. If the temporary patch is to remain for more than 30 days, the patch shall be four-inches (4”) of PCC pavement. The contractor shall maintain the patch for the length of time the patch is in place. Placement and maintenance of any temporary patch will not be paid for separately and is considered incidental to the contract. 17. EROSION CONTROL 17.1. For all projects one acre or more in disturbed area and requiring an NPDES permit, the contractor agrees to the following statement: I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from the construction site as part of this certification. Further, by entering into a contract for this project, I understand that I am becoming a co-permitee, along with the City and my subcontractors, to the Iowa Department of Natural Resources NPDES General Permit No. 2 for “Storm Water Discharge Associated with Industrial Activity for Construction Activities” at the project site. As a co-permitee, I understand that I, and my company, are legally required under the Clean Water Act and the Code of Iowa, to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the storm water pollution prevention plan developed under this NPDES permit and the terms of this NPDES permit. 17.2. Erosion control is the responsibility of the contractor during construction and until sod has been placed, or uniform perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70% for the area has been established. 17.3. Stabilization shall be completed immediately after completion of finish grading unless otherwise approved by the engineer. 17.4. The contractor must take precautions to prevent storm water runoff from being impeded or diverted due to construction operations. Areas disturbed by construction shall be graded to the finished grade. 17.5. If a project area is abandoned for a period of 14 days or longer, the contractor is required to stabilize that area at their own expense. 18. EARTHWORK 18.1. Any additional excavation required for ditching operations, small swales, or limited reshaping of adjacent areas to provide for drainage shall be considered incidental to the project. 18.2. The contractor shall be responsible for keeping sediment and debris deposited by construction activity off adjacent traffic lanes, parking lots, streets, and driveways. The project site shall be kept orderly at all times. 18.3. The contractor shall apply necessary moisture to the construction area and haul roads to prevent the spread of dust. Refer to article 1107.07 of the IDOT Standard Specifications for additional details. 192 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 41 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 18.4. Overhaul on this project shall be considered incidental and will not be measured or paid for separately. 19. CONCRETE 19.1. The contractor is cautioned not to obstruct or remove any unnecessary pavement, or to disturb the existing traffic pattern more than necessary for the proper execution of the work. 19.2. Special care shall be taken when forming at intersections; short lengths of forms or flexible forms may be necessary at these locations. 19.3. The estimated quantity for new concrete pavement includes all integral curb, all street returns, and special areas of repairs to connecting pavements. 20. MATERIALS TESTING 20.1. Laboratory tests shall be performed by the contractor unless otherwise noted. The contractor shall provide samples of materials required for laboratory tests. 20.2. Compaction testing shall be considered incidental to other items of work on the project if not outlined specifically as a bid item. 21. PEDESTRIAN FACILITY COMPLIANCE AND ACCEPTANCE 21.1. The contractor is responsible for constructing all new pedestrian facilities in accordance with the plans, specifications, and applicable standards. Pedestrian facilities include sidewalks, shared use paths, pedestrian ramps, and crosswalks. 21.1.1. Upon request, the engineer can provide assistance and guidance on plan interpretation. However, the contractor is solely responsible for implementing the plans. 21.1.1.1. The design and construction parameters of pedestrian ramps are relatively narrow. Minor errors in formwork or pavement finishes can significantly affect the final results. Because of this, special care and attention should be taken when setting formwork and/or finishing the various elements of pedestrian ramps including, but limited to, adjacent curb and gutter, ramp lip, truncated dome placement, widths, running slopes, and cross slopes. 21.1.1.2. A pay-item for Pedestrian Facility Construction Survey and Staking has been added to account for the anticipated extra effort to comply with the strict ADA standards on City of Ames projects. No extra payments for will be made. 21.2. No payment will be made for pedestrian facilities as described in Section 21.1 until pedestrian facility compliance is verified by the engineer. 21.3. Initial review of pedestrian facility compliance will be made by the engineer no more than 5 business days after the contractor reports to the engineer that the entire shared use path section, sidewalk section, crosswalk section, or pedestrian ramp is complete. Partial acceptance of pedestrian facilities will not be made. (i.e. the 6” sidewalk ramp and landing pad will not be accepted until the 4” sidewalk tie-ins are completed and ALL elements of the pedestrian ramp are determined to be compliant.) 21.4. Compliance of pedestrian facilities will be determined by the engineer via the use of a smart level. Measurements will take place after construction and shall be within the tolerances called out in the plans. If any element falls outside the specified tolerances, the pedestrian facility will be determined non-compliant. The contractor shall remove and replace all non-compliant elements and any additional items necessary to bring the pedestrian facility into compliance such as, but not limited to, newly placed curb and gutter. Pedestrian facility replacements shall be completed at no additional 193 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 42 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 cost to the city. 21.4.1. In the event the contractor does not agree with the engineer, they can present their own information at no additional cost to the city. This may be through the use of another, properly calibrated smart level in the presence of the engineer, or through the use of a Total Station. No GPS verification will be allowed. The engineer will respond to the additional information provided by the contractor within 5 business days. 21.4.1.1. If the contractor presents data confirming non-compliance, the contractor shall remove and replace the pedestrian facility at no cost to the City. 21.4.1.2. If the contractor presents data confirming they are in compliance, and the City accepts that data, the Engineer will determine the pedestrian facility is within compliance. 21.4.1.3. If the contractor presents data showing they are in compliance, and the City has cause to believe the data may be in error, the City will re-evaluate the pedestrian facility. The City will then provide written documentation of the survey data, possible concerns, and required actions, if any are necessary for final acceptance. 21.4.2. In the event the contractor has cause to believe the city is in error after Section 21.4.1, a third-party survey can be requested in writing by the contractor. The city will then hire a third-party surveyor to verify the newly constructed pedestrian facility via the use of a total station. 21.4.2.1. By requesting this, the contractor is agreeing to pay the third-party surveyor fees through a change order of the contract if the pedestrian facility is determined out of compliance. The contractor also agrees to remove and replace any non-compliant pedestrian facility at no cost to the city. 21.4.2.2. If the pedestrian facility is determined to be compliant, the contractor will not be charged for any of the third-party survey work and the pedestrian facility will be determined compliant by the engineer. 21.4.3. Once compliance of the pedestrian facility has been verified and accepted, the contractor shall submit as-built drawings for each verified and accepted location to the Engineer. The as-built will include, but is not limited to, distances and slopes within the facility. 22. FINAL SUBMITTALS 22.1. Upon completion of the contract work, the contractor shall submit copies of project documents as requested by the owner. This may include, but is not limited to, as-built drawings certified by an architect or engineer licensed in the State of Iowa, final inspection documents, warranty certificates, and operation and maintenance manuals. End of Section Rev 3-4-20 194 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 43 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. GENERAL 1.1 These Special Provisions shall apply to the 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program. 2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Minimum Scope Of Insurance: Coverage shall be at least as broad as: 2.1.1 Insurance Services Office form number CG 00 01 covering Commercial General Liability. 2.1.2 Insurance Services Office form number CA 00 01 covering Automobile Liability, comprehensive form. 2.1.3 Worker’s Compensation insurance as required by the Laws of the State of Iowa and Employers Liability insurance. 2.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance: Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: 2.2.1 General Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. 2.2.2 Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. 2.2.3 If required by statue, Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability: Statutory Workers’ Compensation limits as required by the laws of the State of Iowa. 2.2.4 Builder’s Risk insurance shall be in an amount not less than the total value of construction. 2.3 Deductibles and Self-insured Retentions: Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City of Ames. At the option of the City of Ames, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the City of Ames, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. 2.4 Other Insurance Provisions: The policies are to contain, or to be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 2.4.1 General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages. 2.4.1.1 The City of Ames, its officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor, premises owned, occupied or used by the contractor, or automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers. 2.4.1.2 Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City of Ames, its officials, employees, or volunteers. 2.4.2 Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage. 2.4.3 To the fullest extent provided by the laws of Iowa, the insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City of Ames, its officials, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the contractor for the City. 195 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 44 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 2.5 All Coverages: Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, cancelled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 2.6 Acceptability Of Insurers: Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Bests’ rating of no less than A:VII. 2.7 Verification Of Coverage: Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on standard insurance company forms or forms provided by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before work commences. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 2.8 Subcontractors: Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. 2.9 Indemnification: To the fullest extent permitted by law, the contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City of Ames, their agents, and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys’ fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss, or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or any one for whose acts, any of them may be liable. 2.10 In no case will the contractor’s coverage be constructed to provide coverage for acts of negligence alleged to be caused by the sole negligence of employees of the City of Ames. 3. COMPLETION DATES 3.1 Clearing and Grubbing work must be completed by March 31st, 2026 3.2 Shared-Use Path from University to the bridge and associated work, including 70% vegetation growth must be completed by August 1st, 2026 3.3 Shared-Use Path from North/East abutment to North/Eastern end of the project and associated work, including 70% vegetation growth must be completed by June 1st, 2027. 3.4 Bridge Installation, associated work, and all other work must be completed by June 1st, 2027. 4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 4.1 Should the contractor fail to complete the work as specified and by the designated completion date or dates, they shall reimburse the City for any extra engineering costs necessitated by the continuance of the work beyond the time specified for completion. In addition, liquidated damages will be assessed as specified for work beyond the designated completion date or dates. 5. WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES 5.1 Maintenance Of The Work: The contractor shall provide a maintenance bond for the improvements of this project. Unless otherwise stated, the length of the maintenance bond shall be 2 years. The guaranteed maintenance period shall be four (4) years for new paving. End of Section 196 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 45 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 TRAFFIC CONTROL 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1. Traffic control questions shall be discussed with the Traffic Engineer or the Project Engineer. 1.2. The Temporary Traffic Control bid item includes the measures required to accommodate pedestrian and vehicle access to adjacent businesses and residences throughout construction. Refer to the plan sheets for more information regarding access throughout construction. 1.3. Prior approval of the engineer is required for changes to the phasing shown in the plans. 1.4. All traffic control devices shall be furnished, erected, maintained, relocated, and removed by the contractor. The contractor shall provide traffic control maintenance during all working and non- working hours. The name and telephone number for the contractor’s contact person responsible for traffic control matters shall be provided to the engineer. 1.5. Proposed sign spacing may be modified as approved by the engineer to meet existing field conditions or to prevent obstruction of the motorists’ view of permanent signing. 1.6. “Traffic Control” shall include the cost for all traffic control measures required of the contractor except for those which are separate bid items or are incidental to other bid items. This includes, but is not limited to, vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic control. 1.7. The contractor may not impact traffic (vehicular or pedestrian) in a new phase until restoration of the current phase has been completed including, but not limited to, pedestrian access across street pavement and all required traffic control is in place. 1.8. The contractor shall work diligently towards completion of the project once the work is started. Failure to do so on the contractor’s part may constitute a breach of contract and result in the owner seeking remedies described in the General Terms and Conditions and/or special conditions. 2. TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK WITHIN THE CITY’S RIGHT-OF-WAY 2.1. Refer to SUDAS Section 8030 for Standard Road Plans for Traffic Control. Arrow Boards shall be required for all Collector and Arterial roadways as defined by The Iowa DOT’s Urban Federal Functional Classification Map of Ames, Iowa. Prior approval from the Traffic Engineer is required to waive the arrow board requirement. 2.2. Traffic control measures can be altered when work activities are very short-term (up to one hour). For these activities, vehicular equipped flashing devices may be used to warn and divert traffic. These devices must be mounted on the top of the vehicle and do not consist of flashing vehicular taillights. 2.3. The City will not be responsible for providing any traffic control devices unless otherwise noted. 2.4. If construction or maintenance is being performed within City right-of-way without proper traffic control devices, the City will shut down work activities immediately until the proper devices are placed. 2.5. Work zone speed limits shall be submitted to the Engineer via written request for approval per Municipal Code Sec. 26.79 (Street Work Zone Regulations). DOT jurisdictional roadway work zone speed limits require approval from the Iowa DOT – District 1. Rev 01/13/2020 End of Section 197 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 46 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 City of Ames Supplemental Specifications to SUDAS (2025 Edition) Date of Last Revision: 10-7-25 Division 1: General Provisions and Covenants Section 1010: General Conditions 1.03 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS Add: Care Period. If no warranty is listed in contract documents, care period is 9 months from date of application. Add: Major Item of Work. Any contract item (pay item) for which the original contract amount plus authorized additions is more than 10% of the original contract sum, or $25,000, whichever is less. Section 1040: Scope of work 1.06 INCREASE OR DECREASE OF WORK B. Delete and Replace with the Following: Unless such alterations, increases, or decreases materially change the character of the work to be performed or the cost thereof, the altered work shall be paid for at the same unit prices as other parts of the work. Quantity changes, for major items as defined by COA Supplemental Specification 1010.1.03, amounting to 20% or less of the total bid for an item shall not affect the unit price of that item. When a major item of work, is increased in excess of 120% or decreased below 80% of the original contract quantity. Any allowance for an increase in quantity shall apply only to that portion in excess of 120% of the original contract item quantity. The adjustment in unit price, excluding profit, for an under run in excess of 20% will be computed on the difference between the actual quantity and 80% of the original contract quantity. EXAMPLE: If 100 units are in a contract and the item meets the major item definition and only 50 units are installed. The difference between 80% of the contract quantity and the actual installed quantity (50%) is 30 units. 20 units will be paid at the contract price 30 units will be paid at a new, agreed to, unit price. If, however, the character of the work or the unit costs thereof is materially changed, due to unforeseen events, an allowance shall be made on such basis as may have been agreed to in advance of the performance of the work. 1.09 CHANGED SITE CONDITIONS B. Compensation: Add: 3. Under no circumstances will payment for down time be made by the City of Ames as project field issues are being resolved. The City of Ames will take all necessary action to resolve issues in a timely manner. 1.10 DISPUTED CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION A. Basis of Claim for Extra Compensation: Add: 6. Under no circumstances will payment for down time be made by the City of Ames as project field issues are being resolved. The City of Ames will take all necessary action to resolve issues in a timely manner. 1.11 DELAYS CAUSED BY THE JURISDICTION Add: Under no circumstances will payment for down time be made by the City of Ames as project field issues are being resolved. The City of Ames will take all necessary action to resolve issues in a timely manner. 198 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 47 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Section 1050: Control of work 1.12 SALVAGE A. Delete and Replace with the following: All manhole and intake castings, hydrants, and valves shall be carefully salvaged and returned to the City of Ames. Section 1060: Control of Materials 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Add: On contracts for which the contract sum is $10,000 or more, payments may be allowed at the discretion of the Engineer. Section 1070: Legal Relations and Responsibility to the Public 2.01 SANITATION Add: If the duration of the project, in any phase, is 72 hours or more, on-site restroom facilities shall be provided. No additional payment will be made, and any costs shall be incidental. 2.02 CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY B. Protection of Workers and the Public: Delete: “when exposed to traffic or construction equipment in the right-of-way.” and Replace with: “within the construction zone, no exceptions.” 2.07 PROTECTION OF ABOVEGROUND AND UNDERGROUND FACILITIES Add: E. The City of Ames performs locates for utility services (water and sewer) as these services, in the City of Ames, are owned by the property owner, not the City of Ames. Utility service locates for water and sewer are courtesy locates and the contractor is solely responsible for determining the exact location of all utility service connections. The City of Ames does not assume responsibility for the exactness of these courtesy locates and any damage caused by a contactor shall be immediately repaired at the Contractor’s expense by a plumber licensed to do work in the City of Ames. Add: F. Potholing activities within pavement: Core holes shall be replaced with a minimum size patch of 4’x4’ or full sidewalk/shared use path panel unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, and the patch shall be Class C concrete. Class M concrete may be used with approval of the Engineer. Asphalt patches may be utilized only on asphalt/sealcoat streets and only with approval of the Engineer. Asphalt patches shall be a minimum of 4’x4’ and the mix shall meet SUDAS Specification 7020. The core hole plug is not to be utilized to fill the hole. Pothole locations are to be filled and maintained with granular material immediately after use to ensure that the hole does not present a danger. Add: G. Potholing activities outside pavement: Immediately after use, holes outside of the pavement shall be backfilled with sand to no closer than 8” from the top of the existing surrounding soil. These areas shall then be immediately filled with topsoil, seeded, and maintained at grade until permanent growth is fully established. Add: H. Potholing activities within sidewalks and pedestrian ramps: If potholing activities affect any portion of a pedestrian ramp, any elements of the ramp that do not meet current ADA standards shall be replaced and brought into ADA compliance in accordance with Supplemental Specification Section 7030. The affected panels shall be removed and replaced with class C concrete. Class M concrete may be used with approval of the Engineer. Add: I. Temporary ADA Compliance: Potholes shall be patched or temporarily made ADA compliant within 48 hours of potholing. All pothole locations shall be immediately filled with granular material and maintained such that there is no danger to the public. Protection in sidewalk areas shall meet ADA requirements for trip hazards. If the protection cannot meet ADA requirements, a fully compliant pedestrian detour shall be set up according to the City of Ames Standard Traffic Control Plans until the panels are replaced. 2.16 GARBAGE SERVICES Add. 2.16 GARBAGE SERVICES: The contractor shall coordinate with local trash services for trash collection during the project with notification of project impacts to trash collection. No additional payment will be made unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. 199 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 48 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Section 1080: Prosecution and Progress 1.01 SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT A. Work by Contractor: Add: 4. Any and all service work shall be performed by a plumber licensed with the City of Ames and in accordance with the Ames Municipal Plumbing Code. The contractor shall coordinate the work to be done so that it does not impede the progress of the project as a whole. Add: 5. All traffic signal service work shall be performed with a licensed IMSA Signal Level II technician onsite. 1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Add: The contractor shall provide a minimum of 5 business days’ notice to schedule a preconstruction meeting. No work or utility locates shall take place until the preconstruction conference has been held. Work shall commence no more than one month after the preconstruction meeting. 1.10 CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT B. Workers: Add: 3. When working in the City of Ames, shirts shall be worn at all times. Clothing with profane or offensive words or designs are not allowed. Workers wearing profane or offensive words or designs must leave the construction site until wearing clothing that is deemed acceptable by City of Ames staff. Division 2: Earthwork Section 2010: Earthwork, Subgrade, and Subbase 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT F. Below Grade Excavation (Core Out): 2. Payment: Delete: “existing embankments or following proof rolling operations.” and Replace with: “embankments constructed as part of the project or once the grade has been approved following a successful proof rolling test.” M. Compaction Testing: 1. Delete and Replace with the following: The contractor will be responsible for compaction testing and payment for testing unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Add: 4. Work shall not progress until all required compaction testing reports are submitted to the Jurisdiction by the Contractor, or their testing Subcontractor, and approved by the Jurisdiction. 2.04 FOUNDATION MATERIALS D. Subbase: 1. Special Backfill: Add: c. Recycled HMA (Hot Mix Asphalt) will not be allowed for special backfill under new PCC pavement. 3.04 EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION C. Depositing Embankment Material: 1. Add: No embankments shall be built on frozen earth. Add: F. Density Reports: Density reports shall be submitted to the Contractor and to the City within 3 days of the test being performed. No work shall progress until reports have been submitted, approved, and/or corrective action taken on deficient test results. 3.06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Uniform Composition: 4. Add: The City of Ames shall verify subgrade elevations prior to placement of subbase material. 200 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 49 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Add: 5. A disk or plow shall be used for turning soil for drying. If conditions do not allow enough space for a disk or plow, the material shall be opened up for drying via other methods, proposed by the Contractor and with the approval of the Jurisdictional Engineer. Use of a ripper for turning soil will not be allowed. B. Subgrade Stability: 1.a. Delete: A single axle or tandem truck fully loaded with rock or soil to the top of the truck’s sideboards; or b. Delete: A single axle truck loaded with a rear axle weight of 13,500 pounds and total vehicle weight of 20,000 pounds or a tandem axle truck loaded with rear axle weight of 34,000 pounds and a total weight of 46,000 pounds. Verify axle and truck weights by tickets from a certified scale. Replace with: “Perform proof rolling with a tandem axel truck loaded with a minimum net weight of 15 tons of material. Proof rolling operations for verification of subgrade shall be jointly observed by the Contractor and City of Ames Staff.” 2.Delete: “or rutting of more than 2 inches, measured from the top to the bottom of the rut at the outside edges”. and Replace with: “Tire rutting during proof rolling will be unacceptable.” 3. Delete and Replace with the following: If soft or yielding areas are located, the Contractor shall provide subgrade preparation per 2010.3.06.A.2 and allow adequate time for the material to dry at no additional cost. Should the area fail the second proof rolling operations, a method of stabilization will be determined and agreed to jointly by the Engineer and the Contractor. The agreed stabilization method will be paid for utilizing existing contract items. If no appropriate contract items exist, the stabilization will be paid for by extra work order. D. Subgrade Check: Add: Contractor shall have survey stakes and string line set prior to performing the subgrade check. Contractor and City of Ames staff shall jointly verify subgrade elevations. 3.08 SUBBASE D. Final Elevation: 2. Add: Contractor shall have survey stakes and string line set prior to performing the subbase check. Contractor and City of Ames staff shall jointly verify subbase elevations. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL B. Moisture Content and Density: 1. Delete and Replace with the following: Ensure that moisture content falls within a range of -1% to +3% of optimum moisture. Division 3: Trench and Trenchless Construction Section 3010: Trench Excavation and Backfill 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT F. Trench Compaction Testing: Delete and Replace with the following: The contractor will be responsible for compaction testing and retesting and all testing and retesting payments unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Density reports shall be submitted to the Contractor and to the City within 3 days of the test being performed. Work shall not progress until reports have been submitted, approved, and/or corrective action taken on deficient test results. 2.01 MATERIALS EXCAVATED FROM A TRENCH C. Over-excavation: Add: No additional compensation will be made for minor adjustments to elevations due to field conditions. 3.05 PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. General: Add: 7. Pipe embedment shall be R-2 for storm sewer pipe, F-3 for sanitary sewer pipe, and P-1 for water main. Add: F. Compaction: Compaction shall be achieved utilizing equipment as outlined in Iowa DOT Standard Specification Section 2001, General Equipment Requirements. 201 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 50 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 3.06 TRENCH COMPACTION TESTING C. Field Testing: 2. Test Failure and Retesting: Delete: “the Engineer may require retesting as deemed necessary.” and Replace with: “submit all failed test results to the Jurisdiction.” Section 3020: Trenchless Construction 3.04 TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION Add: E. Impact on Existing Sewers: For any installation by trenchless construction, the Contractor shall verify that sanitary and storm sewer main, including residential services, have not been impacted by the installation. The method of verification shall be either by visual inspection at critical crossings jointly with City staff, or by televising. If televising is used, the report shall be submitted to the City for review prior to acceptance and payment for the work and/or closure of the right-of-way permit. Any locations discovered to be in conflict shall be repaired immediately at no cost to the City. Division 4: Sewers and Drains Section 4010: Sanitary Sewers 2.01 SANITARY SEWER (Gravity Mains) A. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. B. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. C. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. D. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. H. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. I. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. J. Add: This gravity sewer main material may be used only with approval of the Engineer. 2.04 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES A. Connection to Main: 4. VCP Main: a. Delete and Replace with the following: Replace the section of VCP from nearest joint to nearest joint or a minimum of 5 feet with truss type PVC or other pipe material approved by the Engineer. Install a wye or tee service fitting as specified for the pipe material used. Delete: b. 3.02 GRAVITY SEWER INSTALLATION A. General: 7. Delete and Replace with the following: Use a watertight stopper, plug, or other approved means to protect the exposed upstream ends of the pipe and prevent soil sediment from entering the sanitary sewer system. Add: 8. Sewer main stubs shall extend at least one full length of pipe from a manhole structure. Add: 9. No use of repair or maintenance products on new construction without prior approval of Engineer. B. Trenched: 3. Add: A pipe laser shall be used to verify line and grade. 3.06 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE STUBS C. 5. Delete: “as required by the Jurisdiction or as specified in the contract documents.” and Replace with: “with a 14-foot long wood 2x4 that is painted green and wrapped with metallic tape, or as required by the Jurisdiction, or as specified in the contract documents.” 202 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 51 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Section 4020: Storm Sewers 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Add: Use Class R-2 Pipe Embedment from Figure 3010.102 (SW-102) for storm sewer pipe installations 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: 3. Delete: “non-shrink grout or” Add: 9. No use of repair or maintenance products on new construction without prior approval of Engineer. Section 4050: Pipe Rehabilitation 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Add: Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Ames Water Meter Shop (515-239-5151) to determine the location of the water meter and all water meter requirements. B. Delete: “Jurisdiction” and Replace with: “Contractor” Section 4060: Cleaning, Inspection, and Testing of Sewers 2.01 TESTING EQUIPMENT A. General: B. Video Inspection: 3. Add: Electronic files saved to a portable media device such as a flash drive are preferred by the City of Ames. Add: 4. Video inspectors shall be NASSCO, PACP Certified. 3.01 CLEANING A. Delete: “flushing with high pressure water” and Replace with: “jetting” 3.02 VIDEO INSPECTION A. General: 1. Remove and replace: Conduct video inspection of all new and rehabilitated sanitary and storm sewers pipe sections within 60 days of all backfill and compaction operations being completed, but prior to paving operations. Add: 5. All service taps shall be installed prior to video inspection. Add: 6. If the contractor fails to provide Video and Reports meeting SUDAS specifications, the City of Ames has the right to hire a 3rd party to provide them, at the expense of the contractor. Division 5: Water Mains and Appurtenances Section 5010: Pipe and Fittings 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Delete: C. 2. Fitting by Weight Delete: E. Water Service Stubs by Length 2.02 BOLTS FOR WATER MAIN AND FITTINGS B. Other Bolts and Nuts Delete 2. Ductile Iron 2.03 FITTINGS A. For DIP and PVC 1. a. Delete 16 inches and replace with 14 inches. b. Delete 16 inches and replace with 14 inches. 2.04 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS A. Add: Alternative concrete mixes or other materials may be used with approval of the Engineer. 203 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 52 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 2.05 PIPELINE ACCESSORIES B. Tracer System: 1. Tracer Wire: a. Open Cut: 2) Bimetallic Copper Clad Steel Conductor: a) Size: Delete and Replace with: #12 AWG b. Directional Drilling/Boring: 1) Bimetallic Copper Clad Steel Conductor: a) Size: Delete and Replace with: #10 AWG 4. Splice Kit: Delete and Replace with the following: Tracer wire splice kits shall be a 3M Direct Bury Splice (DBR/Y-6) or an equivalent system approved by the Engineer. 5. Tracer Wire Station: Add Use a steel wire tracer pedestal that bolts to the hydrant. 2.07 WATER SERVICE PIPE AND APPURTENANCES B. Materials: 3. PVC Pipe: Delete: “ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80 or ASTM D 2241, SDR 21.” and Replace with: “C900 with wall thickness of DR 14.” 5. Polyethylene Pipe: Add: Can only be used from the curb box to the building. 3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Add: “discolored,” after “use” 8. Delete: “when specified in the contract documents,” 10. Delete: “during nights and non-working days.” and Replace with: “immediately after individual pipe segments are installed in the trench.” B. Trenched: 1. Add: Use P-1 Pipe Embedment from Figure 3010.104 (SW-104) for water main pipe installations. Granular material shall not be used for bedding or backfill material. 3.05 TRACER SYSTEM INSTALLATION C. Delete: “lower quadrant” and Replace with: “top” F. Add: “(looped)” after “wires” Add: H. Use only bimetallic copper clad steel conductor during boring operations per 5010.2.05,1,B. Add: I. At tapping valves or cut-in valve installations, tracer wire is to be installed along the outside of all valve boxes, inserted into a 2” minimum vertical slot located below the bottom of the valve box lid, and looped in a continuous fashion. Add: J. Contractor to supply splice and grounding rod location documentation prior to connectivity testing. 3.09 WATER SERVICE STUB B. Delete: tapped horizontal minimum distance of 24 inches, Replace with: tapped horizontal minimum distance of 36 inches Add: For multiple 2 inch and larger combination taps, a use a minimum horizontal distance of 6 feet. 204 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 53 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Figure 5010.102 (WM-102) Add to the end of the first sentence of Note 1: to maintain a continuous tracer wire run within the tracer wire system. Section 5020: Valves, Fire Hydrants, and Appurtenances 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT F. Valve Box Adjustment, Minor: Add: Valve box adjustment rings will be incidental. Tracer wire connections, if present in the existing fixture, shall be restored incidental to any fixture adjustment. G. Valve Box Extension: 1. Measurement: Add: Tracer wire connections, if present in the existing fixture, shall be restored incidental to any fixture adjustment. H. Valve Box Replacement: 3. Includes: Add: Tracer wire connections, if present in the existing fixture, shall be restored incidental to any fixture adjustment. J. Fire Hydrant Assembly Removal: 3. Includes: Delete: “(if specified)” K. Valve Removal: 3. Includes: Delete: “(if specified)” L. Valve Box Removal: 3. Includes: Delete: “(if specified)” 2.01 VALVES D. Tapping Valve Assemblies: Add: 8. Thrust Blocks: Poured concrete reaction block meeting 5010.2.04 or mortared cap block shall be placed behind tapping valve sleeves for support. A maximum of 6 solid cap blocks (nominal 4”x 8”x 16”) may be used. Only full blocks shall be used, no breaking of the blocks will be allowed. No other material shall be used without approval of the Engineer. 2.02 FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY B. Manufacturers: Add: Allowable new or replacement hydrants in the City of Ames: Clow, Model: Medallion; Mueller: Super Centurion; and Waterous, Model: Pacer (WB-67-250). C. Features: Delete: 6. Add: 7. Operating Nut: Pentagonal, size 1.5 inches. Add: 8. Pumper Nozzle: 5 inch, with a 4.5 inch Storz type hydrant converter and nut cap, AWWA compliant. Add: 9. Nozzle Threads: National Standard. Add: 10. Main Valve Nominal Opening Size: Match hydrant run pipe size. Add: 11. Nominal Bury Length: 6 feet. Add: 12. Minimum Height: 32 inches from top operating nut to bury depth mark. D. Painting: 2. Add: Public hydrants shall be green in color, matching: #2033 Hydrant Dark Green, industrial enamel. 2.03 APPURTENANCES A. Flushing Device (Blowoff): Delete and Replace with the following: Hydrants are required for blowoffs and for all 4” or larger water service stubs. 205 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 54 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 C. Valve Stem Extension: Add: Valve stem extensions shall be a minimum 1” diameter solid steel shaft extension. Set screws on valve stem extensions are to be removed and not used for connection at the operating nut. Hollow shaft stems and stems with a roll pin at the bottom of the extension to allow pivoting of the stem at the valve will not be allowed. Add: D. Holding Spools: Holding spools (minimum 12” long) are required between all valves and tees. No additional measurement or payment will be made. 3.03 FIRE HYDRANT D. Fire Hydrant Depth Setting: Add: 4. No more than one hydrant extension is allowed per hydrant. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING VALVE BOX OR FIRE HYDRANT A. Minor Valve Box Adjustment: Add: Tracer wire connections, if present in existing fixture, shall be restored by placing a cut 1" below the lowest point on the valve box lid while the lid is inside of the valve box so as not to damage the tracer wire with the valve box lid and the valve box itself rubbing against each other. Final grade set by drop in valve box riser. B. Valve Box Extension: Add: Tracer wire connections, if present in existing fixture, shall be restored by placing a cut 1" below the lowest point on the valve box lid while the lid is inside of the valve box so as not to damage the tracer wire with the valve box lid and the valve box itself rubbing against each other. Final grade set by drop in valve box riser. C. Valve Box Replacement: Add: Tracer wire connections, if present in existing fixture, shall be restored by placing a 2" minimum vertical slot through valve box below the lowest point on the valve box lid while the lid is inside of the valve box so as not to damage the tracer wire with the valve box lid and the valve box itself rubbing against each other. Figure 5020.201 (WM-201) Add note: All pipe in the fire hydrant assembly shall be ductile iron, including the anchor pipe and riser pipe. Add note: Unmixed dry concrete is not allowed for thrust blocks. Section 5030: Testing and Disinfection 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Add: Comply with the procedures and requirements stipulated in the supplemental document titled “City of Ames Water Main Disinfecting, Flushing, and Testing Using the Continuous-Feed Method”. 3.04 PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTING E. Add: All new fire hydrant assemblies 10 feet in length or greater shall be pressure tested. I. Delete and Replace with: No leakage is allowed. Delete: J. Delete: K. Division 6: Structures for Sanitary and Storm Sewers Section 6010: Structures for Sanitary and Storm Sewers 2.02 PRECAST Delete and Replace: Unless specified, use of pre-cast structures, for storm sewer intakes in the City of Ames, will be allowed only with approval of the Engineer. Approved structures shall comply with ASTM C 478 and no additional compensation will be made for coring into the structure due to minor field adjustments of inlet and outlet pipes and subdrains. 206 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 55 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE A. Concrete: Add: An M-4 concrete mix may be used for intake bases with approval of the Engineer. 2.09 MANHOLE OR INTAKE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (Grade Rings) A. Delete: 1. Reinforced Concrete Adjustment Rings: 2. High Density Polyethylene Adjustment Rings: Add: e. For use on storm sewer structures only. 3. Expanded Polypropylene Adjustment Rings: Add: d. Shall be used for sanitary sewer manholes. Contractor has the option to also use for storm sewer structures. 2.10 CASTINGS (Ring, Cover, Grate, and Extensions) C. Composite: Add: Requires Engineer’s prior approval for the use of composite castings. E. Casting Types: 1. Manholes: Add: Manhole castings shall be 2 piece fixed castings. Use of 3 piece casting for storm sewer manholes may be allowed with approval of the Engineer. For all manhole castings located in a flood plain, provide bolt down covers. All castings shall comply with figures SW-601 and SW-602. Concrete box outs for manholes in PCC paving shall comply with figure PV-103. Concrete box outs for manholes in HMA paving shall comply with figure PV-201. All manholes in paving shall be gasketed. Table 6010.03: Manhole Casting Types Footnote 2: Delete: “may” and Replace with: “shall” 2. Intakes: b. Delete: “may” and Replace with: “shall” 2.11 ADDITIONAL MATERIALS FOR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES B. Riser Section Coating: 1. Exterior: Delete and Replace with the following: All sanitary sewer manholes shall have bituminous waterproofing on all exterior concrete surfaces. 2.13 STEPS Delete: 2.13 Section (Steps are not allowed.) 3.02 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Forms: 2. Add: On intake replacement projects the Jurisdictional Engineer may allow the exterior walls of the intake to be poured against undisturbed earth where the vertical face is true, and the wall thickness will not exceed 8 inches in width. 3.05 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE OR INTAKE C. Sanitary Sewer: 1. General: Add: c. All connections shall be inspected by City of Ames staff prior to acceptance. 2. Cored Opening: a. Add: Connector shall be “Link-Seal” modular type or approved equal. Delete: 3. Cut and Chipped Opening (Knock-out) D. Storm Sewer: 1. Delete: “and Chipped” Delete: a. 2. Cored Opening: Delete: a. 207 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 56 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 3.06 DROP CONNECTION TO SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE A. Internal: Delete: No internal sanitary manhole drop connections Figure SW-308 Internal Drop Connection of Sanitary Sewer Manhole Delete: Sheet (No internal sanitary manhole drop connections.) Figure SW-514 Box Out Grate for Intakes Delete: Sheet 3 (Not allowed in the City of Ames.) Division 7: Streets and Related Work Section 7010: Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Add: A. Fixtures: When placing PCC, the Contractor shall protect adjacent fixtures from concrete splatter or direct contact with the concrete. Fixtures include, but are not limited to, light poles, light pole bases, controller cabinets, hand holes, buildings, manhole lids, water valve lids, and fire hydrants. Add: B. Maturity Testing: If a valid maturity strength curve is not available for the concrete mix provided, a C4 mix shall be used with a minimum of 5 days cure prior to opening for sealing operations. The contractor, at their option, may hire an independent testing company to make, cure, and test flexural strength specimens in accordance with IDOT IM 316 to verify the pavement meets opening strength requirements should they wish to shorten the minimum cure time, at no additional cost to the City. 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. PCC Pavement 3. Delete: (excluding cold weather protection; see Section 7010, 1.08, N) N. PCC Cold Weather Protection: Delete: Section, No payment for cold weather protection 3.01 Equipment C. Concrete Placement Equipment: 1. Consolidating and Finishing Equipment: b. Delete “Air Screeds” Add: No use of Air Screeds allowed 3.02 PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION F. Concrete Pavement Placement: 1. Delete and Replace with the following: Use a slip-form paving machine for all pavement 8.5 feet or more in width and 150 feet or more in length. For pavement sections less than 8.5 feet in width and/or less than 150 feet in length, screed finish methods may be used. 208 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 57 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Add: 10. Minimum Pavement Thickness Table: Minimum PCC Pavement Thickness Street Classification Pavement Thickness Commercial / Industrial Residential / Fringe Rural Local (on grade) (1) 8" (7" Reinforced) 8" (7" Reinforced) 8" (7" Reinforced) Local (on minimum 6” subbase) 7" 7" 7" Minor Collector (1) 8" 8" 8" Major Collector Special Design (See SUDAS Design Manual Section 5F) Minor/Major Arterial Special Design (See SUDAS Design Manual Section 5F) (1) Load Transfer Devices Required M. Pavement Backfill: Add: “or slipform curb and gutter” after “paving” 3.03 CURB AND GUTTER CONSTRUCTION A. Add: Construct curb and gutter as per the City of Ames curb standard with 30” width and heights of 7” at the face and 12” at the back with a 1” tilt onto curb. An ‘ED’ Joint is required at each end of a radius. B. Delete and Replace with the following: Use a paving machine for curb and gutter sections 150 feet or more in length. For curb and gutter sections less than 150 feet in length, hand placement/finish methods may be used. Add: C. No asphalt shall be placed against curb less than 72 hours old unless maturity testing of the curb has been successfully completed in accordance with IDOT IM 383 or flexural strength testing has been successfully completed in accordance with IDOT IM 316. All testing shall be done by the contractor and witnessed by City staff for verification. Add: D. All curb and gutter shall be backfilled prior to placement of any adjacent pavement. 3.07 QUALITY CONTROL C. Pavement Smoothness: 1. Straightedge: Delete: “The Engineer will check PCC pavement surfaces with a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline.” and Replace with: “The Contractor will check PCC pavement surfaces in the presence of City staff with a 10 foot straight edge or “bump buggy” placed parallel to the centerline.” Figure 7010.101 (PV-101) Sheet 3, Add: KT Joints should not be used Remove: Note 11 (Sawing or sealing of joint not required) for BT joints 209 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 58 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Figure 7010.102 (PV-102) Delete: the 6” standard curb detail. (See the City of Ames curb detail below.) Figure 7010.103 (PV-103) Add: Note 6 – Manhole Boxouts shall have a concrete depth of 12 inches and be 6’X6’ Section 7011: Portland Cement Concrete Overlays 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. PCC Overlays: 1. PCC Overlay, Furnish Only: c. Includes: Delete and Replace: Unit price includes the PCC furnished and incorporated into the PCC overlay. Section 7020: Asphalt Pavement 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Add: A. Asphalt surface placement in subdivisions shall be delayed a minimum of one calendar year from the final date of Asphalt base placement. Add: B. Asphalt surface placement in subdivisions shall not take place in the fall season after the date of October 15th without the approval of the Engineer. 3.01 ASPHALT PAVEMENT H. Minimum Pavement Thickness Table: Minimum Asphalt Pavement Thickness Street Classification Surface Course Thickness Intermediate/Base Course Thickness Total Pavement Thickness including Surface Course C/I Res Rural C/I Res Rural C/I Res Rural Local 2" 2" 2" 7" 6" 7" 9" 8" 9" Minor Collector 2" 2" 2" 8" 7" 7" 10" 9" 9" Major Collector Special Design (See SUDAS Design Manual Section 5F) Minor / Major Arterial Special Design (See SUDAS Design Manual Section 5F) C/I = Commercial/Industrial at 5% Trucks Intermediate/Base Course Thickness may be reduced 1” for every 6” of subbase material placed for up to 12” of subbase material. 3.02 BASE WIDENING D. Construction: 2. Delete “4 1/2” and Replace with: “4” 210 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 59 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 3.05 PAVEMENT SMOOTHNESS A. Straightedge: Delete: “The Engineer will check Asphalt pavement surfaces with a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline.” and Replace with: “The Contractor will check Asphalt pavement surfaces in the presence of City staff with a 10 foot straight edge or “bump buggy” placed parallel to the centerline.” Figure 7020.201 (PV-201) Add: Note 5 – Manhole Boxouts shall have concrete depth of 12’’ and be 6’X6’ Section 7030: Sidewalks, Shared Use Paths, and Driveways 1.07 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Add: A. S-Sheets: Design elements for curb ramps to be shown on City approved “S-Sheets” similar to those utilized by the Iowa DOT. Add: B. Pedestrian Facility Construction: Pedestrian facilities shall be installed in conjunction with street and curb and gutter improvements and verified per Section 7030.3.04.G. Acceptance of street and curb and gutter improvements will not be granted if this condition is not met. Add: C. Pedestrian Facility Curb Drops: Grinding or cutting pedestrian facility curb drops is not permitted. Where pedestrian facility curb drops are required, the PCC curb and gutter shall be new construction or removed and replaced. 2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Delete: “A or” B. Table 7030.01: PCC Mixes Delete: “A or” 2.07 DETECTABLE WARNINGS Delete and Replace with the following: Detectable warning panels (truncated domes) shall be one of the following cast iron products: 3.04 PCC SIDEWALKS, SHARED USE PATHS, AND DRIVEWAYS F. Jointing: 2. Transverse Contraction Joints: b. Sidewalks and Driveways: 3) Delete and Replace with the following: Transverse contraction joints shall be sawed within 12 hours of placement with a 1/8 inch blade saw from edge to edge. 4. Isolation Joints: c. Add: Isolation joints shall be sealed, including joints that abut the back of curb. Add: G. Pedestrian Facility Compliance and Acceptance: 1. General: The contractor is responsible for constructing all new pedestrian facilities in accordance with the plans, specifications, and applicable standards. Pedestrian facilities include sidewalks, shared use paths, pedestrian ramps, and crosswalks. a. City and Subdivision Projects: 1) Upon request, the engineer can provide assistance and guidance on plan interpretation. However, the contractor is solely responsible for implementing the plans. 2) The design and construction parameters of pedestrian ramps are relatively narrow. Minor errors in formwork or pavement finishes can significantly affect the final results. Because of this, special care and attention should be taken when setting formwork and/or finishing the various elements of pedestrian ramps including, but not limited to, adjacent curb and gutter, ramp lip, truncated dome placement, widths, running slopes, and cross slopes. 3) A pay-item for Pedestrian Facility Construction Survey and Staking has been added to account for the anticipated extra effort to comply with the strict standards of all City of Ames projects. No extra payment for this item will be made. 211 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 60 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 4) The Contractor installing the pedestrian facilities shall have a set of construction plans on site. b. Private Construction and Private Utility Projects: 1) The design of the affected facility shall be done by the project owner’s engineer. 2) Upon request, the project owner’s engineer can provide assistance and guidance on plan interpretation. However, the contractor is solely responsible for implementing the plans. 2. Payment: No payment will be made for pedestrian facilities as described in Section 21.1 until the pedestrian facility compliance with the approved plan is verified by the Engineer. 3. Review: Initial review of Pedestrian Facility plan compliance will be made by the Engineer no more than 5 business days after the Contractor reports to the Engineer that the entire shared use path section, sidewalk section, crosswalk section, or pedestrian ramp is complete. Partial acceptance of pedestrian facilities will not be made. (i.e. 6” sidewalk ramp and landing pad will not be accepted until 4” sidewalk tie-ins are completed and ALL elements of the pedestrian ramp are determined compliant.) 4. Determining Compliance: Plan compliance of pedestrian facilities will be determined by the Engineer via the use of a smart level. Measurement will take place after construction and shall be within the tolerances called out in the plans. If any element falls outside the specified tolerances, the pedestrian facility will be determined non-compliant. The contractor shall remove and replace all non-compliant elements and any additional items including, but not limited to, newly placed curb and gutter, as necessary in order to bring the pedestrian facility into compliance at no cost to the City. a. In the event the contractor does not agree with the Engineer, they can present their own information at no additional cost to the City. This may be in the format of using another, properly calibrated smart level in the presence of the Engineer, or through the use of a total station. No GPS verification will be allowed. The Engineer will respond to the additional information provided by the contractor within 5 business days. b. If the contractor presents data confirming non-compliance, the contractor shall remove and replace the pedestrian facility at no cost to the City. c. If the contractor presents data confirming they are in compliance, and the City accepts that data, the Engineer will determine the pedestrian facility is within compliance. d. If the contractor presents data showing they are in compliance, and the City has cause to believe the data may be in error, the City will re-evaluate the pedestrian facility. The City will then provide written documentation of the survey data, possible concerns, and required action if any are necessary for final acceptance. 5. 3rd Party Survey: In the event the contractor has cause to believe the City is in error after Section 7030.3.04.G.4, a third party survey can be requested, in writing, by the contractor. The City will then hire a third party surveyor to verify the newly constructed pedestrian facility via the use of a total station. a. By requesting this, the contractor is agreeing to pay the third party surveyor fees through a change order of the contract if the pedestrian facility is determined out of compliance. The contractor also agrees to remove and replace any non-compliant pedestrian facility at no cost to the City. b. If the pedestrian facility is determined to be compliant, the contractor will not be charged for any of the third party survey work and the pedestrian facility will be determined compliant by the Engineer. 6. As-Built Drawings: Once compliance of the pedestrian facility has been verified and accepted, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with as-built drawings for each verified and accepted location. The as- built will include, but is not limited to, distances and slopes within the facility. 3.10 CLEANING Add: D. Prior to opening the sidewalks and pedestrian crossings, the Contractor shall clean the detectable warning panels of all superfluous concrete and remove the plastic covering after the concrete is cured such that the panel surface is clean and the truncated surface is fully functional. Figure 7030.101 Add note: Driveway curb opening widths for new pavement shall conform to Table 5L-4.01 of the SUDAS Design Manual. Expansion material shall be fiber board with a total of 1" of total expansion between the back of curb and either edge of the sidewalk (i.e. 1” at back of curb, none at edge of sidewalk OR ½” at back of curb and ½” at edge of sidewalk). 212 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 61 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Figure 7030.102 Delete: Application of this detail shall not be used in the City of Ames. Integral driveways are not allowed without approval of the Jurisdictional Engineer. Figure 7030.204 Add note: All ramp to pavement connections shall be BT-3 joints. Figure 7030.205 Add note: All ramp to pavement connections shall be BT-3 joints. Figure 7030.206 Add note: All ramp to pavement connections shall be BT-3 joints. Figure 7030.207 Add note: All ramp to pavement connections shall be BT-3 joints. Section 7040: Pavement Rehabilitation 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C. Partial Depth Patches: 4. Extra Payment: Delete and Replace with the following: When partial depth patches are constructed to full depth at the direction of the Engineer, payment will be at the contract unit price for full depth patches or at the unit price negotiated via change order. Division 8: Traffic Control Section 8010: Traffic Signals 2.01 UNDERGROUND A. Handhole: 1. General: Add: d. No additional handholes are to be installed during construction unless approved by the Jurisdictional Engineer. 3. Composite Handhole and Cover: Add: The final handhole before entering the controller cabinet shall be a 30 inch by 48 inch by 24 inch deep heavy duty QUAZITE® style enclosure, box identification #PG3048BA24, and shall have a Heavy Duty 2- Piece cover with 2 bolts set, cover identification #PG3048HS00, or approved equivalent box and cover. B. Conduit: Delete: 2. Steel Conduit and Fittings: (No rigid steel conduit is to be used in the City of Ames.) C. Wiring and Cable: 2. Signal Cable: Delete and Replace with the following: Signal Cable shall be multi-conductor copper wire, and meet the requirements of IMSA Specification 19-1. All Signal Cable shall be stranded 14 A.W.G. wire. All splices to IMSA Specification 19-1 cable must be done using moisture resistant Scotchlok 314 type connector or an approved equivalent. 2.02 DETECTION Add: Type and Model of pedestrian and vehicular detection shall be specified or submitted and approved by the Jurisdictional Engineer. 2.03 COMMUNICATIONS Add: Type and Model of pedestrian and vehicular signal communication shall be specified or submitted and approved by the Jurisdictional Engineer. 213 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 62 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 2.04 CABINET AND CONTROLLER Add: Type and Model of pedestrian and vehicular cabinets and controllers shall be specified or submitted and approved by the Jurisdictional Engineer. 2.05 POLES, HEADS, AND SIGNS Add: Type and Model of pedestrian and vehicular poles, heads, and signs shall be specified or submitted and approved by the Jurisdictional Engineer. 2.05 Poles, Heads, and Signs C. Traffic Signal Poles and Mast Arms 2. Pole Design: Delete 60 feet and replace with 55 feet Section 8020: Pavement Markings 2.01 MATERIALS B. Pavement marking materials include: Add: 11. Preformed thermoplastic. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION B. Surface Preparation: Add: 5. Removal of existing pavement markings may be by vacuum blasting, shot blasting, or high pressure water blasting. Open abrasive blasting without containment will not be allowed. The equipment and method used shall be recommended by the manufacturer. Pavement grinding or grooving for removal of pavement markings, symbols, or legends will not be allowed without prior approval of the Engineer. C. Painted Pavement Markings: Add: Pavement markings shall be grooved, high-build waterborne paint pavement markings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Pavement markings installed outside of grooves shall be removed via water blasting and reinstalled within the grooves at the Contractor’s expense. If waterborne or solvent based paint is allowed, longitudinal pavement markings on HMA (Hot Mix Asphalt) shall be applied in two passes, with beads spread during the second pass. The second pass shall be laid no sooner than two hours after the first pass. HMA pavement shall be clean and free of all debris prior to painting. Payment shall be per station (100 LF) of finished markings, regardless of the number of paint passes. Add: L. Symbols and Legends: Symbols and legends shall be 90mil border contrast thermoplastic unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Symbols and legends shall be grooved into the pavement per 8020.3.02.J. Pavement shall be cleaned and free of all debris prior to placing symbols as per 8020.3.02.B. Payment shall be per each symbol. Section 8030: Temporary Traffic Control 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Delete and Replace with the following: Traffic control plans shall be submitted at least 48 hours in advance, that includes stages/phasing for approval by the Engineer. This is subject to change for emergency situations. B. Add: “48 hours” after “approval” 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Sign Posts Add: The Engineer has the discretion to waive this requirement, upon specific request. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Traffic Control Technician: Add: The Engineer has the discretion to waive this requirement, upon specific request. B. Monitoring and Documentation: 5. Add: The Engineer has the discretion to waive the traffic control diary requirement, upon specific request. 214 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 63 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Section 8040: Traffic Signals and Posts 1.08 MEASURE AND PAYMENT C. Wood Posts: Delete F. Round Steel Posts: Delete H. Round Steel Post Anchors: Delete 2.03 POSTS A. Wood Post: Delete D. Rounds Steel Post and Anchors: Delete Division 9: Site Work and Landscaping Section 9010: Seeding 1.03 SUBMITTALS Add: C. At the pre-construction meeting and/or prior to any contract work commencing, submit a written watering plan detailing the equipment to be used, the water source, and the manpower to be used towards meeting the specified watering requirements. 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Conventional Seeding: 1. Seeding: a. Measurement: Add: If construction limits or easement limits are not defined in the contract documents, the jurisdictional engineer shall determine the limits of measurement for pay. 3.04 CONVENTIONAL SEEDING C. Seedbed Preparation, Permanent: 2. Delete “3 inches.” and Replace with: “6 inches.” D. Seedbed Preparation, Temporary: Delete “5 inches” and Replace with: “6 inches” 3.05 HYDRAULIC SEEDING D. Seed Application, Fertilizing, and Mulching: 3. Add: “or other approved water source” prior to “using” Section 9020: Sodding 1.03 SUBMITTALS Add: D. At the pre-construction meeting and/or prior to any contract work commencing, submit a written watering plan detailing the equipment to be used, the water source, and the manpower to be used towards meeting the specified watering requirements. 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Sod: 1. Measurement: Add: If construction limits or easement limits are not defined in the contract documents, the jurisdictional engineer shall determine the limits of measurement for pay. 3.01 PREPARATION OF SODBED D. Delete: “depth of 3 inches.” and Replace with: “depth of 6 inches.” 215 Project Account No. 383-7758-439 / 320-7758-439 2022/2023 Bridge Rehabilitation Program S. 4th Street Pedestrian Bridge Last Revision: 1/14/26 Page 64 of 64 City of Ames, Engineering Division 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010-0811 Section 9030: Plant Material and Planting 1.03 SUBMITTALS Add: F. At the pre-construction meeting and/or prior to any contract work commencing, submit a written watering plan detailing the equipment to be used, the water source, and the manpower to be used towards meeting the specified watering requirements. Section 9040: Erosion and Sediment Control 1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT D. Filter Socks: 1. Installation: b. Payment: Add: “excluding any overlap.” to the end of the sentence 2. Removal: b. Payment: Add: “excluding any overlap.” to the end of the sentence 2.19 INLET PROTECTION A. Drop-in Intake Protection: Add: 4. Below grate inlet protection shall be installed as soon as possible after streets are paved. Delete: B. Surface-applied Intake Protection: (Surface-applied intake protection shall not be used in the City of Ames.) 3.05 COMPOST BLANKETS A. Delete and Replace with: When placed in conjunction with seeding, loosen the ground surface to a depth of 6 inches. 3.09 WATTLES A. Installation: 7. Add: Installation per IDOT Figure EC-204 is also acceptable. Division 11: Miscellaneous Section 11,050: Concrete Washout 2.01 CONCRETE WASHOUT C. Prohibited Products: Add: “Unlined” prior to “silt fence” 216 ITEM #:17 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2023/24 STORMWATER EROSION CONTROL PROGRAM (INIS GROVE) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: The Stormwater Erosion Control Program is an annual program for the stabilization of areas that have become eroded in streams, channels, swales, gullies, or drainage ways that are part of the City’s stormwater system. This project involves the stabilization of the ravine within Inis Grove Park, directly north of the Miracle League Park and Playground. The project is planned for construction over a single year to be completed in one stage. The construction will allow uninterrupted access to the Inis Grove Park and will include fencing to keep children and other park users out of the construction area. The project will replace sections of storm sewer pipe, as well as armoring of the ravine to heavily reduce erosion in the area. Plans and specifications for this project were completed by WHKS. This program also includes a project along College Creek which was completed and accepted by City Council on October 14, 2025. PUBLIC OUTREACH: A public meeting for the project was held on November 18, 2025 in the Homewood Clubhouse. Residents had the opportunity to review the project, ask questions, and express concerns. Notes and adjustments were made to the plans based on feedback from residents during the public meeting. A summary of revenues and projected expenses is shown below: Description Revenue Expenses 2023/24 Stormwater Erosion Control Program (Stormwater Utility Funds) $850,000 Construction Estimate (Inis Grove - this Council Action) $442,035.00 Construction Complete (College Creek) 114,156.37 Engineering/Administration (Overall Program)_________ 130,000.00 TOTAL $850,000 $686,191.37 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve plans and specifications for the 2023/24 Stormwater Erosion Control Program (Inis Grove) and establish February 18, 2026, as the date of letting and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing for report of bids. 2. Do not approve this project. 217 CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approval of the plans and specifications will continue to keep this project on the February 18, 2026, letting schedule. This project will prevent further erosion from occurring within the ravine, protecting stormwater infrastructure from future failures. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1 as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): Inis Grove Ravine Stabilization Construction Area.pdf 218 K e l l o g g A v e Thompson Dr I n i s G r o v e Duff Ave SouthSkunkRiver D u f f A v e In is Gro v e 2023/24 Stormwater Erosion Control Program Inis Grove Ravine Stabilization Construction Area Ames I O W ALocation Map Legend Construction Area 219 ITEM #:18 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2025/26 CONCRETE STREET PAVEMENT IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM NO. 1 (CLARK AVE) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: The Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program is the annual program for the removal and replacement of deteriorated pavements from concrete streets and replacement with a new pavement surface. This project involves the reconstruction of Clark Ave from 9th St to 13th St. The project is planned for construction over a single year to be completed in two stages. The majority of the residents along the project have secondary access to alleys that run behind the properties for Clark Ave. This project will include removal and replacement of the pavement surface as well as the replacement of storm sewer and sanitary sewer structures and spot pipe repairs. New water main is also planned for the length of the project. Sidewalk ramps within the project limits will be brought up to current standards. Plans and specifications for this project were completed by WHKS of Ames, IA. This program also includes separate projects located along Campus Avenue and Sunset Drive that will be bid independently of the Clark Avenue project. PUBLIC OUTREACH: A public meeting for the project was held on Dec 11th in the City Council Chambers of City Hall. The meeting gave residents the opportunity to review the project, ask questions, and express concerns. Notes and adjustments were made to the plans based on feedback from residents during the public meeting. A summary of revenues and projected expenses is shown below: Description Revenue Expenses 2025/26 Concrete Pavement Improvements (G. O. Bonds) $1,250,000 2025/26 Clear Water Diversion Program 53,000 2025/26 Water System Improvements 512,000 Construction Estimate $1,665,000 Engineering/Administration 150,000 TOTAL $1,815,000 $1,815,000 220 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No. 1 (Clark Ave) and establish February 18, 2026, as the date of letting and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing for report of bids. 2. Do not approve this project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approval of the plans and specifications will continue to keep this project on the February 18, 2026 letting schedule. This project will provide an improved street surface, thereby reducing future maintenance costs. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): 2025-26 Concrete Street Clark Ave Location Map.pdf 221 222 ITEM #:19 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2025/26 CONCRETE STREET PAVEMENT IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM NO. 2 (SUNSET DRIVE) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: The Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program is the annual program for the removal and replacement of deteriorated pavements from concrete streets and replacement with a new pavement surface. This project involves the reconstruction of Sunset Drive from Ash Ave to Beach Ave. Sunset Drive is primarily home to fraternities and sororities where residents typically relocate during the end of July and the first weeks of August. The project is planned for construction over two years to avoid impacting this typical relocation period for residents. This project will include removal and replacement of the pavement surface as well as the replacement of storm sewer and sanitary sewer structures and spot pipe repairs. The majority of storm sewer pipe along the project will be replaced, and new water main will be installed for the length of the project. Sidewalk ramps within the project limits will be brought up to current standards. Plans and specifications for this project were completed by WHKS of Ames, IA. This program also includes separate projects located along Campus Avenue and Clark Avenue that will be bid independently of the Sunset Drive project. PUBLIC OUTREACH: A public meeting for the project was held on December 10th at St. John's by the Campus Episcopal Church of Ames. The meeting gave residents the opportunity to review the project, ask questions, and express concerns. After receiving feedback from residents during the public meeting and from individual discussions with fraternities, sororities, and property managers, staging for the project was modified to a two-year construction period. Cross property access has been coordinated with several properties, and adjustments to staging have been made to allow continued access to parking lots during construction. A summary of revenues and projected expenses is shown below: Funding Source Revenue Expenses 2025/26 Concrete Streets (G. O. Bonds) $1,100,000 2025/26 Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Program 95,000 2025/26 Stormwater Improvement Program 270,000 2025/26 Water System Improvements Program 340,000 223 Construction Estimate $1,675,000 Engineering/Administration 130,000 TOTAL $1,805,000 $1,805,000 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No. 2 (Sunset Dr) and establish February 18, 2026, as the date of letting and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing for report of bids. 2. Do not approve this project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approval of the plans and specifications will continue to keep this project on the February 18, 2026 letting schedule. This project will provide an improved street surface, thereby reducing future maintenance costs. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): 2025-26 Concrete Street Sunset Dr Location Map.pdf 224 225 ITEM #:20 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2025/26 CONCRETE STREET PAVEMENT IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM NO. 3 (CAMPUS AVENUE) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: The Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program is the annual program for the removal and replacement of deteriorated pavements from concrete streets and replacement with a new pavement surface. This project involves the reconstruction of Campus Avenue from Lincoln Way to Oakland Ave. Campus Avenue is primarily rental properties where residents typically are relocating during the end of July and the first weeks of August. The project is planned for construction over two years to avoid impacting this typical relocation period for residents. This project will include removal and replacement of the pavement surface as well as the replacement of storm sewer and sanitary sewer structures and well spot pipe repairs. Sidewalk ramps in the project limits will be replaced as well. This program also includes separate projects located along Clark Avenue and Sunset Drive that will be bid independently of the Campus Avenue project. PUBLIC OUTREACH: A public meeting for the project was held on December 10 at St. John's by the Campus Episcopal Church of Ames. The meeting gave residents the opportunity to review the project, ask questions, and express concerns. After receiving feedback from residents during the public meeting and from individual meetings with property managers, staging for the project was changed to a two-year construction period. Cross property access has been coordinated with several property owners and property management firms to allow continued access to the parking lots of apartment complexes during construction. WHKS was contracted for the design of this project and have completed the plans and specifications. Engineering and Administration costs shown in the table below include the cost of WHKS's design for all streets in the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program. For accounting purposes, the engineering and administration costs will be divided appropriately among the projects in the Concrete Pavement Improvements Program at final acceptance so the capital assets can be accurately valued. A summary of revenues and projected expenses is shown below: Funding Source Revenue Expenses 2025/26 Concrete Pavement Improvements (G. O. Bonds) $1,450,000 226 2025/26 Sanitary Sewer System Improvements Program 80,000 Construction Estimate $1,080,000 Engineering/Administration 450,000 TOTAL $1,530,000 $1,530,000 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve plans and specifications for the 2025/26 Concrete Street Pavement Improvements Program No. 3 (Campus Ave) and establish February 18, 2026, as the date of letting and February 24, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing for report of bids. 2. Do not approve this project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approval of the plans and specifications will continue to keep this project on the February 18, 2026 letting schedule. This project will provide an improved street surface, thereby reducing future maintenance costs. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): 2025-26 Concrete Street Campus Ave Location Map.pdf 227 228 ITEM #:21 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:ELEC SUBJECT:ELECTRIC DEPARTMENT AUTOMATED TEST BOARD PURCHASE COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: This contract is for the purchase of an automated test board that will be utilized in the testing of Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) meters. The Electric Meter division currently owns and operates two WECO test boards, a single-phase unit and a three-phase unit, both of which already operate on the WECO software. Adding a third WECO test board will upgrade testing capabilities and extend the useful life of the existing units by allowing all three to operate on the same updated software platform. The new test board provides additional testing capabilities not available on the older units, including: 1. Ability to test and record results of the remote disconnect/reconnect feature of AMI meters. 2. High-harmonic load testing, which is increasingly important as more computer-driven devices include harmonic distortion into electrical service. The new test board can simulate real-world power quality conditions in a shop environment to ensure meter accuracy for both the utility and customers. Standardization on WECO equipment ensures all three test units can be operated from a single control computer using one integrated software system. Purchasing a test board from a different manufacturer would require a separate control computer, separate software, additional training, and further integration costs - expenses that are avoided by selecting a unit compatible with the existing WECO equipment. The new test board includes updated software that will allow the current control computer to be upgraded from Windows 7 to Windows 11. The City of Ames Information Technology (IT) division has identified the existing Windows 7 configuration as a security risk, and it is currently disconnected from the network. With the new software, one computer will be able to securely operate all three test units. While all test units will continue to be used as long as they remain functional, the new test board will effectively replace the 17-year-old single-phase unit. Because staff is requesting a waiver of the competitive bidding process, additional steps have been taken to assess the quoted price for reasonableness. Staff reviewed comparable products and found the quoted cost to be reasonable and consistent with similar equipment currently on the market. Alternatives such as the TESCO MTB-3050 and the Probewell MT3-GT were reviewed. However, the Radian Research Model 4050X was determined to be the superior and more cost-effective option due to compatibility with the existing WECO test units and shared software. Funding for this purchase is available in the approved FY 2025/26 budget. The Electric Meter 229 budget currently has $65,000 budgeted for the purchase of this equipment. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Waive the City's Purchasing Policy requirements for competitive bids and award a contract to Radian Research Inc. of Lafayette, IN, for the purchase of an automated test board for Electric Services in the amount of $57,977.65. 2. Do not approve and direct staff to solicit bids for this equipment. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Ensuring Electric Services can properly test AMI meters is essential. This upgrade will create a fully integrated system in which one computer can operate and control all three test units. The new software removes reliance on outdated systems that have been identified as a security risk, allowing the testing platform to migrate to a Windows 11 computer that can be securely maintained. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): 4050X_Brochure.pdf 230 Accuracy Convenience Versatility The Premier Meter Testing Hardware Automated Test Boards 231 Automated Test Board WECO 4050X, 4050XT, 4150X and 4330X The WECO 4050X, 4050XT, 4150X, and 4330X automated test boards are the touchstone in meter testing hardware. Building on our tradition of delivering testing solutions that provide a powerful mix of accuracy, convenience, and versatility, these models add next generation features and cutting-edge technology. The NIST traceable RADIAN Research RX-30 series reference standard provides unparalleled accuracy to the testboards. The difference between the three models lies only in the current and the weight. Need a current range between 0.001A to 50.0A? The WECO 4050X is the testboard for you. The 4150X provides 0.001A to 150A. Should you need higher current capability the WECO 4330X provides a range of currents from 0.001A to 330.0A, Test meter start up current as low as 1mA. Open disconnect relays under full load conditions. Test a class 320 meter at class amps. Enjoy RADIAN’s unmatched accuracy across the entire operating range of each. The foundations for this revolutionary system are the features and innovations that have put RADIAN at the forefront of the industry for over thirty years. Low insertion force Smart Socket™ technology, fitted with high conduction silver and gold connections, and an electronic socket control, provide an excellent connection and extended hardware lifespan. A laser-based optics system employing high intensity light delivers highly accurate results from black marks or creep holes through even the dirtiest covers. Front mounted controls allow simple test selection and testboard control. An optional barcode scanner and printer cuts meter processing and data entry time. The optional OPTOCOM™ interface allows the meter to be tested and programmed without ever having to change the optical head. Control Software WATT-Net Basic Software supplied with 4000X was developed in a .NET environment with fully integrated SQL Express database and Winboard 3 meter test software. With Winboard 3, you can build advanced test sequences that allow you to control every parameter of a test, simplifying even complex tasks, and generate results that are compatible with all major databases (MS SQL, Oracle, Sybase). The WATT-Net family of data management solutions gives you unparalleled test result organization, reporting, and exporting abilities. The innovative 4000X automated test boards are designed to help utilities maneuver today’s real world metering issues. Require connectivity to a shared or enterprise database? WATT-Net Basic can upgrade seamlessly to our enhanced WATT-Net Express, Limited, and Plus software- the premier asset and smart grid device management database software solution for electric and gas utilities. Harmonic Generation The 4000X series of testboards has harmonic generation capabilities; you can now put various meter brands and meter technologies through a full harmonic analysis. With generation to the 60th harmonic and independent harmonic control in each of the current and voltage circuits (6 channels) as defined by order, magnitude, and phase, you can get the full picture of how a metering device is going to perform. ANSI C12.20-2015 section 5.5.6 addresses harmonic influence, the effect of non-sinusoidal waveforms. These ANSI defined waveforms come predefined out of the box in any of the WATT-Net family of software. Bring confidence to your meter shop and customers that your meter population is accurately measuring energy using ANSI defined harmonic conditions. WATT-Net provides the ability to bring real world field conditions back to the shop. Captured harmonic and/or trend data from the RW-30X can be played back allowing various meters to be tested under actual field load conditions. The load condition can be automatically played back from the captured data, providing an accuracy per meter “revolution” and the average accuracy of the entire test. 232 Power Quality For many testboard users, meter testing has evolved to much more than Full Load, Light Load, and Power Factor tests. As energy meters become more advanced, the test equipment needs to keep pace. The 4000X series has done exactly that with capabilities to create and generate harmonic waveforms, simulate and test power quality events, and measure energy using the fundamental waveform only. Voltage Interrupt/Sag/Swell Simulation and Testing Create test sequences that simulate voltage interrupts, sags, and swells as defined by IEEE. These simulated events are labeled as Instantaneous, Momentary, or Temporary. These are used to simulate flicker, over/under voltage, and brown outs. Define the number of cycles and magnitude of voltage for each event. The test pauses after each step to verify that the power quality event flags are triggered on your meter. A Pass/Fail indication is provided that will be saved along with the meter accuracy test results. Power Quality events are defined in the chart below. Fundamental Only Testing (Canada) Canadian customers have requirements to test meters measuring the fundamental waveform only, even in the presence of harmonics. Choose from fundamental only energy modes Watt Hrs - Fundamental, VA Hrs - Fundamental, and VAR Hrs - Fundamental. Multiple Socket Solution The WATT-Net family of software allows for the connection of multiple 4000X series sockets to one computer. Each socket can be used independently for maximum flexibility. This allows for high speed testing processes that can test different meter forms, using different test sequences, all at the same time. Multiple VAR Test Types There is more than one way to run a VAR test, and ANSI is constantly approving new calculation methods. Unlike other test systems, the 4000X series allows you to select from any ANSI approved calculation method to test a meter. This gives your utility the ability to choose the method that best fits its structure and needs, rather than having to accept the single method that a particular system is capable of testing. Available calculations include Voltage 90 degree shifted, Integral VAR, Integral VAR 50 Hz, Integral VAR 60 Hz, RMS VAR, and Fundamental VAR. Front Panel Display The 4000 family now features a color touch screen display built into the testboard front panel. This display provides information from the internal removable RX Reference Standard; including Energy Metrics, Vectors, Status, and more. ISAG ISWL MINT MSAG MSWL TINT TSAG TSWL Instantaneous Sag Instantaneous Swell Momentary Interruption Momentary Sag Momentary Swell Temporary Interruption Temporary Sag Temporary Swell 0.5 - 30 0.5 - 30 0.5 - 30 30 - 180 (30 Cycles to 3 Seconds) 30 - 180 (30 Cycles to 3 Seconds) 180-3600 (3 Seconds to 60 Seconds) 180-3600 (3 Seconds to 60 Seconds) 180-3600 (3 Seconds to 60 Seconds) 10% - 90% 110% - 180% 0% - 9% 10% - 90% 110% - 140% 0% - 9% 10% - 90% 110% - 120% Magnitude Limits (% of Test Voltage)Duration Limits (Cycles)DescriptionTest Type * Note: The min/max cycles vary based on test frequency. The values shown above are for a 60 Hz test condition. 233 Fuseless Hardware Protection With this latest generation of test system, we build the most reliable hardware on the market. Voltage and current sources feature fuseless self-protection technology, providing hardware protection from short-circuit, thermal, and over-current fault conditions. Meter Disconnect Relay Test A relay test step allows you to step through the process of cycling your meter’s disconnect relay. It determines the effectiveness of the disconnect relay based on generating current through each element to determine the status of the relay. Pass/Fail is determined, which is then saved along with your meter’s accuracy test. This feature can be used in tandem with the Power Line Carrier input to test the PLC communications along with disconnect relay operation. Requires a user supplied method to communicate to the AMI Module, typically provided by the AMI vendor or meter manufacture. Power Line Carrier Input An outlet on the back of the testboard provides an input to communicate directly to a power line carrier module inside the meter. The outlet is configurable for each meter form and service type, to allow communications regardless of whether the module is powered phase to phase or phase to neutral. Use this feature in tandem with the disconnect relay test to verify module comms and disconnect relay operation. All test results are documented and saved with the meter accuracy test. Recalibration The 4000X series testboards give users the ability to maintain calibration on site. This provides the ability to maintain NIST traceability without interruption to workflow. Our WATT-Net family of software allows customizable test sequences to ensure traceability requirements. We have created standards compare adapters to allow connection to any model of master standard. Ease of Maintenance Our state-of-the-art card cage provides ease of maintenance. The labeled circuit boards easily plug into the cage. If necessary, the 4000X allows for simple and fast troubleshooting as boards can be swapped between phases to quickly to check for hardware failures. The card cage design has greatly reduced the need for internal wiring, reducing potential failure points to increase dependability. Turbo Test™ We have worked hand-in-hand with the industry’s leading meter manufacturers to bring you Turbo Test™ technology. Slash the amount of time it takes to test a supported meter on the 4000X series testboards to nearly one fifth of regular testing time. Save your shop valuable time and money with the Turbo Test™ option. N A 234 The diagram shows an example of how the load side testboard is configured for both line and load side powered meters: 4050XT The need for street light meter testing has exploded in recent years. With this new technology has come new testing requirements. One of the most fundamental changes has been load side powered street light meters. Traditionally, meters have been powered from the line side of the meter. The energy consumption of the meter is not measured by the meter itself, so that operational cost is not passed on to the customer. In street light metering, there has been a desire in certain applications for the meter to be powered from the load side of the meter. In this case, the meter measures the power consumed by the light, as well as the meter’s own energy consumption. This gives the utility the full operating cost of the lighting system. If tested on a traditional meter testboard, the load side powered meter can give up to 6% error. This is an unacceptable amount of error. RADIAN resolved this issue with 4050XT. This testboard has load side meter forms pre-configured in the WATT-Nett software for ease of testing. The hardware can also be configured to measure the load on the voltage axis as well as the current axis when performing a phantom load test. This method of testing eliminates error when testing load side powered meters. The 4050XT has all the features and accuracy of a 4050X. It has simply added the hardware and custom forms to also test load side meters. 4050XT accessories 4050XT light node adapters Part # AK0036 - Street light Adapter, 3 meters Part # AK0038 - ANSI C136 Adapter, Street Light, Single Node Continued Innovation RADIAN fully understands our customers find new and exciting challenges every day. RADIAN is committed to partnering with you to overcome those challenges. We partner with customers to solve many new testing requirements, Type testing in environmental chambers, testing pre-wired meter cans through CTs and PTs already installed in the meter can and gang testing sub meters. These are just a few challenges RADIAN has helped our customers overcome. We look forward to partnering with you! 235 AX0030 - Dell™ standard business class Mini Tower computer or equivalent, with 24” Flat Screen Monitor and Microsoft Windows operating system (64 Bit / 8 GB RAM) BK0075 - OPTOCOM Optical Port Data Head (One needed for each bay should multiple test stations be ordered) BE0122 - Optocom Mount - retrofit to existing 4050X optics arm to retain Optocom head AA0029 - Advanced I/O KYZ Breakout Cable, 18” 100086 - Advanced I/O KYZ Breakout Cable, 8’ AW0025 - Advanced I/O KYZ Breakout Cable, 12’ SW100300 - Turbo Test Option (Requires OPTOCOM Optics)(One needed for each bay should multiple test stations be ordered) AK0001 - Single Phase A-Base Adapter AK0003 - Poly Phase A-Base Adapter AX0023 - 1D Barcode Scanner for RW/WE and Ethernet Testboards AX0027 - Zebra ZM400 Bar Code Printer SW101009 - Zebra Bar Code Printer Software AL0052 - 50 Amp Standards Compare Adapter, 10 ft, External RD-3x/2x, Kit AL0056 - 50 Amp 16S compatible, 27” cable length Standards Compare Adapter AK0037 - IEC to Socket Adapter, Universal, Transformer Rated Meters (requires modification to front panel of testboard) Accessories AL0030 - Standards Compare Adapter Kit, External RD-3X-XX2, Bolted Current (Recommended for true three-phase testing. Requires external RD-3X-XX2 or RD-3X-XX4 standard.) AL0022 - Standards Compare Adapter, External RD-3X/2X or RX-3X. Supports testing up to 120 amps using external RD-3X or RX-3X standard. Supports up to 66 amps using external RD-2X standard AL0014 - RD-SCA-3-Kit 225 Amp Std Compare Adapter Kit for RD Standards AL0057 - 225 Amp Standards Compare Adapter MODEL SCA-3-RD w/4 ft leads AL0058 - 225 Amp Standards Compare Kit for RD Standards SCA -3-RD-KIT w/4 ft Leads AL0050 - M4X50 Standards Compare Adapter Kit External RX-3X 1/0 CABLE and Insulated Connectors AL0005 - SCA-4, Socket to Panel Meter Adapter AK0035 - IEC to Socket Adapter, Universal (requires modification to front panel of testboard) AL0055 - 330 Amp Standards Compare, CT Sensed AL0044 - 330 amp Adapter, Environmental Chamber, 16 ft Lead, 4/0 awg unterminated AL0045 - SCA-4, Socket to Panel Meter Adapter, 16 Ft Leads, AL0046 - 330 amp Adapter, Environmental Chamber, 6 ft Leads, 4/0 awg unterminated 236 Features Test Voltage: 30–600V; independently programmable per phase in 0.01V steps, with four digits of resolution True three-phase or single-phase Voltage phase-angle setting relative to VA, 0-359.99° in 0.01° increment Test Current: 4050X 0.001-50A; 4050XT 0.001-50A; 4150X: 0.001- 150A; 4330X: 0.001-330A; Independently programmable per phase in 0.001A steps, with four digits of resolution Current phase-angle setting relative to VA, 0-359.99°, selectable in 0.01° increments per phase Test Revolutions: Selectable from 1–65,534 Test Time: Selectable from 1–9999 seconds (minimum of at least one energy pulse) Demand (KW) Testing: Standard revolutions (1–99999 revolutions) Time run (up to 99 HRS, 59 MIN, 59 SEC) VAR Testing: All ANSI defined VAR calculation methods are supported. Contact Device Testing: Form “A” or “C” capability Harmonic Generation: Generation to the 50th harmonic, independent control in each current and voltage circuits, 6 channels Analog Test: Analog testing using a current loop configuration of voltage, current, phase, power factor, Watt, Var, and VA transducers All analog devices with a maximum output of ±20mA are supported Supports internal loop power or external loop power transducers Voltage Interrupt/Sag/Swell Simulation and Testing: Create test sequences that simulate voltage interrupts, sags, and swells as defined by IEEE. Define the number of cycles and magnitude of voltage for each event. Check that the power quality event flags are triggered on your meter to give a Pass/Fail indication that can be saved along with the meter accuracy test results Automatic crossed stator wiring check during three-phase testing Modulated laser optics for through hole and reflect disk sensing Three IR Optical Pickups: Top, bottom, and middle/center Visual and audible (volume controlled) pulse indication for aid in aligning optical sensor. LED bar graph for signal strength for mechanical me- ters Easily removable reference standard for recertification or standard upgrade PC Minimum System: Dell™ standard business class Mini Tower PC, 17” flat screen monitor, Microsoft Windows® 7 Pro OS RADIAN Research is committed to providing world-leading power and energy solutions. This mindset is what goes into all RADIAN products and services! 237 © 2019 RADIAN Research, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Information within this document may change without notice. 07-10-24 RADIAN Research, Inc. 3852 Fortune Drive Phone 765-449-5500 www.radianresearch.com Lafayette, Indiana 47905 Fax 765-448-4614 Specifications Warranty: Two (2) limited warranty (all parts and labor). Manufacturer warranty on computer Testboard Options: OPTOCOM™: Optics coupler allows pulse testing and meter programming through the optical port of many solid state meters without changing the optics coupler Barcode printer with software Barcode reader with software Multi-function testing capability Higher accuracy reference standards available: RX-31, accuracy 200ppm (±0.02%) RX-33, accuracy 100ppm (±0.01%) A unit with a RX-33-xxx standard requires a maximum ambient temperature of 30˚C to remain within specification Computer memory, storage, and operating system upgrades Bottom connected single stator adapter Bottom connected multi stator adapter Custom adapter designs available Standards compare adapter for RM, RD or RX standards, single-phase or three-phase Asset and Smart Grid Device Management Software WATT-Net Basic, Express, Limited and Plus™ Input Voltage: 90–264VAC (3 wire), 50 or 60Hz single-phase auto ranging Input Power: 1500W Maximum System Accuracy: KWH +/− 0.04% at 1.0 P.F. 0.02% and 0.01% accuracy standards available System accuracy is based upon the high accuracy of the NIST traceable RADIAN RX-30 series reference standard. Test Frequency: 45 – 65Hz in 0.001Hz steps, accuracy 25ppm Voltage and Current Harmonic Distortion: Less than 1.0% THD (pure sine selected) Voltage and Current Sources: Features fuseless self-protection technology Meter Forms Tested: All current and future ANSI meter forms: Except forms without a common current return (i.e. Form 7) New meter forms can be added using the testboard utility included in the software package Dimensions and Weight: 21”W × 20”H × 21”D WECO 4050X: 120 LBS (Approximately) WECO 4150X: 150 LBS (Approximately) WECO 4330X: 160 LBS (Approximately) 238 ITEM #:22 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:FIN SUBJECT:MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSING AND SUPPORT RENEWAL COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: Insight Public Sector (Insight) serves as the City’s software vendor for all Microsoft enterprise products. In November 2022, City Council authorized a three-year Microsoft Enterprise Agreement with Insight that established fixed pricing for the City’s Microsoft licenses. During the first year of the agreement, the City contracted primarily for end-user Microsoft office products, including Office 365. Based on the contracted license counts and pricing, the total cost for this initial year was $158,577.46. In FY 2023/24, staff expanded the agreement to include additional server-related Microsoft services. This consolidation was intended to align renewal cycles, simplify billing, and secure the most favorable pricing structure for future agreements. During the same fiscal year, Microsoft Multi-Factor Authentication capabilities were added through the Azure P1 p r o d u c t . Council authorized $215,351.80 in FY 2023/24 to support these additional services. Council approved funding in FY 2024/25 for the final year of the three-year Microsoft Enterprise Agreement . The agreement continued to include end-user office products, client access licenses, device management tools, identity and security software, server operating system licenses, and Structured Query Language (SQL) licenses. The total cost for the final year of the agreement was $216,028.28. Approval is now being requested to enter into a new three-year Microsoft Enterprise Agreement for the period of January 2026 through January 2029. The proposed agreement includes Microsoft 365 G3 licenses, server operating system licenses, and SQL licenses. The Microsoft 365 G3 licenses consolidate several core services into a single offering, including Office 365 applications, client access licenses, Intune device management, and Azure P1 identity and security features. This structure also enhances the City’s ability to monitor and manage the security posture of software installed on client computers. Under the proposed agreement, server operating system licenses will continue to support the City’s virtualized server environment and other infrastructure, while SQL licenses will support City websites and internal applications hosted within that environment. The proposed agreement provides fixed pricing for the full three-year term and will be paid in three equal annual installments of $287,530.68. The agreement contains a non- appropriation clause providing for cancellation in the event that the City Council does not allocate funding in future City budgets for the services. Compared to the prior year, the proposed renewal reflects several changes, including an annual cost increase for existing Microsoft 365 licenses ($26,766.25), the addition of new Microsoft 365 licenses resulting from the Library IT transition ($31,020.80) and for overall user growth ($1,938.80), incremental SQL licensing related to physical security needs ($2,598.80) 239 and annual SQL cost adjustments ($100.96), additional server licensing to support virtualized servers ($6,614.52), backups ($385.56), video recording systems ($171.36), network security ($171.36), and other minor Microsoft 365 software used across various departments ($1,733.99). The total cost of these changes is $71,502.40. The FY 2025/26 amended budget Council will be considering in the coming months includes $286,803 for the renewal of the Microsoft Enterprise Agreement. The IT operating budget contains sufficient funding to cover the remaining shortfall of $727.68. As requested in the past, staff is requesting Council waive the purchasing policy requirements given that Microsoft software is sold at a fixed price through resellers . Insight has been the City's partner for Microsoft Office since Spring 2020. Based on Microsoft's pricing model and the significant transition costs to switch resellers, staff is recommending the City continue to contract through Insight for all Microsoft software. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Waive the Purchasing Policies and Procedures requirements and award a contract for software licensing and support for Microsoft software to Insight Public Sector, Dallas, TX, in the amount not to exceed $287,530.68. 2. Do not authorize continuing software licensing and support with Insight Public Sector. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Insight Public Sector serves as the City’s provider for Microsoft enterprise software licensing and support. This software is used daily by both end users and servers across the organization and is essential to Citywide communication and service delivery. Additionally, Microsoft software is sold at fixed prices through authorized resellers, transitioning to a different reseller would result in significant one-time transition costs with minimal, if any, long- term benefits. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. 240 ITEM #:23 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:ELEC SUBJECT:ENGINEERING SERVICES FOR ONTARIO ROAD SUBSTATION AND MORTENSEN ROAD SUBSTATION IMPROVEMENTS COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: Electric Services is in need of engineering services to support the design and construction management of substation upgrade projects at Ontario Road Substation and Mortensen Road Substation. On August 4, 2025, a Request for Proposals (RFP) document was posted on AmesBids by the City's Purchasing division. On September 10, 2025, seven proposals were received. An evaluation team was formed by staff to review proposals. Proposals were evaluated on experience, qualifications of personnel working directly on the project, capability of providing the requested services, and pricing. FIRM PRICE RANK DGR Engineering Rock Rapids, Iowa $1,138,400 1 Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. Overland Park, KS $1,251,600 2 Stanley Consultants Des Moines, IA $2,455,214 3 Olsson Lincoln, NE $1,799,500 4 CVR Engineering Reed City, Michigan $950,948 5 ENTrust Solutions Group Warrenville, Illinois $1,356,405 6 Zachry Engineering Corp San Antonio, TX Non-Responsive Non-Responsive Optional pricing was also requested for per-trip engineering support, per-trip construction management support, additional soil borings, and for switchgear and capacitor bank additions at Mortensen Road Substation. After evaluating the proposals, staff determined that the proposal from DGR Engineering, of Rock Rapids, Iowa, is most acceptable. The experience and qualifications of the personnel, along with a number of similar projects completed by the firm, best fit the needs of the City. Staff also determined to include optional design amounts of $49,500 for metal-clad switchgear and $19,800 for a capacitor bank addition at Mortensen Road Substation in this award. 241 Additionally, optional amounts are included for the additional soil borings ($20,000), Engineer trips ($22,500), and Construction Management trips ($52,500) which are all anticipated being needed for the completion of these projects. The available budget for these projects is $1,653,620, which includes the carryover amounts for engineering and construction for the CIP projects approved for Mortensen Road and Ontario Road substation improvements. The actual amount of the contract awarded to DGR Engineering will be billed on a time and material basis with a cost-not-to-exceed $1,302,700. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Award a contract to DGR Engineering, of Rock Rapids, Iowa, for Engineering Services for Ontario Road Substation and Mortensen Road Substation Improvements, in the amount not-to-exceed $1,302,700. 2. Award a contract to another firm. 3. Reject all proposals. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Updating and maintaining the Mortensen and Ontario substations is needed in order to maintain reliability of the City's Electric Transmission and Distribution system. Staff has determined that the proposal from DGR Engineering, of Rock Rapids, Iowa, is most acceptable. The experience and qualifications of the personnel, along with a number of similar projects completed by the firm, best fit the needs of the City. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No.1 as stated above. ATTACHMENT(S): E500-2020 - Contract Substation R1 (DGR Comments) and CS comments (final revisions) FINAL AM (DGR signed).pdf E500-2020-Exhibits FINAL.pdf 242 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND ENGINEER FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES Prepared by 243 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE. The use of this document is governed by the terms of the License Agreement for the 2020 EJCDC® Engineering Series Documents. NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased at www.ejcdc.org, or from any of the sponsoring organizations above. 244 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Guidelines Page 1 of 1 245 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 1 of 1 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND ENGINEER FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1— Services Of Engineer ................................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Scope ........................................................................................................................................... 1 Article 2— Owner’s Responsibilities ............................................................................................................. 1 2.01 Project Information ..................................................................................................................... 1 2.02 Owner’s Instructions Regarding Bidding and Front-End Construction Contract Documents ..... 2 2.03 Owner-Furnished Services ........................................................................................................... 3 2.04 Owner’s General Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 3 2.05 Payment ....................................................................................................................................... 5 Article 3— Schedule For Rendering Services ................................................................................................ 5 3.01 Commencement .......................................................................................................................... 5 3.02 Time for Completion .................................................................................................................... 5 Article 4— Invoices And Payments ............................................................................................................... 6 4.01 Invoices ........................................................................................................................................ 6 4.02 Payments ..................................................................................................................................... 6 Article 5— Opinions Of Cost ......................................................................................................................... 6 5.01 Opinions of Probable Construction Cost ..................................................................................... 6 5.02 Opinions of Total Project Costs ................................................................................................... 7 Article 6— General Considerations ............................................................................................................... 7 6.01 Standards of Performance ........................................................................................................... 7 6.02 Ownership and Use of Documents .............................................................................................. 9 6.03 Electronic Transmittals ...............................................................................................................10 6.04 Insurance ................................................................................................................................... 10 6.05 Suspension and Termination ...................................................................................................... 12 6.06 Successors, Assigns, and Beneficiaries ...................................................................................... 13 6.07 Dispute Resolution .................................................................................................................... 13 6.08 Controlling Law; Venue ..............................................................................................................14 6.09 Environmental Condition of Site ............................................................................................... 14 6.10 Indemnification and Mutual Waiver ......................................................................................... 15 6.11 Records Retention ......................................................................................................................16 6.12 Miscellaneous Provisions........................................................................................................... 16 Article 7— Definitions ................................................................................................................................. 17 7.01 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................... 17 Article 8— Exhibits And Special Provisions ................................................................................................. 21 8.01 Exhibits to Agreement ............................................................................................................... 21 8.02 Total Agreement ........................................................................................................................ 22 8.03 Designated Representatives ...................................................................................................... 22 8.04 Engineer's Certifications ............................................................................................................ 22 8.05 Conflict of Interest ..................................................................................................................... 22 246 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 24 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND ENGINEER FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES This is an Agreement between City of Ames, Iowa (Owner) and Dewild Grant Reckert and Associates Company, dba DGR Engineering (Engineer). Owner’s Project, of which Engineer’s services under this Agreement are a part, is generally identified as Engineering Services for Ontario Road Substation and Mortensen Road Substation Improvements (Project). Other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 7. Engineer’s services under this Agreement are generally identified as Project Initiation and Closeout; Detailed Physical Design; Detailed Protection and Controls Design; Equipment Specifications and Procurement; Construction Contract; and Construction Management for each location. Owner and Engineer further agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—SERVICES OF ENGINEER 1.01 Scope A.Engineer shall provide, or cause to be provided, the services set forth herein and in Exhibit A. B.All phases of service will include Management of Engineering Services as shown in Exhibit A. ARTICLE 2—OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 2.01 Project Information A.To the extent Owner has not already provided the following, or has new, additional, or revised information from that previously provided, Owner shall provide Engineer with information and data needed by Engineer in the performance of Basic and Additional Services, including Owner’s: 1.design objectives and constraints; 2.space, capacity, and performance requirements; 3.flexibility and expandability needs; 4.design and construction standards; 5.budgetary limitations; and 6.any other available information pertinent to the Project including reports and data relative to previous designs, construction, or investigation at or adjacent to the Site. B.Following Engineer’s assessment of initially-available Project information and data and upon Engineer’s request, Owner shall obtain, furnish, or otherwise make available (if necessary through retention of specialists or consultants) such additional Project-related information and data as is reasonably required to enable Engineer to complete its Basic and Additional Services; or, with consent of Engineer, Owner may authorize the Engineer to obtain or provide all or part of such additional information as Additional Services. Such additional information or data may include the following: 1.Property descriptions. 2.Zoning, deed, and other land use restrictions. 3.Surveys, topographic mapping, and utility documentation. 247 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 24 4. Property, boundary, easement, right-of-way, and other special surveys or data, including establishing relevant reference points. 5. Explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; geotechnical reports and investigations; drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; hydrographic surveys, laboratory tests and inspections of samples, materials, and equipment; appropriate professional interpretation of such information or data. 6. Environmental assessments, audits, investigations, and impact statements, and other relevant environmental, historical, or cultural studies relevant to the Project, the Site, and adjacent areas. 7. Data or consultations as required for the Project but not otherwise identified in this Agreement. C. Owner shall examine all alternative solutions, studies, reports, sketches, Drawings, Specifications, proposals, and other documents presented by Engineer (including obtaining advice of an attorney, risk manager, insurance counselor, financial/municipal advisor, and other advisors or consultants as Owner deems appropriate with respect to such examination) and render in writing timely decisions pertaining thereto. D. Owner shall furnish to Engineer data as to Owner’s anticipated costs for services to be provided to Owner by others (including, but not limited to, accounting, bond and financial, independent cost estimating, insurance counseling, and legal advice) so that Engineer may assist Owner in collating the various cost categories that comprise Total Project Costs. E. Owner shall inform Engineer as to whether Engineer’s assistance is requested with respect to Owner’s evaluation of the possible use of Project Strategies, Technologies, and Techniques, as defined in Exhibit A. F. Owner shall inform Engineer as to whether Engineer’s assistance is requested in identifying opportunities for enhancing the sustainability of the Project. 2.02 Owner’s Instructions Regarding Bidding and Front-End Construction Contract Documents A. Owner shall work with and give instructions to Engineer regarding procurement of construction services (including instructions regarding advertisements for bids, instructions to bidders, invitation to bid, schedule of bidding and work, and other pertinent bidding requirements , as applicable). The Engineer shall prepare for the Owner the following: 1. Standard contract forms, general conditions (using the 2018 edition of EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract), supplementary conditions, text, and related documents and content for Engineer to include in the draft Bidding Documents, and in draft Front-End Construction Contract Documents; 2. protocols for electronic transmittals during bidding and construction; 3. bidding and contract requirements of funding, financing, or regulatory entities provided to Engineer; B. Owner shall provide information as applicable to 2.02 A. documents to the Engineer, and the Engineer shall have the responsibility for the final content of the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise) and all other pertinent engineering and/or technical matters. 248 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 24 1. Owner shall seek the advice of Owner’s legal counsel, risk managers, and insurance advisors with respect to providing information to the Engineer as the Engineer drafts content of such documents. C. If there will be an advertisement soliciting bids for construction, Owner shall place and pay for such advertisement. 2.03 Owner-Furnished Services A. Recognizing and acknowledging that Engineer's services and expertise do not include the following services, Owner shall obtain, as required for the Project: 1. Accounting, bond and financial advisory services (including, if applicable, “municipal advisor” services as described in Section 975 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (2010) and the municipal advisor registration rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission), independent cost estimating, and insurance counseling services. 2. Legal services, including attorney review of proposed Construction Contract Documents, legal services required by Owner to solely defend, represent, and/or protect the Owner’s own interests needed as a result of issues caused or raised by Contractor, and Project-related legal services reasonably requested by Engineer and not due to performance or lack of the performance of, or to defend, the Engineer.. 3. Auditing services, including those needed by Owner to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used money paid to it. B. Owner may provide the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, and approvals of samples, materials, and equipment required by the Construction Contract Documents (other than those required to be furnished or arranged by Contractor), or to evaluate the performance of materials, equipment, and facilities of Owner, prior to their incorporation into the Work with appropriate professional interpretation thereof. Owner shall provide Engineer with the findings and reports generated by testing laboratories, including findings and reports obtained from or through Contractor. C. Owner shall acquire or arrange for acquisition of the Site(s) and any temporary or permanent rights of access, easements, or property rights needed for the Project. D. With respect to the portions or phases of the Project designed or specified by Engineer, Owner shall provide, obtain, or arrange for: 1. all required reviews, approvals, consents, and permits from governmental authorities having jurisdiction, and 2. such reviews, approvals, and consents from others as may be necessary for completion of each portion or phase of the Project. E. Owner may delegate to Contractor or others the responsibilities set forth in Paragraphs 2.03.C and D. 2.04 Owner’s General Responsibilities A. Owner shall inform Engineer of the policies, procedures, and requirements of Owner that are applicable to Engineer's performance of services under this Agreement. 249 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 24 B. Owner shall provide Engineer with Owner’s budget for the Project, including type and source of funding to be used, and will promptly inform Engineer if the budget or funding sources change. C. Owner shall inform Engineer in writing of any safety or security programs that are applicable to the personnel of Engineer, its Subconsultants, and Engineer’s Subcontractors, as they visit the Site or otherwise perform services under this Agreement. D. Owner shall arrange for safe access to and make all provisions for Engineer to enter upon public and private property as required for Engineer to perform services under this Agreement. E. Owner shall provide necessary direction and make decisions, including prompt review (within reasonable and mutually agreeable time limits and, when applicable, the regular schedule of governing and regulatory approval boards and committees when approval from such is required) of Engineer’s submittals, and carry out its responsibilities in a timely manner so as to not to unreasonably delay the Engineer’s performance of its services. Should the Engineer encounter or anticipate delays that are within the Owner’s reasonable control to prevent or correct, the Engineer shall promptly notify the Owner in writing in order that such delays may be prevented or corrected. F. Owner shall be responsible for all requirements and instructions that it furnishes to Engineer pursuant to this Agreement, and for the accuracy and completeness of all programs, reports, data, and other information furnished by Owner to Engineer pursuant to this Agreement. Engineer may use and rely upon such requirements, programs, instructions, reports, data, and information in performing or furnishing services under this Agreement, subject to any express limitations or reservations applicable to the furnished items. G. Owner shall give prompt written notice to Engineer whenever Owner observes or otherwise becomes aware of: 1. any development that affects the scope or time of performance of Engineer’s services; 2. the presence at the Site of any Constituent of Concern; or 3. any relevant, material defect or nonconformance in: (a) Engineer’s services, (b) the Work, (c) the performance of any Constructor, or (d) Owner’s performance of its responsibilities under this Agreement. H. Owner shall advise Engineer of the identity and scope of services of any independent consultants employed by Owner to perform or furnish services in regard to the Project, including, but not limited to, cost estimating, project peer review, value engineering, and constructability review. I. If Owner designates a construction manager, site representative, or any individual or entity other than, or in addition to, Engineer to represent Owner at the Site, Owner shall define and set forth as an exhibit to this Agreement the duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such other party and the relation thereof to the duties, responsibilities, and authority of Engineer. J. Owner shall: 1. Attend and participate in the pre-bid conference, bid opening, pre-construction conferences, construction progress and other job-related meetings, and Site visits to 250 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 24 determine Substantial Completion and readiness of the completed Work for final payment. 2. Primarily communicate with Engineer’s Subcontractors and Subconsultants through the Engineer. a. Promptly inform Engineer of the substance of any communications between Owner and the Engineer’s Subcontractors or Subconsultants. b. Refrain from directing the services of Engineer’s Subcontractors or Subconsultants. 3. The Owner may authorize Engineer in writing to provide Additional Services as set forth in Article 2 of Exhibit A of the Agreement, as required. Additional Services shall not be provided prior to receipt of written approval from Owner. Should Additional Services be provided prior to receipt of approval, the Engineer is proceeding at its own risk and Owner is not obligated to compensate the Engineer for the Additional Services, even if the work is partially or fully performed. 4. Perform or provide the following: a. NA. 2.05 Payment A. Owner shall pay Engineer as set forth in Article 4 and Exhibit J. B. Engineer’s compensation is outlined in Exhibit J. 1. Compensation items and totals based on a not to exceed amount of $1,302,700. 2. Lump sum rate amounts incorporate Engineer’s labor, overhead, profit, and Engineer’s Subcontractor and Subconsultants’ charges. 3. Schedule For Rendering Services ARTICLE 3—SCHEDULE FOR RENDERING SERVICES 3.01 Commencement A. Engineer is authorized to begin rendering services as of the Effective Date. 3.02 Time for Completion A. Engineer shall complete its obligations within a reasonable time. Specific periods of time for rendering services, or specific dates by which services are to be completed, are provided in Exhibit B, and are hereby agreed to be reasonable. B. If, through no fault of Engineer, such periods of time or dates are significantly changed, or the orderly and continuous progress of Engineer’s services is significantly impaired, or Engineer’s services are delayed or suspended in excess of six (6) months, then the time for completion of Engineer’s services, and the rates and amounts of Engineer’s compensation, will be adjusted equitably. C. If Owner authorizes changes in the scope, extent, or character of the Project or Engineer’s services, then the time for completion of Engineer’s services will be adjusted equitably. Any changes to compensation must be approved in writing and in advance, based on the 251 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 24 Engineer’s detailed written description of the required additional services due to scope changes. Changes to the contract amount may require approval of the City Council. D. If Engineer fails, for reasons within control of Engineer, to complete the performance required in this Agreement within the time set forth, as duly adjusted, then Owner shall be entitled to the recovery of direct damages to the extent caused by such failure by Engineer. ARTICLE 4—INVOICES AND PAYMENTS 4.01 Invoices A. Preparation and Submittal of Invoices: Engineer shall prepare invoices in accordance with its standard invoicing practices, the progress reporting and special invoicing requirements (if any) in Exhibit A Paragraph 1.01.A, and the terms of Exhibit J. Engineer shall submit its invoices to Owner on a monthly basis. Invoices are due and payable within 30 days of receipt. 4.02 Payments A. Application to Interest and Principal: Payment will be credited first to any interest owed to Engineer and then to principal. B. Disputed Invoices: If Owner disputes an invoice, either as to amount or entitlement, then Owner shall promptly advise Engineer in writing of the specific basis for doing so; may withhold only that portion so disputed; and must pay the undisputed portion, subject to the terms of Paragraph 4.01. After a disputed item has been resolved, Engineer shall include the agreed-upon amount on a new invoice. C. Failure to Pay: If Owner fails to make any undisputed payment due Engineer within 30 days after receipt of Engineer’s invoice, then: 1. Engineer may, after giving 15 days’ written notice to Owner, suspend services under this Agreement until Owner has paid in full amounts due. Owner waives any and all claims against Engineer for any such suspension. D. Sales or Use Taxes: If after the Effective Date any governmental entity takes an action that imposes additional sales or use taxes on Engineer’s services or compensation under this Agreement, then Engineer may invoice such additional sales or use taxes for reimbursement by Owner. Owner shall reimburse Engineer for the cost of such invoiced additional sales or use taxes; such reimbursement will be in addition to the compensation to which Engineer is entitled under the terms of Exhibit J. ARTICLE 5—OPINIONS OF COST 5.01 Opinions of Probable Construction Cost A. Engineer’s opinions of probable Construction Cost are to be made on the basis of Engineer’s experience, qualifications, and general familiarity with the construction industry. However, because Engineer has no control over the cost of labor, materials, equipment, or services furnished by others, or over contractors’ methods of determining prices, or over competitive bidding or market conditions, Engineer cannot and does not guarantee that bids, or actual Construction Cost will not vary from opinions of probable Construction Cost prepared by Engineer. If Owner requires greater assurance as to probable Construction Cost, then Owner agrees to obtain an independent cost estimate. 252 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 24 5.02 Opinions of Total Project Costs A. The services, if any, of Engineer with respect to Total Project Costs will be limited to assisting the Owner in tabulating the various categories that comprise Total Project Costs. Engineer assume no responsibility for the accuracy of any opinions of Total Project Costs. ARTICLE 6—GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 6.01 Standards of Performance A. Standard of Care: The standard of care for all professional engineering and related services performed or furnished by Engineer under this Agreement will be the care and skill ordinarily used by members of the subject profession practicing under similar circumstances at the same time and in the same locality. Engineer makes no warranties, express or implied, under this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with any services performed or furnished by Engineer. B. Technical Accuracy: Owner shall not be responsible for discovering deficiencies in the technical accuracy of Engineer’s services. Engineer shall correct deficiencies in technical accuracy of Engineer’s services without additional compensation, provided that such corrective action is directly caused by Engineer. C. Engineer’s Subcontractors and Subconsultants: Engineer may retain such Engineer’s Subcontractors and Subconsultants as Engineer deems necessary to assist in the performance or furnishing of the services, subject to reasonable, timely, and substantive objections by Owner. D. Reliance on Others: Subject to the standard of care set forth in Paragraph 6.01.A, Engineer may use or rely upon design elements and information ordinarily or customarily furnished by others, including, but not limited to delegated design professionals retained by Constructor, specialty contractors, manufacturers, suppliers, and the publishers of technical standards. E. Compliance with Laws and Regulations, and Policies and Procedures 1. Engineer and Owner shall comply with applicable Laws and Regulations related to the licensing and operation of Engineer’s business. Engineer shall comply with the Standard of Care in preparing the technical materials and in performing the Services, including as those materials and services relate to compliance with applicable Laws and Regulations. 2. Engineer shall comply with the policies, procedures, and instructions provided to Engineer by Owner that are applicable to Engineer's performance of services under this Agreement and that Owner provides to Engineer in writing, provided that they do not conflict with the Standard of Care set forth in Paragraph 6.01.A, and to the extent compliance is not inconsistent with professional practice requirements. 3. This Agreement is based on Laws and Regulations and Owner-provided written policies and procedures as of the Effective Date (see Exhibit A: “Known Design Standards”). The following may be the basis for modifications to Owner’s responsibilities or to Engineer’s scope of services, times of performance, or compensation: a. changes to Laws and Regulations after the Date of completion of the final design documents, 253 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 24 b. the receipt by Engineer after the Effective Date of Owner-provided written policies and procedures, and c. changes after the Effective Date to Owner-provided written policies or procedures. F. General Conditions of Construction Contract: The general conditions for any Construction Contract Documents prepared hereunder are to be the current edition of EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee as mutually and jointly amended by the Engineer, and Owner, unless expressly indicated otherwise. G. Copies of Drawings and Specifications: Engineer shall prepare and furnish Drawings and Specifications required under this Agreement, and shall deliver to Owner at least one complete electronic copy of such Drawings and Specifications, signed and sealed, and one complete printed copy, duly signed and sealed. H. Engineer shall not be required to sign any document, no matter by whom requested, that would result in Engineer having to guarantee, or warrant any conditions or to certify any conditions existence of which the Engineer is not required to, or cannot reasonably, ascertain within the authorized scope of Engineer’s services. Owner agrees not to make resolution of any dispute with Engineer or payment of any amount due to Engineer in any way contingent upon Engineer signing any such document. I. Engineer shall not at any time supervise, direct, control, or have authority over any Constructor’s work, nor will Engineer have authority over or be responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction selected or used by any Constructor, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, for security or safety at the Site, nor for any failure of a Constructor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to that Constructor’s furnishing and performing of its work. Engineer shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any Constructor. J. Engineer neither guarantees the performance of any Constructor nor assumes responsibility for any Constructor’s failure to furnish and perform the Work in accordance with the Construction Contract Documents. K. Engineer shall not be responsible for any decision made regarding the Construction Contract Documents, or any application, interpretation, clarification, or modification of the Construction Contract Documents, other than those made by Engineer. L. Engineer is not required to provide and does not have any responsibility for surety bonding or insurance-related advice, recommendations, counseling, or research, or enforcement of construction insurance or surety bonding requirements. M. Engineer’s services do not include providing legal advice or representation. N. While at the Site, Engineer, its Subconsultants, and Engineer’s Subcontractors, and their employees and representatives will comply with the applicable requirements of Contractor's and Owner's safety programs of which Engineer has been informed in writing. 254 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 24 6.02 Ownership and Use of Documents Except as otherwise provided herein, engineering documents, databases and other electronic forms and records, drawings, and specifications prepared by Engineer as part of the Services shall become the property of Owner. 1. The field notes, design notes, original drawings of the construction plans, and logs of any wells drilled, as instruments of service, are and shall remain, the property of the Engineer; however, the Owner shall be furnished, at no additional cost, one set of electronic documents of the original drawings of the work. 2. The Owner shall make copies, for the use of the Engineer, of all of its maps, records, laboratory tests, or other data pertinent to the work to be performed by the Engineer under this Agreement, and also make available any other maps, records, or other materials available to the Owner from any other public agency or body. 3. The Engineer shall furnish to the Owner, copies of all maps, records, field notes, and soil tests that were developed in the course of work for the Owner and for which compensation has been received by the Engineer. 4. All documents prepared or furnished by Engineer under this Agreement are instruments of service for this Project only. The Owner may make or retain copies of documents for Owner's use on this Project; however, such documents are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by Owner or others on any other project. 5. The recipient agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to release, defend, indemnify, and hold Engineer harmless from and against any claim liability or cost (including attorney's fees and defense costs, whether or not a suit is filed) arising or allegedly arising out of any use, reuse or modification of the information by the recipient or any person or entity that acquires or obtains the information from the recipient for any purpose other than the completion of the Project with Engineer. This release and agreement to defend, indemnify and hold DGR harmless also applies to the use of this information on any project or construction site without the involvement of DGR in said use of information. B. If Engineer at Owner’s request verifies the suitability of the Documents, completes them, or adapts them for extensions of the Project in the future or for any other purpose, then Owner shall compensate Engineer at rates or in an amount to be agreed upon by Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer shall inform Owner in writing if Engineer is aware of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Documents that is subject to payment (whether by Owner or Contractor) of any license fee or royalty to others, as required by patent rights or copyrights. If Engineer’s good-faith inclusion in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Documents of new, innovative, or non-standard technologies, for the benefit of Owner and the Project, results in third-party claims of infringement or violation of intellectual property rights, and such inclusion does not meet the criteria outline in the previous sentence, then Engineer shall not be required to pay the costs of defending against, settling, or paying such claims. 255 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 24 D. Engineer will obtain Owner’s consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, prior to releasing any publicity, including news and press releases, promotional publications, award and prize competition submittals, and other advertising regarding the subject matter of this Agreement. Nothing herein will limit the Engineer’s right to include information in statements of qualifications and proposals to others accurately describing its participation and participation of employees in the Project. 6.03 Electronic Transmittals A. To the fullest extent practical, Owner and Engineer agree to transmit, and accept, Project- related correspondence, Documents, text, data, drawings, information, and graphics, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website, in accordance with Exhibit F, Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). 1. Compliance with the EDP by Engineer shall be considered a Basic Service and no direct or separate compensation will be paid to Engineer for such compliance, unless provisions for separate compensation are expressly set forth in the EDP. B. If this Agreement does not include Exhibit F or otherwise does not establish or include protocols for transmittal of Electronic Documents by Electronic Means, then Owner and Engineer may operate without specific protocols or may jointly develop such protocols at a later date. C. Except as stated otherwise in Exhibit F (if included in this Agreement), when transmitting Electronic Documents by Electronic Means, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the Electronic Documents resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the Electronic Documents, or from those established in applicable protocols. D. This Agreement (including the EDP) is not intended to create obligations for Owner or Engineer with respect to transmittals to or from third parties, except as expressly stated in the EDP. 6.04 Insurance A. Engineer shall procure and maintain insurance as set forth in Exhibit G. B. Additional Insureds: The Engineer’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, and umbrella or excess liability policies, must: 1. include and list as additional insureds Owner, and any individuals or entities identified as additional insureds in Exhibit G; 2. include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, and employees of all such additional insureds; 3. afford primary coverage to these additional insureds for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations); and 4. not seek contribution from insurance maintained by the additional insured. C. Owner shall procure and maintain insurance as set forth in Exhibit G. 256 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 24 D. Owner shall require Contractor to purchase and maintain policies of insurance covering workers' compensation, general liability, motor vehicle damage and injuries, and other insurance necessary to protect Owner's and Engineer's interests in the Project. E. Owner and Engineer shall each deliver to the other certificates of insurance evidencing the coverages indicated in Exhibit G. Such certificates must be furnished prior to commencement of Engineer’s services and at renewals thereafter during the life of the Agreement. 1. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Engineer shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, documentation of applicable self-insured retentions (if allowed) and deductibles, full disclosure of all relevant exclusions, and evidence of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Subconsultants and Engineer’s Subcontractors. In any documentation furnished under this provision, Engineer may redact (a) any confidential premium or pricing information and (b) any wording specific to projects or jurisdictions other than those applicable to this Agreement. F. The Owner may choose to procure builder’s risk or similar property insurance for this Project. G. All policies of property insurance relating to the Project, including but not limited to any builder’s risk or similar policy, must allow for waiver of subrogation rights and contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insured thereunder or against Engineer, its Subconsultants, or Engineer’s Subcontractors. Owner and Engineer waive all rights against each other, Contractor, Engineer’s Subcontractors and Subconsultants, and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by any such builder’s risk or similar policy and any other property insurance relating to the Project. Owner and Engineer shall take appropriate measures in other Project-related contracts to secure waivers of rights consistent with those set forth in this paragraph. H. All policies of insurance must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, and that renewal will not be refused, until at least 10 days’ prior written notice has been given to the primary insured. Upon receipt of such notice, the primary insured must promptly forward a copy of the notice to the other party to this Agreement and replace the coverage being cancelled or reduced to conform to the requirements of this Agreement. I. At any time, Owner may request that Engineer, or Engineer’s Subcontractors or Subconsultants, at Owner’s sole expense but not to exceed the actual amount incurred, provide additional insurance coverage, increased limits, or revised deductibles that are more protective than those specified in Exhibit G. If so requested by Owner, and if commercially available, Engineer shall obtain and shall require Engineer’s Subcontractors or Subconsultants to obtain such additional insurance coverage, different limits, or revised deductibles for such periods of time as requested by Owner, and Exhibit G will be supplemented to incorporate these requirements. 257 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 24 6.05 Suspension and Termination A. Suspension 1. By Owner: Owner may suspend Engineer’s services for up to 90 days upon 15 days’ written notice to Engineer. 2. By Engineer: Engineer may, after giving 15 days’ written notice to Owner, suspend services under this Agreement: a. if Owner has failed to pay Engineer for invoiced services and expenses, as set forth in Paragraphs 4.02.B and 4.02.C; b. in response to the presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site, as set forth in Paragraph 6.09.D; or c. if persistent circumstances beyond the control of Engineer have prevented it from performing its obligations under this Agreement. B. Termination for Cause 1. Either party may terminate the Agreement for cause upon 30 days’ written notice in the event of substantial failure by the other party to perform in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, through no fault of the terminating party. a. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will not terminate under Paragraph 6.05.B.1 if the party receiving such notice begins, within 7 days of receipt of such notice, to correct its substantial failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt thereof; provided, however, that if and to the extent such substantial failure cannot be reasonably cured within such 30-day period, and if such party has diligently attempted to cure the same and thereafter continues diligently to cure the same, then the cure period provided for herein will extend up to, but in no case more than, 60 days after the date of receipt of the notice. 2. In addition to its termination rights in Paragraph 6.05.B.1, Engineer may terminate this Agreement for cause upon 7 days’ written notice: a. if Owner demands that Engineer furnish or perform services contrary to Engineer’s responsibilities as a licensed professional; b. if Engineer’s services for the Project are delayed or suspended for more than 90 days for reasons beyond Engineer’s control; or c. as the result of the presence at or adjacent to the Site of undisclosed Constituents of Concern, as set forth in Paragraph 6.09.E. C. Termination for Convenience: Owner may terminate this Agreement for convenience, effective upon Engineer’s receipt of notice from Owner. D. Extension of Effective Date of Termination: If Owner terminates the Agreement for cause or convenience, Owner may set the effective date of termination at a time up to 30 days later than otherwise provided to allow Engineer to demobilize personnel and equipment from the Site, to complete tasks whose value would otherwise be lost, to prepare notes as to the status of completed and uncompleted tasks, and to assemble Project materials in orderly 258 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 24 files. Engineer shall be entitled to compensation for such tasks subject to percentage of work completed as of effective date of termination but not as additional services. E. Payments Upon Termination: In the event of any termination under Paragraph 6.05, Engineer will be entitled to invoice Owner and to receive full payment for all services performed or furnished in accordance with this Agreement plus any reimbursable expenses incurred through the effective date of termination. Upon making such payment, Owner will have the limited right to the use of Documents, at Owner’s sole risk, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.02.A. 1. If Owner has terminated the Agreement for cause and disputes Engineer’s entitlement to compensation for services and reimbursement of expenses, then Engineer’s entitlement to payment and Owner’s rights to the use of the Documents will be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed in writing. 6.06 Successors, Assigns, and Beneficiaries A. Owner and Engineer are hereby bound and the successors, executors, administrators, and legal representatives of Owner and Engineer (and to the extent permitted by Paragraph 6.06.B the assigns of Owner and Engineer) are hereby bound to the other party to this Agreement and to the successors, executors, administrators and legal representatives (and said assigns) of such other party, in respect of all covenants, agreements, and obligations of this Agreement. B. Neither Owner nor Engineer may assign, sublet, or transfer any rights under or interest (including, but without limitation, claims arising out of this Agreement or money that is due or may become due) in this Agreement without the written consent of the other party, except to the extent that any assignment, subletting, or transfer is mandated by law. Unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under this Agreement. C. Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement: 1. All duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement will be for the sole and exclusive benefit of Owner and Engineer and not for the benefit of any other party. 2. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to create, impose, or give rise to any duty owed by Owner or Engineer to any Constructor, other third-party individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee of any of them. 3. Owner agrees that the substance of the provisions of this Paragraph 6.06.C will appear in the Construction Contract Documents. 6.07 Dispute Resolution A. Owner and Engineer shall resolve all disputes in the following manner: 1. Owner and Engineer agree to negotiate all disputes between them in good faith for a period of 30 days from the date of notice, prior to invoking mediation. 2. Owner and Engineer agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, disputes, and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof (“Disputes”) to mediation. Owner and 259 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 24 Engineer agree to participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process will be conducted on a confidential basis, and must be completed within 120 days. 3. If the parties fail to resolve a Dispute through negotiations under Paragraph 6.07.A.1 or mediation under Paragraph 6.07.A.2, then the parties may exercise their rights at law in a court of competent jurisdiction. 6.08 Controlling Law; Venue A. This Agreement is to be governed by the Laws and Regulations of the state of Iowa with venue in the appropriate state and/or federal courts for Story County, Iowa. 6.09 Environmental Condition of Site A. Owner represents to Engineer that, as of the Effective Date, to the best of Owner’s knowledge, no Constituents of Concern, other than those disclosed in writing to Engineer, exist at or adjacent to the Site. B. Undisclosed Constituents of Concern: For purposes of this Paragraph 6.09, the presence at or adjacent to the Site of Constituents of Concern that were not disclosed to Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 6.09.A, in such quantities or circumstances that such Constituents of Concern may present a danger to persons or property exposed to them, will be referred to as “undisclosed” Constituents of Concern. 1. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of this Agreement or the Construction Contract, are not undisclosed Constituents of Concern. 2. Constituents of Concern that are to be located, identified, studied, removed, or remediated as part of the services under this Agreement are not undisclosed Constituents of Concern. 3. Constituents of Concern that are to be located, identified, studied, removed, or remediated as part of the services under another professional services contract for Owner, or as part of the work under a construction or remediation contract, are not undisclosed Constituents of Concern if Engineer has been informed of the general scope of such contract. C. If Engineer encounters or learns of an undisclosed Constituent of Concern at the Site, then Engineer shall notify (1) Owner and (2) appropriate authorities having jurisdiction if Engineer reasonably concludes that doing so is required by applicable Laws or Regulations. D. It is acknowledged by both parties that Engineer’s scope of services does not include any services related to undisclosed Constituents of Concern. If Engineer or any other party encounters, uncovers, or reveals an undisclosed Constituent of Concern, or if encountered, uncovered, or revealed Constituents of Concern are present in substantially greater quantities or substantially different locations than disclosed or anticipated, or if investigative or remedial action, or other professional services, are necessary or required by applicable Laws and Regulations with respect to such Constituents of Concern, then Engineer may, at its option and without liability for direct, consequential, or any other damages, suspend performance of services on the portion of the Project adversely affected thereby until such portion of the Project is no longer so affected; and Owner shall promptly determine whether 260 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 24 to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take any necessary corrective action. E. If the presence at the Site of undisclosed Constituents of Concern, or of Constituents of Concern in substantially greater quantities or in substantially different locations than disclosed or anticipated, adversely affects the performance of Engineer’s services under this Agreement, then: 1. if the adverse effects do not preclude Engineer from completing its Project services in general accordance with this Agreement on unaffected or marginally affected portions of the Project, the Agreement will be amended to reflect changes necessitated by the presence of such Constituents of Concern; or 2. if the adverse effects are of such materiality to the overall performance of Engineer that it cannot complete its services without significant changes to the scope of services, time of completion, and compensation, then Engineer may terminate this Agreement for cause on 15 days’ written notice. F. Owner acknowledges that Engineer is performing professional services for Owner and that Engineer is not and will not be required to become an "owner," “arranger,” “operator,” “generator,” or “transporter” of hazardous substances, as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), as amended, which are or may be encountered at or near the Site in connection with Engineer’s activities under this Agreement. 6.10 Indemnification and Mutual Waiver A. Indemnification by Engineer: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Engineer shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, and Owner’s officers, directors, members, partners, agents, and employees, from losses, damages, and judgments (including reasonable consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising from third-party claims or actions relating to the Project, provided that any such claim, action, loss, damages, or judgment is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Engineer or Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, agents, employees, Subconsultants, or Engineer’s Subcontractors. This indemnification provision is subject to and limited by the provisions, if any, agreed to by Owner and Engineer in Exhibit I, “Limitations of Liability." B. Environmental Indemnification: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Engineer, its Subconsultants, Engineer’s Subcontractors, and their officers, directors, members, partners, agents, employees, and subconsultants from all claims, costs, losses, damages, actions, and judgments (including reasonable consultants’ and attorney’s fees and expenses) caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from a Constituent of Concern at, on, or under the Site, provided that: 1. any such claim, cost, loss, damages, action, or judgment is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and 261 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 24 2. nothing in this paragraph obligates Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence or willful misconduct. C. No Defense Obligation: The indemnification commitments in this Agreement do not include a defense obligation by the indemnitor unless such obligation is expressly stated. D. Percentage Share of Negligence: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, a party’s total liability to the other party and anyone claiming by, through, or under the other party for any cost, loss, or damages caused in part by the negligence of the party and in part by the negligence of the other party or any other negligent entity or individual, will not exceed the percentage share that the party’s negligence bears to the total negligence of Owner, Engineer, and all other negligent entities and individuals. If both parties cannot mutually agree on a Percentage Share of Negligence, both parties agree to utilize Dispute Resolution as outline in 6.07. E. Mutual Waiver: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner and Engineer mutually waive against each other, and the other’s officers, directors, members, partners, agents, employees, subconsultants, and insurers, any and all claims for or entitlement to special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of, resulting from, or in any way related to this Agreement or the Project, from any cause or causes. Such excluded damages include but are not limited to loss of profits or revenue; loss of use or opportunity; loss of good will; cost of substitute facilities, goods, or services; and cost of capital. 6.11 Records Retention A. Engineer shall maintain on file in legible form, for a period of fifteen (15) years following completion or termination of its services, or such other period as required by Laws and Regulations and at a minimum until the statute of limitation expires on the project subject to Iowa Code 614.1, all Documents, records (including cost records), and design calculations related to Engineer’s services or pertinent to Engineer’s performance under this Agreement. Upon Owner’s request, Engineer shall provide a copy of any such item to Owner at cost. 6.12 Miscellaneous Provisions A. Notices: Any notice required under this Agreement will be in writing, and delivered: in person (by commercial courier or otherwise) or by registered or certified mail. All such notices are effective upon the date of receipt. B. Survival: Subject to applicable Laws and Regulations, all express representations, waivers, indemnifications, and limitations of liability included in this Agreement will survive its completion or termination for any reason. C. Severability: Any provision or part of the Agreement held to be void or unenforceable under any Laws or Regulations will be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions will continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Engineer. D. No Waiver: A party’s non-enforcement of any provision will not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor will it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Agreement. E. Accrual of Claims: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, all causes of action arising under this Agreement will be deemed to have accrued, and all statutory periods of limitation will commence, no later than the date of Substantial Completion; or, if 262 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 24 Engineer’s services do not include Construction Phase services, or the Project is not completed, then no later than the date of Owner’s last payment to Engineer. F. Assignment: This Agreement may not be assigned or transferred by the Engineer without the prior written consent of the Owner. ARTICLE 7—DEFINITIONS 7.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in this Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) terms (including the singular and plural forms) printed with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the text above, in the exhibits, or in the following definitions: 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of bids which clarify, correct, or change the bidding requirements or the proposed Construction Contract Documents. 2. Additional Services—The services to be performed for or furnished to Owner by Engineer in accordance with Article 2 of Exhibit A of this Agreement. 3. Agreement—This written contract for professional services between Owner and Engineer, including all exhibits identified in Paragraph 8.01 and any duly executed amendments. 4. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Construction Contract. 5. Basic Services—The services to be performed for or furnished to Owner by Engineer in accordance with Article 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement. 6. Bidding Documents—Documents related to the selection of the Contractor, including advertisements or invitations to bid; invitation for bids; instructions to bidders, including any attachments such as lists of available Site-related documents; bid forms; bids; bidding requirements; and qualifications documents. 7. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Construction Contract Price or the Construction Contract Times, or other revision to the Construction Contract, issued on or after the effective date of the Construction Contract. 8. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth in the Construction Contract, seeking an adjustment in Construction Contract Price or Construction Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Construction Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Construction Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Construction Contract. 9. Constituents of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), lead-based paint (as defined by the HUD/EPA standard), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever 263 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 24 that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to Laws and Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 10. Construction Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 11. Construction Contract Documents—Those items designated as “Contract Documents” in the Construction Contract, and which together comprise the Construction Contract. See also definition of “Front-End Construction Contract Documents” below. 12. Construction Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Construction Contract Documents. 13. Construction Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: (a) achieve milestones, if any, in the Construction Contract; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 14. Construction Cost—The cost to Owner of the construction of those portions of the entire Project designed or specified by or for Engineer under this Agreement, including construction labor, services, materials, equipment, insurance, and bonding costs, and allowances for contingencies. Construction Cost does not include costs of services of Engineer or other design professionals and consultants; cost of land or rights-of-way, or compensation for damages to property; Owner’s costs for legal, accounting, insurance counseling, or auditing services; interest or financing charges incurred in connection with the Project; or the cost of other services to be provided by others to Owner. Construction Cost is one of the items comprising Total Project Costs. 15. Constructor—Any person or entity (not including the Engineer, its employees, agents, representatives, or Subconsultants, or Engineer’s Subcontractors), performing or supporting construction activities relating to the Project, including but not limited to Contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers, Owner’s work forces, utility companies, other contractors, construction managers, design-builders, testing firms, shippers, and truckers, and the employees, agents, and representatives of any or all of them. 16. Contractor—The entity or individual with which Owner enters into a Construction Contract. 17. Documents—All documents expressly identified as deliverables in this Agreement, whether in printed or Electronic Document form, required by this Agreement to be provided or furnished by Engineer to Owner. Such specifically required deliverables may include, by way of example, Drawings, Specifications, data, reports, building information models, and civil integrated management models. 18. Drawings—That part of the Construction Contract Documents that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date—The date indicated in this Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, the date on which this Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the parties to sign and deliver. 20. Electronic Document—Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to correspondence, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including but not 264 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 24 limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or digital format. 21. Electronic Means—Electronic mail (e-mail), upload/download from a secure Project website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission or communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of transmissions, including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted Electronic Document by the recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the Electronic Document by sender and recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the Electronic Document for purposes permitted by this Agreement. Electronic Means does not include the use of text messaging, or of Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or similar social media services for transmission of Electronic Documents. 22. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in this Agreement. 23. Engineer’s Subcontractor—An individual, firm, vendor, or other entity having a contract with Engineer to furnish general services, equipment, or materials with respect to the Project as an independent contractor. 24. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Construction Contract Price or the Construction Contract Times. 25. Front-End Construction Contract Documents—Those Construction Contract Documents whose primary purpose is to establish legal and contractual terms and conditions, typically including the Owner-Contractor agreement, bonds, general conditions, and supplementary conditions. The term excludes the Drawings and Specifications, and any Construction Contract Documents delivered or issued after the effective date of the Construction Contract. 26. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 27. Owner—The individual or entity named as such in this Agreement and for which Engineer's services are to be performed. Unless indicated otherwise, this is the same individual or entity that will enter into any Construction Contracts concerning the Project. 28. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the services to be performed or furnished by Engineer under this Agreement are a part. 29. Record Drawings—Drawings depicting the completed Project, or a specific portion of the completed Project, prepared by Engineer and based on Contractor's record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications, as delivered to Engineer and annotated by Contractor to show changes made during construction. 30. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site during the Construction Phase. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative (RPR) includes any assistants or field staff of the RPR. 265 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 24 31. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 32. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Construction Contract Documents. 33. Site—Lands or areas to be indicated in the Construction Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 34. Specifications—The part of the Construction Contract Documents that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 35. Subconsultant—An individual, design firm, consultant, or other entity having a contract with Engineer to furnish professional services with respect to the Project as an independent contractor. 36. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 37. Submittal—A written or graphic document, prepared by or for Contractor, which the Construction Contract Documents require Contractor to submit to Engineer, or that is indicated as a Submittal in the Schedule of Submittals accepted by Engineer. Submittals may include Shop Drawings and Samples; schedules; product data; Owner-delegated designs; sustainable design information; information on special procedures; testing plans; results of tests and evaluations, source quality-control testing and inspections, and field or Site quality-control testing and inspections; warranties and certifications; Suppliers’ instructions and reports; records of delivery of spare parts and tools; operations and maintenance data; Project photographic documentation; record documents; and other such documents required by the Construction Contract Documents. Submittals, whether or not approved or accepted by Engineer, are not Construction Contract Documents. Change Proposals, Change Orders, Claims, notices, Applications for Payment, and requests for interpretation or clarification are not Submittals. 38. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Construction Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 39. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 266 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 24 40. Total Project Costs—The total cost of planning, studying, designing, constructing, testing, commissioning, and start-up of the Project, including Construction Cost and all other Project labor, services, materials, equipment, insurance, and bonding costs, allowances for contingencies, and the total costs of services of Engineer or other design professionals and consultants, together with such other Project-related costs that Owner furnishes for inclusion, including but not limited to cost of land, rights-of-way, compensation for damages to properties and private utilities (including relocation if not part of Construction Cost), Owner’s costs for legal, accounting, insurance counseling, and auditing services, interest and financing charges incurred in connection with the Project, and the cost of other services to be provided by others to Owner. 41. Underground Facilities—All active or not-in-service underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit, distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. An abandoned facility or system is not an Underground Facility. 42. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Construction Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Construction Contract Documents. 43. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the effective date of the Construction Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. B. Terminology 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. ARTICLE 8—EXHIBITS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8.01 Exhibits to Agreement The following exhibits are incorporated by reference and included as part of this Agreement: A. Exhibit A, Engineer’s Services. B. Exhibit B, Deliverables Schedule. C. Exhibit C, Amendment to Owner-Engineer Agreement (form). D. Exhibit D, Duties, Responsibilities and Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative. – Not Used. E. Exhibit E, EJCDC® C-626, Notice of Acceptability of Work (form). 267 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 24 F. Exhibit F, Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). G. Exhibit G, Insurance. H. Exhibit H, Dispute Resolution. – Not Used. I. Exhibit I, Limitations of Liability. J. Exhibit J, Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. 8.02 Total Agreement A. This Agreement (which includes the exhibits listed above) constitutes the entire contractual agreement between Owner and Engineer and supersedes all prior written or oral understandings. This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented, modified, or canceled by a written instrument duly executed by both parties. Amendments should be based whenever possible on the format of Exhibit C to this Agreement. 8.03 Designated Representatives A. With the execution of this Agreement, Engineer and Owner shall each designate a specific individual to act as representative under this Agreement. Such an individual must have authority to transmit instructions, receive information, and render decisions with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the party that the individual represents. 8.04 Engineer's Certifications A. Engineer certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Agreement. For the purposes of this Paragraph 8.04: 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the selection process or in the Agreement execution; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the selection process or the execution of the Agreement to the detriment of Owner, or (b) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the selection process or affect the execution of the Agreement. 8.05 Conflict of Interest A. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to create or impose any duty on the part of Engineer that would be in conflict with Engineer’s paramount obligations to the public health, safety, and welfare under the professional practice requirements governing Engineer, its Subconsultants, and all licensed professionals employed by Engineer or its Subconsultants. B. If during the term of this Agreement a potential or actual conflict of interest arises or is identified: 1. Engineer and Owner together will make reasonable, good faith efforts to avoid or eliminate the conflict of interest; to mitigate any adverse consequences of the conflict of interest; and, if necessary and feasible, to modify this Agreement to address the 268 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 24 conflict of interest and its consequences, such that progress under the Agreement may continue. 2. Such efforts will be governed by applicable Laws and Regulations and by any pertinent Owner’s policies, procedures, and requirements (including any conflict of interest resolution methodologies) provided to Engineer under Paragraph 2.04.A of this Agreement. 8.06 Order of Enforcement A. When conflict occurs between the Agreement and Exhibits, the Agreement takes precedence. 269 EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 24 This Agreement’s Effective Date is [insert date]. Dewild Grant Reckert and Associates Company 1-23-2026 Chad Rasmussen Vice President 1302 S Union Street Rock Rapids, IA 51246 Dennis J. Haselhoff Project Manager 1302 S Union Street Rock Rapids, IA 51246 712-472-2531 dennis.haselhoff@dgr.com DGR Engineering Secretary-Treasurer 270 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 28 EXHIBIT A—ENGINEER’S SERVICES Exhibit A Table of Contents Article 1— BASIC SERVICES ................................................................................................................... 4 1.01 Project Initiation and Closeout ............................................................................................. 4 1.02 Detailed Physical Design ....................................................................................................... 5 1.03 Detailed Protection and Control Design ............................................................................... 5 1.04 Equipment Specifications and Procurement ........................................................................ 5 1.05 Construction Contract ........................................................................................................... 5 1.06 Construction Phase Services ................................................................................................. 5 1.07 Clarifications and Assumptions ............................................................................................. 6 Article 2— ADDITIONAL SERVICES ...................................................................................................... 25 2.01 Additional Services Requiring Owner’s Written Authorization .......................................... 25 Article 1 of the Agreement, Services of Engineer, is supplemented to include the following provisions: Baseline Information: Owner has furnished the following Project information to Engineer as of the Effective Date. Engineer’s scope of services has been developed based on this information. As the Project moves forward, some of the information may change or be refined, and additional information will become known, resulting in the possible need to change, refine, or supplement the scope of services. kcmil ACSR overhead 69kV transmission lines that enter from the west and east sides of the substation). There are two (2) empty/abandoned 69kV line- obsolete- relocated to another substation). There is one (1) fuse-protected 69kV Delta to 13.8kV Wye, 12MVA base- 13.8kV distribution metal- contains a stacked-cell arrangement with four feeder breakers, no main breaker and an indoor aisleway); this switchgear has a top- entry overhead 271 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 28 controls for the 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear and 69kV breakers in the yard. The original 69kV control/relay panels were removed from the Control House and relocated to another substation, so there are currently no panels or racks inside the Control House except for a single stand-alone MUX/Com cabinet for SCADA fiber communications and a wall-mounted RTU enclosure. There is a cable through the Control House floor for cable routing to the control panels. The substation yard Transformer and Metal-clad Switchgear; however, scope of work will include evaluation of existing conduits and includes additional control conduits as-needed. The existing 69kV bus includes six (6) 1200A 3-phase isolation switches (four (4) are for the line- spare/unused. Existing RTU communications are provided by a city- owned fiber-optic system. There is currently one (1) single-phase (7.97kV, 25kVA pad-mounted) transformer providing station service -- this transformer is fused from the overhead 13.8kV transformer-metal- clad main bus and feeds a 120/240 VAC distribution panel inside the Control House. The existing 13.8 kV Capacitor bank is a fused single stage 2400kVAR bank in an outdoor rack, fed by one of the existing Replacement of the existing 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear assembly; the addition of three (3) 69KV Breakers (two (2) line breakers and one (1) transformer breaker) and associated relays and controls; 69kV bus modifications to add a transformer breaker and replace existing obsolete line-breaker foundations and conduits (as cables) with an enclosed bank and power cable, RTU replacement, provisions for two (2) additional feeder exits, replacement of oil filled PT’s (line and bus) with solid dielectric PT’s; addition of a dual-sourced ATS-switched station service scheme and certain other yard/site and security additions. 272 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 28 (Several standards with grounding/protection/safety/etc.) American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)(Structure design guide) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)(with local amendments) amendments) security) entering from the west (one is 556 kcmil ACSR; the other is 795 kcmil ACSR). The current 69kV bus configuration includes two line breakers (single tank Oil Circuit Breakers) and a fuse-protected 12MVA base- rated transformer (69kv Delta-13.8kV Wye) serving an outdoor 13.8kV distribution bus with outdoor free-standing breakers (includes one main breaker and four feeder breakers). There is a fuse connection to the main 13.8kV bus which serves an outdoor/open-bus capacitor bank (single-stage 2400kVAR). There are five (5) oil-filled 69kV; two (2) are line PT’s and three (3) are bus PT’s with fuses. There is currently no 69kV bus tie switch. The existing 69kV bus includes six (6) 69kV switches (four (4) for line breakers, one (1) for the transformer and one (1) spare/unused). PROJECT # 2 Option: Metal-clad Switchgear and Second Capacitor Bank for Mortensen Road Substation: This optional scope of work shall be included in Project #2. SF6 breakers (i.e. two line breakers and two transformer breakers), a second Transformer and a future 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear and a 273 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 28 layout. Substation Improvement) (Several standards with grounding/protection/safety/etc.) American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)(Structure design guide) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)(with local amendments) amendments) security) outage constraints Engineer shall provide Basic and Additional Services as set forth below. ARTICLE 1—BASIC SERVICES Each Task in this Article shall be commenced only upon receipt by the Engineer of written authorization from the Owner. (NOTE: Minimum units of service listed below (trips/meetings, soil borings, Mortensen Rd Cap Bank & Mortensen Rd Switchgear) have been added to increase the award amount which includes certain additional optional items). 1.01 Project Initiation and Closeout A. Includes initial meeting, design scoping, criteria/design manual development, project schedule, applicable estimates for project costs (equipment and construction procurement), preliminary 1-Line and layout drawings, as well as project closeout. Includes a minimum of 274 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 28 two site visits (2 trip minimum) for initial design kick-off and for additional site detail data collection to develop project scope. 1.02 Physical Design A. Includes Site, grade/yard, fencing, physical layout, containment evaluation & civil design of substructures, grounding, lighting, shielding and shield masts, steel structures, bus supports/bus design, overhead Transmission and Distribution line design, underground distribution routing and design, structure modifications, geotechnical investigation and surveying. Includes a minimum of six (6) phones conferences (TEAMS). 1.03 Protection and Control Design A. Includes relay, metering, SCADA, communications, control wiring & controls (LTC, monitoring, etc.), AC/DC schematics, other electrical drawings/schematics/diagrams, control room and panel layouts, battery/charger/services systems, device lists, protection element SCADA/Communication interfaces, relay/RTAC/SCADA settings and programming. 1.04 Equipment Specifications and Procurement A. Includes the equipment specifications, Bid document preparation issue/distribution to bidders, bid evaluation and recommendations (excludes the technical specification development for 59kV Breakers). Includes one (1) trip for on-site pre-bid for construction. 1.05 Construction Contract A. Includes the construction specifications and bid document preparation and issue/distribution to bidders, bid evaluation and recommendation. Also includes one (1) pre- construction on-site meeting, four (4) construction site progress meetings, and ten (10) construction phone-conference (TEAMS) progress meetings. All construction meetings to include engineering and Construction Management representatives. 1.06 Construction Phase Services A. Engineer to provide construction phase services during the implementation of the project design. This shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Establishment of a field project management office and furnishing construction management personnel. 2. Monitoring contractor’s compliance with specifications relating to the unloading, handling and storage of materials Work to resolve constructability issues in coordination with Owner and the Engineering Project Manager. 3. Obtaining receipts from contractor for transferring materials by the contractor. 4. Maintaining records of deliveries of materials for use in checking of progress payment invoices and for scheduling purposes. 5. Monitoring the observed activities of the construction contractor for purposes of determining compliance with the specification and contract documents. Preparing daily logs and providing data for the monthly status reports. 275 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 28 6. Initiating change orders as directed by Owner for any required field modification. 7. Participating in scheduling and construction conferences with Owner and construction contractor, as required. 8. Reviewing progress payment invoices and making recommendations to Owner for payment of construction contracts. 9. On-site construction project personnel must have qualifications meeting the following knowledge, skills, and abilities: a. Engineering knowledge in contracts and contract negotiations, b. Electronic communications (e.g., virtual offices, videoconferencing, web-based networking), c. Having interpersonal skills (e.g., listening, diplomacy, responsiveness), d. Invoicing for services, e. Oral and written communications, f. Permit and approval processes. g. Project budget management, h. Project delivery methods, i. Project records management, j. Team building, leadership, participation. B. Construction Management shall include a total number of hours of 1,520 and total number of site trips of 39 (base bid totals, excluding additional Optional Services selected). 1.07 Clarifications and Assumptions A. The following assumptions and limitations have been incorporated into the development of this scope of services (quantities of trips and soil borings show are included in the base proposal before additional optional services are added, as summarized in Exhibit J). 1. The proposal is structured around two separate construction contracts. Design work for the Ontario Road Substation is anticipated to begin in fall 2025, with construction commencing in fall 2026. Design for the Mortensen Road Substation is expected to start in fall 2026, followed by construction in fall 2027. 2. Scope of Services includes the cost for twelve (12) soil borings. 3. The construction management fee is based on a standard five-day workweek, with 8- hour workdays that include travel time to and from the project site. For planning purposes, we have assumed a construction duration of 22 weeks for the Mortensen Road project and 16 weeks for the Ontario Road Substation. The actual construction schedule will ultimately be determined by the contractor’s operations. We respectfully request that any deviations from the assumed schedule be acknowledged by the Owner, 276 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 28 and that appropriate adjustments to the scope of work and associated fees be made accordingly. 4. The 69 kV circuit breakers will be procured directly by the Owner. 5. Each meeting includes an allowance of eight (8) hours for travel time. 6. Detailed steel structure design is included. B. Project #1-- Ontario Road Substation Scope of Services 1. This project includes the following scope of work: replacement of the existing 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear assembly; the addition of three (3) 69KV Breakers (two (2) line breakers and one (1) transformer breaker) and associated relays and controls; 69kV bus modifications to add a transformer breaker and isolation switches; replace existing obsolete line-breaker foundations and conduits (as needed); replace the existing outdoor capacitor bank (and source cables) with an enclosed bank and power cable, RTU replacement, provisions for two (2) additional feeder exits, replacement of oil filled PT’s (line and bus) with solid dielectric PT’s; addition of a dual-sourced ATS-switched station service scheme and certain other yard/site and security additions more fully described below. 2. SURVEYING & SOIL BORES: Scope of work includes surveying to establish necessary grade/elevation and foundation locations and elevation controls. Assume a minimum of five (5) soil boring samples will need to be taken for foundation and grounding design. 3. FENCE, GROUNDING, SHIELDING: Grounding and shielding must be analyzed and upgraded to current IEEE standards. Assume all new polymer-housed lightning arrestors will be required for 69kV and 13.8kV overhead bus and equipment. All new fencing is required, including a motor-operated slide-gate and all new station yard and perimeter surface rock and lighting. Options for security fencing are to be investigated/proposed. Drawings/plans for security fencing must include at least two (2) options and budgetary cost estimates for basic visual screening (slatted chain link fencing, for example) and ballistic- resistant fencing (such as suitable pre-cast concrete fence panels). The slide gate must be a solid, or louvered (visually- obstructing) material finished to match fencing. 4. SECURITY: Design for station security to include conduits and mounting provisions for card gate-entry with a motor-operated slide-gate and card-entry for control house door(s) with yard surveillance video cameras. Assume a minimum of two (2) PTZ cameras with mounting provisions/support-structures, as needed, and intrusion alarms (IR/Video motion detection, audible). 5. LANDSCAPING: Replacement landscaping is to be included for the east side of the substation (fronting North Dakota Road); the landscaping plan must include specific species, locations, size and quantities and must include design for a retaining wall to level or terrace planting area (assume elevation drawings and retaining wall 277 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 28 design/specifications are included in the scope of work). Irrigation is not to be included in this plan. 6. OIL CONTAINMENT: Existing Transformer oil containment must be assessed for adequacy for a future 15/20/25MVA transformer. Assume design scope will include design/specifications for replacement of the existing oil containment and included in the construction specification. 7. 69kV BUS ARRANGEMENT: This project includes the installation of two (2) 69kV SF6 line breakers (along with foundation replacements and conduits, as- needed). A third 69kV breaker and isolation switches and related foundations must be included to replace the existing 69kV transformer fuses. The 69kV bus must be reconfigured to accommodate the transformer breaker, including bus extension, bus and switch supports and rearrangement of existing switches/PT locations to accomplish the desired arrangement. All station bus, switches and jumpers must be evaluated and replaced as needed to match the 1200 Amp ultimate capacity of the substation 69kV bus. 8. 69kV BREAKERS AND PT’S: All three SF6 breakers have been purchased and delivered (GE-Alstom). Specifications for new solid-dielectric PTs must be included for three bus and two line PT’s. Assume existing bus-PT fusing will be replaced as well. 9. CONTROL HOUSE, RELAY/CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL WIRING, FIBER OPTIC 10. INTERFACES, RTU: The design scope includes all new control wiring within the substation including control house, yard lighting, security, protection and equipment controls (i.e., for Transformer, 69kV breakers, metal-clad switchgear, PT’s, CT’s, cameras, card readers, gate and lighting) and will require the design/specification of all new control/relay panels. There are existing control conduits and pull boxes which will be partially useful in this project: however, some of the existing conduits between the line breaker foundations and pull boxes will need to be replaced along with new foundations required for all three of the 69kV breakers; scope will include evaluation of existing conduits and replacement, as needed. An existing RTU in the Control House is to be replaced by an SEL RTAC (real time automation controller), which must interface/communicate to Owner’s SCADA system over an existing fiber network; all necessary fiber interfaces settings and programming for RTACs must be included (includes relaying/controls and extension of existing fiber cable, as needed within the Control House). Scope includes design and specifications for four new control/relay panels -- one for the 69kV bus differential and communications, one for transformer protection & RTAC and two for the 69kV line terminals (using SEL relays and programmable automation controls). Assume 69kV line relaying at Stange Road substation and Mortensen Road Substation will additionally be replaced with matching relays at Ontario Road Substation (i.e. 311L’s upgraded to 411L’s for primary and secondary relaying). An existing Fiber communications panel (Fiber MUX and patch panel) is in the Control House in a free-standing rack/enclosure and must be relocated and/or incorporated into a new bus differential/communication panel. An additional RTAC is required inside the metal-clad switchgear (see below) 278 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 28 11. STATION SERVICE, BATTERY, CHARGER & CONTROL HOUSE HVAC: The existing station service is provided by a single 120/240V single-phase (7.97kV) pad mounted transformer served from a fused connection to the outdoor 13.8kV bus. This arrangement must be replaced with a dual-source/dual-transformer arrangement with an auto-transfer switch (ATS to be located inside the new metal-clad switchgear—see below). The normal 7.97kV single-phase station service transformer must be served from a fuse section inside the new Metal- clad Switchgear, while an alternate-source transformer must be sourced from an exterior overhead feeder west of the station. Installation of the second station service transformer and conduit/cable-extension for this alternate feed is part of the design effort, including the relocation of the existing transformer and installation of a new/second station service transformer as well as design for related conduits, cable, and pads and service transformer sizing. Owner will provide two (2) single-phase distribution pad mounted transformers from its inventory for station service normal and alternate sources (25 - 75 kVA sizes are common/typical). Adequacy of the existing 125VDC battery set, charger, HVAC and distribution panel must be assessed and upgraded as needed. 12. 13.8 kV METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR: Design scope includes the specification and design for replacement of the existing 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear. The existing switchgear is to be replaced by an all-new aisleway switchgear with HVAC and suitable insulation; foundation design is required (extension or replacement, as needed). The new configuration will be a single-level (non- stacked) breaker arrangement of one Main Breaker and five Feeder Breakers, with a roof-entry outdoor bus supply. Scope includes primary and backup SEL relays and controls for all six breaker positions, including a dedicated RTAC and optical arc-flash switchgear protection. All relay and RTAC settings/programming must be included. One of the feeder breaker positions will serve the new Capacitor bank, two will serve existing feeders, two (2) will serve future feeders (to be extended outside the substation to designated locations as part of the scope of work). The new metal-clad switchgear must include fusing for the normal station service source in addition to a fused 13.8kV bus PT and must include an ATS for source-transfer. 13. CAPACITOR BANK: Design scope includes the specification and design of a replacement for the existing 13.8kV outdoor-rack 2400 kVAR capacitor bank. The new capacitor bank will be an enclosed 2-step 4800 kVAR bank (i.e., two - 2400kVAR steps). The capacitor bank design effort includes foundation, protection, and a new conduit/primary cable supply from a 13.8kV feeder breaker in the new metal-clad switchgear. 14. PROGRAMMING AND SETTINGS FOR RELAYS, RTAC AND OTHER CONTROLS: All settings and programming of relays, RTACS, and related controls must be provided in the scope of work. Scope to include specifying microprocessor-type relays and creating settings. All feeder and 69kV relays are to be predominantly SEL-type compatible with existing relays, controls and communications used at City. Owner’s typical distribution feeder relaying includes an SEL-351 with an SEL- 501 for backup; typical 69kV line terminal relaying includes two (2) SEL-411L’s (one as secondary/backup); typical transformer 279 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 28 protection includes an SEL- 387E, SEL-501 backup, and an SEL-RTAC for communications/alarms. C. Project #2 -- Mortensen Road Substation Scope of Services 1. This project includes the following scope of work: Convert the existing 69kV bus arrangement to accommodate four 69kV SF6 breakers (i.e. two line breakers and two transformer breakers), a second Transformer and a future 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear and a second enclosed capacitor bank (NOTE: for the future switchgear and capacitor bank, the scope of work only includes a dimensional yard layout, except as noted below. The design/specification of a future switchgear and capacitor bank addition is included in the primary scope of work for this project, as well as substructures, which must also be included). 2. REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING TRANSFORMER AND ADDITION OF A SECOND TRANSFORMER: The primary scope of work for this project will include the specification/procurement of a 25 MVA (i.e.15/20/25 MVA rated) transformer to replace the existing 12/16/20 MVA unit and relocation of the existing transformer to a new foundation for a second transformer. The existing foundation and oil containment must be evaluated and sized for the larger 15/20/25 MVA unit, replacing or upgrading the existing transformer pad and oil containment, as needed. Design for the second transformer position will include a new foundation and oil containment (also sized for an ultimate 15/20/25 MVA transformer). Conduits and control wiring are necessary for the installation of the second transformer and its associated 69kV breaker; assume that the second transformer (i.e. the relocated existing transformer placed on the new transformer foundation) will be made ready for service and energized as an active emergency spare (using temporary 13.8kV cabling to the 13.8kV Main Breaker overhead bus). A plan for protection changes and connections needed to effect the connection of 13.8kV temporary cables for this purpose must also be included in the design effort. 3. SURVEYING & SOIL BORES: Scope of work must include surveying to establish necessary grades/elevations and foundation location controls. Assume a minimum of seven soil boring samples will need to be taken for foundations and grounding design. 4. FENCE, GROUNDING, SHIELDING: Grounding and shielding must be analyzed and upgraded to current IEEE standards. Assume all new Polymer-housed Lightning Arrestors will be required for 69kV and 13.8kV overhead bus and equipment. Assume all new fencing will be installed, including a motor-operated slide-gate and all new station interior and outside-perimeter surface rock. Options for security fencing are to be investigated and recommended. The evaluation must include options and budgetary cost estimates for basic visual screening (slatted chain link fencing, for example) and ballistic-resistant fencing (such as suitable pre-cast concrete fence panels with louvered/motorized slide gate, for example). The slide gate with the second option must be a solid, or louvered visually obstructing material finished to match fencing and ballistic- resistant to the extent practicable. 280 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 28 5. LANDSCAPING: No landscaping changes are anticipated for this substation, unless they are recommended as part of overall station security enhancements. 6. SECURITY: Design of station security must include conduits and mounting provisions for card entry—this includes a motor-operated slide-gate and card- entry for the Control House with yard surveillance video cameras. Assume two PTZ cameras with mounting provisions/poles as needed and intrusion alarms (IR/video motion detection, for example.). 7. 69kV BUS ARRANGEMENT, BREAKERS, PT’S: The two existing 69kV line-OCB’s will be replaced by two new SF6 breakers; two additional SF6 breakers will be installed for transformer protection (one is for a 69kV transformer-fuse replacement and the other is for a future/second transformer). Note: the 69kV SF6 breakers are GE/Alstom type and have been procured/delivered. An additional 69kV bus-tie switch and a second set of bus PT’s is required for this new bus configuration. The 69kV bus must be reconfigured to accommodate these additions. At a minimum, the 69kV design scope will include the specification and procurement of three new 69kV switches and switch- supports (i.e. one bus tie-switch and two additional transformer breaker isolation switches), one additional 69kV bus-PT/fuse support, control conduits/wiring and 69kV transmission line-takeoff design (i.e. design review of existing structures). A total of eight new solid dielectric PT’s will need to be specified along with six new bus PT fuses/holders (the two existing line PT’s are mounted on the A- Frame takeoff structures). While it is anticipated that the majority of existing support structures may be relocated and reused in the new arrangement, it must be assumed in the scope of work that the suitability of all existing 69kV structures must be evaluated and a determination made as to which (if any) components are suitable for reuse and which must be replaced with all-new structural components -- therefore, the specification and procurement effort should assume a worst-case scenario of full replacement of all 69kV structures and bus components. All station bus, switches and jumpers must be evaluated and replaced as needed to match the 1200 Amp ultimate capacity of the 69kV current path. Overall bus design must be included to satisfy structural and electrical capacity design requirements. New foundations will be needed for four 69kV breakers and for all 69kV support structures including switches and PT supports. Assume that construction will be staged to complete as much preparatory foundation work as possible without a planned station outage ahead of major equipment deliveries. 8. CONTROL HOUSE, RELAY/CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL WIRING, FIBER OPTIC INTERFACES: Scope includes all new control wiring (and/or fiber) and conduits within the substation including Control House, yard lighting, security, protection and equipment controls (i.e. for Transformer, 69kV breakers, metal-clad switchgear, PT’s, CT’s, cameras, card readers, gate, lighting) and must assume the design/specification of all new control/relay panels and Control House wiring. There are two (2) existing RTU’s (SEL 2032’s – one for 69kV, one for 13.8kV) in the Control House that must be replaced with SEL RTAC’s, which will need to communicate to Owner’ SCADA system over an existing fiber network; all necessary fiber interfaces settings and programming for 281 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 28 RTACs must be included (includes fiber optic interfaces and relaying/controls). Scope must include design and specification of five (5) new control/relay panels, as follows: one (1) for the 69kV bus differential, two (2) for transformer protection (RTACs to be included with these panels) and two (2) for the 69kV line terminals – all will use SEL relays and programmable automation controls (RTACs). There are five (5) existing panels which will either need to be modified or replaced with all new panel fronts. Assume 69kV line relaying at Vet Med substation and Ontario Road substation will additionally be replaced with matching relays at Mortensen Road substation (i.e. 311L’s upgraded to 411L’s for primary and secondary relaying). An existing fiber communications enclosure is also located inside the Control House containing a fiber patch panel, MUX system and an SEL 2032 – this one must be replaced by one of the RTAC’s in a Transformer panel. 9. STATION SERVICE, BATTERY, CHARGER & CONTROL HOUSE HVAC: The existing station service is provided by dual-sourced 120/240V single-phase (7.97kV) transformer with a wall-mounted ATS inside the Control House. Assume that review of sizing of the station service transformers and ATS is included in the design scope and that specifications will be provided for any upgrades needed to any of these service components (transformers, ATS, service conductor). Adequacy of the existing battery, charger, HVAC and distribution panel must also be assessed and upgraded as needed. Owner will provide replacement single-phase padmount distribution transformers from its inventory for this project, if needed (25kVA – 75kVA are common/typical sizes available). 10. 13.8 kV METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR: For the second transformer, a dimensioned plan is to be provided for the addition of a future dual-sourced metal-clad switchgear and tie breaker (assume a ten-breaker lineup; see “Project #2 Option”, below for more detail on this switchgear configuration). All conduits needed for the future switchgear and capacitor bank additions must be included in the design effort and installed with the construction phase to the extent practicable. Additional vaults/pullboxes may be needed to complete the initial construction phase with provisions for the necessary future conduit extensions to add the switchgear, capacitor bank and related power cabling and control wiring. 11. CAPACITOR BANK: Design scope includes the specification and design of a replacement for the existing 13.8kV outdoor-rack 2400 kVAR capacitor bank. The new capacitor bank will be an enclosed 2-step 4800 kVAR bank (i.e., two – 2400 kVAR steps) that will continue to be served from a fused connection from the existing outdoor 13.8kV main, but additional spare/future conduits must be additionally extended for a feed from a breaker from the future metal-clad switchgear. The capacitor bank design effort includes foundation, conduits and a new primary cable supply from the existing main bus connection point. Controls will be extended to the Control House for connection to one of the RTAC’s. Design scope additionally includes the foundation and conduits necessary for a future identical second capacitor bank for the second transformer (to be sourced from the future metal-clad switchgear). The station dimensional layout must include both capacitor banks along with the future metal-clad switchgear. 282 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 28 12. PROGRAMMING AND SETTINGS FOR RELAYS, RTAC AND OTHER CONTROLS: All settings and programming of relays, RTACS, and related controls must be provided in the scope of work. Scope to include recommending relays and creating settings. All feeder and 69kV relaying are to be predominantly SEL-type compatible with existing relays, controls and communications. Owner’s typical distribution feeder relaying includes an SEL-351 with an SEL-501 backup; Owner’s typical 69kV line terminal relaying includes two (2) SEL-411L’s (one as secondary/backup); typical transformer protection includes an SEL- 387E, SEL- 501 backup; SEL-RTACs are commonly used for communications/alarms. D. Project # 2 Option: Metal-clad Switchgear and Second Capacitor Bank for Mortensen Road Substation: This scope of work is included in addition to Project # 2 to include design and specifications for a 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear and second capacitor bank. 1. 13.8 kV METAL-CLAD SWITCHGEAR: This optional design scope includes the specification and design for the installation of a new 13.8kV metal-clad switchgear. This switchgear will be configured as a dual-feed from two 13.8kV transformer sources. The complete configuration will be comprised of ten (10) breaker cells; two (2) main breakers, one (1) tie breaker, two (2) capacitor bank breakers and five (5) feeder breakers. This will be an aisleway single-level (non- stacked) switchgear with HVAC and suitable insulation, including foundation design and underground feeder extensions to existing feeders. One of the feeder breaker positions will serve a future feeder (to be extended outside the substation to a designated location as part of the scope of work). Both main bus sources will be roof-entry from outdoor bus. Breaker protection scope includes primary and backup SEL relays and controls for all ten breaker positions, including a dedicated 13.8kV RTAC and optical arc-flash switchgear protection. All relay and RTAC settings/programming must be included. The additional scope of work includes the rerouting/extension of fiber to the metal-clad switchgear from the Control House. 2. CAPACITOR BANK: This design scope includes the specification and installation of a new enclosed 2-step 4800 kVAR bank (i.e., two – 2400 kVAR steps) including the extension of conduits, power cable and control cable/fiber from the respective breakers to both capacitor banks (for the first capacitor included in the primary scope of work, this represents an incremental scope of work change for related modifications to accommodate the metal-clad switchgear addition). 3. A cost estimate for the procurement and installation of the optional switchgear and capacitor must be included as a separately quoted proposal/item. Due to uncertainty in the final schedule of this phase of work, assume a separate bid effort will be needed to acquire the switchgear, capacitor and installation services of this optional scope of work. All protection and RTAC settings/programming of all relays and controls related to this addition must be included. E. Project Administration 1. Initial Meeting - A project initiation meeting shall be held at the Owner’s Administration Building within fifteen (15) working days from date of notice of award for the design 283 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 28 services. The Engineer shall submit a meeting agenda at least five (5) working days prior to the date of the meeting along with a list of questions they would like to have answered. At least one member of the Engineer's project team with project decision- making authority shall attend. 2. Additional Meetings - Additional meetings shall be held at the Owner’s Administration Building or by telecommunication conference (i.e. Teams/Zoom) at the request of either party. At least one member of the Engineer's project team with project decision-making authority shall attend all scheduled meetings. The time of these meetings will be determined by the Owner at least five (5) working days prior to the date of the meeting. The requesting party shall submit an agenda for the respective meeting at least ten (10) working days prior to the meeting. A meeting shall be conducted each month and as often as required to properly control the project. 3. Meeting Conduct - It shall be the responsibility of the Engineer to conduct all meetings with all ancillary subjects noted and tabled for further discussion at a later date, or at the end of the meeting depending on the availability of time. 4. Meeting Minutes – It shall be the responsibility of the Engineer to prepare agendas and take all minutes during all meetings. A double-spaced draft of the minutes shall be submitted to the Owner for approval within five (5) working days from the date of the respective meeting. The minutes shall be concise and specific in nature, addressing all major issues discussed, identifying any tasks that are considered to be out of scope and conforming to a predetermined agenda. 5. Use of Existing information – The Owner will provide access to all available drawings and other data pertaining to Ontario Road and Mortensen Road Substation and the surrounding area. The Engineer may only use this information in the development of the project design. Design calculations pertaining to existing substations are not available. 6. Out of Scope – The Engineer shall not perform any task that it considers to be out of scope without prior written approval. Any service the Engineer performs based on verbal or written directives without properly approved documentation shall be done “at risk.” Nothing said, implied, inferred, suggested or otherwise communicated shall be construed as grounds for an out-of-scope claim without prior written approval from a duly authorized representative of the Owner. Engineer shall manage each component of its contract budget within original budgeted amounts and not rely on under-spent areas to fund over-spent areas without prior approval from Owner. 7. Project Schedule – The Engineer shall submit and update monthly, a bar chart type project schedule acceptable to the Owner. The anticipated start date for construction is for each project are as follows: a. Project #1 (Ontario Road): The preferred start date for construction is to begin construction August 2026 with completion in September 2027, contingent on material delivery and outage constraints. 284 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 28 b. Project #2 (Mortensen Road): The preferred start date for construction of the 69kV bus, breakers and relays is September 2027, contingent on Ontario Road being back in service (outage constrained). Transformer delivery will require a future completion date for the transformer installation, to be determined. Final completion is contingent on transformer delivery, outage constraints and whether the optional work is selected for Project #3. c. Project #2-Option (Mortensen Road Scope): The preferred date to begin construction to install the metal-clad switchgear and capacitor banks is September 2027, contingent on material delivery. 8. The schedule shall indicate the following “milestones”: a. Equipment Specifications Approval - Allow five (5) working days for the Owner to review and comment on each specification submitted. Assume three (3) re- submittals (conceptual, preliminary, and final) before approval. b. Equipment Delivery - Allow sufficient time for Engineer to review, comment, and approve shop drawings from equipment suppliers. Assume five (5) re-submittals before approval. c. Construction Bid Documents Approval - Allow ten (10) working days for the Ames Electric Services to review and comment on each construction bid package. d. Award Construction Contract - Allow at least two (2) weeks for Engineer to review and recommend award of bid and ten (10) weeks for Ames Electric Services to process the contract award. e. Start/Complete Construction - The anticipated construction start dates for each project. 9. Interim Submittals – Three (3) sets of specifications and drawings for each design phase shall be submitted as indicated on the Project Schedule. They shall be arranged in an orderly and logical manner, properly tabbed and indexed. One (1) record set shall have a “Certification Page” bound within the front of the specifications properly sealed, signed and dated according to all applicable Iowa State Statutes. 10. Final Submittals – Three (3) sets of the finals specifications and drawings shall be submitted as indicated on the Project Schedule. The final product shall be intended suitable for use in a Request for Bid package. At least two (2) record sets shall have a “Certification Page” bound within the front of the specifications properly sealed, signed and dated according to all applicable Iowa State Statutes. 11. Status Report - A monthly status report summarizing the progress of the project shall be issued to Ames Electric Services. The summary shall include the services provided by Engineer, the subcontracted services of the Engineer, material procurement, and construction. The Engineer shall also maintain files of all correspondence between Owner and the Engineer, and the Engineer and third parties. Copies of all correspondence between the Engineer and the third parties shall be issued to Owner. 285 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 28 The Engineer shall prepare and issue to Owner each month telephone memoranda pertaining to the project. The Engineer shall also prepare and submit to Owner monthly reports on design, cost, and schedule status of the project in a format approved by Owner. Information on drawing schedules and percent completion shall be included. Any significant changes in design, project costs, or schedule during the preceding month shall be reported (this includes any anticipated cost increases that will exceed contracted budget amounts in any single category). The reasons for such changes shall be stated, and recommendations shall be made for appropriate action. 12. Permitting – Assist Owner as required in preparing all applications to federal, state and private agencies as required for approval and permitting in relation to the Services provided by Engineer. 13. Media – The Engineer shall submit two (2) legible copies of all final design documents including but not limited to, drawings, electronic files, analysis, printouts and supporting data to Owner upon completion of the project. The final format, size and type of all documents prepared for submission shall be acceptable to Owner. Any release waivers required by the Engineer for these records shall be included with the proposal. 14. Instructions Manual - Prepare, publish, and update a project instructions manual that will establish the procedures, instructions, and project file system necessary to control the administrative interfaces among Owner, Engineer, and third parties. The scope and content of this manual shall be approved by Owner. 15. Restrictions - The Engineer shall not publicize nor release in any manner information or data regarding this project without written authorization from Owner. Any inquiries regarding this project by anyone not directly involved with the design shall be referred to the appropriate authorized representative of Owner. 16. Professional Registration - Applicable drawings, specifications, estimates, studies, reports, plats and surveys shall be prepared by, or under the direct supervision of the applicable professional (architect, engineer or land surveyor) currently registered in the appropriate discipline in the State of Iowa. All such documents shall bear the seal of the registered professional as required by the State of Iowa Statutes. F. Project Design: Provide a design package for the substation site that meets the Standard of Care. 1. Design Manual a. Prepare, publish, and update a project design manual summarizing site and routing analyses, systems analyses, and design criteria. The scope and content of this manual, as approved by Owner, will be the basis for detail design engineering. b. During the design phase of the project, develop and maintain a narrative and graphical documentation that reflects the Engineer’s interpretation of data obtained for the design of this project. Items or details that cannot be adequately 286 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 28 described in narrative form shall be graphically shown on sketches, drawings, tabulations, or photographs. The format required is as follows: 1) Introduction - Introduce Engineer and project design team 2) Chapter I - General 3) Chapter II - Siting (provided by Owner) 4) Chapter III - Civil a) Surveying and bench marking b) Subsurface investigations c) Site preparation d) Fencing 5) Chapter IV - Utilities c. Chapter V – Architectural 1) Decorative fencing 2) Landscaping d. Chapter VI - Structural 1) Foundations 2) Steel structures a) Non-tubular b) Tubular e. Chapter VII - Mechanical 1) Bus strength and deflection 2) Insulator strength f. Chapter VIII - Electrical 1) Shielding 2) Grounding 3) Bussing g. Attachments - Scope of Services 1) Specifications 2) Drawing List 3) Detailed Estimates 287 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 28 4) Construction Sequence Schedule h. The above format is for reference only and is not intended to limit the Engineer in regard to the submission of pertinent information. All prevalent and supportive documentation must be included within each appropriate section. i. Design Drawings - All drawings shall be developed in accordance with the standard practices of Owner provided to Engineer so long as they comport with the Standard of Care. Drawing size, lettering, symbology, scales, numbering, and titles, shall be as directed. Symbols used on drawings that are not included in Owner standards shall be approved and made a part of the standards prior to their use. At the completion of the project, submit all drawings in AutoCAD (current release, or version specified by Owner) on flash drive (or via ftp download), along with two (2) full size, bound sets of drawings. The drawings provided shall include design drawings for the new and modified substation facilities and are not limited to the following: j. Structural design drawings for each steel structure, other than tubular. Drawings shall indicate member sizes and detail attachments. Tubular steel structures shall include a conceptual design with loading diagrams and attachment details. k. Structure foundations and oil spill prevention system. l. Site grading and drainage drawings to control soil erosion. m. Bus and equipment arrangement drawings consisting of plans, sections, and details, including equipment, bus, bus fitting, structure callouts, and equipment and material list. n. Grounding detail drawing. o. Lightning shielding including appropriate shield wires and masts on the substation arrangement drawings. p. Substation site lighting plans and detail drawings. q. Circuit and raceway lists and detail drawings. r. One-line diagrams showing all metering, relaying, and control functions. s. Control panel arrangement drawings showing the location of relays, meters, and controls. t. Three-lines and schematics with all device terminal numbers and terminal block designations indicated as per ANSI standard. u. Interconnection wiring diagrams. v. A complete and consolidated Substation drawing set with indexing and referencing must be included in the scope. This will require redrawing most of the mechanical and electrical drawings. Assume that field measurements and survey work will be needed to establish/verify dimensions and elevations. 288 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 28 2. Specifications - Develop all technical specifications in accordance with the standard practices of Owner provided to Engineer so long as they comport with the Standard of Care. At the completion of the project, Engineer shall submit the complete set of specifications to Owner in Word and/or PDF format via ftp download, or on a flash drive. 3. Engineer Estimates and Schedules - Develop and provide to Owner, equipment and construction estimates prior to receiving bid packages from prospective bidders. Construction estimates shall be broken down by specification and sufficiently detailed to allow major activity cost comparison. Preliminary budgetary estimates for construction and equipment shall be provided to Owner as early as practicable for budget planning purposes. Updated budgetary estimates shall be provided at least, bi- monthly through the preliminary design phase. A project procurement and construction schedule must indicate “Milestones” and “Critical Path” elements. A construction schedule will need to be determined, subject to equipment lead times and available outage windows for construction. 4. Equipment Procurement - Develop and provide to Owner specifications and drawings for the purchase of all major equipment and material for the substation facilities, except materials provided by owner. Owner-provided materials and equipment include three (3) GE/Alstom 69kV breakers, two (2) station service transformers (size to be determined), 13.8kV cable for feeders, capacitor banks, and separable connectors and terminals for related primary connections. All other required equipment and materials must be specified/procured as part of this project. The bid documents shall incorporate general and special conditions as required by Owner. Engineer to provide, but not limited to, the following: a. Major equipment and material procurement specifications including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Substation transformer 2) Steel structures 3) Control and relay panels 4) 15-kV switchgear, with relaying and controls 5) Capacitor Banks 6) Relay Panels, relays, controls, RTACs, interfaces 7) 69kV PT’s, fuses, switches 8) Control House ATS, HVAC, Battery, Charger 9) Other items, as required/described b. Preparation and transmission to Owner for review, copies of each specification and associated drawings, along with a recommended bidder’s list, and a cost estimate prior to bid issue. 289 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 28 c. Revising each specification and drawings after comments are received from Owner. d. Proposing/updating the list of qualified bidders following Owner’s comments. e. In coordination with Owner Purchasing requirements, electronically issue/distribute the bid to those on the bidders list. Must be able to share the bid documents upon request to additional bidders. f. Prepare and issue bid packages; evaluate bids and make award recommendations. Deliver three (3) physical copies of the bid document to Ames Electric Services, one (1) original, stamped document and two (2) copies. Upon request, deliver up to six (6) physical copies of the bid document to potential bidders. Any additional physical copies may be charged to Owner. g. Attending a pre-bid meeting and answering bidder’s questions. h. Providing additional information during the bid period, as necessary, to clarify the intent of the drawings and specifications, and if required, issuing addenda to the drawings and specifications. i. Reviewing the bids received, preparing detailed bid evaluations, and making recommendations to Owner. j. Reviewing, indexing, and distributing all manufacturer’s drawings; handling all correspondence with suppliers regarding coordination of drawings, drawing approval, delivery, etc. k. Maintaining files of manufacturers’ drawings for transmittal at the proper time to the project field inspectors, construction contractor, and to Owner. l. Preparing change orders for modifications to the contract when required. m. Reviewing progress payment invoices and making recommendations to Owner for payment. n. Assisting in final closeout of contracts. 5. Construction Contracts - Develop and provide to Owner, construction contract documents to be used for the construction or modification of each substation facility. Engineer to provide but not limited to the following: a. The contract, specifications, and drawings including, but not limited to the following: 1) Site grading and drainage 2) Foundation design b. Preparing and transmitting to Owner for review, copies of each specification and associated drawings, along with a recommended bidder’s list and a cost estimate prior to bid issue. c. Revising each specification and drawings after comments are received from Owner. 290 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 28 d. Updating the list of qualified bidders following Owner’s comments. e. Electronically issue/distribute the bid to those on the bidders list. Must be able to share the bid documents upon request to additional bidders. f. Deliver three (3) physical copies of the bid document to Ames Electric Services, one (1) original, stamped document and two (2) copies. Upon request, deliver up to six (6) physical copies of the bid document to potential bidders. Any additional physical copies may be charged to Owner. g. Attending a pre-bid meeting and answering bidder’s questions. h. During the bid period, providing additional information, as necessary, to clarify the intent of the drawings and specifications, and if required, issuing addenda to the drawings and specifications. i. Reviewing the bids received, preparing detailed bid evaluations, and making recommendations to Owner. j. Preparing change orders for modifications to the contract when required. k. Assisting in final closeout of contracts. 6. Project Closeout a. Review the construction drawings in accordance with as-constructed records maintained by the contractor and construction project personnel. The final as- constructed drawings delivered to Owner shall be in an acceptable AutoCAD file format/version. b. Deliver tracings of the Engineer’s procurement and construction drawings and manufacturer’s shop drawings, when applicable, to Owner. 7. Construction Phase Services: Provide construction phase services for the implementation of the project design. This shall include, but is not limited to, the following: a. Establishment of a field project management office and furnishing construction management personnel. b. Monitoring contractor’s compliance with specifications relating to the unloading, handling, and storage of materials. Work to resolve constructability issues in coordination with Owner staff and the Engineering Project Manager. c. Obtain receipts from the contractor for formally transferring materials by the construction contractor. d. Maintaining records of deliveries of materials for use in checking of progress payment invoices and for scheduling purposes. 291 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 28 e. Monitoring the observed activities of the construction contractor for purposes of determining compliance with the specification and contract documents. Preparing daily logs and providing data for the monthly status reports. f. Initiating change orders as directed by Owner for any required field modification. g. Participating in scheduling and construction conferences with Owner and construction contractor, as required. h. Reviewing progress payment invoices and making recommendations to Owner for payment of construction contracts. i. On-site construction management personnel must have qualifications meeting the following knowledge, skills, and abilities: 1) Engineering knowledge in contracts and contract negotiations, 2) Electronic communications (e.g., virtual offices, videoconferencing, web- based networking), 3) Having interpersonal skills (e.g., listening, diplomacy, responsiveness), 4) Invoicing for services, 5) Oral and written communications, 6) Permit and approval processes. 7) Project budget management, 8) Project delivery methods, 9) Project records management, 10) Team building, leadership, participation. 8. Defective Work: If, on the basis of Engineer’s observations or as indicated in documentation available to Engineer, Engineer believes that any part of the Work is defective under the terms and standards set forth in the Construction Contract Documents, Engineer will promptly issue written notice to Contractor (with copy to Owner) of such defective Work. Such notice will communicate the scope, extent (to Engineer’s understanding) of defect, and associated provisions of the Construction Contract Documents. a. Engineer shall provide recommendations to Owner regarding whether Contractor should correct such Work or remove and replace such Work, or whether Owner should consider accepting the defective Work in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Contract Documents. Engineer shall give notice to Contractor regarding whether the defective Work should be repaired, replaced, or will be accepted by Owner. b. However, Engineer’s authority to provide this information to Owner or Engineer’s decision to exercise or not exercise such authority will not give rise to a duty or 292 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 28 responsibility of the Engineer to Contractors, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or any other person(s) or entities performing any of the Work, including but not limited to any duty or responsibility for Contractors’ or Subcontractors’ safety precautions and programs incident to the Work. 9. Compatibility with Design Concept: If Engineer has express knowledge that a specific part of the Work that is not defective under the terms and standards set forth in the Construction Contract Documents is nonetheless not compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, then Engineer shall inform Owner of such incompatibility, and provide recommendations for addressing such Work. 10. Clarifications and Interpretations: Engineer shall accept from Contractor and Owner submittal of matters in question concerning the technical requirements of the Construction Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs) or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Construction Contract Documents. With reasonable promptness, Engineer shall render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Construction Contract Documents. 11. Non-reviewable Matters: If a submitted matter in question concerns the Engineer’s performance of its duties and obligations, or terms and conditions of the Construction Contract Documents that do not involve (a) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Construction Contract Documents, (b) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (c) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer will not provide a decision or interpretation. 12. Field Orders: Subject to any limitations in the Construction Contract Documents, Engineer may prepare and issue Field Orders requiring minor changes in the Work. Such Field Orders shall not authorize any change to the contract amount. 13. Change Orders and Work Change Directives: Engineer shall recommend Change Orders and Work Change Directives to Owner, as appropriate, and prepare Change Orders and Work Change Directives as required. 14. Change Proposals and Claims a. Engineer shall review and respond to Change Proposals. Engineer shall review each duly submitted Change Proposal from Contractor and, within 7 days after receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions must be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical 293 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 28 matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer will not resolve the Change Proposal. b. Engineer shall provide information or data to Owner regarding engineering or technical matters pertaining to Claims. 15. Differing Site Conditions: Engineer shall respond to any notice from Contractor of differing site conditions, including conditions relating to Underground Facilities such as utilities, and hazardous environmental conditions. Engineer shall promptly conduct reviews and prepare findings, conclusions, and recommendations for Owner’s use subject to limitations of Engineer’s obligations under this Agreement. 16. Contractor’s Submittals: Engineer shall review and approve or take other appropriate action with respect to required Contractor Submittals, but only to determine if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, comply with the requirements of the Construction Contract Documents, and for compatibility with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Construction Contract Documents. Such reviews and approvals or other action will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Engineer shall meet any Contractor’s Submittal schedule that Engineer has accepted. 17. Delegated Designs: The Engineer’s responsibility regarding delegated design Submittals is limited to the responsibility set forth in EJCDC C-700 – 2018, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, paragraph 7.19.E. 18. Substitutes and “Or-equals”: Engineer shall evaluate and determine the acceptability of substitute or “or-equal” materials and equipment proposed by Contractor, but subject to the provisions of Exhibit A Paragraph 2.01.A.2. 19. Inspections and Tests. Engineer shall: a. Receive and review all certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals required by the Construction Contract Documents. Engineer’s review of such certificates will be for the purpose of determining whether the results certified indicate compliance with the Construction Contract Documents and will not constitute an independent evaluation that the content or procedures of such inspections, tests, or approvals comply with the requirements of the Construction Contract Documents. Engineer shall be entitled to rely on the results of such inspections and tests. b. Reply to Contractor requests for written concurrence that specific portions of the Work that are to be inspected, tested, or approved may be covered. c. Issue written requests to Contractor that specific portions of the Work remain uncovered. d. As deemed reasonably necessary, request that Contractor uncover Work that is to be inspected, tested, or approved. 294 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 28 e. Pursuant to the terms of the Construction Contract, require additional inspections or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. ARTICLE 2—ADDITIONAL SERVICES 2.01 Additional Services Requiring Owner’s Written Authorization A. If authorized in writing by Owner in advance of Additional Services commencing, Engineer shall provide Additional Services of the types listed below. These services are not included as part of Basic Services and will be paid for by Owner as indicated in Exhibit J. 1. Obtain or provide specified additional Project-related information and data to enable Engineer to complete its Basic and Additional Services. 2. Preparation of special and customized reporting, invoicing, and related support documentation in addition to that identified to be provided under Basic Services. 3. Preparation of applications and supporting documents (in addition to those furnished under Basic Services) for private or governmental grants, loans, or advances in connection with the Project; preparation or review of environmental assessments and impact statements; review and evaluation of the effects on the design requirements for the Project of any such statements and documents prepared by others; and assistance in obtaining approvals of authorities having jurisdiction over the anticipated environmental impact of the Project. 4. Services to make measured drawings of existing conditions or facilities, to conduct tests or investigations of existing conditions or facilities, or to verify the accuracy of drawings or other information furnished by Owner or others. 5. Services resulting from significant changes in the scope, extent, or character of the portions of the Project designed or specified by Engineer, or the Project’s design requirements, including, but not limited to, changes in size, complexity, Owner’s schedule, character of construction, or method of financing; and revising previously accepted studies, reports, Drawings, Specifications, or Construction Contract Documents when such revisions are required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted subsequent to the Effective Date or are due to any other causes beyond Engineer’s control. 6. Services resulting from Owner’s request to evaluate additional Study and Report Phase alternative solutions beyond those agreed to in Exhibit A Paragraph 1.02.A.1. 7. Services required as a result of Owner’s providing incomplete or incorrect Project information to Engineer. 8. Providing renderings or models for Owner’s use, including development, management, and other services in support of building information modeling or civil integrated management. 295 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 28 9. Undertaking investigations and studies including, but not limited to: a. All-hazards risk assessments and other studies to evaluate the feasibility of enhancing the resiliency of the design; b. detailed consideration of operations, maintenance, and overhead expenses; c. the preparation of feasibility studies (such as those that include projections of output capacity, utility project rates, project market demand, or project revenues) and cash flow analyses, provided that such services are based on the engineering and technical aspects of the Project, and do not include rendering advice regarding municipal financial products or the issuance of municipal securities; d. preparation of appraisals; e. with respect to proprietary systems or processes requiring licensing, providing services necessary to assist Owner in obtaining such licensing. f. detailed quantity surveys of materials, equipment, and labor; and g. audits or inventories required in connection with construction performed or furnished by Owner. 10. Furnishing services of Subconsultants or Engineer’s Subcontractors for other than Basic Services. 11. Providing data or services of the types described in Article 2, when Owner retains Engineer to provide such data or services instead of Owner furnishing the same. 12. Providing the following services: a. Services attributable to more prime construction contracts than specified in Exhibit A Paragraph 1.04.A.1. b. Services to arrange for performance of construction services for Owner by contractors other than the principal prime Contractor, and administering Owner’s contract for such services. 13. Services during out-of-town travel required of Engineer, other than for visits to the Site or Owner’s office as required in Basic Services (Article 1 of Exhibit A). 14. Preparing for, coordinating with, participating in and responding to structured independent review processes, including, but not limited to, and performing or furnishing services required to revise studies, reports, Drawings, Specifications, or other documents as a result of such review processes beyond the reports and studies required to be provided as part of Basic Services. 15. Assistance in connection with bid protests, rebidding, or renegotiating contracts for construction, materials, equipment, or services. 296 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 28 16. Preparing conformed Construction Contract Documents that incorporate and integrate the content of all addenda and any amendments negotiated by Owner and Contractor. 17. Services to assist Owner in developing or modifying protocols for transmittal of Electronic Documents by Electronic Means after the effective date of this Agreement, either by revising or adapting Exhibit F to the Project or implementing other Electronic Documents protocols among Project participants. 18. Any services by Engineer in connection with Owner or Engineer providing a Document to a Requesting Party under Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01.D (see Exhibit F, Electronic Documents Protocol), or any other distribution of a Document to a third party. Such services may include but are not limited to preparing the data contained in the requested Document in a manner deemed appropriate by Engineer; creating or otherwise preparing and distributing the Document in a format necessary to respond to Owner’s direction or decision to provide the Document to a requesting party, including Contractor, in a format other than that required for deliverables from Engineer to Owner; and services in connection with obtaining required releases from the third parties to which the Documents will be distributed. Compensation for these Additional Services is not contingent upon Owner’s reimbursement from the requesting party. 19. Providing Construction Phase services beyond the original date for completion and readiness for final payment of Contractor, but only if such services increase the total quantity of services to be performed in the Construction Phase, rather than merely shifting performance of such services to a later date. 20. Supplementing Record Drawings with information regarding the completed Project, Site, and immediately adjacent areas obtained from field observations, Owner, utility companies, and other reliable sources. 21. Conducting surveys, investigations, and field measurements to verify the accuracy of Record Drawing content obtained from Contractor, Owner, utility companies, and other sources; revise and supplement Record Drawings as needed. 22. Preparation of operation, maintenance, and staffing manuals. 23. Protracted or extensive assistance in refining and adjusting of Project equipment and systems (such as initial startup, testing, and balancing). 24. Assistance to Owner in training Owner’s staff to operate and maintain Project equipment and systems. 25. Assistance to Owner in developing systems and procedures for (a) control of the operation and maintenance of Project equipment and systems, and (b) related recordkeeping. 26. Preparing to serve or serving as a consultant or witness for, or producing documents for or on behalf of, Owner in any litigation, arbitration, mediation, lien or bond claim, or other legal or administrative proceeding involving the Project (but not including disputes between Owner and Engineer). 297 Exhibit A—Engineer’s Services. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 28 27. Overtime work requiring higher than regular rates. 28. Providing construction surveys and staking to enable Contractor to perform its work other than as required under Exhibit A Paragraph 1.06.B.9; any type of property surveys or related engineering services needed for the transfer of interests in real property; providing construction and property surveys to replace reference points or property monuments lost or destroyed during construction; and providing other special field surveys. 29. Providing more extensive services required to enable Engineer to issue notices or certifications requested by Owner. 30. Extensive services required during any correction period, or with respect to monitoring Contractor’s compliance with warranties and guarantees called for in the Construction Contract (except as agreed to under Basic Services). 31. Other additional services performed or furnished by Engineer not otherwise provided for in this Agreement. 298 Exhibit B—Deliverables Schedule. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT B—DELIVERABLES SCHEDULE Paragraphs 2.04.E, 3.02.A, and Exhibit A of the Agreement are supplemented by the following paragraph. Engineer shall furnish Documents to Owner as required and will begin design work for Project 1 Ontario Road Substation in fall 2025, with construction commencing in fall 2026, Design for Project 2 Mortensen Road Substation is expected to start in fall 2026 with construction commencing in fall 2027Engineer will evaluate and provide to the Owner a tentative schedule of major review dates, including time for required legal postings, City Council meetings, development approval meetings, review time for Owner’s staff, and any other pertinent dates. Engineer and Owner will work collectively to communicate necessary review time frames to meet the goal of: 1) Project 1 Ontario Road Substation project construction commencement in fall 2026 with a construction duration of 16 weeks, and 2) Project 2 Mortensen Road Substation – project commencement in fall of 2027 with a duration of 22 weeks. 299 Exhibit C—Amendment to Owner-Engineer Agreement. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT C—AMENDMENT TO OWNER-ENGINEER AGREEMENT AMENDMENT TO OWNER-ENGINEER AGREEMENT Amendment No. [Enter Amendment Number] [Name of Owner] [Name of Engineer] [Name of Project] [Effective Date of Agreement] ☐ Additional Services to be performed by Engineer ☐ Modifications to services of Engineer ☐ Modifications to responsibilities of Owner ☐ Modifications of payment to Engineer ☐ Modifications to time(s) for rendering services ☐ Modifications to other terms and conditions of the Agreement Description of Modifications: [Here describe the modifications, in as much specificity and detail as needed. Use an attachment if necessary. Include cost breakdown and documentation, if applicable.] Agreement Summary: Original agreement amount: $ Net change for prior amendments: $ This amendment amount: $ Adjusted Agreement amount: $ Change in time for services (days or date, as applicable): Owner and Engineer hereby agree to modify the above-referenced Agreement as set forth in this Amendment. The Effective Date of the Amendment is [Enter Effective Date of Amendment]. 300 Exhibit D—Duties, Responsibilities, and Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT D—DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES, AND LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE 301 Exhibit E—Notice of Acceptability of Work. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT E—EJCDC® C-626, NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK (EJCDC® C-626 2018) Owner: Owner’s Project No.: Engineer: Engineer’s Project No.: Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.: Project: Contract Name: Notice Date: Effective Date of the Construction Contract: The Engineer hereby gives notice to the Owner and Contractor that Engineer recommends final payment to Contractor, and that the Work furnished and performed by Contractor under the Construction Contract is, to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief, acceptable, unless otherwise noted by Engineer and expressly subject to the provisions of the Construction Contract's Contract Documents ("Contract Documents") and of the Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services dated [date of professional services agreement] ("Owner Engineer Agreement"). This Notice of Acceptability of Work (Notice) is made expressly subject to the following terms and conditions to which all who receive and rely on said Notice agree: 1. This Notice has been prepared with the skill and care ordinarily used by members of the engineering profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time and in the same locality. 2. This Notice reflects and is an expression of the Engineer's professional opinion. 3. This Notice has been prepared to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information, and belief as of the Notice Date. 4. This Notice is based entirely on and expressly limited by the scope of services Engineer has been employed by Owner to perform or furnish during construction of the Project (including observation of the Contractor's Work) under the Owner Engineer Agreement, and applies only to facts that are within Engineer's knowledge or could reasonably have been ascertained by Engineer as a result of carrying out the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer under such Owner Engineer Agreement. 5. This Notice is not a guarantee or warranty of Contractor's performance under the Construction Contract, an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, including but not limited to defective Work discovered after final inspection, nor an assumption of responsibility for any failure of Contractor to furnish and perform the Work thereunder in accordance with the Contract Documents, or to otherwise comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein. 6. This Notice does not relieve Contractor of any surviving obligations under the Construction Contract, and is subject to Owner's reservations of rights with respect to completion and final payment. Engineer 302 Exhibit F—Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 5 EXHIBIT F—ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS PROTOCOL (EDP) ARTICLE 1—ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS PROTOCOL (EDP) Paragraph 6.03 of the Agreement is supplemented by the following Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01 and Exhibit F—Attachment 1: Software Requirements for Electronic Document Exchange: 1.01 Electronic Documents Protocol A. Electronic Transmittals: The parties shall conform to the following provisions together referred to as the Electronic Documents Protocol ("EDP" or "Protocol") for exchange of electronic transmittals. 1. Basic Requirements a. To the fullest extent practical, the parties agree to and will transmit and accept Electronic Documents by Electronic Means using the procedures described in this Protocol. Use of the Electronic Documents and any information contained therein is subject to the requirements of this Protocol and other provisions of the Agreement. b. The contents of the information in any Electronic Document will be the responsibility of the transmitting party. c. Electronic Documents as exchanged by this Protocol may be used in the same manner as the printed versions of the same documents that are exchanged using non-electronic format and methods, subject to the same governing requirements, limitations, and restrictions, set forth in the Agreement. d. Except as otherwise explicitly stated herein, the terms of this Protocol will be incorporated into any other agreement or subcontract between the Owner and Engineer and any third party for any portion of the Project, or any Project-related services, where that third party is, either directly or indirectly, required to exchange Electronic Documents with Owner, Engineer, or any Contractor or other entity directly contracted with the Owner to furnish Program-related services. Nothing herein will modify the requirements of the Agreement and applicable Construction Contract Documents regarding communications between and among the individual third parties and their respective subcontractors and consultants, except to the extent that any respective subcontractor or consultant exchanges Electronic Documents with the Owner or Engineer. e. When transmitting Electronic Documents, the transmitting Party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the receiving Party's use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those established in this Protocol. f. Nothing herein negates any obligation (1) in the Agreement to create, provide, or maintain an original printed record version of Drawings and Specifications, signed and sealed according to applicable Laws and Regulations; (2) to comply with any applicable Law or Regulation governing the signing and sealing of design documents or the signing and electronic transmission of any other documents; or 303 Exhibit F—Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 5 (3) to comply with any notice requirements limiting or otherwise modifying the acceptance of Electronic Documents for such notice. 2. System Infrastructure for Electronic Document Exchange a. Each party will provide hardware, operating system(s) software, internet, e-mail, and large file transfer functions ("System Infrastructure") at its own cost and sufficient for complying with the EDP requirements. With the exception of minimum standards set forth in this EDP and any explicit system requirements specified by attachment to this EDP, it will be the obligation of each party to determine, for itself, its own System Infrastructure. 1) The maximum size of an e-mail attachment for exchange of Electronic Documents under this EDP is [File Size] MB. Attachments larger than that may be exchanged using large file transfer functions or physical media. 2) Each Party assumes full and complete responsibility for any and all of its own costs, delays, deficiencies, and errors associated with converting, translating, updating, verifying, licensing, or otherwise enabling its System Infrastructure, including operating systems and software, for use with respect to this EDP. b. Each party is responsible for its own system operations, security, back-up, archiving, audits, printing resources, and other Information Technology ("IT") for maintaining operations of its System Infrastructure during the Project, including coordination with the party's individual(s) or entity responsible for managing its System Infrastructure and capable of addressing routine communications and other IT issues affecting the exchange of Electronic Documents. c. Each party will operate and maintain industry-standard, industry-accepted, ISO- standard, commercial-grade security software and systems that are intended to protect the other party from: software viruses and other malicious software like worms, trojans, adware; data breaches; loss of confidentiality; and other threats in the transmission to or storage of information from the other parties, including transmission of Electronic Documents by physical media such as CD/DVD/flash drive/hard drive. To the extent that a party maintains and operates such security software and systems, it will not be liable to the other party for any breach of system security. d. In the case of disputes, conflicts, or modifications to the EDP required to address issues affecting System Infrastructure, the parties will cooperatively resolve the issues; but, failing resolution, the Owner is authorized to make and require reasonable and necessary changes to the EDP to effectuate its original intent. If the changes cause additional cost or time to Engineer, not reasonably anticipated under the original EDP, Engineer shall be entitled to compensation as Additional Services for its costs associated with the revisions to the EDP, delayed adoption of Exhibit L or implementation of other Electronic Documents protocols. e. Each party is responsible for its own back-up and archive of documents sent and received during the term of any Project contract/agreement under this EDP, unless this EDP establishes a Project document archive, either as part of a mandatory Project website or other communications protocol, upon which the Parties may 304 Exhibit F—Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 5 rely for document archiving during the specified term of operation of such project document archive. Further, each party remains solely responsible for its own post- Project back-up and archive of project documents, as each party deems necessary for its own purposes, after the term of contract, or termination of the project document archive, if one is established. f. If a receiving party receives an obviously corrupted, damaged, or unreadable Electronic Document, the receiving party will advise the sending party of the incomplete transmission. g. The parties will bring any non-conforming Electronic Documents into compliance with the EDP. The parties will attempt to complete a successful transmission of the Electronic Document or use an alternative delivery method to complete the communication. B. Software Requirements for Electronic Document Exchange; Limitations 1. Each party will acquire the software and software licenses necessary to create and transmit Electronic Documents and to read and to use any Electronic Documents received from the other party (and if relevant from third parties), using the software formats required in this section of the EDP. a. Prior to using any updated version of the software required in this section for sending Electronic Documents to the other party, the originating party will first notify and receive concurrence from the other party for use of the updated version or adjust its transmission to comply with this EDP. 2. The parties agree not to intentionally edit, reverse engineer, decrypt, remove security or encryption features, or convert to another format for modification purposes any Electronic Document or information contained therein that was transmitted in a software data format, including Portable Document Format (PDF), intended by sender not to be modified, unless the receiving party obtains the permission of the sending party or is citing or quoting excerpts of the Electronic Document for Project purposes. 3. Software and data formats for exchange of Electronic Documents will conform to the requirements set forth in the following Attachment 1 to this EDP, including software version, if listed. C. Format and Distribution of Deliverables 1. By definition, "Documents" as used in this Agreement are documents expressly identified as deliverables from Engineer to Owner. Exhibit A of the Agreement identifies various Documents that Engineer is required to deliver to Owner as part of Engineer's services; Exhibit B is a schedule of such Documents. Engineer will transmit such Documents to Owner in the formats identified in Attachment 1 to this Protocol. If no specific format is identified for a deliverable Document, the format will be Portable Document Format (PDF). 2. If a Document will be distributed to third parties, such as prospective bidders and contractors, reviewing agencies, or lenders, the transmittal format for distribution will be as identified in Attachment 1 to this Protocol; provided, however, that if a format for distribution of a specific Document is expressly stated in Exhibit A, then the Exhibit A 305 Exhibit F—Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 5 format will take precedence. If no specific format is identified for distribution of a deliverable Document to third parties, the format will be Portable Document Format (PDF). a. If a format for Document distribution other than Portable Document Format (PDF) is specified, Owner shall first obtain a written, signed release from each third party to which the deliverable Document is distributed, establishing agreement to the following conditions: 1) The content included in the Electronic Documents prepared by or for Engineer and covered by the request was prepared as an internal working document for Engineer's purposes solely, and is being provided to the third party on an "AS IS" basis without any warranties of any kind, including, but not limited to any implied warranties of fitness for any purpose. As such, the third party is advised and acknowledges that the content may not be suitable for the third party's application, or may require substantial modification and independent verification by the third party. The content may include limited resolution of models; not-to-scale schematic representations and symbols; use of notes to convey design concepts in lieu of accurate graphics; approximations; graphical simplifications; undocumented intermediate revisions; and other devices that may affect subsequent reuse. 2) Electronic Documents containing text, graphics, metadata, or other types of data that are provided to the Requesting Party are only for the convenience of the third party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such data will be at the third party's sole risk and the third party waives any and all claims against Engineer or Owner arising from the use of the Electronic Documents covered by the request, or of any data contained in such Electronic Documents. 3) The third party shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, and Engineer's Subcontractors and Subconsultants, from all claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees and defense costs arising out of or resulting from the third party's use, adaptation, or distribution of any Electronic Documents provided under the request. 4) The third party agrees not to sell, copy, transfer, forward, give away or otherwise distribute this information (in source or modified file format) to any third party without the direct written authorization of Engineer, unless such distribution is specifically identified in the request and is limited to the third party's subcontractors and consultants. The third party warrants that subsequent use by the third party's subcontractors and subconsultants will comply with all terms of the Construction Contract Documents and any specific instructions or conditions established by Owner. b. If Engineer is required to assist or participate in obtaining such releases from third parties, such services will be categorized as Additional Services. D. Requests by Project-Related Parties for Electronic Documents in Other Formats 306 Exhibit F—Electronic Documents Protocol (EDP). Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 5 1. Owner may release (or direct Engineer to release) an Electronic Document version of a Document prepared by or for Engineer, including but not limited to a deliverable Document as set forth in Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01.C, in a format other than those identified in Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01.B or 1.01.C of the Electronic Documents Protocol, or elsewhere in the Agreement, only if (a) a Contractor or other Project-related party (Requesting Party) makes a good faith request for such release, (b) Owner determines in its sole discretion that such release is prudent and will be beneficial to the Project, and (c) Owner obtains Requesting Party's written consent to the four conditions set forth in Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01.C.2.a.1-4 above. 2. Any services by Engineer in connection with Owner or Engineer providing a Document to a Requesting Party under this Exhibit F Paragraph 1.01.D are Additional Services. Such services may include but are not limited to preparing the data in a manner deemed appropriate by Engineer. Owner may require reimbursement from the Requesting Party for the cost of such Additional Services, but compensation by Owner to Engineer for the Additional Services is not contingent upon Owner obtaining reimbursement from the Requesting Party. 307 Exhibit F—Attachment 1: Software Requirements for Electronic Document Exchange. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT F—ATTACHMENT 1: SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT EXCHANGE Guidance Notes— Item Electronic Documents Transmittal Means Data Format Note (1) a.1 responses to general information requests for which there is no specific a.2 a.3 requests, documentation accompanying Sample submittals and other Submittals) to Owner and Engineer; and, Owner’s and Engineer’s Responses to Contractor’s Submittals, Shop Drawings, Correspondence, w/Attach a.4 Specifications, Drawings, maps, calculations and spreadsheets, Construction Contract, Bidding/Proposal Documents, and Front-End Attach or LFE a.5 Engineer for future use and modification Attach or a.6 to Owner for future word processing use and modification a.7 data processing use and modification Attach or a.8 processing use and modification Attach or Notes (1) (3) selected by Owner in Exhibit A, Paragraph 1.05.A.1.a. Unless otherwise expressly stated, these documents and Key EMAIL compatible with Office 365 308 Exhibit G -- Insurance Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT G—INSURANCE ARTICLE 1—INSURANCE Paragraph 6.04 of the Agreement, Insurance, is supplemented to include the following Exhibit G Paragraphs 1.01 and 1.02: 1.01 Insurance Policies and Limits A. In accordance with Paragraph 6.04.A of the Agreement, the insurance that Engineer must procure and maintain, and the policy limits of such insurance, are as follows: Coverage State Statutory Each accident $1,000,000 Each employee $1,000,000 Policy limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $2,000,000 Bodily Injury and Property Damage—Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Combined Single Limit Combined Single Limit (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence n/a General Aggregate n/a Each Claim $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $2,000,000 Each Claim $1,000,000 if applicable General Aggregate $1,000,000 if applicable Each Claim $ General Aggregate $ A. The Owner must be listed on Engineer's general liability policy as provided in Paragraph 6.04.B. 309 Exhibit G -- Insurance Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 1 EXHIBIT H—DISPUTE RESOLUTION 310 Exhibit I—Limitation of Liability. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT I—LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY ARTICLE 1—LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY Paragraph 6.10 of the Agreement is supplemented to include Exhibit I Paragraph(s) 1.01. 1.01 Mutual Indemnification A. Indemnification by Owner: To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, agents, employees, and Subconsultants, and Engineer's Subcontractors, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court, arbitration, or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the Project, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Owner or Owner's officers, directors, members, partners, agents, employees, or others retained by or under contract to the Owner with respect to this Agreement or to the Project. 311 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses: Introduction. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT J—PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER FOR SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES: INTRODUCTION 312 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. Compensation Packet BC-1: Basic Services—Lump Sum. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 2 EXHIBIT J—PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER FOR SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES COMPENSATION PACKET BC-1: BASIC SERVICES—NOT TO EXCEED ARTICLE 1—COMPENSATION PACKET BC-1: BASIC SERVICES— TIME AND MATERIAL NOT TO EXCEED Article 2 of the Agreement is supplemented to include the following Exhibit J Paragraph 1.01: 1.01 Compensation for Basic Services – Not to Exceed A. Owner shall pay Engineer for Basic Services set forth in Exhibit A (except for Resident Project Representative services, if any) as follows: 1. A Not to Exceed amount of $1,302,700 based on the following estimated distribution of compensation. Amounts below include the following additional Optional Services: five additional Engineer trips (5 @ $4,500 ea), fifteen additional Construction Management trips (15@ $3,500 ea),; ten additional soil borings (10@ $2,000 ea); and the Mortensen Road Options for Cap Bank ($19,800 additional ) and Switchgear ($49,500 additional): Task Description (Ontario Road) Total Fee Total Ontario Road Substation Improvements $561,750 Task Description (Mortensen Road) Total Fee Total Mortensen Road Substation Improvements $ 740,950 2. Engineer may alter the distribution of compensation between individual phases noted herein to be consistent with services actually rendered, but compensation will not exceed the total amount unless approved in writing by the Owner. 313 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. Compensation Packet BC-1: Basic Services—Lump Sum. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 2 3. The total fee includes compensation for Engineer's services and services of Engineer's Subcontractors and Subconsultants, if any. Appropriate amounts have been incorporated in the total to account for labor costs, overhead, profit, and expenses (other than any expressly allowed Reimbursable Expenses). 4. In addition to the labor rates, Engineer is also entitled to reimbursement from Owner for the following Reimbursable Expenses (see Appendix 1 for rates or charges): 5. The portion of the total amount billed for Engineer's services will be based upon Engineer's staff hours actually completed during the billing period. If any Reimbursable Expenses are expressly allowed, Engineer may also bill for any such Reimbursable Expenses incurred during the billing period. B. Period of Service: The compensation amount stipulated in Compensation Packet BC-1 is conditioned on a period of service not exceeding 25 months. If such period of service is extended, the compensation amount for Engineer's services will be appropriately adjusted. 314 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. Compensation Packet AS-1: Additional Services—Standard Hourly Rates. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 EXHIBIT J—PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER FOR SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES COMPENSATION PACKET AS-1: ADDITIONAL SERVICES—STANDARD HOURLY RATES ARTICLE 2—COMPENSATION PACKET AS-1: ADDITIONAL SERVICES—STANDARD HOURLY RATES Article 2 of the Agreement is supplemented to include the following Exhibit J Paragraph 3.01: 2.01 Compensation for Additional Services—Standard Hourly Rates Method of Payment A. Owner shall pay Engineer for Additional Services, if any, as follows: 1. For services of Engineer's personnel engaged directly on the Project pursuant to Exhibit A Paragraph 2.01 or 2.02, except for services as a consultant or witness under Exhibit A Paragraph 2.02.A.28 (which if needed will be separately negotiated based on the nature of the required consultation or testimony), an amount equal to the cumulative hours charged by each class of Engineer's personnel providing such Additional Services times Standard Hourly Rates for each applicable billing class, plus Additional Services-related Reimbursable Expenses and Additional Services-related Engineer's Subcontractors' and Subconsultants' charges, if any. B. Compensation for Reimbursable Expenses 1. For those Reimbursable Expenses that are directly related to the provision of Additional Services, and are not already accounted for in the compensation for Basic Services or RPR-related services, Owner shall reimburse Engineer, using the rates set forth in Appendix 1 to this Exhibit J when applicable. 2. Such Reimbursable Expenses include, to the extent Additional Services-related, the expenses identified in Appendix 1 and the following categories: transportation (including mileage), lodging, and subsistence incidental thereto; providing and maintaining field office facilities including furnishings and utilities; toll telephone calls, mobile phone charges, and courier charges; reproduction of reports, Drawings, Specifications, bidding-related or other procurement documents, Construction Contract Documents, and similar items. In addition, if authorized in advance by Owner, Reimbursable Expenses will also include expenses incurred for the use of highly specialized equipment. 3. The amounts payable to Engineer for Reimbursable Expenses, if any, will be the Additional Services-related internal expenses actually incurred or allocated by Engineer, plus all invoiced external Reimbursable Expenses allocable to such Additional Services, the latter multiplied by a factor of 1.0. C. Other Provisions Concerning Payment for Additional Services 1. Whenever Engineer is entitled to compensation for the charges of Engineer's Subcontractors and Subconsultants, such compensation will be the amounts billed by Engineer's Subcontractors and Subconsultants to Engineer times a factor of 1.0. 315 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. Appendix 2: Standard Hourly Rates Schedule. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 2 EXHIBIT J—PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER FOR SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES APPENDIX 1: REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES SCHEDULE Reimbursable Expenses are subject to review and adjustment per Exhibit J. Rates and charges for Reimbursable Expenses as of the date of the Agreement are included in the materials cost and expenses shown in the fee table in Exhibit J, Article 1, Expenses to be billed at cost. 316 Exhibit J—Payments to Engineer for Services and Reimbursable Expenses. Appendix 2: Standard Hourly Rates Schedule. Exhibits to EJCDC® E-500, Agreement between Owner and Engineer for Professional Services. Copyright© 2020 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 2 EXHIBIT J—PAYMENTS TO ENGINEER FOR SERVICES AND REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES APPENDIX 2: STANDARD HOURLY RATES SCHEDULE A. Standard Hourly Rates 1. Standard Hourly Rates are set forth in this Appendix 2 to this Exhibit J and include salaries and wages paid to personnel in each billing class plus the cost of customary and statutory benefits, general and administrative overhead, non-project operating costs, and operating margin or profit. 2. The Standard Hourly Rates apply only as specified in Exhibit J. 3. Hourly rate table below may be adjusted in January of 2027 to accommodate rate adjustments. B. Schedule: Hourly rates for services performed on or after the date of the Agreement are: 2026 HOURLY FEE SCHEDULE Personnel Grade Hourly Rate Principal $349.00 Project Manager $316.00 Project Engineer $261.00 Technical $210.00 Administrative $137.00 Reimbursable Expenses: 1. Standard vehicle mileage at the IRS standard mileage rate in effect at the time. 2. Survey/staking/heavy duty trucks at IRS standard mileage rate plus $0.25 per mile. 3. Other travel, subsistence, lodging at actual out-of-pocket cost. 4. GPS Survey Equipment (when used) at $31.25 per hour. 5. ATV and UTV Equipment (when applicable) at $12.50 per hour. 317 ITEM #:24 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:Transit SUBJECT:APPROVAL OF BATTERY ELECTRIC BUS PURCHASE CHANGE ORDER COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: On November 16, 2023, the City Council awarded a contract for five 40’ heavy-duty battery electric buses (BEBs) to Gillig LLC of Livermore, California, for a cost not to exceed $5,789,480. The State of Washington procurement contract was utilized for this purchase. The funding sources approved for this project are summarized below: Funding Source Funding Federal Local Total Bus & Bus Facilities Discretionary (Section 5339)$2,218,500 $391,500 $2,610,000 Urbanized Area Formula Funding (Section 5307)$2,034,634 $359,053 $2,393,687 STBG Funding $225,000 $56,250 $281,250 Additional Local Funding $504,543 $504,543 Total Project Budget $4,478,134 $1,311,346 $5,789,480 After the contract was issued, new tariff policies were implemented that affected the final cost of several vehicle components. The State of Washington contract includes a provision that allows manufacturers to pass through costs incurred due to tariffs. CyRide has received delivery of all five BEBs. Following final assembly, Gillig notified CyRide that the impact of recently implemented tariff policies was $12,951.12 per bus, resulting in a total cost increase of $64,755.60. This adjustment represents a 1.12% increase to the overall project budget and increases the total purchase price from $5,789,480 to $5,854,235.60. CyRide, in coordination with the Purchasing Division, reviewed the documentation provided by Gillig and determined that the cost adjustment reflected actual cost incurred and was calculated in accordance with the provisions of the State of Washington procurement contract. An additional $64,755.60 in local funding is required to support this change order. Staff has evaluated the project budget and recommends using funds from the Battery Electric Bus Reserve Fund to support the budget shortfall. 318 The revised project budget is shown below: Funding Source Funding Federal Local Total Bus & Bus Facilities Discretionary (Section 5339)$2,218,500 $391,500.00 $2,610,000.00 Urbanized Area Formula Funding (Section 5307)$2,034,634 $359,053.00 $2,393,687.00 STBG Funding $225,000 $56,250.00 $281,250.00 Local Funding (Previously Committed) $504,543.00 $504,543.00 BEB Reserve Fund (Change Order) $64,755.60 $64,755.60 Total Project Budget $4,478,134 $1,376,101.60 $5,854,235.60 Approval of this change order is required for CyRide to complete acceptance of the new vehicles. The Transit Board of Trustees approved the requested change order and increased the contract total to $5,8854,235.60 for Gillig LLC at their meeting on January 15, 2026. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve the cost-related change order and establish a new total contract amount of $5,854,235.60 for the purchase of five battery electric buses from Gillig LLC of Livermore, California. 2. Do not approve the requested change order. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Approving the tariff-related change order and new contract amount will ensure that the five battery electric buses are fully funded. Utilizing the Battery Electric Bus Reserve Fund allows CyRide to accommodate the cost increase using existing capital reserves and complete the purchase in compliance with procurement requirements and Transit Asset Management objectives. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. 319 ITEM #:25 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:2022/23 CONCRETE PAVEMENT IMPROVEMENTS - (BROOKRIDGE AVE, RIDGEWOOD AVE, LEE ST, 9TH ST, PARK WAY, & ALLEY) COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: This annual program utilizes current repair and reconstruction techniques to improve concrete streets. These pavement improvements are needed to restore structural integrity, serviceability, and rideability. This project was located along Brookridge Avenue, Ridgewood Avenue, Lee Street, Park Way and 9th Street. This project included the removal and replacement of the existing street pavement, upgraded pedestrian crossing facilities, storm and sanitary sewer repairs, and replacement watermain along Ridgewood Avenue and 9th Street. On April 25, 2023, City Council awarded a contract to Shekar Engineering, P.L.C. of Des Moines, Iowa, in the amount of $4,203,260.58. One change order was administratively approved by staff in the amount of $24,507.97. Change Order No. 2 (this action), a deduction in the amount of $286,617.83, includes a reduction in the quantities for subgrade preparation, subgrade treatment, special backfill, connection to existing pipe structures, and asphalt pavement. These deduction occurred due to the project being bid as an alternate for concrete versus asphalt pavement surfacing. The cost for concrete was more cost effective and allowed for reduction in items related to not utilizing asphalt pavement. The balancing change order reflects the final field measured quantities during construction. Construction was completed in the amount of $3,941,150.72. Revenues and expenses associated with this program are as follows: Description Revenue Expenses 22/23 Concrete Improvements (G.O. Bonds)$3,600,000 22/23 Water System Improvements (Water Fund) 650,000 22/23 & 23/24 Alley Improvements (G.O. Bonds) 800,000 22/23 Sanitary Sewer Improvements (Sewer Funds) 400,000 Construction $4,203,260.58 Change Orders (Previously approved) 24,507.97 Change Order 2 (Balancing) - This Council Action -286,617.83 Final Construction Cost - This Council Action 3,941,150.72 WHKS Engineering 312,400.00 Contract Administration 400,000.00 TOTAL $5,450,000 $4,653,550.72 320 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve the following for the 2022/23 Concrete Pavement Improvements - (Brookridge Ave, Ridgewood Ave, Lee St, 9th St, Park Way, & Alley) project: a. Change Order No. 2, a deduction in the amount of $286,617.83. b. Accept the project as completed by Shekar Engineering, P.L.C. of Des Moines, Iowa, in the amount of $3,941,150.72. 2. Direct staff to pursue changes to the project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: The project has been completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as noted above. ATTACHMENT(S): Concrete Project Map.pdf Certification Letter 2022-23 Concrete Pavement Improvements (Brookridge).pdf 321 6TH ST 9TH ST 10TH ST 8TH ST GRAND AVE 7TH ST WILSON AVE NORTHWESTERN AVE HODGE AVE 11TH ST ROOSEVELT AVE CURTISS AVE HARDING AVE MARSTON AVE 2022/23 ConcretePavement Improvements ¯ Bridgwood Ave - (6th St to Ridgewood Ave)Ridgewood Ave - (6th St to 9th St)Lee St. - (Brookridge Ave to Ridgewood Ave)9th St. - (Brookridge Ave to Northwestern Ave)Park Way - (Brookridge Ave to Ridgewood Ave)Alley - (6th St to 9th St) Brook ridge Ave Ridgewood Ave Lee St 9th St Par k Way Alley 322 Smart Choice Public Works Department 515.239.5160 main 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 515.239.5404 fax Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org January 22, 2026 Honorable Mayor and Council Members City of Ames Ames, Iowa 50010 Dear Mayor and Council Members: I hereby certify the 2022/23 Concrete Pavement Improvements (Brookridge Ave, Ridgewood Ave, Lee St, 9th St, Park Way, & Alley) project was completed in an acceptable manner by Shekar Engineering, P.L.C., of Des Moines, Iowa, in the amount of $3,941,150.72 and was inspected by the Public Works Department of the City of Ames, Iowa. Sincerely, Justin A. Clausen, PE, CPWP-M Public Works Director JAC/lbc cc: City Clerk, Finance, Contractor, Administrative Services, Project File 323 To:Mayor & City Council From:City of Ames Finance Department Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:2026-2031 Capital Improvements Plan Item No. 26 MEMO As part of the City's annual budget process, staff presented the five-year Capital Improvements Plan (CIP) for City Council consideration at a comprehensive workshop on January 20, 2026. At that workshop, staff from each department presented the plan to the City Council, and the Council posed questions and provided feedback. Public input regarding the draft CIP will be received at the City Council meeting on January 27, 2026. The Council will make final decisions regarding the CIP at its Budget Wrap-up Meeting on February 10, 2026. The draft CIP, along with other relevant financial documents, are located on the Finance page of the City's website here: Finance | City of Ames, IA Finance 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 324 To:Mayor & City Council From:Steven L. Schainker, City Manager Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Ontario Workforce Housing Subdivision Item No. 27 MEMO The Staff Report on Ontario Workforce Housing Subdivision is attached for Council's review. ATTACHMENT(S): ONTARIO HOUSING DEVELOPMENT 1.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 325 Staff Report Workforce Housing Subdivision – Ontario January 27, 2026 BACKGROUND: On December 16, 2025 the City Council referred a letter from Brenda Dryer, Senior Vice President of the Ames Regional Economic Alliance, requesting the City’s support for a potential workforce housing project. Brenda has informed the City Council that local developers are in the process of acquiring 17 acres of land currently owned by Iowa State University at the intersection of Ontario Street and Scholl Road. This was the site previously suggested for the Healthy Life Center. (See Attached Map) What currently is envisioned are 109 residential units in the subdivision. On the land west of Scholl Road will be 84 attached housing units of which 30 units will be owner -occupied and 54 units will be rentals. On the east side of Scholl Road will be 25 detached, owner- occupied residential units. Therefore, in total there will be 54 rental units and 55 owner - occupied units. In order to meet the requirements for this new subdivision, Scholl Road, which will bisect the new subdivision, must be reconstructed to City standards for it to be dedicated to the City. The developers are proposing to assume responsibility for reconstructing at their cost the section of Scholl Road from Ontario Street north to the Railroad right -of-way in accordance with City standards. In return for the developers assuming responsibility to reconstruct the Scholl road segment at their cost: • They want the City to provide a TIF Rebate incentive to be paid to them annually until the cost of the road reconstruction is paid back to them, or up to 10 years, whichever comes first. Although the developers are requesting up to 10 years of a TIF incentive, Brenda has noted that it is the goal of developers to construct and sell homes as quickly as possible. Therefore, their goal is to have enough construction and sale activity to drive a TIF Rebate payoff in 5 years. • They will agree to a maximum sale price of $425,000 for all homes within this subdivision (assuming no additional negative or major impacts to market conditions). 326 They are emphasizing that focus of this subdivision will be the creation of more affordable and attainable workforce housing in the City of Ames. The Ames Regional Economic Alliance, through Brenda Dryer, is agreeing to: • Assist the City in submitting a request and justifying to the Iowa Economic Development Authority (IEDA) Director the need to approve a reduction of the LMI set-aside requirement for this Residential TIF project from 50.07% to 20%. If approved by the IEDA Director, this percentage reduction will result in the developers being paid back quicker for their cost to reconstruct Scholl Road. • Assist the developers in preparing and submitting an application to the IEDA for Workforce Housing Tax Credits. NEXT STEPS: Should the City Council agree to support this proposed development, the following steps will be required: 1. Developer initiated Comprehensive Plan amendment from Government to either RN-2 or RN-3 2. Developer led Neighborhood Meeting to describe the intended project 3. Rezoning of Site with a PUD Overlay and Major Site Development Plan 4. Preliminary Plat approval 5. Final Plat approval 6. Urban Renewal Area and adoption of a TIF Rebate ordinance 7. Development Agreement for Residential TIF Rebate with the developers for the cost of reconstructing a section of Scholl Road and for LMI Set-aside. (It should be noted that the annual rebate to the developers will be subject to a non-appropriation clause in order to not count as a City debt.) 327 STAFF COMMENTS: In recent months the Mayor and City Manager have been discussing with former ISU President, Wendy Wintersteen, about the possibility of the University selling off some of their “unused” land for an infill, workforce housing project. President Wintersteen agreed with the City Council’s desire to facilitate additional residential opportunities that would benefit the faculty, staff, and students at ISU as well as the total community. In order to accomplish this task, the 17 acres of land on the north side of Ontario Street bisected by Scholl Road recently were offered for sale by the University. A group of local developers submitted the successful bid for this land and are in the final stages of acquiring the property from the University. Therefore, Staff believes the request for a partnership in this endeavor to create an infill, workforce housing subdivision is in harmony with the City Council’s goal for increasing residential opportunities. The developers are willing to establish a maximum sale price for the residential units built in this new subdivision, which is something the Council has expressed interest in obtaining from developers seeking city incentives. Assuming 1) the proposed cap on the sale price for all residential units, 2) the requested length of the TIF repayment schedule, and 3) the mix of rental versus owner-occupied residential units are acceptable to the City Council, the Staff would support moving ahead with the steps outlined above to support the proposed development. 328 26567 sq.ft. 0.61 acres LOT A 417469 sq.ft. 9.58 acres LOT 1 242642 sq.ft. 5.57 acres LOT 2 CITY OF AMES ROW SCHOLL RD 26' URBAN SECTION IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY SCHOLL RD RURAL SECTION ONTARIO STREETONTARIO STREET MIN N E S O T A A V E (R U R A L S E C T I O N ) RAILROAD R.O.W. IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY 652.2' 39 9 . 6 ' 323.3' 332.5' 34 5 . 9 ' 66.0' 40 5 . 5 ' 938.4' 48 8 . 4 ' 932.7' SCH O L L R O A D (RU R A L S E C T I O N ) 0 60 120 N ON T A R I O D E V E L O P M E N T 1 A S S O C I A T E S® SHEET JOB NO. PROJECT MGR. NO . RE V I S I O N S DA T E : JOHN GADE AM E S , I O W A ON T A R I O S T R E E T D E V E L O P M E N T SC H O L L R O A 5' WALK 10' TRAIL 26'-0" MEDIAN 12 6 ' - 0 " RAILROAD R.O 32 9 ITEM #:28 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:ADMIN SUBJECT:DISCUSSION REGARDING ELEMENTS FOR DRAFT MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 14, HUMAN RELATIONS REGARDING CIVIL RIGHTS PROTECTION FOR GENDER IDENTITY COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: At the December 9, 2025, City Council meeting, the City Council directed staff to proceed with drafting an ordinance adding gender identity as a protected class in Municipal Code Chapter 14, Human Relations. Currently, the Ames Human Relations Commission (AHRC) does not investigate discrimination complaints and has not since 2019. Instead, the AHRC has a cooperative agreement with the Iowa Office of Civil Rights, which handles complaints and investigations. Attachment A includes data on discrimination complaints between 2020-2023 in Ames. The 2024 data has not been made available yet, however, on December 16, 2025, the City Attorney, per the direction of City Council, submitted an open records request for the 2024 data from the Iowa Office of Civil Rights (IOCR). The City Attorney received a brief response from the IOCR, stating that they can compile and share the City's 2024 data for a fee of $62.28. The payment has been remitted but at the time this report is being written, the data has not been received yet. Staff believes the data will be received in the next week. In preparing a draft ordinance for adding gender identity as a protected class to Municipal C o d e Chapter 14, staff has conducted additional research on other Iowa cities that have similar local provisions in their human rights ordinances. While these local provisions vary, they often include language around the administration and enforcement of these provisions. In order to bring forward a comprehensive draft ordinance, the City Manager ’s Office and the City Attorney’s Office have been working closely together to define the components to include in the ordinance. At this time, additional guidance from City Council is needed on the specific elements below. The direction City Council provides will be incorporated into the draft ordinance. ELEMENT #1: INVESTIGATING DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS As mentioned, the AHRC does not currently investigate discrimination complaints, but rather defers discrimination complaints to the Iowa Office of Civil Rights. Since gender identity is no longer a protected class under Iowa Code 216, any complaints of discrimination on the basis of gender identity is outside the jurisdiction of the Iowa Office of Civil Rights, and therefore, that office could not investigate the case. A process would need to be established locally for managing complaints of gender identity discrimination cases. Below are some options for managing discrimination cases going forward: 330 Option 1: The City investigates all gender identity complaints/The State continues to investigate all other discrimination complaints. This option involves continuing to refer discrimination complaints for protected classes within State code to the IOCR, and requires the City to establish its own administrative investigation process related to gender identity discrimination complaints. Option 2: The City investigates all discrimination complaints including gender identity and does not refer discrimination complaints to the State. This option will require the City to establish its own administrative investigation process for all discrimination complaints for protected classes under the State and for gender identity. Staff Comments: According to the data provided by the State of Iowa, from 2020-2023, there were seven discrimination complaints on the basis of gender identity (see attachment A). Staff is recommending that the Council pursue Option 1 and direct that the intake and investigation of gender identity complaints be managed by an Assistant City Manager, or his/her designee, and that the City Attorney, or his/her designee, determine if there is sufficient evidence to warrant a municipal infraction citation. Staff is not recommending Option 2 for several reasons. The resources required to effectively conduct this work is unknown, but likely greater than Option 1. Additionally, the Legal Department does not currently work on, or specialize in, discrimination law and, therefore, hiring outside legal counsel might be necessary. ELEMENT #2: MUNICIPAL INFRACTION PENALTY LEVELS Per the memo from City Attorney Mark Lambert on December 9, 2025, the Council should decide what level the civil penalty should be: "Unless a higher penalty amount is specifically adopted, the default penalties for a municipal infraction in Ames are $30 for a first offense, $100 for first repeat offense, and $200 for subsequent repeat offenses (Section 1.9, Ames Municipal Code). Iowa Code allows cities to establish civil penalties for municipal infractions at not more than $750 for a first offense, and not more than $1,000 for a repeat offense." Option 1: $750 for first offense, and $1,000 for repeat offense(s). Option 2: $30 for first offense, $100 for first repeat offense, $200 for subsequent repeat offenses Option 3: Any amounts between Option 1 and Option 2 Staff Comments: Staff believes that the default penalty of $30 for the first offense, $100 for the first repeat offense, and $200 for subsequent repeat offenses is insufficient to prevent discrimination from occurring and, therefore, would recommend that Council adopt the greatest financial penalty allowed, Option 1. ELEMENT #3: MEDIATION The mediation process is an opportunity for both parties to attempt to resolve their disagreement through a third-party mediator (City staff), prior to or during the investigation. 331 This is a voluntary process that carries no-fault terms should a settlement be negotiated. Upon a mediation agreement, all the parties sign a written agreement, which records the terms of the settlement, and the case administratively closes. Option 1: Incorporate a provision for mediation between parties involved in a discrimination complaint. Option 2: Do not incorporate a provision for mediation between parties involved in a discrimination complaint. Staff Recommendation: Staff believes that mediation can be a powerful tool to resolve disputes in a manner that is satisfactory for parties involved in the complaint. It also reduces the time needed for a full investigation. Therefore, it is the staff’s recommendation to include a provision on mediation. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve: a. Option 1 as outlined above for Element 1: Investigating Discrimination Complaints b. Option 1 as outlined above for Element 2: Municipal Infraction Penalty Levels c. Option 1 as outlined above for Element 3: Mediation 2. Approve other options for the three elements above. 3. Refer back to staff for more information. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: By providing additional guidance on the three elements above, staff can incorporate them into a draft ordinance adding gender identity as a protected class to Municipal Code Chapter 14. Based on the information provided above, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council approve Alternative #1. ATTACHMENT(S): Attachment A - Discrimination Complaints Data in Ames.pdf 332 Discrimination Complaints in the City of Ames from 2020-2023 36 27 22 23 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 2020 2021 2022 2023 Complaints by Year 333 Discrimination Complaints in the City of Ames from 2020-2023 2 26 1 7 2 18 5 2 0 17 3 3 0 20 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Education Employment Housing Public Accomodation Complaints by Category 2020 2021 2022 2023 334 Discrimination Complaints in the City of Ames from 2020-2023 11 8 4 6 24 15 9 9 1 1 4 1 3 4 6 4 0 1 0 1 10 10 9 8 6 3 1 1 14 11 11 6 13 8 7 12 2 1 1 1 0 5 10 15 20 25 2020 2021 2022 2023 Basis for Complaints Age Disability Gender Identity National Origin Pregnancy Race/Color Religion Retaliation Sex Sexual Orientation 335 Discrimination Complaints in the City of Ames from 2020-2023 8 4 4 6 8 9 4 1 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Accommodation Reduced Hours Discipline Constructive Discharge Discharge Harassment Sexual Harassment Demotion Assignment Reduced Pay Promotion Service Suspension Benefits Training Terms and Conditions Cause of Action 336 Discrimination Complaints in the City of Ames from 2020-2023 0 1 0 0 2 1 1 22 1 0 0 5 1 0 3 12 8 9 7 14 14 11 10 1 1 1 0000 1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2020 2021 2022 2023 Results of Complaints Failure to Cooperate Satisfactory Adjustment Withdrawal Right to Sue Open Administrative Closure No Probable Cause No Jurisdiction 337 ITEM #:29 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:P&H SUBJECT:HEARING ON REZONING OF PROPERTY WEST OF THE INTERSECTION OF HARRISON ROAD AND WELBECK DRIVE, WITH A MAJOR SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND A PRELIMINARY PLAT COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: The City currently owns the property located west of the intersection of Harrison Road and Welbeck Drive. On May 27, 2025, the City entered into an option agreement with Keystone Equity Group (KEG) to purchase the 1.81-acre property contingent on the developer receiving state workforce housing tax credit approval and entitlements to construct up to 12 owner- occupied single-family homes. The developer was notified of the tax credit award in October. The Rezoning, Preliminary Plat, and Major Site Development Plan are the first approvals to be sought in connection with the option agreement. A Final Plat and Development Agreement are anticipated at the end of February prior to KEG closing on the property. The subject property is unused right-of-way related to formerly planned extension of Harrison Road over the railroad tracks located to the west side of the site (see Attachment A for Location Map showing existing conditions). The Harrison Road extension is no longer viable and the City Council identified the site as an ownership housing infill opportunity site in 2024. More information on the history of this property, surrounding area, and outreach on development concepts can be found in the Addendum. The applicant’s narrative of the project and its relationship to the PUD standards is included as Attachment B. PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT: The site has frontage on Welbeck and widens towards the west/railroad tracks where the units are proposed to be located (see Attachment C for Site Plan excerpts and Attachment D for Preliminary Plat excerpts). The development concept has open area along Welbeck with homes located to the middle and rear of the site. The first home is approximately 150 feet from Welbeck. The layout includes a centralized private street (Harrison Court) with the 12 units situated on both sides. The proposed plan includes 12 housing units with two different single-family attached types of configurations (see Attachment E for Architectural Plans). There are three buildings of two- story bi-attached homes (six dwellings total) plus two buildings with two-story three-unit attached homes (six additional dwellings). Each unit will have three bedrooms. The bi-attached homes have two-car garages, while the three-unit attached homes have single-car garages. Each home includes a driveway that provides additional parking area. Three guest parking spaces are also provided along Harrison Court. Harrison Court is located in an outlot along with open space area to be maintained by a 338 Homeowners Association. The private street is 22 feet wide with a “T” shaped dead-end to accommodate minimum fire access standards and take advantage of the shape of the property. A sidewalk will be located on one side of Harrison Court. A new public sidewalk is proposed to close the gap in the sidewalk along Welbeck Drive frontage. The private street design, in lieu of a typical 26-foot wide public street, is approvable as part of a PUD Overlay. Landscaping within the project includes a street tree plan with 12 trees. Additional evergreen trees are proposed along the north and west sides of the site for aesthetics and buffering. The Major Site Development Plan (MSDP) accompanying the PUD request will be the controlling plan for development of the site upon approval of the PUD Overlay with the pedestrian, parking, landscaping, and building features. The Preliminary Plat controls for lot layout and public improvements intended to serve the individual lots. PUD OVERLAY: The proposed rezoning to a PUD allows for flexibility in certain development standards such as setbacks and lot sizes, which supports different housing types and densities that otherwise may not be achievable under the base zoning. Deviations from these zoning standards are allowed when specifically approved by City Council and compatibility standards are met regarding the design of the units (See Addendum for Findings and Standards). To meet these standards, main entrances are proposed to be defined with a covered porch and setback no more than 12 feet so that garage does not define the front façade. DEVIATIONS: The proposed PUD primarily allows for more individually platted lots than would otherwise be feasible under base zone requirements as a result of decreased minimum lot areas for the townhome units, reduced internal lot line setbacks, and other deviations. The overall unit count (12) is consistent with maximum site density calculations. The deviations allow for more ownership housing opportunities by allowing for individual lots to be created, and avoid larger, more uniform buildings with attached units. A garage face setback deviation is requested from the required 25 feet to 20 feet for all lots. A 20-foot setback is a minimum expectation to ensure vehicles parked in front of a garage do not overhang onto the sidewalk. Due to a curve in the road and its position as a corner lot, Lot 3 requires an additional deviation for driveway dimensions. The driveway configuration ranges from 20 feet to a 17.5-foot setback for the southern half. The 20-foot segment allows for the parking of regular sized vehicle while the 17.5-foot section could only accommodate smaller vehicle without overhang. As the sidewalk is on the opposite side of the street, this does not present encroachment issues for pedestrians. Staff supports the partial driveway deviation as meeting the intent of providing for function driveway parking that does not impact pedestrian travel. All requested deviations are summarized in the Addendum. 339 PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION: The Planning and Zoning Commission reviewed the proposed project at its January 7, 2026, meeting. The Commission received three letters of opposition and three members of the public spoke at the meeting opposing the project. All of the speakers were property owners west of the site with property along Ballentine. Primary concerns from the public and Commission related to loss of informal open space, potential traffic in the area, railroad proximity, and the compatibility of the number of units designed as attached homes. The Commission's initial discussion focused on open space and the effects of allowing for a private street, including parking. City staff described City Council's prior discussion of the site as informal open space and how it relates to the City's parks policies. Staff also described infill development as excepted from the PUD-required 10% open space and a determination of open space as a case-by-case review. In this case, due to the clustering of the dwellings and reduced lot sizes, the site provides approximately 50% open space. The largest area of open space is in the front of the subject property, between Welbeck and the dwellings. Staff also described how perimeter setbacks and stormwater management features affected the layout of the site and common areas. Staff noted that even if the open space were required, the Zoning Ordinance would not require it to be public, as is the desire of neighboring property owners. City Council previously determined not to use the site as a public park due to its proximity to other existing parks. A Commissioner asked if on-street parking would be permitted. Other than the three guest parking spaces, no on street parking is permitted. The guest spaces would be managed by the HOA. All units provide at least two parking spaces in an attached garage or associated driveway. The Commission discussed how common private streets are and how they differ from public streets. Staff responded by describing private streets allowing reduced right-of-way widths that can better accommodate an infill development. They are allowed by the subdivision standards to serve a small group of dwellings and are common for developments with single- family attached homes. Harrison Court is a dead-end street but does have a turnaround to accommodate a fire truck and meets other Fire Code standards for lane widths and hydrants. The road with is four feet less than a public street, and a cul-de-sac would be required with public streets rather than a hammerhead. Without the private street, the proposed configuration would not be viable. Regarding the railroad, the Commission discussed other nearby properties along the railroad and setbacks. The two three-unit buildings are proposed to be setback 28 feet from the shared property line with the railroad. The 28 feet includes the small area of private rear yard and the intervening common area This setback was necessary due to the shape of the lot and need to shift all units west to ensure setbacks from the north and south perimeter property lines were met without reducing the bi-attached home sizes. The Commission deliberation focused on the compatibility of the 12-unit proposal with the surroundings. The Commission voted 4-1 to recommend approval of the proposed rezoning with PUD, Preliminary Plat, and Major Site Development Plan. 340 Since the Commission meeting, the landscape plan for the development has been revised by the applicant to include seven coniferous trees on along the railroad property line to provide a buffer to the railroad. These trees were included with the Site Plan since the area they are proposed to be planted in is common area and individual homeowners would not be able to choose their own landscaping for the rear yard. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve for Harrison Pointe, a proposed development located on City surplus land west of the intersection of Harrison Road and Welbeck Drive: a. On first reading the rezoning to Suburban Residential Low Density (FS-RL) with a Planned Unit Development (PUD) Overlay b. A Major Site Development Plan c. A Preliminary Plat 2. Approve with modifications or conditions to any one of the rezoning to Suburban Residential Low Density (FS-RL) with a PUD Overlay, Major Site Development Plan, or Preliminary Plat for Harrison Pointe, a proposed development located on City surplus land west of the intersection of Harrison Road and Welbeck Drive. 3. Deny on first reading the rezoning to Suburban Residential Low Density (FS-RL) with a PUD Overlay, Major Site Development Plan, and Preliminary Plat for Harrison Pointe, by finding the proposal does not meet rezoning requirements or the standards of the Chapter 23 Subdivision Code. 4. Defer action on this request and refer it back to City staff and/or the applicant for additional information. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Staff finds that the proposed Rezoning to a Planned Unit Development (PUD) with a Major Site Development Plan and Preliminary Plat complies with the proposed underlying base zone standards and the PUD standards, with the deviations identified on the site plan and preliminary plat and described within the addendum. The proposed development of the site is consistent with Ames Plan 2040 policies for infill. The development maintains a scale compatible with adjacent single-family homes. The PUD Overlay tool is designed to allow for unique designs on smaller sites, which is especially beneficial for infill sites. The PUD allows for “postage stamp” lots for the single- family attached homes, maintaining significant open space and clustering the development at the western end of the site. The design supports creation of ownership housing lots. In this case with the City as the property owner, a covenant will be recorded against the property at the time of sale requiring the homes to be owner-occupied. In addition, architectural features of the buildings and site layout with a sidewalk connection to Welbeck Drive meet the intent of the PUD and compatibility standards for deviations. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council approve Alternative #1, as described above. 341 City Council should also be aware that with approval of Alternative #1, the Developer will need to proceed with Final Plat and approval of the Development Agreement to complete the terms of the sale of the property. Staff anticipates the Final Plat and Development Agreement to be available for approval at February 24 City Council meeting. ATTACHMENT(S): Harrison Pointe Attachments A-F.pdf Harrison Pointe Addendum.pdf Harrison & Welbeck Rezoning.docx 342 WELBECK D R CRESTMOORAVE LAUR E L ST STONEBROOKE RD BR I C K M A N A V E HARRISON RD WESTWIND DR BA L L E N T I N E D R Location Map 0 0.03 0.060.01 Miles IN T E R S T A T E 3 5 LINCOLN 24TH 13THONTARIO INTERSTATE 35 D A Y T O N ST A N G E U N I V E R S I T Y 16TH GEORGEW CARVER SO U T H DA K O T A AIRPORTHY L A N D LINCOLN WAY ¯Legend Subject Property Parcels 343 344 345 346 STANGE RD WE L B E C K D R HARR I S O N R D V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ S P 0 1 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ T I T L . d w g CH A L L , TI T L E S H E E T , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 5 3 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 12 - 1 9 - 2 0 2 5 20 0 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C1 0 0 125.0448.01 C100 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E TI T L E S H E E T AM E S , I O W A PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 12 - 3 0 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CM C CM C 12 TT N - R R W - S S SITE PLAN / CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR HARRISON POINTE HARRISON COURT CITY OF AMES, STORY COUNTY, IOWA VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION SCALE: 1" = 200' I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. Jason A. Ledden, P.E.Date License Number P24117 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2026 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: JASON A. LEDDEN P24117 DPROFE L NSE ICE IONALENGINEER AIOW SS ENGINEER SNYDER & ASSOCIATES, INC. 2727 SNYDER BLVD ANKENY, IOWA 50023 JASON LEDDEN, P.E. 515-964-2020 SHEET LIST TABLE Sheet Number Sheet Title C100 TITLE SHEET C101 PROJECT INFORMATION C200 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS C300 OVERALL SITE LAYOUT C400 DEMOLITION AND DIMENSION PLAN C500 GRADING AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN C600 UTILITY PLAN C700 PLANTING PLAN C800 SITE DETAILS C900 SANITARY AND WATER PLAN AND PROFILE C901 SANITARY AND WATER PLAN AND PROFILE DEVELOPER KEYSTONE EQUITY GROUP LLC 5031 TIMBERWOOD CT. WEST DES MOINES, IA 50265 CONTACT: JD ALBRIGHT PHONE: (515) 897-9062 C100 - C600, C800 - C901 PROPERTY OWNER CITY OF AMES 515 CLARK AVE. AMES, IA 50010 PROPERTY DESCRIPTION LOT “J”, BLOOMINGTON HEIGHTS WEST PLAT 3, AN OFFICIAL PLAT IN THE CITY OF AMES, STORY COUNTY, IOWA. P EF RO SSONLA I ACPNALCDS CARH E CE T TII A ETST F IO AWO License Expires: June 30, 2027 CLAY R. SCHNECKLOTH 512 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT NO. Clay R. Schneckloth, PLA License Number Pages or sheets covered by this seal: 512 Date I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly licensed Professional Landscape Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. C700 347 100 101 102 103 BM500 Rim = 963.21 FL = 959.31 24" RCP W FL = 959.26 24" RCP E Rim = 968.03 FL = 961.58 24" RCP E&S Rim = 967.00 FL = 961.50 18" RCP SW FL = 961.32 24" RCP N Rim = 968.68 Intake = 968.03 FL = 962.83 15" RCP W FL = 961.78 12" RCP E FL = 961.68 6" PVC N FL = 961.93 12" RCP S Rim = 968.19 FL = 959.69 12" RCP S FL = 957.07 24" RCP SW & NE Rim = 968.08 Intake = 967.49 FL = 961.36 12" RCP E FL = 960.43 12" RCP N&SW Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E Intake = 968.08 FL = 962.26 12" RCP W Intake = 967.38 FL = 961.42 12" RCP W FL = 963.66 15" RCP E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett 97 0 96 6 96 6 967 96 7 96 8 96 8 96 896 8 96 9 969 96 9 96 8 965 96 5 96 6 966 967 96 7 968 96 8 969 965 965 97 0 966 967 96 8 96 9 965 964964 966 967 968 96 9 EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 30' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #03-21762) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. #202500005285) EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762) EXISTNG 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 25' STORM SEWER, SURFACE WATER FLOWAGE & STORM WATER STORAGE EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) HARRISON COURT 8" SA N 8" SAN 8" S A N 8" S A N 8" S A N 15 " S T 15" S T 15 " S T 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' WATER M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 6" ST 8" SA N 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 8" ST 8" S T 8" S T C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 3 (0.06 AC) 4 (0.06 AC) 1 (0.06 AC) 2 (0.07 AC) 5 (0.06 AC) 6 (0.04 AC) 7 (0.05 AC) 8 (0.05 AC) 9 (0.04 AC) 10 (0.06 AC) 11 (0.06 AC) 12 (0.06 AC) 10' PUE 5' PUE 5' PUE 10' INGRESS/EGRESS EASEMENT 5' PUE 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 5' ELECTRICAL EASEMENT 5' PUE V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ S P 0 2 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ E X S T . d w g CH A L L , OV E R A L L S I T E L A Y O U T , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 5 4 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 12 - 1 9 - 2 0 2 5 30 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C3 0 0 125.0448.01 C300 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E OV E R A L L S I T E L A Y O U T AM E S , I O W A PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 12 - 3 0 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CM C CM C 12 TT N - R R W - S S FEET 0 30 348 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 12 11 HARRISON COURT C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 6" S T 6" S T 966 96 6 967 968 96 6 96 6 96 7 96 8 96 5 96 5 96 6 96 6 96 7 96 7 96 5 96 2 96 3 96 4 96 6 96 7 966 967 966 967 OVERFLOW: 965.80 964.50 967.08 966.43 (968.03) (967.58) 100 101 102 103 Rim = 963.21 FL = 959.31 24" RCP W FL = 959.26 24" RCP E Rim = 968.03 FL = 961.58 24" RCP E&S Rim = 967.00 FL = 961.50 18" RCP SW FL = 961.32 24" RCP N Rim = 968.19 FL = 959.69 12" RCP S FL = 957.07 24" RCP SW & NE Rim = 968.08 Intake = 967.49 FL = 961.36 12" RCP E FL = 960.43 12" RCP N&SW Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E Intake = 967.38 FL = 961.42 12" RCP W FL = 963.66 15" RCP E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett 97 0 96 8 96 9 97 0 96 8 96 9 96 796 8 96 6 96 6 967 96 7 968 96 8 969 96 9 965 966 967 968 96 9 969 96 5 96 6 965 965 964964 966 966 967 968 10' PUE 5' PUE EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762) EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 30' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #03-21762) 5' PUE EXISTING 25' STORM SEWER, SURFACE WATER FLOWAGE & STORM WATER STORAGE EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) 967.34 TC 967.09 G 967.34 TC 967.09 G 966.41 TC 966.16 G 966.41 TC 966.16 G 965.86 T C 965.61 G 965.86 TC 965.61 G 966.31 TC 966.06 G 966.11 TC 965.86 G 968.06 TC 967.81 G 967.27 TC 967.02 G 967.27 TC 967.02 G 966.45 TC 966.20 G 965.68 TC 965.43 G 965.70 TC 965.45 G 967.69 TC 967.44 G 967.69 TC 967.44 G 966 96 7 96 8 96 9 OVERFLOW: 965.75 OVERFLOW: 965.90 -1.80% -2 . 0 0 % -1.50% 96 5 96 6 967 -1.2 1 % -2.00 %966.54 TC 966.29 G GFE: 967.50 MPE: 966.90 GFE: 9 6 7 . 7 5 MPE: 9 6 6 . 9 0 GFE: 9 6 8 . 1 5 MPE: 9 6 6 . 9 0 GFE: 9 6 7 . 3 5 MPE: 9 6 6 . 9 0 GFE: 9 6 7 . 5 0 MPE: 9 6 6 . 9 0 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 100-YR ELEV = 965.25 100-YR ELEV = 965.45 SILT FENCE (TYP) INLET PROTECTION (TYP) SILT FENCE (TYP) 10' INGRESS/EGRESS EASEMENT 5' PUE 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 965 964 966967 965.85 TC 965.60 G 965.84 TC 965.59 G -2. 0 0 % 5' ELECTRICAL EASEMENT (968.15) (967.77) (967.77) (967.92) (967.82) (967.94) 968.37 TC 968.12 G 968.56 TC 968.31 G 968.70 TC 968.45 G 968.59 TC 968.34 G 968.13 TC 967.88 G 968.54 TC 968.29 G HP: 967.35 -1 . 5 0 % -0 . 9 9 % 967.19 964.00 967.65 967.08 967.15 967.70 LP: 965.74 HP: 96 8 . 5 5 965.80 TC 965.55 G 965.80 TC 965.55 G 26' X 10' TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT 5' PUE C2 (967.58) 968.18 968.16 968.12 967.93 967.98 967.52 967.50 968.23 968.17 968.27 (967.54) (967.50) (968.32) (968.43) (967.98)-1.00 % -1.00 % -1 . 0 0 % -1 . 0 0 % -0 . 8 6 % -7.20 % -7.75 % -0 . 3 2 % RIM = 968.19 RIM = 968.08 ● ● ● ● 968.03 TC 967.53 G 968.06 TC 967.56 G 968.00 TC 967.50 G S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' 20 ' B S L (967.81) 96 8 969 968.03 968.06 967.94 967.98 967.90 967.86 967.86 967.82 968.16 968.11 968.16 968.21 968.27 968.22 968.10 968.05 968.37 968.33 968.42 968.38 967.88 (967.98) (967.80) -4 . 5 2 % -4 . 9 3 % -1.00 % -1.00 % -0 . 9 9 % -1 . 0 0 % -5 . 0 0 % -5 . 3 6 % -1.00 % -1.00 % -1 . 0 0 % -1 . 0 0 % 968.51 TC 968.26 G 968.41 TC 968.16 G 968.51 TC 968.26 G 968.25 TC 968.00 G 968.14 TC 967.89 G 968.31 TC 967.81 G 968.19 TC 967.69 G 968.36 TC 968.11 G 968.55 TC 968.05 G 968.53 TC 968.03 G 968.29968.51 968.34968.58 967.96 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 967.86 967.94 967.96 967.78 968.13 967.89 968.47 968.14 -1 . 0 0 % -1 . 0 0 % -1 . 5 0 % -1.85% -1.00% 968.59 TC 968.34 G 966.49 966.49 966.44 966.44 966.45 966.50 966.39 966.52 966.31 966.44 966.77 966.70 966.45 TC 966.20 G 966.54 TC 966.29 G 966.66 TC 966.41 G 966.44 TC 966.19 G -2 . 5 2 % -2 . 1 0 % -1 . 5 0 % -1 . 5 0 % -1.00 % -1.00 % -1.50 % -0 . 1 1 % -1.00 % -0 . 0 9 % -0 . 0 8 % -1.00% -0 . 0 9 % 966.44 -5 . 5 8 % -5 . 2 3 % -1.00% -1.50 % C1 100 968.79 968.56 968.83 968.71 968.75 968.48 968.05 968.13 (968.87) (968.91) (968.64) (968.23) (968.14) -1 . 0 3 % -1 . 0 0 % -1 . 0 0 % -7.12 % -7.16 % -7.16 % -7.12 % -1.00 % -1.00 % -1 . 0 0 % RIM = 968.68 ● ● ● ● 968.62 TC 968.12 G 968.55 TC 968.05 G (968.08) 968.59 968.64 -0.98 % -2 . 2 9 % (968.09) V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ S P 0 4 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ G R D G . d w g CH A L L , GR A D I N G A N D E R O S I O N C O N T R O L P L A N , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 5 4 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 12 - 1 9 - 2 0 2 5 30 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C5 0 0 125.0448.01 C500 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E GR A D I N G A N D E R O S I O N C O N T R O L P L A N AM E S , I O W A PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 12 - 3 0 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CM C CM C 12 TT N - R R W - S S FEET 0 30 GRADING NOTES 1.CONTRACTOR TO STRIP AND STOCKPILE TOPSOIL ON ALL AREAS TO BE CUT OR FILLED. RESPREAD TO MINIMUM 8" DEPTH TO FINISH GRADES. 2.ANY EXCESS CUT TO BE SPREAD ON SITE AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER DURING CONSTRUCTION. PLACE TOPSOIL OVER ALL AREAS DISTURBED. 3.ALL DRAINAGE SWALES AND SLOPES 5 TO 1 OR GREATER TO BE SEEDED USING COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE EROSION CONTROL SEED. MIXTURE APPLIED AT RATE RECOMMENDED BY SUPPLIER. 4.EROSION CONTROL: SEED THE SITE AFTER ROUGH GRADING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. PLACE SILT FENCE AND MAINTAIN IN PROBLEM AREAS AFTER GROUND COVER HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. COMPLY WITH EROSION CONTROL LAW. 5.PROVIDE BELOW GRADE INLET PROTECTION IN PAVED AREAS FOLLOWING PAVING OPERATIONS. 6.TEMPORARY SEEDING SHALL BE TYPE 4 - URBAN TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MIXTURE. PERMANENT SEEDING SHALL BE TYPE 1 - PERMANENT LAWN MIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANTING PLAN. MULCHING TYPE IS DEPENDENT UPON SEEDING METHOD USED BY THE CONTRACTOR. MULCHING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PER SUDAS. 7. HYDROMULCH ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION NOT PLANNED FOR SOD. SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR DETAILS. WELLBECK DR. RAMPS SCALE: 1" = 5' SOUTH WEST RAMPS SCALE: 1" = 5' WELLBECK DR. RAMPS SCALE: 1" = 5' WELLBECK DR. RAMPS SCALE: 1" = 5' GFE: GARAGE FLOOR ELEVATION. WHERE GARAGE DOOR MEETS DRIVEWAY. 349 C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 12 11 HARRISON COURT 6" S T 6" S T 100 101 102 103 BM500 Rim = 963.21 FL = 959.31 24" RCP W FL = 959.26 24" RCP E Rim = 968.03 FL = 961.58 24" RCP E&S Rim = 967.00 FL = 961.50 18" RCP SW FL = 961.32 24" RCP N Rim = 968.68 Intake = 968.03 FL = 962.83 15" RCP W FL = 961.78 12" RCP E FL = 961.68 6" PVC N FL = 961.93 12" RCP S Rim = 968.19 FL = 959.69 12" RCP S FL = 957.07 24" RCP SW & NE Rim = 968.08 Intake = 967.49 FL = 961.36 12" RCP E FL = 960.43 12" RCP N&SW Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E Intake = 968.08 FL = 962.26 12" RCP W Intake = 967.38 FL = 961.42 12" RCP W FL = 963.66 15" RCP E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett ST-3A, 15'' FES INV: 962.00 50 LF OF 15" RCP @ 0.50% 10 LF OF 15" RCP @ 2.00% 22 LF OF 15" RCP @ 0.50% 38 LF OF 15" RCP @ 0.50% ST-3, INTAKE, SW-501 T/C: 965.74 INV: 962.25 (IN N) INV: 962.25 (IN SW) INV: 962.25 (OUT SE) ST-2, INTAKE, SW-501 T/C: 965.80 INV: 962.36 (IN NW) INV: 962.36 (OUT S) ST-4, INTAKE, SW-513 (WW=36'' X 36'') THROAT: 964.50 (OPEN TO NW) INV: 960.50 (IN SW) INV: 960.00 (OUT SE) ST-1, 15'' NYLOPLAST DRAIN BASIN W/ DOME GRATE RIM: 964.50 INV: 962.55 (OUT SE) 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 10' PUE & STORM SEWER EASEMENT 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 10' PUE EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. #202500005285) 5' PUE 10' SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762) EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 30' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #03-21762) 5' PUE 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A ST-7, INTAKE, SW-513 (WW=36'' X 36'') THROAT: 965.00 (OPEN TO N, W, & E) INV: 962.45 (IN N) INV: 961.85 (OUT S) 11 LF OF 15" RCP @ 1.00% 3A TYP 3A TYP 3A TYP 3A TYP 3A TYP 4B TYP 4A TYP 4ATYP 4B TYP 4A TYP 4B TYP 4B TYP 4B TYP 4A TYP 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 7ATYP 7ATYP 7A TYP 7A TYP 7ATYP 7BTYP 7BTYP 7B TYP 7B TYP 7B TYP 5 5 10' INGRESS/EGRESS EASEMENT 5' PUE 220 LF OF 6" ST @ 0.80% 60 LF OF 6" ST @ 1.85% 38 LF OF 6" ST @ 0.00% PLUG SUBDRAIN INV: 964.30 PLUG SUBDRAIN INV: 963.65 PLUG SUBDRAIN INV: 960.50 CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE RIM: 968.03 INV: 961.75 (IN N) EX INV: 961.58 (OUT E&S) CONNECT TO EXISTING STRUCTURE RIM: 963.21 INV: 959.80 (IN NW) EX INV: 959.31 (IN SW) EX INV: 959.26 (OUT NE) 5' ELECTRICAL EASEMENT 6" WYE INV: 962.50 10 LF OF 6" ST @ 0.50% ST-6, CLEANOUT (8'') TYPE A1 CLEANOUT RIM: 967.52 INV: 963.18 (OUT SE) ST-6A, MANHOLE, SW-401 (48'') MANHOLE, SW-401 RIM: 966.83 INV: 962.60 (IN SE) INV: 962.70 (IN NW) INV: 962.60 (OUT NE) ST-5, CLEANOUT (8'') TYPE A1 CLEANOUT RIM: 965.70 INV: 962.87 (OUT NW) 67 LF OF 8" SUMP LINE @ 0.40% 95 LF OF 8" SUMP LINE @ 0.50% 87 LF OF 8" SUMP LINE @ 0.40% 2ATYP 2ATYP 2A TYP 5 5' PUE V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ S P 0 5 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ U T I L . d w g CH A L L , UT I L I T Y P L A N , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 5 4 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 12 - 1 9 - 2 0 2 5 30 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C6 0 0 125.0448.01 C600 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E UT I L I T Y P L A N AM E S , I O W A PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 12 - 3 0 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CM C CM C 12 TT N - R R W - S S FEET 0 30 UTILITY PLAN CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. PROTECT THE FOLLOWING SITE FEATURES: A. EXISTING UTILITY. ADJUST AS NECESSARY TO ALLOW FOR CONSTRUCTION. VERIFY LOCATION, ELEVATION AND MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. PROVIDE STORM SEWER PER CITY OF AMES SPECIFICATIONS : A. PROVIDE STORM SEWER AS SHOWN. 3. PRIVATE WATER SERVICE. 5.5' MINIMUM DEPTH. PROVIDE WATER PIPE AND STRUCTURES AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS FOLLOWS AND PER CITY OF AMES SPECIFICATION. (SEE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DOCUMENTS FOR PUBLIC WATER MAIN IMPROVEMENTS) A. 1" COPPER WATER SERVICE W/ CURB STOP WHERE SHOWN. 4. PRIVATE SANITARY SEWER SERVICES. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: (SEE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT DOCUMENTS FOR PUBLIC SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS) A. CONNECT TO 8" SANITARY MAIN WITH WYE AND RISER AS NECESSARY. VERIFY LOCATION AND ELEVATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B. 4" PRIVATE SEWER SERVICE @ 2% MINIMUM (1 4" PER FOOT). 5. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL UTILITY CROSSINGS AND MAINTAIN MINIMUM 18" CLEARANCE BETWEEN UTILITIES. 6. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE NATURAL GAS, ELECTRICAL, AND COMMUNICATION/DATA SERVICES WITH UTILITY SERVICE PROVIDERS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 7. SITE ELECTRICAL, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING A. TRANSFORMER LOCATION. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS. B. ELECTRIC SERVICE LINE. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS. 8. PUBLIC SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS. SEE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT PLANS ON SHEETS C800-C801 FOR DETAILS. 9. PUBLIC WATER MAIN IMPROVEMENTS. SEE PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT PLANS SHEETS C800-C801 FOR DETAILS. 350 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 12 11 HARRISON COURT 6" S T 6" S T 965965 100 101 102 103 BM500 Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett 97 0 96 8 96 9 97 0 96 896 9 96796 8 965 965 964964 966 966 967 967 968 968 96 6 96 6 96 7 96 7 968 96 9 96 6 966 967 968 96 9 969 5' P U E C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 10' PUE & STORM SEWER EASEMENT 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 10' PUE 5' PUE 10' SA N I T A R Y SEWE R E A S E M E N T 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 2 - GL 1 - AA 3 - QB 3 - QB TYP. TYP. 3 - GL 5' PUE 10' INGRESS/EGRESS EASEMENT 5' PUE 3 - PF 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5' ELECTRICAL EASEMENT 7 - PV 5' P U E V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ S P 0 6 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ L A N D . d w g CH A L L , PL A N T I N G P L A N , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 5 5 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 12 - 1 9 - 2 0 2 5 30 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C7 0 0 125.0448.01 C700 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E PL A N T I N G P L A N AM E S , I O W A PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S PE R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 12 - 3 0 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CM C CM C 12 TT N - R R W - S S FEET 0 30 PLANTING PLAN GENERAL NOTES A.UTILITY WARNING: THE UTILITIES SHOWN HAVE BEEN LOCATED FROM FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION AND/OR RECORDS OBTAINED. THE SURVEYOR MAKES NO GUARANTEE THAT THE UTILITIES SHOWN COMPRISE ALL SUCH UTILITIES IN THE AREA, EITHER IN SERVICE OR ABANDONED. THE SURVEY FURTHER DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE UTILITIES SHOWN ARE IN THE EXACT LOCATION INDICATED. B.NOTIFY UTILITY OWNERS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING EXISTENCE, EXACT LOCATION AND DEPTH OF ALL UTILITIES. AVOID DAMAGE TO UTILITIES AND SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION. ANY DAMAGE DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S CARELESSNESS SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH UTILITY COMPANIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. C.ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL AT LEAST MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS SHOWN IN THE "AMERICAN STANDARDS FOR NURSERY STOCK" (ANSI Z60.1-LATEST EDITION). D.CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL PLANT MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION. PLANTING PLAN CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1.PROVIDE A MINIMUM 3-FOOT PERIMETER RING AROUND ALL TREES AND VERTICAL CUT NATURAL EDGE TO A DEPTH OF 4-INCHES. 2.SEED ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION WITH TYPE 1 SUDAS PERMANENT LAWN SEED MIX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3.PROVIDE DETENTION BASIN SEED MIX AS PROVIDED BY PRAIRIE MOON NURSERY. WWW.PRAIRIEMOON.COM, 32115 PRAIRIE LANE, WINONA, MN 55987, OR APPROVED EQUAL. SEEDING RATE: 11.48 LBS/ACRE. INSTALL AS PER SUDAS SPECIFICATIONS 9010 SEEDING. PLANTING PLAN REQUIREMENTS LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS: (AS PER CITY OF AMES SITE PLAN OPEN SPACE AND LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS) STREET TREE PLANTING REQUIREMENTS: TREES SHALL BE PLANTED IN ACCORDANCE TO THESE REQUIREMENTS: ·TREES SHALL BE PLANTED AT 30 TO 50 FEET SPACING ON CENTER. THIS SPACING MAY BE ADJUSTED AS A RESULT OF DRIVE OPENINGS, UNDERGROUND UTILITY SERVICES, STREET LIGHT PLACEMENT, AND OTHER POSSIBLE OBSTRUCTIONS. ·TREES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 2-1/2 FEET TO THE BACK OF CURB OR THE SIDEWALK LINE. ·TREES SHALL NOT BE PLANTED CLOSER THAN 30 FEET FROM THE CORNER AT INTERSECTIONS AND SHALL NOT BE CLOSER THAN 20 FEET TO THE INTERSECTION OF THE FRONT AND SIDE LOT LINE ON A CORNER LOT. ·TREES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED CLOSER THAN 10 FEET TO RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS. ·TREES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED CLOSER TO A STREET LIGHT POLE THAN THE DISTANCE OF THE SPREAD OF THE TREE AT MATURITY. 2 C700 DECIDUOUS TREES STAKING DETAIL NO SCALE STAKING PLAN (TREES 2 1/2" DIA. OR SMALLER) STAKING PLAN (TREES LARGER THAN 2 1/2" DIA.) 1 WRAP TRUNK FROM GROUND TO FIRST BRANCH. 1 2 T O 2 3 T R E E H E I G H T (4 ' - 0 " M I N . ) 1 4 TO 1 3 TREE HEIGHT (2'-0" MIN.) 6" SEE PLANTING PIT DETAILS GARDEN HOSE FLAGGING MATERIAL 1 PLACE ON STAKE TO SOUTHWEST PLACE ON STAKE TO SOUTHWEST 1 C700 PLANTING PIT DETAILS NO SCALE TYPICAL PLANTING PIT DETAIL SLOPE PLANTING PIT DETAIL 3X ROOT BALL MINIMUM FOR TREES 2X ROOT BALL MINIMUM FOR SHRUBS DE P T H O F RO O T B A L L OR C O N T A I N E R RO O T S Y S T E M 3X ROOT BALL MINIMUM FOR TREES 2X ROOT BALL MINIMUM FOR SHRUBS DE P T H O F RO O T B A L L OR C O N T A I N E R RO O T S Y S T E M SET ROOT COLLAR AND ROOT FLARE 2" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. DO NOT PLACE MULCH WITHIN 2" OF TRUNK. ROOT COLLAR IS NOT ALWAYS LOCATED AT TOP OF ROOT BALL MINIMUM 6' DIAMETER, 3" DEPTH MULCH RING 3" HEIGHT WATER RETENTION BERM BEYOND EDGE OF ROOT BALL FINISH GRADE SCARIFY SIDES OF PIT REMOVE ALL NON-BIODEGRADABLE MATERIAL, CONTAINERS OR OTHER MATERIAL THAT WILL IMPEDE THE GROWTH OF THE PLANT MATERIAL. REMOVE ALL TWINE. FOR BALLED AND BURLAP (B&B) PLANTS REMOVE MINIMUM TOP 1 2 OF BURLAP AND WIRE BASKET MINIMUM. PLACE ROOT BALL ON UNDISTURBED SOIL 2:1 MAXIMUM TRANSITION SLOPE. BEGIN TRANSITION AT EDGE OF ROOT BALL EXISTING SLOPE TREE OR SHRUB SCARIFY SIDES OF PIT REMOVE ALL NON-BIODEGRADABLE MATERIAL, CONTAINERS OR OTHER MATERIAL THAT WILL IMPEDE THE GROWTH OF THE PLANT MATERIAL. REMOVE ALL TWINE. FOR BALLED AND BURLAP (B&B) PLANTS REMOVE MINIMUM TOP 1 2 OF BURLAP AND WIRE BASKET MINIMUM. PLACE ROOT BALL ON UNDISTURBED SOIL FINISH GRADE 3" HEIGHT WATER RETENTION BERM BEYOND EDGE OF ROOT BALL MINIMUM 6' DIAMETER, 3" DEPTH MULCH RING SET ROOT COLLAR AND ROOT FLARE 2" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. DO NOT PLACE MULCH WITHIN 2" OF TRUNK. ROOT COLLAR IS NOT ALWAYS LOCATED AT TOP OF ROOT BALL CODE QTY BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE TYPE TREES AA 1 Acer x freemanii 'Armstrong'Armstrong Freeman Maple 1.5" Cal.B&B GL 5 Gleditsia triacanthos inermis `Skycole`Skyline® Honey Locust 1.5" Cal.B&B QB 6 Quercus bicolor Swamp White Oak 1.5" Cal.B&B EVERGREEN TREES PF 3 Picea pungens 'Fat Albert'Fat Albert Colorado Spruce 6` Ht.B&B PV 7 Pinus flexilis 'Vanderwolf's Pyramid'Vanderwolf's Pyramid Limber Pine 6` Ht.B&B PLANT SCHEDULE PLANTING LEGEND DETENTION BASIN SEED MIX 351 HARRISON COURT 8" SA N 8" SAN 8" S A N 8" S A N 8" S A N 15 " S T 15" S T 15 " S T 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' WATER M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 6" ST 8" SA N 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 8" ST 8" S T 8" S T C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 100 101 102 103 BM500 Rim = 963.21 FL = 959.31 24" RCP W FL = 959.26 24" RCP E Rim = 968.03 FL = 961.58 24" RCP E&S Rim = 967.00 FL = 961.50 18" RCP SW FL = 961.32 24" RCP N Rim = 968.68 Intake = 968.03 FL = 962.83 15" RCP W FL = 961.78 12" RCP E FL = 961.68 6" PVC N FL = 961.93 12" RCP S Rim = 968.19 FL = 959.69 12" RCP S FL = 957.07 24" RCP SW & NE Rim = 968.08 Intake = 967.49 FL = 961.36 12" RCP E FL = 960.43 12" RCP N&SW Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E Intake = 968.08 FL = 962.26 12" RCP W Intake = 967.38 FL = 961.42 12" RCP W FL = 963.66 15" RCP E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett 97 0 96 6 96 6 967 96 7 96 8 96 8 96 896 8 96 9 969 96 9 96 8 965 96 5 96 6 966 967 96 7 968 96 8 969 965 965 97 0 966 967 96 8 96 9 965 964964 966 967 968 96 9 49,255 SF 1.13 AC OUTLOT "X" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2,578 SF 0.06 AC 11 2,598 SF 0.06 AC 12 2,817 SF 0.06 AC 4 2,677 SF 0.06 AC 3 2,844 SF 0.07 AC 2 2,781 SF 0.06 AC 1 2,325 SF 0.05 AC 7 2,480 SF 0.06 AC 5 1,860 SF 0.04 AC 6 1,860 SF 0.04 AC 9 2,325 SF 0.05 AC 8 2,480 SF 0.06 AC 10 0+ 0 0 1+ 0 0 2+ 0 0 10+0 0 11+00 12+0 0 13+ 0 0 13+6 9 966 967 968 965 965 962 962 963 963964 964 966 967 96 8 96 7 96 6 96 7 96 8 96 7 96 7 966 965 966 96 7 96 7 967 966 967 967 967 966 96 6 96 7 96 9 96 8 96 7 R2 8 ' R39' 25' STORM SEWER, SURFACE WATER FLOWAGE & STORM WATER STORAGE EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. #202500005285) EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762) 96 5 96 6 EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762)<> V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ P P 0 1 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ D I M N . d w g CO D Y H A L L , PR E L I M I N A R Y P L A T , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 1 2 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) FEET 0 40 BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 11 - 1 7 - 2 0 2 5 40 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C1 0 0 125.0448.01 C100 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E PR E L I M I N A R Y P L A T AM E S , I O W A AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 11 / 2 4 / 2 5 12 - 0 9 - 2 5 12 - 1 9 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CJ H CJ H CM C CM C 1234 TT N - R R W - S S DEVELOPER KEYSTONE EQUITY GROUP LLC 5031 TIMBERWOOD CT. WEST DES MOINES, IA 50265 CONTACT: JD ALBRIGHT PHONE: (515) 897-9062 FEATURES EXISTING PROPOSED Spot Elevation Contour Elevation Fence (Barbed, Field, Hog) Fence (Chain Link) Fence (Wood) Fence (Silt) Tree Line Tree Stump Deciduous Tree \\ Shrub Coniferous Tree \\ Shrub Communication Overhead Communication Fiber Optic Underground Electric Overhead Electric Gas Main with Size High Pressure Gas Main with Size Water Main with Size Sanitary Sewer with Size Duct Bank Test Hole Location for SUE w/ID (*) Denotes the survey quality service level for utilities Sanitary Manhole Storm Sewer with Size Storm Manhole Single Storm Sewer Intake Double Storm Sewer Intake Fire Hydrant Fire Hydrant on Building Water Main Valve Water Service Valve Well Utility Pole Guy Anchor Utility Pole with Light Utility Pole with Transformer Street Light Yard Light Electric Box Electric Transformer Traffic Sign Communication Pedestal Communication Manhole Communication Handhole Fiber Optic Manhole Fiber Optic Handhole Gas Valve Gas Manhole Gas Apparatus Fence Post or Guard Post Underground Storage Tank Above Ground Storage Tank Sign Satellite Dish Mailbox Sprinkler Head Irrigation Control Valve LEGEND ○ 122 5 X 1225.25 ● X122 5 1225.25 FEATURES FOUND SET Section Corner 1/2" Rebar, Cap # 11579 (Unless Otherwise Noted) ROW Marker ROW Rail Control Point Bench Mark Platted Distance P Measured Bearing & Distance M Recorded As R Deed Distance D Calculated Distance C Minimum Protection Elevation MPE Centerline Section Line 1/4 Section Line 1/4 1/4 Section Line Easement Line PRELIMINARY PLAT-2025 I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. Jason A. Ledden, P.E.Date License Number P24117 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2026 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: JASON A. LEDDEN P24117 DPROFE L NSE ICE IONALENGINEER AIOW SS PROPERTY DESCRIPTION LOT “J”, BLOOMINGTON HEIGHTS WEST PLAT 3, AN OFFICIAL PLAT IN THE CITY OF AMES, STORY COUNTY, IOWA. PROPERTY ADRESS HARRISON COURT AMES, IOWA 50010 ZONING FS-RL WITH PUD OVERLAY - FLOATING ZONING SUBURBAN LOW DENSITY WITH A PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY. HARRISON POINTE CONTROL POINTS IOWA REGIONAL COORDINATE SYSTEM ZONE 8 (AMES - DES MOINES) NAD83(2011)(EPOCH 2010.00) IARTN DERIVED - US SURVEY FEET CP100 N=7660077.50 E=18519707.61 Z=968.69 CUT 'X' NORTH OF BACK OF CURB INTAKE NE CORNER OF SITE WEST SIDE OF WELLBECK DR. CP101 N=7659980.93 E=18519758.17 Z=968.07 CUT 'X' SOUTH OF BACK OF CURB INTAKE SE CORNER OF SITE WEST SIDE OF WELLBECK DR. CP102 N=7659731.27 E=18519426.29 Z=966.87 1/2" REBAR WITH RED PLASTIC CAP, SW CORNER SITE, IN LINE WITH CHAIN LINK FENCE, SOUTH +/-25' NORTH CP103 N=7659976.47 E=18519338.40 Z=965.38 CUT 'X' CENTERLINE CUNNETT, EAST OF JOINT +/- END OF RADIUS BENCHMARKS NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUM OF 1988 (NAVD88 - GEOID18) IARTN DERIVED - US SURVEY FEET BM500 N=7660091.-- E=18519800.-- ELEV=969.15 NW BOLT ON HYDRANT, NE QUADRANT WELLBACK DRIVE AND HARRISON RD. DATE OF SURVEY SEPTEMBER 25, 2025 ADJACENT OWNERS 1.WENGERT, MARK W & KAJSA K 4115 CRESTMOOR AVE AMES IA 50010-4071 2.WAITE PROPERTIES IA LLC 4321 CARTIER AVE AMES IA 50014 3.ELLINGSON, JASON M & AMANDA M 4107 CRESTMOOR AVE AMES IA 50010-4071 4.MYERS, DWAYNE 4103 CRESTMOOR AVE AMES IA 50010-4071 5.ALLEN, JILL L 4011 WELBECK DR AMES IA 50010 6.CAKERICE, TROY KENWADE & JENNIFER LYNN 3917 WELBECK DR AMES IA 50010-4077 7.OMMAID, NAJIAH & ABDUL 3911 WELBECK DR AMES IA 50010 8.STEIBEL, JUAN PEDRO 3905 WELBECK DR AMES IA 50010-4077 9.CHICAGO & NORTHWESTERN TRANS CO 1400 DOUGLAS ST STOP 1640 OMAHA NE 68179-1001 PROJECT LOCATION HARR I S O N R D WE L B E C K D R STAN G E R D VICINITY MAP SCALE: 1" = 500' C100 - C101 ENGINEER SNYDER & ASSOCIATES, INC. 2727 SNYDER BLVD ANKENY, IOWA 50023 JASON LEDDEN, P.E. 515-964-2020 PROPERTY OWNER CITY OF AMES 515 CLARK AVE. AMES, IA 50010 352 HA R RISON COURT 8" SA N 8" SAN 8" S A N 8" S A N 8" S A N 15 " S T 15" S T 15 " S T 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' WATER M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 6" ST 8" SA N 15" ST 8'' W A T E R M A I N 6" S T 8" ST 8" S T 8" S T C1 S2 7 ° 4 5 ' 1 6 " E 6 3 . 1 8 ' C2 N49 ° 4 5 ' 0 7 " E 4 2 4 . 1 4 ' N2 7 ° 5 7 ' 2 7 " W 2 8 0 . 3 2 ' N74°16' 3 3 " E 4 2 4 . 3 5 ' 20' BSL 20 ' B S L 20' B S L 20 ' B S L 100 101 102 103 BM500 Rim = 963.21 FL = 959.31 24" RCP W FL = 959.26 24" RCP E Rim = 968.03 FL = 961.58 24" RCP E&S Rim = 967.00 FL = 961.50 18" RCP SW FL = 961.68 6" PVC N FL = 961.93 12" RCP S Rim = 968.19 FL = 959.69 12" RCP S FL = 957.07 24" RCP SW & NE Rim = 968.08 Intake = 967.49 FL = 961.36 12" RCP E FL = 960.43 12" RCP N&SW Rim = 968.05 Inv = 943.05 8" Truss N,S&E Intake = 967.38 FL = 961.42 12" RCP W FL = 963.66 15" RCP E HARR I S O N R D Asph a l t WE L B E C K D R As p h a l t Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Sidewalk Concrete Cunnett 49,255 SF 1.13 AC OUTLOT "X" 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 10' PUE 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 30' INGRESS/EGRESS & SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT10' PUE 2,578 SF 0.06 AC 11 2,598 SF 0.06 AC 12 2,817 SF 0.06 AC 4 2,677 SF 0.06 AC 3 2,844 SF 0.07 AC 2 2,781 SF 0.06 AC 1 2,325 SF 0.05 AC 7 2,480 SF 0.06 AC 5 1,860 SF 0.04 AC 6 1,860 SF 0.04 AC 9 2,325 SF 0.05 AC 8 2,480 SF 0.06 AC 10 0+ 0 0 1+ 0 0 2+ 0 0 10+0 0 11+00 12+0 0 13+ 0 0 13+6 9 R2 8 ' R39' 25' STORM SEWER, SURFACE WATER FLOWAGE & STORM WATER STORAGE EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. # 200400011864) 5' PUE (INST. # 200400011864) EXISTING 5' PUE (INST. #202500005285) EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762) 5' PUE 10' WATER MAIN EASEMENT 5' PUE EXISTING 15' STORM SEWER EASEMENT (INST. #200300021762)<> 10' PUE 10' PUE 12 ' 5' PUE 5' PUE 5' PUE 10' INGRESS/EGRESS EASEMENT V: \ P r o j e c t s \ 2 0 2 5 \ 1 2 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 \ C A D D \ P P 0 1 _ 1 2 5 0 4 4 8 _ D I M N . d w g CO D Y H A L L , PR E L I M I N A R Y P L A T - D I M E N S I O N P L A N , 20 2 6 / 0 1 / 1 6 , 2: 1 2 P M , AN S I F U L L B L E E D D ( 3 4 . 0 0 X 2 2 . 0 0 I N C H E S ) FEET 0 20 BY DA T E RE V I S I O N MA R K Sc a l e : Te c h n i c i a n : T- R - S : SN Y D E R & A S S O C I A T E S , I N C . | Ch e c k e d B y : En g i n e e r : Da t e : 1" = Pr o j e c t N o : Sh e e t Project No: Sheet 27 2 7 S . W . S N Y D E R B L V D AN K E N Y , I O W A 5 0 0 2 3 51 5 - 9 6 4 - 2 0 2 0 | w w w . s n y d e r - a s s o c i a t e s . c o m JA L CM C JA L 11 - 1 7 - 2 0 2 5 20 ' 12 5 . 0 4 4 8 . 0 1 C1 0 1 125.0448.01 C101 HA R R I S O N P O I N T E PR E L I M I N A R Y P L A T - D I M E N S I O N P L A N AM E S , I O W A AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S AS P E R C I T Y C O M M E N T S 11 / 2 4 / 2 5 12 - 0 9 - 2 5 12 - 1 9 - 2 5 01 - 1 6 - 2 6 CJ H CJ H CM C CM C 1234 TT N - R R W - S S 1 C101 SLOPED PAVEMENT ROLLED CURB PRIVATE DRIVE NOTE: A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL INSPECT THE SUBGRADE PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT TO VERIFY SUBGRADE COMPACTION, MOISTURE CONTENT, AND DEPTH. VARIESVARIES1.5% 2% TYP 5.5'5.5' 22' B/B PREPARED SUBGRADE (2-6" LIFTS) (95% COMPACTION) (-1% TO +4% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT) (PROOF ROLL AS PER SOILS REPORT) 6" PCC C-4 MIX L-1 5' SIDEWALK STREET℄ L-1 2% TYP Erin D. Griffin, PLS Date License Number 19710 My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2025 Pages or sheets covered by this seal: ERIN D. GRIFFIN 19710 AIOW LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL LANDSURVEYOR I hereby certify that this land surveying document was prepared and the related survey work was performed by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Land Surveyor under the laws of the State of Iowa. BOUNDARY INFORMATION NOTES ALL REQUIRED TURNAROUNDS FOR FIRE APPARATUS VEHICLES SHALL BE POSTED "NO PARKING - FIRE LANE". 353 Plan No. Sheet No. 2 WWW.DESIGNBASICS.COM Omaha, Nebraska 1-800-947-7526 29079 Copyright Plan Pros Inc. The purchaser of these plans is given a limited license to reproduce these plans for con- struction purposes only and further distribiution is strictly prohibited. Plan Pros Inc. is a pro- fessional residential design firm located in Omaha, Nebraska. 1-800-947-7526. Because site conditions may vary, Plan Pros Inc. cannot warrant the suitability of these plans for use on your specific site. Construction from these plans should not be undertaken without the assistance of a construction professional. C 2003 BE T T E R L I V I N G CC - 1 0 8 4 9 2 FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" MAIN FLOOR ! SECOND FLOOR ! SIDING 12 4 12 8 cultured stone cultured stone SIDING 12 4 12 8 cultured stone SIDING MAIN FLOOR ! SECOND FLOOR ! 8' - 1 1 / 8 " 8' - 1 1 / 8 " RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SIDING SHINGLES SECOND FLOOR ! MAIN FLOOR ! 12 6 12 6 REAR ELEVATIONREAR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SIDING SHINGLES SECOND FLOOR ! MAIN FLOOR ! LEFT SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SIDING SHINGLES SECOND FLOOR ! MAIN FLOOR ! 12 6 12 6 354 Plan No. Sheet No. 4 WWW.DESIGNBASICS.COM Omaha, Nebraska 1-800-947-7526 29079 Copyright Plan Pros Inc. The purchaser of these plans is given a limited license to reproduce these plans for con- struction purposes only and further distribiution is strictly prohibited. Plan Pros Inc. is a pro- fessional residential design firm located in Omaha, Nebraska. 1-800-947-7526. Because site conditions may vary, Plan Pros Inc. cannot warrant the suitability of these plans for use on your specific site. Construction from these plans should not be undertaken without the assistance of a construction professional. C 2003 BE T T E R L I V I N G CC - 1 0 8 4 9 2 FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 26'-8" 17'-4"2'-8"6'-8" 26'-8" 21'-0"5'-8" 44 ' - 8 " 24 ' - 4 " 8' - 0 " 12 ' - 4 " 20 ' - 4 " 24 ' - 4 " 14 ' - 6 3 / 4 " 9' - 9 1 / 4 " 8'-5 3/4 "6'-5" BASEMENT 4" CONC. FLOOR W10X22 UNEXCAVATED UNEXCAVATED W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N 2x 1 0 f j ' s @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N 2x 1 0 f j ' s @ 1 6 " O . C . 24" cantilever concealed 8"X16" CONT. CONC. FTG. 8'-0" high poured conc. foundation 26'-8" 17'-4"2'-8"6'-8" 26'-8" 21'-0"5'-8" 44 ' - 8 " 24 ' - 4 " 8' - 0 " 12 ' - 4 " 10'-8 1/4 "8'-5 3/4 "6'-5" BASEMENT 4" CONC. FLOOR BSMT. WINDOW up 14 RISERS W10X22 48"X48"X18" CONC. PAD 3"% STEEL POLE 2X4 LOAD BEARING WALL W-8"X16" CONT. CONC. FOOTING UNEXCAVATED UNEXCAVATED SUMP PUMP PIT W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N 2x 1 0 f j ' s @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N 2x 1 0 f j ' s @ 1 6 " O . C . 24" cantilever concealed 8"X16" CONT. CONC. FTG. 8'-0" high poured conc. foundation BSMT. WINDOW 48"X48"X18" CONC. PAD 3"% STEEL POLE 2X4 LOAD BEARING WALL W-8"X16" CONT. CONC. FOOTING SUMP PUMP PIT 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. RISERS up 14 10"10'-8 1/4 " 53'-4" 10" 53'-4" optional 4040 slider optional 4040 slider 355 note: all MAIN FLOOR WALLS ARE 9'-1 1/8 " HIGH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE note: all exterior walls are 4"(3 1/2 " stud + 1/2 " SHEATHING) all interior walls are 3 1/2 " unless otherwise shown note: all angled walls are @ 45^ Plan No. Sheet No. 5 WWW.DESIGNBASICS.COM Omaha, Nebraska 1-800-947-7526 29079 Copyright Plan Pros Inc. The purchaser of these plans is given a limited license to reproduce these plans for con- struction purposes only and further distribiution is strictly prohibited. Plan Pros Inc. is a pro- fessional residential design firm located in Omaha, Nebraska. 1-800-947-7526. Because site conditions may vary, Plan Pros Inc. cannot warrant the suitability of these plans for use on your specific site. Construction from these plans should not be undertaken without the assistance of a construction professional. C 2003 BE T T E R L I V I N G CC - 1 0 8 4 9 2 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" main floor plan main FLOOR 672 second FLOOR 778 total 1450 garage 427 26'-8" 21'-0"5'-8" 2'-6"16'-0"2'-6"3'-4"2'-4" 26'-8" 5'-8"5'-8"7'-2"8'-2" 46 ' - 8 " 16 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 7' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 12 ' - 4 " 8' - 0 " 24 ' - 4 " 2' - 0 " 26 ' - 4 " 20 ' - 4 " 4" 5' - 8 " 3 1 / 2 " 9' - 8 1 / 2 " 10 ' - 0 " 4" 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 14 ' - 1 " 4" 4' - 4 " vinyl DINETTE FAMILY ROOM carpet vinyl KITCHEN vinyl LAUNDRY tile BATH #3 GARAGE 4" CONC. FLOOR SLOPING TOWARDS GARAGE DOOR (2)2x12 4" CONCRETE COVERED STOOP 0x 8 3 6 8x 8 2 6 op g 4x 8 2 6 0x 826 0x 866 patio door DISH. 8x 8 2 6 8x 826 opg A DRY. WASH. 8x 8 2 6 8x 826 0x 8 3 6 bi - f o l d CONCEALED W 8X31 r a n g e / mi c r o 5046 slider 11'-4"15'-4" SD/CM op t . 20 4 0 fi x e d 6x6 wood post 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N (2)2x12 0 0x o h d...16 7 girder truss tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . CULTURED STONE CULTURED STONE main FLOOR 672 second FLOOR 768 total 1440 garage 427 26'-8" 21'-0"5'-8" 2'-6"16'-0"2'-6"3'-4"2'-4" 26'-8" 5'-8"5'-8"7'-2"8'-2" 46 ' - 8 " 16 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 7' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 12 ' - 4 " 8' - 0 " 24 ' - 4 " 2' - 0 " 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 14 ' - 1 " 4" 4' - 4 " vinyl DINETTE FAMILY ROOM carpet vinyl KITCHEN up 14 RISERSRISERS dn 14 vinyl LAUNDRY tile BATH #3 GARAGE 4" CONC. FLOOR SLOPING TOWARDS GARAGE DOOR 2 1 3/4 "X14" L.V.L. MA X . B A T T S O V E R UN H E A T E D A R E A O N L Y 3 1 3 / 4 " X 9 1 / 4 " L. V . L . (2)2x12 4" CONCRETE COVERED STOOP 0x 8 3 6 8x 8 2 6 op g 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 4x 8 2 6 0x 826 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 0x 866 patio door plumbing chase DISH. 38" REF. SPACE 8x 8 2 6 8x 826 opg A DR Y . WA S H . 8x 8 2 6 8x 826 0x 8 3 6 bi - f o l d CONCEALED W 8X31 r a n g e / mi c r o 5046 slider 11'-4"15'-4" SD/CM op t . 20 4 0 fi x e d 6x6 wood post 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N (2)2x12 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 0 0x o h d...16 7 girder truss tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . CULTURED STONE plumbing chase 38" REF. SPACE 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. RISERS up 14 dn 14 RISERS 2 1 3/4 "X 9 1/4 " L.V.L. 3 1 3 / 4 " X 9 1 / 4 " L. V . L . 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N MA X . B A T T S O V E R UN H E A T E D A R E A O N L Y 2 1 3/4 "X14" L.V.L. 53'-4" 53'-4" 9 1/4 "6'-1"3 1/2 "4'-2 3/8 "2'-8"5'-1"3 1/2 "2'-8"3 1/2 "4'-2 1/2 "6" 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N MA X . B A T T S O V E R UN H E A T E D A R E A O N L Y 2x 1 0 f j ' s . @ 1 6 " O . C . W- T & G F L 0 0 R . - G & N MA X . B A T T S O V E R UN H E A T E D A R E A O N L Y 6'-1"3 1/2 "4'-2 3/8 "2'-8"5'-1"3 1/2 "2'-8"3 1/2 "4'-2 1/2 "6" 9 1/4 " 356 Plan No. Sheet No. 6 WWW.DESIGNBASICS.COM Omaha, Nebraska 1-800-947-7526 29079 Copyright Plan Pros Inc. The purchaser of these plans is given a limited license to reproduce these plans for con- struction purposes only and further distribiution is strictly prohibited. Plan Pros Inc. is a pro- fessional residential design firm located in Omaha, Nebraska. 1-800-947-7526. Because site conditions may vary, Plan Pros Inc. cannot warrant the suitability of these plans for use on your specific site. Construction from these plans should not be undertaken without the assistance of a construction professional. C 2003 BE T T E R L I V I N G note: all exterior walls are 4"(3 1/2 " stud + 1/2 " SHEATHING) all interior walls are 3 1/2 " unless otherwise shown note: all angled walls are @ 45^ note: all second FLOOR WALLS ARE 8'-1 1/8 " HIGH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CC - 1 0 8 4 9 2 second floor plan SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" carpet MASTER BEDROOM vinyl BATH #2 vinyl BATH #1 carpet BEDROOM #2 carpet BEDROOM #3 26'-8" 4 5/8 "5'-0"3 1/2 "5'-3 3/8 "3 1/2 "15'-1"4" 26'-8" 10'-8"10'-4"5'-8" 5'-4"5'-4"5'-2"5'-2"2'-6 3/4 "3'-1 1/4 " lin.4x 826 6x 826 36 ' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 4' - 3 " 8' - 4 1 / 2 " 24 ' - 4 " 4" 14 ' - 1 " 3 1 / 2 " 9' - 1 1 / 2 " 6" 3'-0"3 1/2 "6'-9" 5'-0" 3' - 6 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 6' - 8 " 2'-0" 6x 8 1 6 li n . 0x 856 bi-fold 0x 846 bi-fold pl a n t s S S S 5046 slider 18'-6"8'-2" 4x 826 4x 826 6x 826 6x 826 5046 slider 5046 slider SD / C M MAIN LEVEL BLDG. ! tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . trusses per manuf. tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . carpet MASTER BEDROOM vinyl BATH #2 vinyl BATH #1 carpet BEDROOM #2 carpet BEDROOM #3 26'-8" 4 5/8 "5'-0"3 1/2 "5'-3 3/8 "3 1/2 "15'-1"4" 26'-8" 10'-8"10'-4"5'-8" 5'-4"5'-4"5'-2"5'-2"2'-6 3/4 "3'-1 1/4 " 34"X48" SHOWER lin.4x 826 6x 826 9 0 8 0 35 ' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 4" 14 ' - 1 " 3 1 / 2 " 9' - 1 1 / 2 " 6" 11 ' - 8 " 3 1 / 2 " 2' - 1 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 14 ' - 1 " 3'-0"3 1/2 "6'-9" 5'-0" 3' - 6 " 3 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 6' - 8 " 2'-0" RISERS dn 14 shower over tub 6x 8 1 6 li n . 0x 856 bi-fold 0x 846 bi-fold pl a n t s 40"x28" transom MAIN LEVEL BLDG. ! S S S 5046 slider 18'-6"8'-2" 4x 826 4x 826 6x 826 6x 826 5046 slider 5046 slider SD / C M MAIN LEVEL BLDG. ! tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . trusses per manuf. tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . tr u s s e s pe r m a n u f . 34"X48" SHOWER shower over tub 40"x28" transom MAIN LEVEL BLDG. ! 9 0 8 0 dn 14 RISERS 9 1/4 " 9 1/4 " 53'-4" 12 " 3' - 3 " 8' - 4 1 / 2 " 24 ' - 4 " 11 ' - 8 " 2' - 8 " 3' - 4 " 3 1 / 2 " 14 ' - 1 " 4'-7"2'-0 3/8 "3'-4"4'-7"2'-0 3/8 "3'-4" 4" 12 ' - 4 " 2' - 8 " 9' - 0 1 / 2 " 3 1 / 2 " 12 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 2X 6 2X 6 2X62X6 357 358 359 360 361 362 RN-3 RN-2 RN-5 RN-2 WELBECK D R CRESTMOORAVE STONEBROOKE RD BR I C K M A N A V E HARRISONRD WESTWIND DR BA L L E N T I N E D R Attachment E - Future Land Use Map 0 0.03 0.060.01 Miles IN T E R S T A T E 3 5 LINCOLN 24TH 13THONTARIO INTERSTATE 35 D A Y T O N ST A N G E U N I V E R S I T Y 16TH GEORGEW CARVER SO U T H DA K O T A AIRPORTHY L A N D LINCOLN WAY ¯Legend Subject Property Parcels Ames Plan 2040 Future Land Use Designations Residential Neighborhood 2 - Established (RN-2) Residential Neighborhood 3 - Expansion (RN-3) Residential Neighborhood 5 - Multi-family (RN-5) 363 P L A N E L E M E N T S G R O W T H & L A N D U S E 54 A M E S P L A N 2 0 4 0 Residential Neighborhood 2 (RN-2: Established) » Typically, mid- to late-20th century through 21st century development. »Completely built-up except for infill sites. » Mostly but not exclusively single-family, with some attached and small-scale multi-family. »Relatively large single-use blocks, beginning of suburban type development patterns. »Variety of lot and single-family home sizes. »Common pattern of automobile-oriented design with front-loaded garages. »Breaks the fine-scale grid with larger blocks and curvilinear streets, cul-de-sacs and loops. »Some sidewalk discontinuity, with some internal pathways and cluster development. »Limited or no transit access. »Includes some Planned Developments with unique design features. LAND USE: CATEGORIES APPL ICABLE EXISTING ZONING CATEGORIES »RL Residential Low-Density »RM Residential Medium-Density PUBLIC ACTIONS »Infrastructure rehabilitation where necessary. »Use urban environment enhancements such as neighborhood gateways, placemaking, traf fic calming, and lighting to add aesthetic value. » Recognize increasing historic integrity of mid- century residential design. » Monitor neighborhood conditions and develop programs to support reinvestment in older neighborhoods. » Support transit service extensions to serviceable areas. »Improve pedestrian environment where necessary and upgrade bike route connectivity and way finding to complement trails. »Consider exception processes related to additions, garage placement, and accessory dwelling units, to support reinvestment in existing homes. »Use overlays and neighborhood plans to address specific areas with conservation and design guidelines to reflect the broad geographic diversity, lot sizes, and architectural styles. DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES »Maintain character of single-family residential blocks. » Limit infill location for attached units and townhome developments to areas adjacent or near existing attached units and public space. »On infill sites, use scale and design to respect context. »Small-scale office and commercial uses with limited traffic generation that preserve residential scale along avenues, mixed use avenues, and thoroughfares. »Recognize street hierarchy and capacity when considering changes in land use and transportation. » Allow common accessory functions, e.g., places of » Support increased use of architectural features, such as porches, and quality building materials to enhance the visual appearance of properties and neighborhoods. GOALS » Conservation of general neighborhood » Target maximum gross density in the range of » F-PRD Planned Residence District » Use design and character priorities in place of density for planned developments and small-site infill options. character and structural conditions. 6 units/acre, except in multi-family clusters. worship, and parks. » RLP Residential Low-Density Park 364 7 ADDENDUM PROPERTY HISTORY The property was originally anticipated to be used as right-of-way for a street crossing over the railroad tracks on the west side of the site. It was platted Lot J with the Bloomington Heights Subdivision for this purpose, but no companion right-of-way was created on the west side of the tracks at this location with the development of Northridge Heights. Since the land no longer has any potential street use, the City Council requested staff explore the possibility of developing an infill housing project at the site. Supporting infill housing is consistent with economic development goals of the City for production of additional housing in support of needed expansion of workforce for current and expansion of industry and business in the City and region. With the City and developer entering into the purchase agreement, the status of the land was clarified as a lot when the right-of-way was subsequently vacated by City Council on July 8th, 2025. SURROUNDING AREA Surrounding land to the north, east, and south is zoned RL. To the west across the railroad is zoned FS RL. The RL land immediately abutting the site is developed as single-family detached homes on standard lots. There are 8 homes whose rear yards abut the subject property to the north and south. East along Harrison, approximately 200 feet from the subject property, is a Planned Residence Development (F-PRD) with a mix of small-lot detached single- family lots and bi-attached homes. Further to the east, across Hyde Avenue is a medium density townhome development. OUTREACH As part of City Council’s identification of the subject property as an infill site and an RFP for development of the site, an initial neighborhood meeting was held on April 11, 2024. Fifteen neighbors attended. At this meeting, staff presented an overview of the site conditions and conceptual housing options. Participants indicated they did not support any of the presented housing concepts. The meeting participants described how their children use the site as open space. Participants value the land as open space for informal use by residents. The 365 8 participants in the 2024 outreach meeting expressed concern about drainage issues in the area but provided no specific suggestions on use of the site for housing. Council weighed this feedback with housing goals and decided in 2024 to proceed with an RFP for development of the site. A developer was not identified until the spring of 2025. Several neighbors have continued to be involved in discussions and provided comments to Council at the time of the hearing on the sale of the property that they still did not support development of the site. AMES PLAN 2040 The property is designated as RN-2 or as a fully established neighborhood that is “typically built in the second half of the 20th century to the present. Largely single-family, with some attached and duplex structures. Layout of neighborhoods often has larger blocks and curvilinear local street patterns.” Plan 2040 encourages infill in Redirection Areas (larger areas where changes in development patterns are anticipated over the next 20 years), along with scattered sites that could support smaller infill opportunities including the subject property. Policies to evaluate and support infill housing options include: G3-1. Identify infill properties and areas within the existing built-up area, focusing on sites that are 1) vacant and buildable… Within the RN-2 designation, a development guideline for infill includes “on infill sites, use scale and design to respect context.” Other plan policies also emphasize infill compatibility and the protection of neighborhood character through considering scale and other design elements to minimize conflicts with adjacent properties. The proposed home are two-stories—similar in massing to the adjacent properties. The largest buildings contain three units and are 90 feet in total width. The three-unit structures back up to the railroad and do not border the single-family homes. The bi-attached units interface with the adjacent single-family homes to the north and south. The buildings total 52 feet in width, similar to a single-family home with an attached garage. The homes are situated in a manner to create space and separation of the units to the extent practicable from the existing homes. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Parking A minimum of two parking spaces is required per unit. The bi-attached homes have a two- car garages, while the three-unit attached homes have single-car garages. Each three- unit attached home has sufficient driveway space to allow an additional vehicle to park stacked in front of the garage space. Three guest parking spaces are also provided along Harrison Court. 366 9 Streets and Traffic A 5-foot sidewalk on the south and west side of Harrison Court is proposed. The sidewalk design meets the Private Street standards for pedestrian circulation within the development and connects the homes to the public sidewalk. A new public sidewalk will be constructed on Welbeck Drive closing the gap in the current sidewalk along the subject property. Harrison Court is proposed to be 22 feet in width with no on-street parking, except for the three parking spaces. A typical public street is 26 feet with an allowance for on-street parking. The minimum backup area for a parking space is typically 24 feet. Street curbs are rolled allowing additional maneuvering room along the narrower street. The proposed street width allows for functional two-way traffic due to the low volume of traffic. The street is also configured in a “T” shape to meet fire truck turnaround requirements. Private Street standards are included in the section of the addendum on the Preliminary Plat. Landscaping For residential subdivisions, landscaping requirements are for street trees to be planted every 30-50 feet along the street. For Harrison Court, 10-17 trees are required. The applicant proposes 13 trees distributed along the street. Staff is working with the applicant on appropriate spacing from the buildings and utilities. Additional evergreen trees are proposed along the north side of the site in the common area as part of the PUD site plan. Signs and Lighting Three streetlights are proposed near the guest parking area, in the center of the west row of units, and on the south side of Harrison Court near the bi-attached homes. Locations were determined by Ames Electric. Infrastructure Water, storm sewer, sanitary sewer mains, and electric service are all located in close proximity to the site along Welbeck. Services will be extended into the site as part of its development. Prior to final platting, financial security to cover the cost of improvements will be required. Stormwater Management The site is part of the original overall Bloomington Heights Subdivision stormwater plan. However, all new development must show that there are adequate provisions for stormwater to limit the rate of runoff to adjacent and downstream property. Additionally, water quality treatment was required for runoff leaving the site. The stormwater management plan shows that the volume and rate of runoff will be less than existing flows from across the site. Three different basins are proposed on the site to accomplish this level of performance. One is located along the west property line, the second is between the north units and the property line, and the third is along the south property line. These basins drain to existing storm sewer facilities located along the south property line. 367 10 REQUESTED DEVIATIONS, COMPATIBILITY STANDARDS, AND PUD FINDINGS AND PURPOSE RM development standards are listed in Tables 29.1202(5)-1 and Table 29.1202(6) of the Zoning Ordinance. The PUD Overlay allows for deviations that are identified as part of the site development plan or Master Plan. The following table lists the requested deviations to permit the proposed configuration of townhomes. Standard FS RL Requirement Requested Deviation Garage face setback to internal front lot line 25 feet 5 feet (minimum 20 feet to garage door) for Lots 1, 2, and 4-12. Lot 3 is most affected by the curve and has a garage face setback no less than 17.5 feet for 9 feet of its width, or a 7.5 foot deviation. Minimum Lot Area Exterior Units 3,500 square feet 1,175 square feet for all exterior lots (Lots 1-5, 7, 8, 10-12). Lot sizes for these lots range from 2,325 square feet to 2,844 square feet. Internal Side Setback Without Party Wall 8 feet 0.5 feet for Lots 7 and 8, which will maintain 7.5 feet setbacks. 3.5 feet for Lot 11, which has an approximately 5-foot setback from its south property line (corner lot side setback) Internal Front Setback Corner Lots 10 feet 0.5 feet for Lot 3, which has a front corner lot setback of approximately 9.5 feet on its south side Internal Rear Setback 20 feet 4.5 feet Rear setbacks of Lots 1,2, 4, 5-10, and 12 range from 10 feet to 4.5 feet (Lot 12) Minimum Lot Frontage 24 feet 10 feet for Lot 10. As the street ends 3 feet past the driveway on Lot 10, it has 15 feet of frontage. Transformer, AC, and Other Mechanical Units Internal Front Setback 10 feet 10 feet The transformers on lots 4 and 12 range from a 0 foot setback to a 2 foot setback The transformer on the outlot serving Lot 3 is setback 9 feet from Harrison Court Other transformers are located in front yards but meet minimum setback requirements 368 11 The AC and meters on Lot 11 have a 7-foot setback (6.) Compatibility Standards. Minimum lot area, lot width, lot frontage, setback, and maximum site coverage requirements may be reduced to provide for a variety of dwelling types. Any such modification to the Zoning District requirements must be noted on the Master Plan. Due to the concentration of dwelling units that will occur if these dimensional requirements are reduced, the following compatibility standards are required: a. Garages and Driveways. Garages and off-street parking areas must be located so that they do not define the front façade of the dwelling. This standard is met when a garage does not protrude forward from the front façade or the front entry is setback typically no more than 12 feet to the front door and includes the required entrance design requirements. City Council may approve a development on through-lots without meeting this standard when it is determined to be impracticable for the home design and street types. The development must include adequate right-of-way and driveway spacing to accommodate parking and street trees. The width of driveways may need to be reduced and garages setback an adequate distance to accommodate these elements. Shared driveways are encouraged to address street design goals. Alley or private rear lane access is also an option. The garages on the bi-attached units will not protrude more than 12 feet in front of the front doors. The three-unit attached units will have garages that protrude 4 feet past the front doors. The Site Development Plan and Preliminary Plat control these dimensions. The submitted architectural plans are illustrative and show a larger protrusion that permitted for the bi- attached units. The private street is 22 feet wide. It includes a guest parking area on-street and a street tree plan. No reduction in driveway width is necessary to accommodate these elements. b. Entrances. Main entrances to dwelling units must be clearly identifiable and accessible to the owner and visitors. The main entrance must be demarcated by one of the following: covered porch or stoop; sidelight windows; or other significant architectural treatment that emphasizes main entrances. Main entrances shall be directly connected to the pedestrian circulation system of the development. All unit configurations will have covered porches over the entrances and a stoop. A sidewalk on one side of Harrison Court will connect to the public sidewalk 369 12 on Welbeck. c. Massing. Multi-family buildings proposed abutting single-family and or two- family buildings should be of a scale, massing, window proportions, and architectural style that is compatible with abutting lower density residential development. The units are on separate lots and defined as single-family attached homes, not multi-family. They are all two stories in height and have sloped roofs, similar to adjacent single-family homes. The bi-attached units will be 23 feet in height to the mid-point of the roofs, and the three-unit attached homes will be 21 feet to the mid-point of the roof. The three-unit attached homes have a second story cantilever above the first story to break up the rear façade. The developer has indicated that rear doors will lead to uncovered concrete patios. The bi-attached homes are also intended to have a rear patio with a covered sliding door leading. These units will interface with the rear of the adjacent single-family homes. In total, both units in a bi-attached home will be 52 feet in width, similar to a single-family home with an attached garage. d. Commercial. Commercial buildings shall have main entrances that are clearly identifiable and accessible. The buildings will be oriented towards the street or towards a pedestrian/bicycle corridor. Not applicable. e. Pocket Neighborhood. Not applicable. PUD Overlay Purpose. Sec. 29.1114(1) outlines the intent of a Planned Unit Development. Staff finds that the proposed development complies with the standards: (a) Provide for innovative and imaginative development through flexibility in the design, placement of buildings, clustering of housing types, use of open space, and related site and architectural design considerations; The development uses the PUD to cluster the units on small lots in the western portion of the site. This allows development on the widest portion of the property and maintains approximately 50% of the site as open space outside of the private lots. The proposal meets housing diversity objectives with a townhome building type, 370 13 which also maintains compatibility with adjacent single-family homes through scale and massing. (b) Increase the stock of diverse housing types for a variety of income levels; The townhomes will be owner-occupied, three-bedroom units. A covenant requiring owner occupancy is required with the Final Plat as part of the purchase agreement for the site with the developer. This is a diverse type of ownership housing for the City. (c) Promote efficient land use and infrastructure construction, while maintaining high- quality living environments for privacy, architectural interest, streetscape, walkability, and open spaces for private and common use; As infill development, infrastructure is available to the site along its frontage with Welbeck Drive. Each townhome will have a small patio at its rear. Street trees are proposed and a sidewalk will connect the units to the public sidewalk on Welbeck Drive. (d) Provide for a variety of private and common open space areas corresponding to smaller lot sizes along with additional amenities for larger developments; Private space in the rear of the lots will include patios. While common open space is not required, significant open space managed by an HOA will be provided. (e) Encourage and preserve opportunities for energy efficient development; and The development is required to be all-electric. It will utilize utilizing air source heat pumps for heating and cooling. The developer will also provide energy efficiency ratings for the units. This is required as part of the purchase agreement. (f) Encourage context-sensitive infill development. The townhomes will be a similar height (two stories) and have sloped roofs reflective of adjacent single-family homes. Massing of the bi-attached homes that interface with the adjacent homes will also be similar. A 20-foot external setback is provided between the homes and adjacent lots. The Ames Plan 2040 RN-2 designation for the neighborhood anticipates attached homes along with single-family detached. Eastward along Harrison approximately 200 feet from the subject property is a development with a mix of small-lot detached single- family lots and bi-attached homes. Further to the east at Hyde Avenue is a medium density townhome development. Similar products exist within the area. 371 14 Findings of Fact. Sec. 29.1114(3) sets out the findings required in order to approve a rezoning with PUD. Staff makes the following findings of fact. (a) The Zoning District and Overlay are consistent with the comprehensive plan. The property and surrounding area are designated as RN-2 by Ames Plan 2040 or as a fully established neighborhood that is “typically built in the second half of the 20th century to the present. Largely single-family, with some attached and duplex structures. Layout of neighborhoods often has larger blocks and curvilinear local street patterns.” RN-2 anticipates infill development and attached homes, as allowed by FS RL. A development guideline is to “limit infill location for attached units and townhome developments to areas adjacent or near existing attached units and public space.” The subject property is both near other attached homes in the neighborhood and within a ½ mile of two parks. Within the RN-2 designation, a development guideline for infill includes “on infill sites, use scale and design to respect context.” Other plan policies also emphasize infill compatibility and the protection of neighborhood character through considering scale and other design elements to minimize conflicts with adjacent properties. The units are two-stories—similar in massing to the adjacent properties. The largest buildings contain three units and are 90 feet in total width. The three-unit structures back up to the railroad. The bi-attached units interface with the adjacent single-family homes to the north and south. The buildings total 52 feet in width, similar to a single-family home with an attached garage. (b) The property on which the PUD is requested has a residential zoning of RL, RM, UCRM, RH, FS-RL, FS-RM, S-SMD, or is concurrently proposed to be changed to one of these Zoning Districts. The property is concurrently proposed to be rezoned to FS RL. (c) The design of the commercial area is compatible with the overall PUD design concept and integrated into the development. No commercial element is proposed. (d) The existing and proposed infrastructure is sufficient in design and capacity to support the project with water, sanitary sewer, storm drainage, streets and other transportation related facilities. Infrastructure is adequate to serve the site. Water, sanitary sewer, electric, and storm sewer are all available with relatively short extensions Welbeck. 372 15 (e) The PUD Master Plan includes interconnected pedestrian and bicycle circulation routes to the surrounding areas and within the development. A sidewalk along Harrison Court connects all units to the public sidewalk on Welbeck. A gap in the public sidewalk along Welbeck will be filled in with the development. (f) The proposed PUD Master Plan is consistent with the requirements of this ordinance and all deviations, exceptions, and limitations stated on the Master Plan are clear, identifiable, and necessary in support of the design concept and the purpose statements of the overlay. The Preliminary Plat and Major Site Development Plan illustrate the requested deviations. Compatibility standards for granting deviations are met. (g) The proposed PUD Master Plan is in harmony with the purpose of the overlay. A Major Site Development Plan was submitted in lieu of a Master Plan. The site plan illustrates that FS RL densities and perimeter setbacks abutting other lots will be met. Internal lot sizes and setbacks will be varied as allowed through the PUD to cluster housing, leaving significant open space and allowing for a unique housing type. (h) Findings for approval of a Master Plan with a PUD Overlay rezoning may be deferred, when the City Council initiates a property rezoning. Not applicable. 373 16 PUD Supplemental Development Standards 374 17 REZONING BACKGROUND: Legal Description. Lot ‘J’ of Bloomington Heights West Plat 3, City of Ames, Story County, Iowa. 375 18 Current Zoning and Land Use. The property is currently zoned Residential Low Density (RL). It is vacant City surplus land and previously right-of-way. Surrounding Zoning and Land Use. Land uses that occupy the subject property and other surrounding properties are described in the following table. Direction from Subject Property Existing Primary Land Uses and Zoning Districts Subject Property Vacant – Residential Low Density (RL) North Single-Family Residential – Residential Low Density (RL) East Single-Family Residential – Residential Low Density (RL) Small-lot detached single-family lot and bi-attached homes— Planned Residence Development (F-PRD) South Single-Family Residential – Residential Low Density (RL) West Railroad Single-Family Residential – Suburban Residential Low Density (FS RL) Ames Plan 2040. The Ames Plan 2040 Future Land Use Map designation for the property is RN-2, existing residential neighborhood (see Attachment F - Future Land Use Map Excerpt). Plan 2040 describes the designation as existing built-up areas with the exception of infill sites. They may contain a variety of single-family homes, include attached homes and may include Planned Developments with unique features. Specific development guidelines are to “limit infill location for attached units and townhome developments to areas adjacent or near existing attached units and public space” and “on infill sites, use scale and design to respect context.” Attachment F includes the excerpt of Plan 2040 for the RN-2 designation, including a full description of characteristics. Proposed Zoning. The FS RL zone is intended to “is intended to accommodate contemporary development patterns similar to development in the past 20 to 30 years” and this is appropriate for the RN-2 Ames Plan 2040 designation. The zone allows detached and attached single-family homes and two-family dwellings. Infrastructure. Infrastructure is available to serve the site. Extensions of water and sanitary sewer mains onto the site from Welbeck will occur with the development. All streets are proposed to be private. Findings of Fact. Based upon an analysis of the proposed rezoning and laws pertinent to the proposed map amendment, staff makes the following findings of fact: 1. Keystone Equity Group has a purchase agreement for the property. The rezoning request applicant statement is included as Attachment B. 376 19 2. Ames Municipal Code Section 29.1507(1) allows the property owner to initiate an amendment to the Official Zoning Map. 3. The proposed rezoning is consistent with the designation of RN-2 as identified on the Ames Plan 2040 Future Land Use Map. 4. The proposed rezoning to FS RL is consistent with the surrounding area where the primary development type is single-family residential developed under the RL base zoning district. 5. The Major Site Development Plan (MSDP) and Preliminary Plat will be the controlling plans for development of the site upon approval of the PUD. Densities and perimeter setbacks prescribed by the FS RL base zone will be met. 6. The rezoning includes a PUD Overlay that allows for flexibility in design standards. The findings for a PUD Overlay support the intent of the MSDP in its arrangement of uses, clustering, and preservation of open space. 7. Infrastructure is adequate to serve the site. Public Notice. The City provided mailed notice to all property owners within 400 feet of the subject property and placed a sign on the property, prior to the Planning and Zoning Commission and City Council meetings in accordance with the notification requirements of Chapter 29. MAJOR SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN CRITERIA The PUD requires a site plan approval for development, which is typically a Major Site Development Plan that sets building types, site development features, and deviation allowances. When acting upon an application for a Major Site Development Plan approval, the Planning and Zoning Commission and the City Council shall rely upon generally accepted site planning criteria and design standards. These criteria and standards are necessary to fulfill the intent of the Zoning Ordinance, the Land Use Policy Plan (Ames Plan 2040), and are the minimum necessary to safeguard the public health, safety, aesthetics, and general welfare. 1. The design of the proposed development shall make adequate provisions for surface and subsurface drainage to limit the rate of increased runoff of surface water to adjacent and downstream property. The Public Works Department has reviewed the proposed development and stormwater memo. It has satisfied this requirement through the use of detention basins for water quality and to slow the rate of runoff and direct runoff to City storm sewer infrastructure. 2. The design of the proposed development shall make adequate provision for 377 20 connection to water, sanitary sewer, electrical, and other utility lines within the capacity limits of those utility lines. Existing water, sanitary sewer, and electric services are adequate to serve the site. A sanitary sewer main and water main are proposed to be extended from the existing mains in Welbeck. Intakes will also be constructed on-site that connect to City storm sewers. 3. The design of the proposed development shall make adequate provision for fire protection through building placement, acceptable location of flammable materials, and other measures to ensure fire safety. The Fire Inspector has reviewed access and fire truck circulation. The outlot that contains the private street will include an easement over the fire truck turnaround areas and all required turnarounds for fire apparatus vehicles are required to be posted “No Parking - Fire Lane.” 4. The design of the proposed development shall not increase the danger of erosion, flooding, landslide, or other endangerment to adjoining and surrounding property. Stormwater runoff will be directed to City storm sewers. Detention basins slow the rate of runoff from the site. No site features such as slopes pose an issue for erosion or landslides. 5. Natural topographic and landscape features of the site shall be incorporated into the development design. The site is relatively flat. It does have two low points along the north and south property lines. Detention basins are proposed in these areas. 6. The design of the interior vehicle and pedestrian circulation shall provide for convenient flow of vehicles and movement of pedestrians and shall prevent hazards to adjacent streets or property. The site will have one access off Welbeck and an on-site sidewalk will connect to the public sidewalk. 7. The design of outdoor parking areas, storage yards, trash and dumpster areas, and other exterior features shall be adequately landscaped or screened to minimize potential nuisance and impairment to the use of adjoining property. Each unit will have individual trash collection. A street tree plan is proposed. 8. The proposed development shall limit entrances and exits upon adjacent streets in order to prevent congestion on adjacent and surrounding streets and in order 378 21 to provide for safe and orderly vehicle movement. The site will have one access off Welbeck. 9. Exterior lighting shall relate to the scale and location of the development in order to maintain adequate security, while preventing a nuisance or hardship to adjacent property or streets. Three streetlights are proposed at locations determined by Ames Electric. 10. The proposed development shall ensure that dust and other forms of air pollution, noise disturbances, odor, glare, and other nuisances will be limited to acceptable levels as prescribed in other applicable State and City regulations. The proposed development will not create any air pollution, nuisances, dust, odor, glare, or noise disturbances. 11. Site coverage, building scale, setbacks, and open spaces shall be in proportion with the development property and with existing and planned development and structures, in adjacent and surrounding property. The units are two-stories with sloped roofs—similar in massing to the adjacent properties. The largest buildings contain three units and are 90 feet in total width. The three-unit structures back up to the railroad. The bi-attached units interface with the adjacent single-family homes to the north and south. The buildings total 52 feet in width, similar to a single-family home with an attached garage. External setbacks of 20 feet, the same rear setback required by RL, are maintained. While infill projects consisting of single-family attached dwellings are exempt from common open space standards under the PUD, minus the private street and lots, approximately 50% of the site is left as open space. APPLICABLE SUBDIVISION LAW The laws applicable to this Preliminary Plat Subdivision include, but are not limited to, the following: (verbatim language is shown in italics, other references are paraphrased): Code of Iowa Chapter 354, Section 8 requires that the governing body shall determine whether the subdivision conforms to its Land Use Policy Plan. Ames Municipal Code Chapter 23, Subdivisions, Division I, outlines the general provisions for subdivisions within the City limits and within two miles of the City limits of Ames. Ames Municipal Code Section 23.302(4): (3) City Council Review of Preliminary Plat: All proposed subdivision plats shall be 379 22 submitted to the City Council for review and approval in accordance with these Regulations. The City Council shall examine the Preliminary Plat, any comments, recommendations or reports examined or made by the Planning and Zoning Commission, and such other information as it deems necessary and reasonable to consider. Ames Municipal Code Section 23.302(6): (4) City Council Action on Preliminary Plat: (a) Based upon such examination, the City Council shall determine whether the Preliminary Plat conforms to relevant and applicable design and improvement standards in these Regulations, to other City ordinances and standards, to the City's Land Use Policy Plan and to the City's other duly adopted plans. In particular, the City Council shall determine whether the subdivision conforms to minimum levels of service standards set forth in the Land Use Policy Plan for public infrastructure and shall give due consideration to the possible burden of the proposed subdivision on public improvements in determining whether to require the installation of additional public improvements as a condition for approval. (b) Following such examination and within 30 days of the referral of the Preliminary Plat and report of recommendations to the City Council by the Planning and Zoning Commission, the City Council shall approve, approve subject to conditions, or disapprove the Preliminary Plat. The City Council shall set forth its reasons for disapproving any Preliminary Plat or for conditioning its approval of any Preliminary Plat in its official records and shall provide a written copy of such reasons to the developer. Public Notice. Notice was mailed to property owners within 400 feet of the subject site and a sign was posted on the subject property. Private Street Design Standards Excerpt Ames Municipal Code Section 23.403(16): City Council may approve private streets and alleys as part of a Subdivision. Private streets and alleys are subject to the following requirements: (a) The proposed private street serves as access to a cluster or small group of housing units and is not intended for use by through traffic. Private streets and alleys may also serve as access to townhouse-style developments. (b) (b) The proposed private street or alley is designed and constructed such that it meets or exceeds Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications (SUDAS) standards and the City of Ames supplement design standard requirements regarding, pavement profile, base, and drainage. The typical private street and alley will have a minimum design life of 30-years. (c) (c) Verification of finished construction according to approved plans by the engineer-of record or other qualified engineer. (d) (d) Responsibilities for maintenance, upkeep, and snow removal, are established 380 23 through a legally binding instrument. (e) (e) A permanent easement for shared access and emergency vehicle access is recorded. (f) (f) The design and layout of the private streets and alley shall address the following: (i) Street width to allow for two-way traffic. (ii) Fire access and turnaround requirements as required by the Ames Fire Code. (iii) For developments of six or more single-family detached or attached dwellings along a block face, provides on-street parking spaces similar to the spacing included on a public street or provides for guest parking bays within common area. (iv) Sidewalks along the street or other pedestrian circulation system improvements connecting to front doors of homes. (v) Street tree planting plan. (vi) Lighting plan. The City Council may modify the private street requirements when the street serves non- residential development or apartment dwellings; however, Section 23.403(16)(d) shall still apply. 381 DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE, RESERVED FOR RECORDER Prepared by: Renee Hall, City Clerk’s Office, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010 Phone: 515-239-5105 Return to: Ames City Clerk, P.O. Box 811, Ames, IA 50010 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 29.301 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, BY CHANGING THE BOUNDARIES OF THE DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED AND SHOWN ON SAID MAP AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 29.1507 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA; REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES AND PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE BE IT HEREBY ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of Ames, Iowa; Section 1: The Official Zoning Map of the City of Ames, Iowa, as provided for in Section 29.301 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, is amended by changing the boundaries of the districts established and shown on said Map in the manner authorized by Section 29.1507 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, as follows: That the real estate, generally located West of the Intersection of Harrison Road and Welbeck Drive, is rezoned from Residential Low Density (RL) to Suburban Residential Low Density (FS-RL) with a Planned Unit Development Overlay (PUD). Real Estate Description: Lot ‘J’ of Bloomington Heights West Plat 3, City of Ames, Story County, Iowa Section 2: All other ordinances and parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. Section 3: This ordinance is in full force and effect from and after its adoption and publication as provided by law. ADOPTED THIS day of , . Renee Hall, City Clerk John A Haila, Mayor 382 ITEM #:30 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:RESOURCE RECOVERY & RECYCLING CAMPUS PRELIMINARY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: Since 1975, the City's Resource Recovery Plant has received municipal solid waste (MSW) from throughout Story County, processed it to remove recyclable metals, and converted a substantial portion of the MSW into a supplemental fuel for use in the City's Power Plant boilers. Although this system was successful in reducing the volume of MSW that needed to be landfilled, in recent years this arrangement has resulted in technical, economic, and regulatory challenges. In response to these issues, the City is pursuing the development of a new Resource Recovery & Recycling Campus (R3C). Property has been secured on Freel Drive to site this new operation. At the facility, MSW will be received from haulers and customers, recyclable metals will be recovered, and the waste will be loaded into semi trailers to be hauled to the Carroll County Landfill. At the June 24, 2025 City Council meeting, the City Council received the conceptual design and financial analysis report for the Resource Recovery and Recycling Campus (R3C). The conceptual design and financial analysis were developed by HDR Engineering, Inc. of Omaha, NE, following a competitive request for proposal (RFP) process. On September 3, 2025, the City Council approved an amendment to the agreement with HDR for the detailed design work necessary to bid and construct the new facility. The agreement also included bid assistance and construction engineering support throughout the project. The fees for these services total an amount not-to-exceed $965,715. In September 2025, the City retained Story Construction of Ames, IA to serve as a Construction Manager as Advisor for this project. Story's role in the project is to : 1) represent the City during the project, 2) identify opportunities during the design phase for cost-savings or improved constructability, 3) assist with bidding, and 4) coordinate schedules and workflow for the various contractors during construction. The plans and specifications have been completed and are now ready to be issued for bids. Through the Construction Manager approach, HDR has prepared 11 separate bid packages. Story will coordinate the work of each individual contractor that receives a contract for the work. Project Highlights: The project contains a main transfer building, a scalehouse, yard waste storage, customer convenience area, and paved maneuvering and parking areas for equipment. The total site is approximately 9.5 acres. The attached document contains drawings of the site layout, office 383 and processing areas, and renderings of the building exterior and interior education room. The key areas of the project are described in more detail below: The main transfer building will be a pre-engineered metal building structure with footprint of 33,275 sq. ft. The structure will house both the tipping floor (26,100 sq. ft.) and a two-story office (7,175 sq. ft.). The first floor of the office includes a lobby, reception desk, maintenance and mechanical rooms, a locker room with separate shower/toilet rooms, and an employee break room. The second floor includes staff offices, restrooms, an operations room, and an education room. The education and operations rooms are designed to provide visibility into other parts of the facility. From the education room, visitors can observe the scale entry/exit, tipping floor, and processing area operations. The facility will include an elevator to provide access to the second floor, in addition to a public-facing internal stairwell and a staff-oriented stairwell near the tipping floor. The tipping floor area allows commercial haulers to enter, turn, tip their loads, and exit. Staff will operate a wheel loader on the floor, using it to load MSW into a shredder. The shredder is designed to open garbage bags and packaging. The waste will then be passed under a drum magnet to remove ferrous metals. The remaining waste will pass through two eddy current separators (ECS) placed in series, which will remove non-ferrous metals. The MSW will then be returned to the tipping floor where it will be loaded into transfer trailers for transportation to the landfill. Operators can bypass the processing equipment and load directly into the trailers if the processing equipment is down or if the MSW does not contain any recyclable metals (e.g., food or industrial processing waste). The scalehouse will consist of a pre-fabricated structure and two scales, serving both inbound and outbound traffic. This area will be staffed or operated remotely using video and audio equipment. While commercial customers will enter the tipping floor, residential customers will be diverted towards a customer convenience area. The customer convenience area contains roll-off boxes for small quantities of household waste, separated recyclables, and a shack for household hazardous waste. Yard waste will be collected on the east side of the site, where it will be stored until it can be hauled off for disposal. The northern portion of the site will be a storage yard for trucks, trailers, and other equipment. A fueling area will be situated here, containing double-walled aboveground storage tanks of both B100 biodiesel and standard diesel fuel. This area will be accessible for all diesel-powered equipment in the City's vehicle fleet. Stormwater management will be facilitated through the construction of four large, interconnected basins around the perimeter of the site. Site development will be coordinated with the paving of Freel Drive adjacent to the site, which will be taking place in the 2026 construction season. Public Outreach: The design details of the project have been shared with the haulers, participating Resource Recovery System (RRS) members, and Resource Recovery operations staff at several steps during the design process. These have included an open house for haulers and RRS Members on October 16, a meeting with partnering RRS members on November 19, a plan 384 Project Revenues Project Expenses Revenue Abated G.O. Bonds $22,365,486 Land Acquisition (220, 306, 312, 318, 400 Freel Drive)$1,077,500 Electric Utility Fund 2,340,000 Due Diligence prior to closing 15,465 G.O. Bonds 975,000 Conceptual Design and Financial Modeling 50,000 review with haulers on November 19, and plan reviews with Resource Recovery operations staff at the 60% and 90% design stages. In addition, City staff, elected officials, representatives from partner RRS members, and haulers have received project updates through recurring issues of the R3Cycled Report, an e-newsletter published by City staff. Bid Packages: Through the Construction Manager as Advisor delivery method, Story Construction will be coordinating the work of several individual prime contractors responsible for specific aspects of the project. HDR and Story have worked to divide the project into 11 separate bid packages for the work. The packages are: 1. General Construction Work 2. Concrete and Steel Work 3. Gypsum Board Assembly Work 4. Elevator Lift Work 5. Fire Suppression Systems Work 6. Plumbing and HVAC Work 7. Electrical, Communications, Electrical Safety and Security Work 8. Site Demolition and Earth Work 9. Paving and Sidewalk Work 10. Site Utility Work 11. Millwright Process Integration Work Two add-alternates have been prepared for the project. One add-alternate is for the installation of a recycling canopy over the customer convenience area. This canopy would provide some cover from rain and snow for the roll-off boxes that are used to collect recyclables. However, the canopy would not extend over the drive lane due to fire code and the need to hoist the roll-offs, meaning the benefit for customers is not significant. Therefore, staff would like to evaluate the cost for this option against the potential benefits and determine whether it should be included. The second add-alternate is for the procurement and installation of a recycling baler. This equipment would allow bulky recyclable materials, such as cardboard, to be baled into dense cubes for more efficient transportation to their destination. This is expected to provide a benefit by reducing operating costs. Budget: The project budget, including the Freel Drive paving and the procurement of mobile equipment (both of which will be bid and financed separately from the R3C facility construction project) is outlined in the table below. It should be noted that a portion of the expenses related to the fueling area will be charged to Fleet Services rather than the project, although that cost is not broken out in the table: 385 Final Design 965,715 Final Design Contingency 124,785 Permitting (est.)50,000 Opinion of Probable Construction Costs for R3C Facility 16,821,527 Construction Contingency 1,435,020 Construction Inspection (est.)450,950 Construction Manager Fee (est.)926,524 Construction Manager General Conditions Costs (est.) 448,000 R3C Construction Subtotal 22,365,486 Mobile Equipment (transfer trucks and trailers)2,340,000 Freel Drive Paving 975,000 Total Revenues $25,680,486 Project Total $25,680,486 ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve preliminary plans and specifications for the Resource Recovery & Recycling Campus (R3C), setting March 3, 2026, as the bid due date and March 10, 2026, as the date of Public Hearing. 2. Direct staff to make modifications to the project. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: This project is essential to ensure the responsible and cost-effective handling and disposal of Ames and Story County's municipal solid waste and recyclables. The proposed Resource Recovery and Recycling Campus (R3C) is sized to handle the anticipated waste of the community over the next 20 years, and includes equipment that will assist in processing solid waste and removing recyclable metals before being transported to the landfill for disposal. In addition, the R3C will accommodate the community's waste diversion and recycling public outreach efforts. The facility will welcome classrooms, community groups, and other visitors through an education room and other features that offer a glimpse into waste disposal and recycling for the community. It is critical that this facility is constructed and operational by July 1, 2027. Delays will have a substantial impact on solid waste disposal costs, electric rates, or both. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): R3C Selected Images.docx 386 1 - SITE LAYOUT 387 2 – ARCHITECTURAL OVERALL PLAN 388 3 – FIRST FLOOR OVERALL PLAN 4 – SECOND FLOOR OVERALL PLAN 5 – PROCESSING EQUIPMENT SECTIONS 389 390 5 – EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 391 6 – EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS (CONTINUED) 392 7 – ISOMETRIC VIEWS 393 8 – EDUCATION ROOM RENDERINGS 394 ITEM #:31 DATE:01-27-26 DEPT:PW SUBJECT:MODIFICATIONS TO GARBAGE AND REFUSE CHAPTER OF AMES MUNICIPAL CODE COUNCIL ACTION FORM BACKGROUND: Chapter 10 of Ames Municipal Code contains a variety of regulations related to the collection and disposal of solid waste in the community. Some of these regulations are antiquated and need to be revised to reflect modern solid waste collection practices. In addition, with the City seeking to conclude its waste-to-energy process and implement curbside recycling, language authorizing curbside recycling must be added to this chapter. Staff has prepared an ordinance to implement these changes. Key aspects of the proposed changes are described below: 1. New language defining "recycling." Recycling (or recyclable materials) are items designated by the City that can be collected, processed, and turned into new raw materials. 2. Standards for recycling containers. The existing chapter establishes standards for when garbage receptables may be set out, how they must be covered, etc. The revisions apply similar standards to recycling containers. 3. Container weight and frequency of collection. Since 1990, Municipal Code has limited the weight of garbage receptacles to 65 pounds. In addition, since 1970, Municipal Code has required that residential customers receive garbage collection twice per week by default, unless the customer opts for once per week collection. This frequency of collection was the subject of some complaints during City Council discussion of garbage collection in 2023 and 2024. Most garbage haulers today use 95- or 96-gallon carts, emptied using hydraulically operated equipment. Since these containers have far greater capacity than those used in decades ago, they require emptying less frequently. Therefore, the proposed ordinance eliminates the weight limit for containers and establishes once per week collection as the default for residential curbside collection. When necessary to address an unusual quantity of garbage (e.g., following a disaster, calamity, construction project or other incident), a customer may make arrangements to have garbage collected more frequently. 4. Manner of Disposal. With the creation of a category of "recyclable materials," the ordinance directs that these materials must be disposed of through the City's residential curbside recycling collection program, by delivery to a recycling facility, or by contracting with a hauler to deliver the materials to a recycling facility. 5. Creation of Residential Curbside Recycling Collection Program. This section creates the authority for the City to collect recyclables from single-family residences and multi-family residences of up to four units. 395 The cost for the residential curbside collection service will billed to eligible residences on their monthly utility bills. Although the eligible residences may elect not to receive a container and participate in the program, they will not be relieved of the obligation to keep recyclable materials out of the garbage. In addition, they would continue to be charged the monthly fee for the service. The purpose for continuing to charge for this service is two-fold: 1) It is anticipated that the contracted hauler will charge the City on the basis of the number of eligible households, not just the number of partic ipatin g households. This is the common arrangement in other communities with city-wide contracted curbside collection; and 2) it would be extremely challenging for the City and its contracted hauler to forecast and budget for an estimated percentage of participating households. This uncertainty would result in financial risk for the hauler that would be reflected in higher fees for the participating households. City staff is in the process of evaluating responses to the Request for Proposal (RFP) for curbside recycling collection services. Staff is proposing that the City Council consider first reading of the ordinance making revisions to Chapter 10 and establishing the recycling program, and align the third reading and adoption of the ordinance with the approval of the recycling collection contract. This will allow for simultaneous adoption of: 1) These Chapter 10 revisions, 2) The recycling collection contract, and 3) The Municipal Code appendix containing the proposed monthly customer fee. This fee will be based on the selected contractor's per-customer monthly charge, anticipated disposal costs, and internal costs such as customer service staff time, marketing, etc.). PUBLIC OUTREACH: City staff conducted a public survey in September of 2025 requesting feedback from the community on certain elements of the proposed residential curbside recycling program. Over 1,500 responses were received and information gathered from the survey used to help further refine details of the program. City staff has utilized a periodic e-newsletter called the R3Cycled Report to communicate updates regarding the R3C project and the recycling and diversion programs to local haulers and other key stakeholders. Both editions of this newsletter in January provided updates regarding the potential changes and the timing of the discussion. In addition, staff has contacted the list of registered rental property owners/landlords to inform them of the anticipated curbside recycling program implementation, so they may consider the impacts of this program on their lease agreements. ALTERNATIVES: 1. Approve first reading of the attached ordinance modifying Chapter 10 of Ames Municipal Code and establishing a curbside residential recycling collection program. 2. Direct staff to make modifications to the attached ordinance. 396 3. Do not approve first reading of the ordinance. CITY MANAGER'S RECOMMENDED ACTION: Chapter 10 of Municipal Code (Garbage and Refuse) contains several provisions that are antiquated and do not reflect modern solid waste collection practices. The attached ordinance addresses those issues. In addition, the conclusion of the City's waste-to-energy process requires a greater reliance on landfill diversion, which is best accomplished through curbside recycling. The draft ordinance contains the language necessary to implement curbside collection of recyclables for residential properties. Once the contracted hauler and its rates are identified, the contract and the proposed rates will be returned to City Council for approval at the time of third reading and adoption of the Chapter 10 modifications. Therefore, it is the recommendation of the City Manager that the City Council adopt Alternative No. 1, as described above. ATTACHMENT(S): Ordinance Chap 10 (Garbage-Refuse-Recycling).PDF 397 ORDINANCE NO. _________ AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, BY AMENDING SECTIONS 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.18, 10.19, 10.22. 10.25 AND ENACTING A NEW SECTION 10.27, THEREOF, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AMENDING GARBAGE, RECYCLING AND REFUSE, REPEALING ANY AND ALL ORDINANCES OR PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH CONFLICT; PROVIDING A PENALTY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. BE IT ENACTED, by the City Council for the City of Ames, Iowa, that: Section One. The Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa shall be and the same is hereby amended by amending Sections 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.18, 10.19, 10.22, 10.25 and enacting a new Section 10.27, as follows: CHAPTER 10 GARBAGE, AND REFUSE AND RECYCLING Sec. 10.1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this chapter, the following words shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows: (1)"Garbage" means every waste accumulation of animal, fruit or vege- table matter, liquid or otherwise, that attends the preparation, use, cooking, dealing in or storing of meat, fish, fowl, fruit or vegetables, and including tin cans or similar non-recyclable food containers. Dead animals are not included in the term garbage. (2)"Refuse" means all other miscellaneous waste materials except “recycling” and "yard waste" not specifically defined as garbage. (3)“Recycling” or “Recyclable Materials” means solid waste designated by the city as appropriate for collection, processing and return to use in the form of raw materials, such as certain types of newsprint, magazines and catalogs, metal, plastic containers, glass, and cardboard. (4) (3) "Yard Waste" means debris such as grass clippings, leaves, garden waste, brush, and trees. "Yard Waste" does not include tree stumps. Sec. 10.2. RESERVATION OF CITY'S RIGHTS. The city reserves the right to enter into a contract at any time with any license holder or others, for the collection and disposal of garbage, and refuse, recycling, or yard waste within the city, or may itself operate and maintain such a service. 398 Sec. 10.3. GARBAGE RECEPTACLES. Garbage or recycling shall not be set outdoors for collection and disposal, or for any other purpose, except when fully contained in a water-tight and tightly closed hard receptacle that cannot be ripped open by birds or beasts. Setting out garbage or recycling in plastic bags or paper sacks is prohibited. Containers that shed rain when their lids are completely closed shall satisfy the requirement for a watertight receptacle. * * * Sec. 10.5. OVER-FILLING RECEPTACLES. It is the duty of every person using or maintaining a garbage or refuse receptacle or recycling receptacle to cause the same to be emptied of its contents before it is so full that the cover will no longer fit tightly. Sec. 10.6. LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE. All garbage, and refuse and recycling shall be delivered by the householder or the occupant of any building or place of business to the ground level for collection, and the receptacle therefore must be kept in a location convenient for collection. Sec. 10.7. PREPARATION OF REFUSE FOR COLLECTION. Containers of garbage, refuse and/or yard waste shall not weigh more than 65 pounds when set out for collection. Brush and tree trimmings shall be securely tied in bundles not more than four feet in length and not more than two feet in diameter. The bundles shall be bound by means of hemp, sisal, cotton or other non-metallic biodegradable cord material. No single piece of brush or tree trimmings shall be more than three inches in diameter. Yard waste shall be separated from garbage or refuse. Yard waste shall not be mixed with garbage or refuse. Yard waste and recycling shall not be mixed with one another or with garbage or refuse. Sec. 10.8. MANNER OF GARBAGE AND REFUSE DISPOSAL. Garbage and refuse shall be disposed of by householders or other occupants of any building or place of business as hereinafter provided: (1) Garbage. Garbage shall be disposed of as follows: (a) By delivery to a licensed collection agency; (b) By hauling to a city-operated disposal facility providing that the containers and vehicles used in transportation conform to the requirements of this chapter. (c) By disposal through an in-sink garbage disposal unit directly to the public sanitary sewer system; (d) By incineration in an incinerator that meets State and Federal regulations. 399 (2) Refuse. Refuse shall be disposed of as provided for in subsections (1)(a), (1)(b) or (1)(d) above. (3) Yard Waste. Yard Waste shall be disposed of as follows: (a) As provided for in subsection (1)(a), (b) or (d) above; (b) By open burning in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8 of the Ames Municipal Code. (c) Leaves and grass may be disposed of by delivery to a site for composting or land application, or delivery to any person who can be reasonably expected to cause composting or land application of the leaves and grass, in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.24. (4) Recycling. Recycling shall be disposed of as follows: (a) As provided for by the Residential Curbside Recycling Collection program in Section 10.27. (b) By delivery to a licensed collection agency; (c) By hauling to a recycling facility providing that the containers and vehicles used in transportation conform to the requirements of this chapter. Sec. 10.9. DEPOSITING GARBAGE, YARD WASTE, REFUSE, RECYCLING IN STREETS, ALLEYS, ETC., PROHIBITED; EXCEPTION. (1) It is unlawful for any person to deposit or place any garbage, yard waste, or refuse or recycling in any street, alley, lane, public place, private property or any body of water within the city; or, to permit garbage, yard waste, or refuse or recycling to remain for more than seven days on private property that is under one's ownership, possession or control. However, garbage, refuse, or yard waste or recycling may be placed on the untraveled portions of streets, alleys, lanes, public places and on private property to be hauled away if the garbage, refuse, or yard waste or recycling is kept in the manner prescribed in this chapter. Yard waste may be retained for more than seven days if composting is being completed. (2) It is unlawful to place garbage, refuse, or yard waste or recycling on the private property of another, or into another's garbage, refuse, or yard waste or recycling containers for the purpose of being hauled away. Sec. 10.10. LICENSE TO COLLECT OR HAUL GARBAGE, AND REFUSE AND RECYCLING REQUIRED. It is unlawful for any person to collect or haul garbage, or refuse or recycling within the city except from their own residence or business property without first obtaining a license from the city. Sec. 10.11. LICENSE APPLICATION; APPROVAL. An application for a license to collect or haul garbage, or refuse or recycling shall be made to the office of the city clerk on forms provided by that office. The applicant shall file with the application a certificate or affidavit of insurance as hereinafter set forth and shall pay the required license fee. Upon receipt of application properly executed, the city clerk shall refer the same to the city manager for approval before issuing the license. 400 Sec. 10.12. INSURANCE AFFIDAVIT; CONTENTS; LIABILITY COVERAGE. (1) Contents. The certificate or affidavit of insurance to be filed with the application for a license hereunder shall be executed by representatives of a duly qualified insurance company evidencing that the insurance company has issued liability and property damage insurance policies covering the following: (a) All operations of the applicant, or any other person employed by the applicant in garbage, and refuse and recycling collection within the corporate limits of the city; (b) The disposal of the garbage and refuse to and within any area designated as a sanitary landfill by the city; (c) The delivery of the recyclable materials to a facility licensed to receive, sort, or process the materials for the purpose of converting them into new products; (d)(c) Protecting the public and any person from injuries or damages sustained by reason of carrying on the work of garbage, and refuse and recycling collection and disposal. (2) Applicant shall procure and maintain, for the duration of the license period, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the function for which the license is issued. Applicant shall furnish the City of Ames with certificates of insurance evidencing the following coverages: (a) Comprehensive General Liability with limits of no less than $1,000,000 combined single limits per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. (b) Automobile Liability with limits of no less than $1,000,000 combined single limits per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. (c) Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability as required by the laws of the State of Iowa. (3) The approved insurance certificate must be on file in the office of the City Clerk before a license will be issued. Sec. 10.13. INSPECTION OF APPLICANTS' EQUIPMENT. The City Clerk’s office Resource Recovery Superintendent and staff shall arrange an inspection of the applicant's equipment proposed to be used and shall notify the applicant of said date for inspection. The City Sanitarian will make the inspection of inspect annually the applicant's equipment proposed to be used, the pick-up service to be maintained and the methods of operation; and if they meet the requirements herein specified, the city manager shall file approval with the city clerk. * * * Sec. 10.18. FREQUENCY OF COLLECTION. (1) Licensed haulers shall collect garbage and refuse from single-family and multi-family up to four (4) unit residential customers not less than two (2) times 401 more than one (1) time per week, except that, in addition to a routine weekly collection, a licensed hauler may make arrangements or a special collection of garbage and refuse from a customer in the event of a disaster, calamity, construction or demolition project or the like which generates an unusual quantity or character of garbage or refuse that is impractical or unsanitary to dispose of on the routine collection day. (a) for a residence that is scheduled for collection on a day which is also a holiday observed by said haulers, collection need be made only once during the week of such holiday. (b) for one or two-family dwellings, arrangements shall be made for once a week collection at the customer's request. (2) Collections of garbage from hotels, restaurants, clubs, boarding houses or other places of like character or from multi-family properties containing more than four (4) units, where considerable garbage is produced daily shall be made not less than one (1) time per week, and more frequently as necessary to prevent an accumulation of garbage which prevents the lid of the garbage receptable(s) from tightly closing, or which overflows onto the ground, or which harbors animals or birds, or which produces noisome odors. on each weekday except for those days which are holidays as described in subsection (1). (3) Licensed haulers shall collect their customer's yard waste at least once each week. Sec. 10.19. GARBAGE, REFUSE COLLECTION VEHICLES; REQUIREMENTS. All vehicles used in the transportation of garbage, and refuse or recycling within the city shall be kept in a sanitary condition and shall be so constructed as to prevent leakage in transit. The body of the truck shall be wholly enclosed or shall at all times while in transit be kept covered with an adequate cover, or a canvas cover provided with eyelets and rope for tying down. Loading of vehicles shall be done in such a manner as to prevent spilling or loss of contents. All persons licensed under the terms of this chapter shall use packer type trucks for normal collection purposes and shall submit such vehicles to city inspection annually. * * * Sec. 10.22. INFECTIOUS WASTE. * * * (c)Contaminated sharps means all discarded sharp items derived from patient care in medical, research, or industrial facilities including glass vials containing materials defined as infectious, hypodermic needles, scalpel blades, and pasteu Pasteur pipettes. * * * 402 Sec. 10.25.PENALTIES FOR OFFENSES PERTAINING TO GARBAGE AND REFUSE. A violation of any provision of Chapter 10, Garbage, and Refuse, and Recycling shall be a municipal infraction punishable by a fine of $500 for a person=s first violation thereof, and a penalty of $750 for each repeat violation; except for violations of Sections 10.3, 10.4 and 10.5, the penalty for a first violation thereof is $200, and the penalty for a person=s second violation is $500, and the penalty for each repeat violation thereafter is $750. * * * Sec. 10.27. RESIDENTIAL CURBSIDE RECYCLING COLLECTION. (1) Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to provide for the orderly and economical separation and collection of recyclable materials from residential properties, to divert recyclable materials from the landfill and reduce the need for new raw materials, and to meet waste reduction goals identified by both the city and the state of Iowa. (2) The City shall collect recycling from all single-family residences and at each unit of multi-family residences containing not more than four (4) units. The City may make recycling collection services available to other properties in the city. The City shall establish regulations and collection schedules that adequately serve the needs of the recycling collection program participants. (3) The cost for recycling service shall be billed to the party responsible for each property in accordance with the fee established in Appendix F of this Code. Any single-family residence or unit of a multi-family property containing not more than four (4) units shall be entitled to elect not to receive a receptacle for recyclable materials, but in no case shall the party responsible for such a residence be relieved of the obligations to: (a) prevent yard waste, recyclable materials, and garbage/refuse from being mixed with one another as described in Section 10.7; (b) pay the cost for the recycling service as described in this Section 10.27. (4) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to prevent the city from contracting with a private party to furnish recycling collection services, or to prevent private parties from contracting with multi-family residences containing more than four (4) units, commercial or industrial properties to receive recycling collection services. Section Two. Violation of the provisions of this ordinance shall constitute a municipal infraction punishable as set out by law. Section Three. All ordinances, or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict, if any. Section Four. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its passage and publication as required by law. 403 Passed this day of , 2026. ______________________________ ________________________________ John A. Haila, Mayor First Reading:_______________ Second Reading:____________ Third Reading:______________ Passed on: I, Renee Hall, City Clerk of the City of Ames, Iowa, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true copy of Ordinance No. ______________, passed by the City Council of said City at the meeting held on ______________________and signed by the Mayor on ___________________________, and published in the Ames Tribune on ___________________________. ________________________________ Renee Hall, City Clerk 404 To:Mayor & City Council From:Amelia Schoeneman, Planner Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Rezoning at ISURP Item No. 32 MEMO The Iowa State University Research Park (ISURP) applied for a rezoning of part of a recently annexed 35-acre parcel. City Council held a public hearing on December 16 and approved the rezoning for approximately 15.25 gross acres to Research Park Innovation District (RI) and for the remainder of the site to continue as Agriculture (A). At the time staff noted the applicant intended to subdivide the site into two lots to match the proposed rezoning boundary. Since the first reading of the rezoning, staff has been working with the applicant to review a preliminary plat for the property. Staff noted discrepancies in the proposed lot and rezoning boundary. The applicant has provided an updated rezoning exhibit and legal description (see attached). The area being rezoned has been expanded by approximately 40 feet on the east side, which is approximately an additional one acre of land area. Due the applicant's enlarged lot size not matching the original proposed rezoning area described with the original public hearing notice, the rezoning should not be approved. A new public hearing with a description of the larger area is required, which can occur on February 10. February 10 is also the planned date for City Council review of the Preliminary Plat that would divide the site. ATTACHMENT(S): ISURP_S_530th_Ave_Rezoning.docx Rezoning Exhibit Planning and Housing 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 405 DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE, RESERVED FOR RECORDER Prepared by: Renee Hall, City Clerk’s Office, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010 Phone: 515-239-5105 Return to: Ames City Clerk, P.O. Box 811, Ames, IA 50010 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 29.301 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, BY CHANGING THE BOUNDARIES OF THE DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED AND SHOWN ON SAID MAP AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 29.1507 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA; REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES AND PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE BE IT HEREBY ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of Ames, Iowa; Section 1: The Official Zoning Map of the City of Ames, Iowa, as provided for in Section 29.301 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, is amended by changing the boundaries of the districts established and shown on said Map in the manner authorized by Section 29.1507 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, as follows: That the real estate, generally located at S. 530th Avenue, Iowa State Research Park Phase IV, 1st Addition, is rezoned from Agricultural to Research Park Innovation District. Real Estate Description: That part of the Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter of Section 22, Township 83 North, Range 24 West of the 5th P.M., Story County, Iowa, being more particularly described as follows: Beginning at the W est Quarter Corner of said Section 22; thence S89°52'29"E, 719.34 feet along the north line of said Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter; thence S00°07'31"W, 1192.52 feet; thence S90°00'00"W, 705.40 feet to the west line of said Section 22; thence N00°32'36"W, 603.36 feet along said line to the Southwest Corner of Parcel B in said Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter; thence N89°27'45"E, 423.59 feet to the Southeast Corner thereof; thence N00°19'13"W, 313.23 feet to the Northeast Corner thereof; thence N87°19'30"W, 425.48 feet to the Northwest Corner thereof; thence N00°32'36"W, 253.71 feet along the west line of said Section 22 to the point of beginning, containing 16.35 acres. Section 2: All other ordinances and parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. 406 Section 3: This ordinance is in full force and effect from and after its adoption and publication as provided by law. ADOPTED THIS day of , . Renee Hall, City Clerk John A Haila, Mayor 407 PARCEL B ZONED A - 1 W1/4 CORNER SEC. 22-83-24 CURRENT ZONING: A-1 (AGRICULTURAL) PROPOSED ZONING: RI (RESEARCH PARK INNOVATIVE DISTRICT) 712137.22 S.F. 16.35 ACRES TOTAL S89°52'29"E 719.34' N0 0 ° 3 2 ' 3 6 " W 6 0 3 . 3 6 ' N0 0 ° 3 2 ' 3 6 " W 2 5 3 . 7 1 ' S0 0 ° 0 7 ' 3 1 " W 1 1 9 2 . 5 2 ' S90°00'00"W 705.40' N89°27'45"E 423.59' N0 0 ° 1 9 ' 1 3 " W 3 1 3 . 2 3 ' N87°19'30"W 425.48' N0 0 ° 3 2 ' 3 6 " W 3 3 7 . 0 7 ' OUTLOT Z ISU RE S E A R C H P A R K PHASE I I I , F I F T H A D D I T I O N ZONED R I SW CORNER NW1/4, SW1/4 SEC. 22-83-24 NW1/4, S W 1 / 4 SEC. 22 - 8 3 - 2 4 SO U T H 5 3 0 T H A V E N U E ( R O W V A R I E S ) EX I S T I N G 5 0 ' R I G H T O F W A Y L I N E ZONED A - 1 JOB#DATE:PAGE OF7238.002 1/19/26 1 1 Phone: (515) 233-0000 2802 South Loop Drive Strand Associates, Inc. Ames, Iowa 50010 FAX: (515) 233-0103 00 100'200' Description - RI (Research Park Innovation District) That part of the Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter of Section 22, Township 83 North, Range 24 West of the 5th P.M., Story County, Iowa, being more particularly described as follows: Beginning at the West Quarter Corner of said Section 22; thence S89°52'29"E, 719.34 feet along the north line of said Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter; thence S00°07'31"W, 1192.52 feet; thence S90°00'00"W, 705.40 feet to the west line of said Section 22; thence N00°32'36"W, 603.36 feet along said line to the Southwest Corner of Parcel B in said Northwest Quarter of the Southwest Quarter; thence N89°27'45"E, 423.59 feet to the Southeast Corner thereof; thence N00°19'13"W, 313.23 feet to the Northeast Corner thereof; thence N87°19'30"W, 425.48 feet to the Northwest Corner thereof; thence N00°32'36"W, 253.71 feet along the west line of said Section 22 to the point of beginning, containing 16.35 acres. REZONING EXHIBIT Owner: Iowa State University Research Park 1805 Collaboration Place, Suite 1250 Ames, IA 50010 408 To:Mayor & City Council From:Justin Moore, Planner Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Third Reading of Ordinance Rezoning Property Item No. 33 MEMO The ordinance regarding rezoning of property at 200, 204, 210, 214, 220 Southeast 2nd Street and 210 Sumner Avenue from Highway-Oriented Commercial (HOC) to Neighborhood Commercial (NC) with Master Plan is attached for the City Council's review and consideration for third reading and adoption. ATTACHMENT(S): 204 SE 2nd St Rezoning.docx Rezoning Agreement SE Second St and Sumner Ave.pdf Master Plan.pdf Planning and Housing 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 409 DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE, RESERVED FOR RECORDER Prepared by: Renee Hall City Clerk’s Office, 515 Clark Avenue, Ames, IA 50010 Phone: 515-239-5105 Return to: Ames City Clerk, P.O. Box 811, Ames, IA 50010 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 29.301 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, BY CHANGING THE BOUNDARIES OF THE DISTRICTS ESTABLISHED AND SHOWN ON SAID MAP AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 29.1507 OF THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA; REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES AND PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT HEREWITH AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE BE IT HEREBY ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of Ames, Iowa; Section 1: The Official Zoning Map of the City of Ames, Iowa, as provided for in Section 29.301 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, is amended by changing the boundaries of the districts established and shown on said Map in the manner authorized by Section 29.1507 of the Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa, as follows: That the real estate, generally located at 200, 204, 210, 214 220 South East 2nd Street and 210 Sumner Avenue, is rezoned from Highway Oriented Commercial (HOC) to Neighborhood Commercial (NC) with Master Plan. Real Estate Description: Parcel J: Lots 1,2,3,4,6, and a portion of the alley, all in Block 3 of Kingsbury's Addition to the City of Ames, Story County, Iowa and part of vacated Sumner Avenue lying West of said Block 3, all as described in a Warranty Deed filed at Inst. No. 22019-07412, and all together being more particularly described as follows: Beginning at the Northeast Corner of said lot 1: thence S01 01'106"W, 132.02 feet to the Southeast Corner of said lot 4; thence N89 12'53"W, 139.07 feet along the south line thereof and said line extended westerly to the centerline of said alley: thence S01 51'58"W, 66.21 feet along said centerline, thence N89 17'36"W, 8.00 feet to the Southeast Corner of said Lot 6: thence N89 00'54"W, 153.71 feet along the south line thereof and said line extended westerly to the centerline of vacated Sumner Avenue and the easterly line of Parcel F in Block 4, Kingsbury's Addition, as shown on the Plat of Survey filed at Inst. No. 2011-09450; thence N00 33'54"W, 45.93 feet to the Northeast Corner of said Parcel F; thence N89 11'25"W, 33.01 feet along the north line thereof to the west line of vacated Sumner Avenue; thence N00 32'46"W, 151.66 feet along said line to the Northeast Corner of Lot 1 in said Block 4: thence S89 14'22"E. 340.19 feet to the point of 410 beginning, all together containing 1.29 acres. Section 2: All other ordinances and parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. Section 3: This ordinance is in full force and effect from and after its adoption and publication as provided by law. ADOPTED THIS day of , . Renee Hall, City Clerk John A Haila, Mayor 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 To:Mayor & City Council From:Pa Goldbeck, Assistant City Manager Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Modifications to Municipal Code 4 & 19 - Personal Transportation Devices Item No. 34 MEMO The ordinance regarding Modifications to Municipal Code Chapters 4 & 19 to address Personal Transportation Devices is attached for the City Council's review and consideration for third reading and adoption. ATTACHMENT(S): DRAFT_Ordinance_Amending_Chapters_4_and_19.pdf Chapter 4 Bikes Concerns.pdf Administration 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 419 ORDINANCE NO. _________ AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE MUNICIPAL CODE OF THE CITY OF AMES, IOWA, BY AMENDING CHAPTERS 4 AND 19 THEREOF, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTABLISHING USE OF BICYCLES AND PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION DEVICES; REPEALING ANY AND ALL ORDINANCES OR PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONFLICT TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH CONFLICT; PROVIDING A PENALTY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. BE IT ENACTED, by the City Council for the City of Ames, Iowa, that: Section One. The Municipal Code of the City of Ames, Iowa shall be and the same is hereby amended by amending Chapters 4 and 19 as follows: “CHAPTER 4 BICYCLES AND PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION DEVICES * * * Sec. 4.5 DEFINITIONS (1) Bicycle. Bicycle means either: (a) a device having up to four (4) wheels and having at least one saddle or seat for the use of a rider which is propelled by human power, or (b) a device having up to four (4) wheels with fully operable pedals and the assistance of an electric motor of less than 750 watts. (2) Personal Transportation Device. Personal Transportation Device means a mobility device which may be equipped with an electric motor for assistance or sole propulsion, designed for conveying the operator, with speeds of less than 20 miles per hour, but excluding a bicycle or low-speed electric bicycle. Sec. 4.6. APPLICABILITY OF TRAFFIC LAWS. Every person riding a bicycle, tricycle or unicycle upon a roadway is granted all rights and is subject to all the duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle by the laws of this state declaring rules of the road applicable to vehicles or by the traffic ordinances of this city applicable to the driver of a vehicle, except as to special regulations in this chapter and except as to those provisions of laws and ordinances which by their nature can have no application. Every person riding or operating a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, skateboard, longboard, inline or quad skates, or other personal transportation device upon a roadway is granted all rights and subject to all duties applicable to the driver of a vehicle, except as otherwise provided by this chapter or where the nature of the device renders specific provisions inapplicable. 420 Sec. 4.7. NUMBER OF PASSENGERS. No bicycle, tricycle, or unicycle or personal transportation device shall be used to carry more than one person unless equipped with a seat for each person carried. Sec. 4.8. RIDING ON ROADWAYS, SIDEWALKS, BICYCLE PATHS. (1) Every person operating a bicycle, tricycle, or unicycle or personal transportation devices upon a roadway shall ride as near to the right-hand side of the roadway as practicable and safe, exercising due care when passing a standing vehicle or one proceeding in the same direction. (2) Persons riding bicycles, tricycles, or unicycles or personal transportation devices upon a roadway shall not ride more than two (2) abreast except on paths or parts of roadways set aside for the exclusive use of bicycles. Single file when traffic is heavy. (3) Persons riding bicycles, tricycles, or unicycles or personal transportation device upon a bicycle path not affixed to a roadway shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicular traffic traveling on the public roadways which intersect with the bicycle path. Persons riding bicycles or personal transportation devices upon a bicycle path which is a designated lane or part of a roadway shall obey the instructions of official traffic-control signals, signs, and other control devices applicable to vehicles. (4) No person shall operate any motor vehicle, including a motorcycle, motor scooter, 'mo-ped' or motorized bicycle, when under power, upon any sidewalk or bike path separated from the roadway, except that golf carts may be operated on the following described portions of bike paths: (a) The bike path along South Sixteenth Street commencing at the South Riverside Drive intersection and going north to University Boulevard, across University Boulevard Elwood Drive and continuing north along the east side of Jack Trice Stadium to South Fourth Street, across South Fourth Street, and then north to Center Drive; (b) The bike path along Beach Avenue from South Fourth Street north to Lincoln Way, across Lincoln Way then north along Wallace Road to its intersection with Union Drive, then south on Union Drive to Welch Avenue, then along Welch Avenue to Lincoln Way; (c) The bike path along Center Drive from University Boulevard Elwood Drive to Beach Avenue; and (d) The bike path along University Boulevard Elwood Drive from Center Drive to South Fourth Street. This exception to Sec. 4.8(4) shall be in effect from July 23, 1999 through July 29, 1999. (e) Exception in cases of parades or special events authorized by the City. See also Section 19.14. Sec. 4.9. SPEED, OPERATION TO BE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT. No person shall operate a bicycle, tricycle or unicycle at a speed greater than, or in a manner other than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. If a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device is being used on 421 the roadway, it must adhere to the speed of the roadway and be operated in a manner that is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. If a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device is being used anywhere other than a roadway, it must not be operated at a speed greater than 20 miles per hour if no other speed limit is posted or applicable, and it must be operated in a manner that is reasonable and prudent under the conditions then existing. Sec. 4.10. EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY, BUILDING. The operator of a bicycle, tricycle or unicycle or personal transportation device emerging from an alley, driveway or building shall, upon approaching a sidewalk or the sidewalk area extending across any alleyway, yield the right-of-way to all pedestrians approaching on said sidewalk or sidewalk area, and upon entering the roadway shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles approaching on said roadway. Sec. 4.11. CLINGING TO VEHICLES. No person riding upon any bicycle, tricycle, or unicycle or personal transportation device shall attach the same or themself to any vehicle or be in any manner towed upon a roadway, sidewalk, or trail. Sec. 4.12. CARRYING ARTICLES. No person operating a bicycle, tricycle, or unicycle or personal transportation device shall carry any package, bundle, or article which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand upon the handlebars, when handlebars are provided. Sec. 4.13. RIDING ON SIDEWALKS. It is unlawful for any person to operate a bicycle, tricycle, or unicycles or personal transportation device upon any sidewalk on the following streets: Main Street from Duff Avenue to Clark Avenue. Lincoln Way on the south side thereof from Stanton Avenue to Hayward Avenue. Hayward Avenue on the east side thereof from Lincoln Way to Hunt Street. Welch Avenue from Lincoln Way to Knapp Street. Exception: A person with a disability who uses a wheelchair or other mobility device is permitted to use such a device on the sidewalks and areas listed above. See also Section 19.14. Sec. 4.14. RIGHT-OF-WAY OF PEDESTRIANS ON SIDEWALKS AND SHARED- USE PATH; SIGNAL REQUIRED. Whenever any person is riding a bicycle, tricycle, or unicycle or personal transportation device upon a sidewalk, such person shall yield the right-of-way to any pedestrian and shall give audible signal before overtaking and passing any such pedestrian operate in a careful and prudent manner that is safe, respectful, and responsive to conditions and others using the sidewalk and shared-use path. Every person operating a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device upon a sidewalk and share-use path, shall yield the right-of-way when 422 approaching a pedestrian and shall give an audible signal, such as a voice call and bell, before overtaking and passing. Sec. 4.15. BICYCLES, TRICYCLES, UNICYCLES AND PERSONAL TRANSPORTATION DEVICES PROHIBITED ON GRAND AVENUE. The riding of bicycles, tricycles, or unicycles or personal transportation devices on the roadway of Grand Avenue in the City of Ames, Iowa, is prohibited. Any person who shall rides a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device on the traveled portion of the roadway of Grand Avenue between Lincoln Way and 30th Street in the City of Ames will be in violation of this section. See also Section 19.14. Sec. 4.16. LAMPS, REFLECTORS REQUIRED. Every bicycle, tricycle or unicycle when in use during the hours from sunset to sunrise shall be equipped with a lamp on the front which shall emit a white light visible from a distance of at least five hundred (500) feet to the front and with a red reflector or lamp on the rear which shall be visible three hundred (300) feet to the rear when directly in front of lawful upper beams of headlamps on a motor vehicle. Every bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device ridden at any time from sunset to sunrise and at such other times when conditions such as fog, snow, sleet, or rain provide insufficient lighting to render clearly discernible persons and vehicles on the highway at a distance of three hundred feet ahead must be equipped with a lamp on the front exhibiting a white light visible from a distance of at least three hundred feet to the front. Every bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device ridden at any time from sunset to sunrise and at such other times when conditions such as fog, snow, sleet, or rain provide insufficient lighting to render clearly discernible persons and vehicles on the highway at a distance of three hundred feet ahead must be equipped with a lamp on the rear exhibiting a red light visible from a distance of three hundred feet to the rear; except that a red reflector may be used in lieu of a rear light. Equivalent equipment such as headlamps and red-light attachments to the head, back, are, or leg may be used in lieu of a lamp on the front and a red light on the rear of the bicycle. A peace officer riding a police bicycle is not required to use either front or rear lamps if duty so requires. Sec. 4.17. BRAKE REQUIRED. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a brake which will enable the operator to make the braked wheel skid on dry, level, clean pavement. Every bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device operated within the City boundaries must be able to come to a complete stop within a safe distance. Sec. 4.18. SIRENS, WHISTLES AND HORNS PROHIBITED. A bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device shall not be equipped 423 with, and a person shall not use upon a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device any siren, whistle, and horn. This section does not apply to bicycles, tricycles, unicycles, or personal transportation devices ridden by peace officers in the line of duty. Sec. 4.19. PARKING. No person shall park a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device upon a sidewalk, street, or alley in such a manner that provides no adequate path for pedestrian or motor vehicle travel, or a curb ramp, building entrance, or fire hydrant. Sec. 4.20. IMPOUNDMENT. The Police Department may impound the bicycle, tricycle, unicycle or personal transportation device that is used by any person who creates a hazardous condition while violating this chapter. If impounded, the bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device will be released by the Police Department to the owner if proof of ownership is shown and any associated fees and charges are paid. Sec. 4.21. RESPONSIBLE RIDING. (1) A person must operate a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device in a manner that is safe, respectful, and responsive to conditions of roadways, shared-use paths, sidewalks, and city parks. (2) A person operating a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device must keep it under control at all times. (3) A person must not operate a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device while using a phone or another device which prevents the rider from keeping at least one hand upon the handlebars, when handlebars are provided. (4) A person must not operate a bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, or personal transportation device in a manner so as to disregard the safety of the operator, others, or property. Sec. 4.22 4.18. PENALTIES FOR OFFENSES PERTAINING TO BICYCLES. (1) A violation of any provision of Chapter 4, Bicycles and Personal Transportation Devices, shall be a municipal infraction punishable by a penalty of $50.00 for a person’s first violation thereof, and a penalty of $100.00 for each repeat violation. (2) Alternatively, a violation of Chapter 4 can be charged by a peace officer of the City as a simple misdemeanor. * * * 424 CHAPTER 19 PARKS AND RECREATION * * * Sec. 19.9. UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE A MOTOR VEHICLE IN CITY PARK; EXCEPTIONS. It is unlawful for any person, other than authorized personnel, to operate a motor vehicle as defined in the laws of the state in any public park or pleasure ground greenway of the city, except upon the streets and parking lots therein which are specifically designated for motor vehicle travel. Exception: This section does not apply to manual or powered mobility devices used by individuals with a disability. Use of Other Power-Drive Mobility Devices (OPDMDs) by individuals with mobility disabilities are subject to a case-by-case assessment based on official factors (i.e., device characteristics, park characteristics, safety requirements, environmental factors, and/or land management). * * * Sec. 19.12. BIKE RIDING PROHIBITED IN CERTAIN PARKS. Bike riding is Riding of bicycles, tricycles, unicycles, and personal transportation devices, (i.e., manual, electric, etc.) are prohibited in Munn Woods; East River Valley Park; and in Brookside Park on the Audubon Trail. See also 19.14. * * * Sec. 19.14. PROHIBITED USE OF GEORGIE TSUSHIMA MEMORIAL SKATE PARK. (1) No person shall use or have in or on the City Skate Park Georgie Tsushima Memorial Skate Park any type of bicycle, scooter, coaster, unicycle, sled, vehicle or other device scooter, coaster, sled, bicycle, tricycle, unicycle, personal transportation device or vehicle, except for skateboards and in-line roller skates. (2) Violation of this section shall be a municipal infraction punishable by a penalty of $50.00 for a first offense, $100 for a second offense, and $200 for each subsequent offense. * * * ” Section Two. Violation of the provisions of this ordinance shall constitute a municipal infraction punishable as set out by law. Section Three. All ordinances, or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict, if any. 425 Section Four. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its passage and publication as required by law. Passed this day of , . ______________________________ _____________________________ John A. Haila, Mayor First Reading: Second Reading: Third Reading: Passed on: I, Renee Hall, City Clerk of the City of Ames, Iowa, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true copy of Ordinance No. ______________, passed by the City Council of said City at the meeting held on ______________________and signed by the Mayor on ___________________________, and published in the Ames Tribune on ___________________________. ________________________________ Renee Hall, City Clerk 426 Smart Choice Staff Memo Police Department 515.239.5133 Non emergency 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 515.239.5130 Administration Ames, IA 50010 515.239.5429 fax www.CityofAmes.org To: Mayor and City Council Date: January 7, 2026 From: Geoff Huff, Chief of Police, and Jane Chang, Assistant City Attorney Subject: Proposed Revisions to Chapter 4 for a First Offense Lighting Violation At the December 9, 2025, Council meeting during a discussion on modifications to Chapter 4, a motion was made to direct staff to develop language regarding the first offense on a lighting violation to establish a period of time to allow the user to fix the issue. Iowa Code section 321.397 already covers lamps on bicycles: 321.397 Lamps on bicycles. Every bicycle shall be equipped with a lamp on the front exhibiting a white light, at the times specified in section 321.384, visible from a distance of at least three hundred feet to the front and with a lamp on the rear exhibiting a red light visible from a distance of three hundred feet to the rear; except that a red reflector may be used in lieu of a rear light. A peace officer riding a police bicycle is not required to use either front or rear lamps if duty so requires. In 2021, the Iowa Legislature enacted a new chapter regarding the enforcement of state, local, and municipal laws, Iowa Code Chapter 27B. Iowa Code section 27B.2 places restrictions on the enforcement of state, local, and municipal laws: 27B.2 Restriction on enforcement of state, local, and municipal law prohibited. A local entity or law enforcement department shall not adopt or enforce a policy or take any other action under which the local entity or law enforcement department prohibits or discourages the enforcement of state, local, or municipal laws. Adding fix-it type language to Ames Municipal Code Chapter 4 could be seen as discouragement to enforcing the law, which would be prohibited by Iowa Code section 27B.2. It is important to note that officers currently stop people at night on bicycles and tend to educate the user rather than write a citation for the violation. In the last five years, only one citation has been written for not having the required lamp or light on a bicycle. 427 In cases where the proximate cause of an accident is determined to be the lack of a light on a bicycle or other conveyance, officers should have the discretion to write a citation. It would not be fair to the other person affected by that accident to have a first offense free policy, or a period of time to remedy. If a motor vehicle had no working lights and caused an accident, we would not want to allow that driver a period of time to remedy to avoid a citation. Police officers derive their authority to enforce Iowa Code Chapter 321 from the state. Municipal ordinances may supplement but may not restrict or prohibit enforcement of state law. An officer could always write an Iowa Code section 321.397 for a lighting violation, but again, only one of these citations has been written in the last five years. Based on these facts, it is apparent that Ames Police Officers are using appropriate discretion in these interactions and are not looking to write lighting violations whenever possible. Not adding mandatory language to grant a fix it period would allow officers to continue to use their discretion while leaving the door open to issue a citation when it would be warranted. For all of the reasons stated above, at this time staff is not presenting draft language that allows for a fix-it period for lighting violations to Council. 428 To:Mayor & City Council From:Mark O. Lambert, City Attorney Date:January 27, 2026 Subject:Closed Session Item No. 36 MEMO I hereby advise the Council that the Council has the authority to go into closed session under Iowa Code section 21.5(1)(c), to discuss with legal counsel matters presently in litigation or where litigation is imminent. Legal 515.239.5105 main 515.239.5142 fax 515 Clark Ave. P.O. Box 811 Ames, IA 50010 www.CityofAmes.org 429